As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 8, 2015

 

Registration No. 333-             

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 
FORM S-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Nevada   8211   46-4116523
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043

Phone: 404-891-1122

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Mark Elliott

Chief Executive Officer

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043

Phone: 404-891-1122

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Mitchell S. Nussbaum   Gregory Sichenzia
David C. Fischer   Jeffrey Cahlon
Tahra T. Wright   Marcelle S. Balcombe
Loeb & Loeb LLP   Sichenzia Ross Friedman Ference LLP
345 Park Avenue   61 Broadway
New York, NY 10154   New York, NY 10006
(212) 407-4000   (212) 930-9700

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as possible after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: [X]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer [  ] Accelerated filer [  ]
       
Non-accelerated filer [  ] Smaller reporting company [X]

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Security Being Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (1)   $ 17,250,000     $ 2,004.45  
Representative’s Class A common stock purchase warrant (3)     XX       XX  

Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of representative’s Class A common stock purchase warrant (4)

    937,500       108.94  
Total     18,187,500       2,113.39 (2) 

 

(1) The registration fee for securities to be offered by the Registrant is based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities, and such estimate is solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o). The proposed maximum aggregate offering price includes $2,250,000 representing the maximum aggregate offering price of securities which the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if necessary.

 

(2) Paid herewith.

 

(3) No fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g). We have agreed to issue, upon closing of this offering, compensation warrants exercisable commencing on a date which is one year after the effective date of this registration statement and expiring four years following the effective date of this registration statement representing 5% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock issued in the offering but not including the over-allotment option, or the “representative warrants,” to Aegis Capital Corp. Resales of the representative warrants on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act are registered hereby. Resales of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative warrants are also being similarly registered on a delayed or continuous basis hereby. See “Underwriting.”

 

(4) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, based on an estimated proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $937,500 for the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s Class A common stock purchase warrant. We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the Class A common stock underlying the representative’s warrants by assuming that such warrants are exercisable to purchase shares of Class A common stock at a price per share equal to 125% of the price per share sold in this offering, or 125% of $750,000.

 

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 
 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED [                   ], 2015

 

          Shares

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is a firm commitment initial public offering of                shares of Class A common stock of Boxlight Corporation. No public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that that the initial public offering price per share of our shares of Class A common stock will be between $       and $      .

 

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BOXL.” If our Class A common stock is not approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will not consummate this offering.

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our Class A common stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

    Per Share     Total  
Public offering price   $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)   $     $  
Proceeds to us, before expenses   $     $  

 

(1) Does not include a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of this offering payable to Aegis Capital Corp., the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

We have granted a 45 day option to the representative of the underwriters to purchase up to           additional shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver our shares to purchasers in the offering on or about           , 2015.

 

Aegis Capital Corp

   

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS   1
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   2
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   3
RISK FACTORS   11
USE OF PROCEEDS   25
DIVIDEND POLICY   25
CAPITALIZATION   26
DILUTION   27
unaudited PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION   28
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS   38
BUSINESS   48
MANAGEMENT   61
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS   64
Principal Stockholders   66
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK   67
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE   69
DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE   70
UNDERWRITING   71
LEGAL MATTERS   76
EXPERTS   76
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION   77
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   78

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

 

i
 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

Concurrently with the consummation of the offering made by this prospectus, through share exchanges and cash payments, Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation formed on September 18, 2014 (“Boxlight Parent”), will acquire three companies. Through a 100% owned Taiwanese subsidiary, Boxlight Holdings Limited, Boxlight Parent will acquire 82.3% of the shares of Everest Display Inc., a Taiwan corporation (“EDI”) and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, “Boxlight”); through a share exchange and cash payment, Boxlight Parent will acquire 100% of the outstanding shares of Globisens Ltd., an Israeli company (“Globisens”); and Vert Capital Corp, formerly the principal stockholder of Boxlight Parent, will contribute 100% of the membership interests of Genesis Collaboration LLC, a Georgia limited liability company (“Genesis”), to Boxlight Parent.

 

EDI, through a wholly owned American Samoa corporation, owns 99.6% of Boxlight Inc., a Washington corporation (“Boxlight-USA”); 100% of Boxlight LatinoAmerica, S.A. de C.V. and Boxlight LatinoAmerica Servicios, S.A. de C.V., each a Mexican corporation (together, “Boxlight Mexico”); and 53.03% of Everest Technology Ltd., a Peoples Republic of China corporation (“ETL”). Within 30 days after the consummation of this offering, we intend to acquire an additional 15.66% of ETL. As a result, we will own in the aggregate 68.69% of ETL.

 

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context suggests otherwise, all references to

 

  “we,” “our,” “our capital company,” “Company” or “us” in this prospectus means Boxlight Parent and
     
  shares (other than preferred shares), Class A common stock, Class B common stock and per share data give pro forma effect to a 1 for 6.97 reverse stock split of Boxlight Parent’s outstanding capital stock to be consummated prior to the date of this prospectus.

 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based on our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

 

1
 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements reflect the current view about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements contained in this prospectus relating to our business strategy, our future operating results and liquidity and capital resources outlook. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward–looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees of assurance of future performance. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation, market acceptance of our products; our ability to protect our intellectual property rights; the impact of any infringement actions or other litigation brought against us; competition from other providers and products; our ability to develop and commercialize new and improved products and services; our ability to complete capital raising transactions; and other factors (including the risks contained in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”) relating to our industry, our operations and results of operations. Actual results may differ significantly from those anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned.

 

Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

2
 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider important in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information regarding us and our Class A common stock being sold in the offering, including the risks of investing in our Class A common stock discussed under “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 11 and our historical and pro forma combined financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For convenience, in this prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, all references to “Boxlight Parent,” “we,” “our,” “our company,” “Company” or “us” in this prospectus means Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation; and all references to (i) “Boxlight” means Boxlight Holdings Limited, a Taiwan corporation and its direct and indirect subsidiaries; (ii) “Globisens” means Globisens Ltd., an Israeli corporation; and (iii) “Genesis” means Genesis Collaboration LLC, a Georgia limited liability company. All references to shares (other than preferred shares), Class A common stock, Class B common stock and per share data give pro forma effect to a 1 for 6.97 reverse stock split of Boxlight Parent’s outstanding capital stock to be consummated prior to the date of this prospectus.

 

Boxlight Corporation

 

Boxlight Parent was incorporated in Nevada on September 18, 2014 for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products.

 

Following the consummation of this offering and the acquisitions, Boxlight Parent will be a technology company primarily focused on the education and learning industry. Our goal is to transform the way both teachers and students, from kindergarten through secondary school (K-12) and universities, and adults in corporate and government training programs, utilize visual images, computer graphics and dynamic interactive curricula to learn. We intend to achieve our goals by enabling our customers to deploy interactive teaching approaches using visual images and customary graphic display products on multiple surfaces, such as chalk boards, marker boards, blank walls or whiteboards. By providing interactive visual imaging we expect to enhance learning experiences in schools, government and businesses by bringing life to lessons and presentations. Research suggests that interactive whiteboards and specifically interactive visual imaging can positively affect student engagement, motivation, understanding and review processes and accommodate students with different learning styles, including those who have special needs. We believe that both in the classroom and in the board room, technology and interactive teaching products have demonstrated that they materially advance learning and communication.

 

Through the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens, we seek to become a single source, world-leading innovator, manufacturer and integrator of interactive products for schools and universities, as well as for the instruction and professional development markets for business and governmental agencies. We intend to develop new products and expand the scope of our sales and marketing efforts to school districts, corporations and governmental agencies throughout the United States as well as in Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America. In addition, we intend to further develop our technology by incorporating existing classroom management tools and software to establish a platform that will enable our clients to interact with each other to share presentations, lesson plans and other interactive learning techniques. Acquiring Genesis will allow us to combine a traditional value added reseller and our products and technologies with sales and support teams representing multiple education and learning solution vendors and suppliers. We believe that after the acquisitions, we will represent a unique vertically integrated interactive technology company capable of providing products, sales and distribution and service and support to our customers.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, Boxlight incurred a consolidated loss of approximately $656,000 on consolidated revenues of approximately $5,190,000. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, Globisens incurred a net loss of approximately $62,000 on total revenues of $834,000. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, Genesis incurred a loss of approximately $151,000 on total revenues of $223,056. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, Boxlight Parent incurred a loss of approximately $260,000 on total revenues of $0.

 

For its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Boxlight incurred a consolidated loss of $1,036,000 on consolidated revenues of $24,898,000. For its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Globisens earned $16,000 on total revenues of $1,814,000. For its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Genesis incurred a loss of $412,000 on total revenues of $2,903,000. For its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Boxlight Parent incurred a loss of $675,000 on total revenues of $0.

 

Boxlight

 

Boxlight designs, produces and distributes interactive projectors and 70” HD and 84” 4k interactive LED flat panels. Boxlight was established in 2001 and is the leading LCD projector manufacturer in Taiwan. Boxlight’s research and development and manufacturing centers are located in Hchinshu, Taiwan and Wuxi, China. Boxlight developed the first interactive projector in the world in 2006 and holds patents for embedded interactive projectors in multiple countries. Boxlight also contract manufactures interactive projectors and components to brand name equipment suppliers.

 

Boxlight sells an expanding product line of projectors, interactive LED flat panels, display devices, audio solutions, and mobile carts and stands to the education and learning technology markets. Boxlight also distributes to these markets interactive whiteboards, tablets and enabling software solutions produced by third parties.

 

Since launching its patented interactive projectors in 2007 , Boxlight has sold them to public schools in the United States and in 49 other countries, as well as to the Department of Defense International Schools in approximately 3,000 classrooms in 20 countries, the Job Corp, the Library of Congress, the Center for Disease Control, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, six foreign governments and the City of Moscow and numerous Fortune 500 companies, including Verizon, GE Healthcare, Pepsico, First Energy, ADT, Motorola, First Data and Transocean, and custom built nearly 4,000 projectors for the Israeli Defense Forces. Boxlight Parent intends to expand Boxlight’s marketing efforts in both the United States as well as in Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America after the acquisition. Boxlight’s contract manufacturing accounts for approximately 43% of Boxlight’s revenues on a consolidated basis.

 

3
 

 

Boxlight’s Current Products

 

ProjectoWrite Interactive Projectors:

 

Boxlight’s suite of patented, award-winning interactive projectors offers a wide variety of features and specifications to suit the varying needs of instructors, teachers and presenters. With an interactive projector, any wall, whiteboard or other flat surface becomes interactive. A teacher, moderator or student can use the included pens or fingers as a mouse to write or draw images displayed on the surface. As with interactive whiteboards, interactive projectors accommodate multiple users simultaneously. Images that have been created through the projected interactive surface can be saved as computer files. Boxlight’s new ProjectoWrite 10 series, launched in December 2014, allows the simultaneous use of up to ten simultaneous points of touch.

 

External Interactive Devices:

 

Boxlight’s OutWrite interactive modules employ a patented complementary metal oxide silicon, or CMOS camera, to make any non-interactive short-throw or standard-throw projector interactive. The OutWrite modules feature a preview window when connected via USB cable to allow simple setup and calibration. Boxlight has developed an interactive module that includes an embedded Android device. The OutWrite device allows for the same touch emulation with interactive pens as the P5 interactive projectors.

 

Interactive LED Flat Panels:

 

Boxlight offers the HD 70” and 4k 84” ProColor series of interactive LED panels. Both include an OPS slot for Windows 8 compatibility. ProColor Interactive LED panels utilize infrared blocking technology, offering 10 points of touch for simultaneous interaction by multiple users. ProColor’s built-in 12 watt speakers add room-filling sound to the display’s vivid colors.

 

Peripherals and Accessories

 

Boxlight also offers a line of peripherals and accessories, including amplified speaker systems, non-interactive projectors, mobile carts, installation accessories and adjustable wall-mount accessories that complement its entire line of interactive projectors, LED flat panels and standard projectors. The height and tilt adjustable DeskBoard mobile cart, which won the Best of ISTE in June 2014 for Best Hardware product, can be used as an interactive screen or interactive desktop with its P8 ultra-short throw interactive projectors.

 

Globisens

 

Globisens designs, produces and distributes science, technology, engineering and math (or “STEM”) data logging products to the educational market.

 

Globisens’s line of handheld data-logging devices enables teachers and students to measure, record, graph, analyze, and manipulate the results of physics, biology, and chemistry experiments and observations from environmental and geographic studies. For example, using Globisens’ Labdisc, a class can measure and graph the height of a ping-pong ball’s bounce against time, to observe acceleration due to gravity and derive the mathematical formula describing it.

 

Genesis

 

Genesis is a traditional value-added reseller with sales and support teams representing multiple education and learning solution technologies, vendors and suppliers. Genesis is either a premier partner or an exclusive partner throughout the United States in several key geographic markets for various education solution providers.

 

The Education and Learning Technology Market

 

The global education industry is undergoing a significant transition, as primary and secondary school districts, colleges and universities, as well as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of using technology to more effectively provide information to educate students and other users in knowledge-based societies. “Smart education” denotes a range of technologies employed to enhance the delivery and administration of education across various segments such as K-12, higher education, enterprise, government and healthcare. This market is broadly segmented by four major parameters, namely; product type, application type, e-learning modes, and geography.

 

According to a market research report, “ Smart Education and Learning Market: Advanced Technologies, Digital Models, Adoption Trends and Worldwide Market Forecast (2012-2017), ” the global smart education and learning market is expected to reach $220.0 billion by 2017 at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20.3% from 2012 to 2017. The market for education and learning software is estimated to reach $37.2 billion, and the market for education and learning hardware is estimated to reach $12.1 billion by 2017. In 2011, North America accounted for about 60% of global revenue and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 15.2% from 2012 to 2017. In the United States, the K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments. According to a September 2011 report to the President from the Counsel of Economic Advisors, the U.S. education market accounted for over $638 billion of expenditures, or about 4.4% of the 2011 U.S. gross domestic product, as measured by National Center for Educational Statistics for the 2010-2011 school year. According to a November 2013 study by Bank of America Merrill Lynch, total global spending on corporate eLearning was $25.5 billion in 2012 and expected to reach $32.1 billion by 2015 and $37.5 billion by 2017— an 8% CAGR between 2012 and 2017.

 

The Micro Computer Based Laboratory Market

 

Globisens competes in the Microcomputer Based Laboratory (MBL), or data logging, market. MBL or data logging refers to the process of controlling how a computer collects through sensors, analyzes, saves and outputs data. Data logging is commonly used in scientific experiments and in monitoring systems where rapid collection of data and accuracy of analysis is essential and far exceeds human capabilities. Examples of the types of information a data logging system can collect include temperatures, sound frequencies, vibrations, times, light intensities, electrical currents, pressure and changes in states of matter.

 

The MBL education market has evolved over time with technology as a key component to providing data loggers and sensors to teachers and students. There are a multitude of advantages to using data logging in the classroom, such as:

 

  actively engaging students in constructing science concepts;
     
  enhancing and complementing science teaching instruction;
     
  producing real-time graphs allowing for exploration not normally performed in the science classroom;
     
  allowing for collection, graphing, interpretation and analyses of data;
     
  allowing students to use more powerful and sophisticated techniques that more realistically reflect methods used in research and analytical laboratories;
     
  providing opportunities to predict, question, and apply science concepts;
     
  enhancing hands-on interactive learning; and
     
  making more efficient use of limited class time.

 

The Data Logging global market is roughly estimated to be from $250 to $300 million in 2013. The numbers derived are predicated on competitive bids for large projects, number of employees, sales presentations, and industry estimates.

 

4
 

 

Our Opportunity

 

We believe that after the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, Boxlight Parent will be strongly positioned to become a leading manufacturer and provider of interactive educational products in the global learning and educational market—based on our existing products and those we intend to develop either alone or in collaboration with other technology companies. We believe that close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving educational standards, personal career prospects and economic growth will increase the demand for our interactive educational products. Some of the factors that may impact our opportunity include:

 

Growth in U.S. K-12 Market Expenditures . Partially due to the recent recovery from the world-wide recession that resulted in significant cuts in 2011 and 2012 federal, state and local educational budgets, significant resources are again being devoted to primary and secondary education in the United States. As set forth in the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers’ report, Unleashing the Potential of Educational Technology , U.S. education expenditure has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with K-12 education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending.

 

International Catalysts Driving Adoption of Learning Technology . According to Ambient Insights 2012 Snapshot of the Worldwide and US Academic Digital Learning Market , substantial growth in revenues for eLearning products in the academic market segment are anticipated throughout the world due to several convergent catalysts, including, population demographics, such as significant growth in numbers of 15-17 year old students and women in education in emerging markets; government-funded education policies mandating country-wide deployment of digital learning infrastructures; large scale digitization efforts in government and academic markets; significant increases in the amount of digital learning content; migration to digital formats by major educational publishers and content providers; mass purchases of personal learning devices and strong demand for learning platforms, content and technology services; and the rapid growth of part-time and fulltime online student enrollments.

 

Trends in Tech-Savvy Education . While industries from manufacturing to health care have adopted technology to improve their results, according to Trends in Tech-Savvy Education (Stanford Graduate School of Business), education remains heavily reliant on “chalk and talk” instruction conducted in traditional settings; however, that is starting to change as schools and colleges adopt virtual classrooms, data analysis, online games, highly customized coursework, and other cutting-edge tools to help students learn.

 

Increasing Focus on Accountability and the Quality of Student Education . U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years. An independent task force report published in March of 2012 by the Council on Foreign Relations, a non-partisan membership organization and think tank, observed that American students rank far behind global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, and concluded that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership.

 

New Technologies . In addition to white boards and interactive projectors, other technologies are being adapted for educational uses on the Internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permit simultaneous sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices through a virtual network. Handheld devices, including smartphones, tablets, e-readers and digital video technologies, are now fundamental to the way students communicate.

 

Demand for Interactive Projectors is on the Rise . As a complete system, interactive projectors are considerably less expensive than interactive whiteboards or interactive flat panel displays, placing them at a distinct advantage in price sensitive markets. According to FutureSource , an industry publication, “sales of interactive projectors are expected to grow steadily from 2014 to 2017 with a CAGR at 10.3% worldwide.”

 

Our Strategic Goals

 

We believe that our future success will depend upon many factors, including those discussed below. While these areas represent opportunities for us, they also represent challenges and risks that we must successfully address.

 

  Investing in research and development. We believe that, following consummation of this offering and the completion of the acquisitions described in this prospectus, our performance is significantly dependent on the investments we make in research and development and that we must continually develop and introduce innovative products, enhance existing products and effectively stimulate customer demand for existing and future products.
     
  Investing in sales and marketing. We intend to invest significant resources in our marketing, advertising and brand management efforts.

 

5
 

 

  Expanding our technology base. Our long-term growth will depend in part on our ability to continually expand our product and technology offerings. We intend to do so, both through our internal research and development initiatives, as well as through strategic acquisition opportunities and joint ventures that may develop.
     
  Developing an integrated sales and distribution strategy through acquisitions and joint ventures . In addition to Genesis, we believe there are opportunities for us to acquire a number of value added resellers that are focused on the education and learning technologies market segments, have gained the trust and support of local school districts and governmental agencies, and are located in geographically strategic areas throughout the United States and internationally. We believe that, with adequate capital and infrastructure, we can materially increase our revenues and scope by acquiring or joint venturing with a number of these companies. Our vision is to bring together many of these education focused resellers into a cohesive network that will provide proven sales and sales-related services and support across the United States and internationally.
     
  Developing strategic partnerships and alliances . We currently work with a variety of major software and hardware solution providers, with whom we are developing embedded solutions to offer buffered content inside our projectors to allow smooth content streaming across multiple platforms. We intend to further existing and develop additional strategic partnerships and alliances.

 

Selected Risks Associated With Our Business

 

Investment in our Class A common stock is subject to a number of risks, which are more fully described starting on page 11 of this prospectus. These risks include:

 

  We have incurred pro forma combined losses for the year ended December 31, 2014;
     
  We may not be able to integrate our recent acquisitions or manage our acquisition strategy effectively;
     
  Our operating results and working capital requirements are subject to seasonal fluctuations;
     
  We operate in highly competitive industries;
     
 

We need to develop new, and enhance existing products and technologies to remain competitive;

     
  Future sales of interactive projectors and displays may slow or decrease as a result of market saturation;
     
  We use resellers and distributors to promote and sell our products;
     
  We may not be able to obtain patent protection on new products and may suffer if we face claims of patent infringement.

 

Our History and Proposed Acquisitions

 

In April 2013, Vert Capital Corp, formerly our principal stockholder, acquired, through a newly formed Delaware subsidiary, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of a Georgia company that primarily distributed whiteboards to school districts, which business was discontinued in the first quarter of 2014. On October 31, 2013, Vert Capital’s subsidiary acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of Genesis, in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock of the Delaware subsidiary.

 

Boxlight Parent was incorporated in Nevada on September 18, 2014, for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products.

   

6
 

 

Upon consummation of the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, our organizational structure will be as follows:

 

 

* 53.03% to be acquired on the effective date of this offering and an additional 15.66% to be acquired within 30 days thereafter for a total ownership of 68.69%.

 

Acquisition of Boxlight

 

Effective as of January 31, 2015, we entered into stock purchase and option agreements with the shareholders of Boxlight.

 

Under the terms of our agreement with Boxlight’s majority shareholders, we will purchase a minimum of 82.3% of the outstanding share capital of Boxlight for a purchase price equal to $7,283,132 multiplied by the percentage of the acquired share capital out of the total issued and outstanding share capital of Boxlight. Such purchase price is payable in cash at closing. However, under the terms of a stock option agreement, the shareholders of Boxlight are obligated to exercise an option to purchase 270,000 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at a cash option purchase price of $26.98 per share, or an aggregate of $7,284,600. The exercise of the option and payment of the per share option price and purchase and sale of the Series C Preferred Stock are to occur simultaneously with the closing of the Boxlight acquisition. After this offering and subject to customary conditions, Boxlight Parent stockholders party to the option agreement will be entitled to have shares registered for resale under the Securities Act, if Boxlight Parent files a resale registration statement for the account of any other stockholder. We also agreed to purchase, within 30 days after consummation of this offering, 15.66% of ETL owned by Boxlight’s principal stockholder, K Laser International Co., Ltd. (“K Laser”), for approximately $1,952,000 (RMB 12,000,000). As a result of this purchase, we will own 68.69% of ETL, in the aggregate.

 

Under the terms of the January 31, 2015 stock purchase and option agreement, the acquisition of Boxlight was scheduled to occur on or before March 31, 2015. On March 26, 2015, we and the Boxlight’s majority shareholders agreed to extend the outside closing date to June 30, 2015.

 

The Boxlight acquisition will close immediately after the completion of this offering. At the closing, the Series C Preferred Stock will be issued to the Boxlight’s shareholders who are parties to the option agreement and automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock. Such newly converted shares of Class A common stock, together with bonus shares of Class A common stock (representing 8% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued to Boxlight’s senior management and senior employees in amounts determined at the sole discretion of the majority Boxlight shareholders, will total 1,941,134 shares of Boxlight Parent Class A common stock, representing approximately 22.22% of the fully-diluted common stock. If Boxlight Parent subsequently acquires more than 82.3% of the Boxlight shares, additional shares of Class A common stock would be issued up to a maximum number of shares (including those previously issued) equaling as much as 27% of the fully-diluted common stock immediately prior to this offering. Among other conditions, the closing of the acquisition of Boxlight is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of our common stock in which the shares issued to the Boxlight shareholders have a market value (based on the initial per share offering price of the shares offered in this prospectus) of not less than $16,460,000. The consummation of the Boxlight acquisition will occur immediately after the completion of this offering and immediately prior to the acquisitions of each of Globisens and Genesis.

 

Consummation of this offering is dependent upon consummation of the acquisitions of both Boxlight and Globisens. The acquisition of Genesis is not a condition to consummation of this offering.

 

Acquisition of Globisens

 

Globisens was established in 2009 in Israel as an education technology company focused on delivering pioneering solutions for teaching K-12 science. In 2011, Globisens launched the Labdisc all-in-one multi-disciplinary laboratory for fields including physics, biology, chemistry, environmental studies and geography.

 

In October 2014, we entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Globisens from its shareholders. Under the terms of our share purchase agreement with the shareholders of Globisens, the parties valued Globisens at $5,250,000, of which $2,500,000 is payable in cash at the closing, and the $2,750,000 balance is evidenced by a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined by dividing $2,750,000 by the initial per share offering price of shares offered under this prospectus, provided, that such number of shares represents not less than 3.437% of our fully diluted common stock. The closing of the acquisition of Globisens was to occur on the earlier of completion of this offering or March 31, 2015. On March 31, 2015, we and the Globisens shareholders agreed to extend the outside closing date to June 30, 2015. The Globisens stockholders have agreed not to sell any of their shares for a minimum of two years following the closing.

 

Following the initial two year period from the closing, to secure the value of their Boxlight Parent shares, the Globisens shareholders have a two year option to “put” all or a portion of such shares back to us at a price equal to the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public under this prospectus. However, in the event that at any time during the two-year put option period, all of the Company shares issued to the Globisens shareholders have either been registered for resale under the Securities Act, or may immediately be resold to the public without restriction pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and any or all of such shares have been sold at a price per share that equals or exceeds the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public under this prospectus, the dollar amount and number of shares that we may be obligated to purchase upon exercise of the put option shall be reduced by the dollar value of the number of shares that were sold by the Globisens shareholders. The Globisens shareholders are not obligated to sell any of our shares during the two year put option period or thereafter; if they elect not to sell shares otherwise available for sale at a price equal to or above our initial per share offering price under this prospectus, we have the right, in lieu of repurchasing their shares upon exercise of the put option, to arrange for a third party to purchase in a brokers transaction or otherwise such shares at a price equal to or higher than our initial per share offering price, and, if the Globisens shareholders elect not to accept such offer to purchase, the put option and our obligations thereunder will terminate.

 

At the closing, Boxlight Parent will deliver all of the acquired shares of Globisens to a trustee, to hold, until timely payment of the put option price by Boxlight Parent or upon the expiration of the put option. In the event that Boxlight Parent fails to purchase the shares put by the shareholders of Globisens within 30 days of the exercise of the put options, the trustee will transfer the shares held in the trust to the shareholders of Globisens, in which case, the shareholders of Globisens will also retain the $2,500,000 cash purchase price regardless of the return of the Globisens’ shares.

 

Acquisition of Genesis

 

Effective as of September 30, 2014, Vert Capital’s inactive Delaware subsidiary Logical Choice Corporation (“LCC - Delaware”) distributed 100% of Genesis’s membership interests to Vert Capital, and, on January 31, 2015, Boxlight Parent, Vert Capital, and the former members of Genesis entered into an agreement whereby Boxlight Parent will acquire 100% of the outstanding equity of Genesis from Vert Capital upon consummation of this offering and immediately following the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens described above.

 

In connection with Boxlight Parent’s acquisition of 100% of the equity of Genesis, other than one share of common stock of the Delaware subsidiary retained by Vert Capital, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of Genesis will return to treasury all of their ownership equity in LCC - Delaware, and the former members of Genesis will receive 1,000,000 shares of Boxlight Parent Series B Preferred Stock upon consummation of this offering, which will automatically convert into 348,321 shares of our Class A common stock, or such other number of shares as will represent 4.0% of our “fully diluted common stock.” If the offering is not consummated, no shares will be issued to the former members of Genesis.

 

In summary, Boxlight Parent will acquire 100% of the equity interest of Genesis in exchange for 4.0% of Boxlight Parent’s Class A fully-diluted common stock, to be issued to the former Genesis members upon automatic conversion of the 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock. At the same time, Vert Capital and the former Genesis members will return to LCC - Delaware’s treasury all but one share of capital stock of LCC - Delaware, leaving Vert Capital as LCC - Delaware’s sole stockholder. Vert Capital will not transfer this one share of capital stock of LCC – Delaware. Therefore, Boxlight Parent will have no interest in LCC - Delaware.

  

Upon completion of this offering, an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Boxlight Parent’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock will be issued to Vert Capital, to be held in trust for the benefit of the existing holders of Series A preferred stock in LCC-Delaware. Such 250,000 shares of Boxlight Parent’s non-voting convertible Series A preferred stock will automatically convert into 358,680 shares of our Class A common stock on a date which shall be one year from the date of this prospectus. We intend to register for resale under the Securities Act on or before expiration of such one year period all of 358,680 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A preferred stock. Subject to completion of such resale registration statement, Vert Capital will deliver the Series A Preferred Stock certificates to the Boxlight Parent, and we shall issue the 358,680 shares of Class A common stock to such stockholders of LCC-Delaware.

 

7
 

 

In summary, upon consummation of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, we will issue the following shares of our capital stock in connection with the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis:

 

 

in exchange for 82.3% of the shares of Boxlight, a total of 270,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock will be issued to the selling Boxlight stockholders, which will automatically convert into 1,797,346 shares of our Class A common stock or such other number of shares as represents at least $16,460,000, based on the number of shares issued in this offering multiplied by the initial per share offering price our Class A common stock.

 

An additional 143,788 bonus shares of Boxlight Parent Class A common stock will be issued to senior management and senior employees who have worked at Boxlight for more than 10 years, and Boxlight Parent has also agreed to grant employee stock options entitling the option holders to purchase upon full vesting, at the offering price of our Class A common stock, an additional 436,758 shares of our Class B common stock or such other number of shares as represents 5.0% of our fully diluted common stock (the “EDI Option Plan”). Class B common stock is identical to Class A common stock, except that Class B common stock carries no vote, other than as required by law. Mr. Nance, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who is also senior management at Boxlight, will receive approximately 46% of the bonus shares.

     
  in exchange for 100% of the common shares of Globisens, a total of 300,208 shares of our Class A common stock will be issued to the Globisens stockholders, or such other number of shares as shall represent 3.437% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;
     
  a total of 1,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock will be issued to the four former members of Genesis, which will automatically convert into 348,321 shares of Class A common stock or such other number of shares as represents 4.0% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering; and
     
  following consummation of this offering, we will offer to LCC - Delaware’s holders of Series A Preferred stock the right to exchange their shares for equivalent Company Series A Preferred Stock, convertible into 358,680 shares of our Class A common stock.

 

In addition, in exchange for a transfer to a subsidiary of Everest Display of the “Boxlight” and “Boxlight Display” trademarks, we have agreed to issue to the current owner of such trademarks a number of Class A common shares as determined by dividing $250,000, by the initial per share offering price of our Class A common stock.

 

For the purpose of the acquisition agreements, fully diluted common stock includes all outstanding Boxlight Parent common stock and all shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and exercise of all warrants and options to purchase Boxlight Parent common stock that would be outstanding after giving effect to the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis and the exchange transaction referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Such term does not include any of the shares of Class A common stock offered under this prospectus or any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrants. As at the date of this prospectus, after giving pro forma effect to the acquisition of each of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis and the exchange of Series A preferred stock for 358,680 shares of Boxlight Parent Class A common stock referred to above, there would be outstanding an aggregate of 8,735,649 shares of Boxlight Parent common stock, assuming the conversion of all convertible preferred stock and exercise of all warrants and options. None of the shares to be issued to the former security holders of Boxlight, Globisens, Genesis and in trust for the benefit of the LCC - Delaware Series A preferred holders will be registered under the Securities Act, in reliance upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act. The consummation of this offering is dependent upon the closing of the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens, but is not dependent upon the closing of the acquisition of Genesis. If the offering is not consummated, none of the acquisitions will be consummated. Each acquisition is conditional upon the closing of this offering or another liquidity event acceptable to the shareholders of Boxlight and Globisens.

 

Our Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, GA 30043. Our telephone number is 404-891-1122. Our website address is www.boxlightcorp.com . These are textual references only. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, any of our websites into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our websites as part of this prospectus.

   

8
 

 

Our Status as an Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Certain specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements are available to public companies that are emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

  an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  an exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;
     
  an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about our audit and our financial statements; and
     
  reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements.

 

We have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies.

 

We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

  the last day of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as such amount is indexed for inflation every five years by the SEC to reflect the change in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, setting the threshold to the nearest $1,000,000) or more;
     
  the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our first sale of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;
     
  the date on which we have, during the prior three-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or
     
  the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates (or public float) exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter in our prior fiscal year.

 

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under SEC Regulation S-K. As such, we also are exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and also are subject to less extensive disclosure requirements regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We will continue to be deemed a smaller reporting company until our public float exceeds $75 million on the last day of our second fiscal quarter in our prior fiscal year.

 

9
 

 

The Offering

 

Class A common stock we are offering              shares (           shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment in full)
     
Public offering price   $       per share
     
Common stock outstanding before this offering(1)  

3,825,843 shares of Class A common stock

     
Common stock outstanding after this offering(2)(3)             shares
     
Over-allotment option   We have granted the representative a 45-day option to purchase up to          additional shares of Class A common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
     
Use of proceeds   We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $      . We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to pay a portion of the purchase price for our Globisens acquisition; to pay for ETL shares; for research and development of new products; to increase our sales and marketing efforts; improve inventory management, build infrastructure, including hiring of additional personnel; to pay outstanding loans in the aggregate amount of $354,050 made to us by Vert Capital, Mark Elliott, and Sy Silverstein and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
     
Lock-up  

We, our directors and our executive officers have agreed with the underwriters not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any of our securities for a period of six months following the closing of this offering. See “Underwriting” for more information.

     
Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market Listing Symbol   “BOXL”
     
Risk factors   See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

 

(1) The numbers of shares of our common stock prior to and to be outstanding immediately after this offering are based on 3,825,843 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of May [ · ], 2015.

 

(2) The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering includes:

 

  1,797,346 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the Boxlight shareholders upon consummation of this offering, or such other number of shares representing the greater of $16,460,000 divided by the initial per share offering price of our Class A common stock, issuable upon automatic conversion of 270,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or 20.57% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;
     
  143,788 bonus shares of Class A common stock to be issued to Boxlight’s senior management and senior employees;
     
  300,208 shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the former stockholders of Globisens or such other number of shares as represents at least 3.437% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;
     
  348,321 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon automatic conversion of 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be issued to the former members of Genesis, or such other number of shares as represents 4.0% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering; and
     
 

358,680 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, which we will offer to holders of Series A preferred stock of LCC - Delaware.

 

(3) The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

 

785,824 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan and 714,176 additional shares reserved for issuance thereunder.

     
 

738,881 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants with an exercise price equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of shares offered to the public in this offering.

     
 

436,758 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the EDI Option Plan.

     
  [  ] shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
     
 

[  ] shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants.

 

10
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information included in this prospectus before you decide whether to buy our Class A common stock. The following risks may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. As a result, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business, Operations and Financial Condition

 

We have incurred a loss for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 on a pro forma combined basis.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014, we had a combined loss of $2,970,000 and $1,258,000, respectively. Although we believe that this loss is primarily the result of the significant reductions in global national, state and local educational budgets and purchases due to the world-wide economic recession, there can be no assurance that our losses will not continue in the future, even if expenditures for the products and solutions we sell and distribute increase.

 

Our pro forma results may not be indicative of our future performance or financial condition.

 

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information in this prospectus may not be indicative of what our operating results and financial condition would have been for the periods presented had the acquisitions of Genesis, Boxlight or Globisens taken place on the dates indicated or of our future financial condition or operating results. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheets included in this prospectus reflect preliminary estimates of the values of assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed, and those values could differ materially once we complete our final valuations of these assets and liabilities.

 

We may not be able to manage our acquisition strategy effectively.

 

Our growth strategy includes acquiring assets and technologies or companies that have services, products, technologies, industry specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. The process to undertake a potential acquisition is time-consuming and costly. We expect to expend significant resources to undertake business, financial and legal due diligence on potential acquisition targets, and there is no guarantee that we will complete any acquisition that we pursue.

 

The process of integrating any acquired business may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures and is itself risky. The acquisitions to be completed upon consummation of this offering and any future acquisitions will be subject to a number of challenges, including:

 

  diversion of management time and resources as well as a shift of focus from operating the businesses to issues related to integration and administration, which could result in the potential disruption of our ongoing business;
     
 

the need to integrate each company’s accounting, management, information, human resources and other administrative systems to permit effective management, and the lack of control if such integration is delayed or not implemented;

     
  the need to implement controls, procedures and policies appropriate for a larger public company at companies that prior to acquisition had lacked such controls, procedures and policies;
     
  difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
     
  difficulties in managing operations in widely disparate time zones;
     
 

potential unknown liabilities associated with acquired businesses, including liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including violations of laws, rules and regulations, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;

     
  difficulty retaining key alliances on attractive terms with partners and suppliers;
     
  declining employee morale and retention issues resulting from changes in compensation, or changes in management, reporting relationships, future prospects or the direction or culture of the business;
     
  in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political, and regulatory risks associated with specific countries; and
     
  in some cases, the need to transition operations, end-users, and customers onto our existing platforms.

 

11
 

 

Failure to manage expansion effectively may affect our success in executing our business plan and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation. We may not realize the anticipated benefits of any or all of our acquisitions, or may not realize them in the time frame expected. Future acquisitions or mergers may require us to issue additional equity securities, spend our cash, or incur debt, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We generate a substantial majority of our revenue on a pro forma basis from the sale of our display products, and any significant reduction in sales of these products would materially harm our business.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014, we generated approximately 85% of our revenue from sales of our interactive display products, consisting of projectors, interactive projectors and interactive flat panels. A decrease in demand for our interactive displays would significantly reduce our revenue. If any of our competitors introduces attractive alternatives to our interactive displays, we could experience a significant decrease in sales as customers migrate to those alternative products.

 

Our business will be subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter and adversely affect our working capital and liquidity throughout the year.

 

The revenues and operating results of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal variations in our business, driven largely by the purchasing cycles of the educational market. Traditionally, the bulk of expenditures by school districts occur in the second and third calendar quarters after receipt of budget allocations. We expect quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results to continue. These fluctuations could result in volatility and adversely affect our cash flow. As our business grows, these seasonal fluctuations may become more pronounced. As a result, we believe that sequential quarterly comparisons of our financial results may not provide an accurate assessment of our financial position.

 

Our working capital requirements and cash flows are subject to fluctuation, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

Our working capital requirements and cash flows have historically been, and are expected to continue to be, subject to quarterly and yearly fluctuations, depending on a number of factors. Factors which could result in cash flow fluctuations include:

 

  the level of sales and the related margins on those sales;
     
  the collection of receivables;
     
  the timing and size of purchases of inventory and related components; and
     
  the timing of payment on payables and accrued liabilities.

 

If we are unable to manage fluctuations in cash flow, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. For example, if we are unable to effectively manage fluctuations in our cash flows, we may be unable to make required interest payments on our indebtedness.

 

We will operate in a highly competitive industry.

 

Upon consummation of the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, we will be engaged in the interactive education industry. The combined operation will face substantial competition from developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive learning products and solutions, including interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards and micro-computer data logging products and any new product we may offer in the future. The industry is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards, and micro-computer based logging technologies and combinations of them. We will face increased competition from companies with strong positions in certain markets we serve, and in new markets and regions we may enter. These companies manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and associated products.

 

12
 

 

Many of these competitors have, and our potential competitors may have, significantly greater financial and other resources than we do and have spent, and may continue to spend, significant amounts of resources to try to enter or expand their presence in the market. In addition, low cost competitors have appeared in China and other countries. We may not be able to compete effectively against these current and future competitors. Increased competition or other competitive pressures have and may continue to result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Some of Boxlight’s customers are required to purchase equipment by soliciting proposals from a number of sources and, in some cases, are required to purchase from the lowest bidder. While we attempt to price our products competitively based upon the relative features they offer, our competitors’ prices and other factors, we are often not the lowest bidder and may lose sales to lower bidders.

 

Competitors may be able to respond to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements more effectively and faster than we can or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of products than we can. Current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties, including through mergers or acquisitions, to increase the ability of their products to address the needs of customers. If these interactive display competitors or other substitute or alternative technology competitors acquire significantly increased market share, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

If we are unable to continually enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products at competitive prices and in a timely manner, our business will be harmed.

 

The market for interactive learning and collaboration solutions is still emerging and evolving. It is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new product introductions, many of which may compete with, be considered as alternatives to or replace our interactive displays. For example, we have recently observed significant sales of tablet computers by competitors to school districts in the U.S. whose technology budgets could otherwise have been used to purchase interactive displays. Accordingly, our future success will depend upon our ability to enhance our products and to develop, introduce and sell new technologies and products offering enhanced performance and functionality at competitive prices and in a timely manner.

 

The development of new technologies and products involves time, substantial costs and risks. Our ability to successfully develop new technologies will depend in large measure on our ability to maintain a technically skilled research and development staff and to adapt to technological changes and advances in the industry. The success of new product introductions depends on a number of factors, including timely and successful product development, market acceptance, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, the availability of components in appropriate quantities and costs to meet anticipated demand, the risk that new products may have quality or other defects and our ability to manage distribution and production issues related to new product introductions. If we are unsuccessful in selling the new products that we develop and introduce, or any future products that we may develop, we may carry obsolete inventory and have reduced available working capital for the development of other new technologies and products.

 

If we are unable, for any reason, to enhance, develop, introduce and sell new products in a timely manner, or at all, in response to changing market conditions or customer requirements or otherwise, our business will be harmed.

 

We may not be successful in our strategy to increase sales in the business and government market.

 

On a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014, the majority of our revenue has been derived from sales to the education market. Our business strategy contemplates expanding our sales in both the education market, as well as to the business and government training sectors. However, to date, there has not been widespread adoption of interactive displays and collaboration solutions in the business and government market, and these solutions may fail to achieve wide acceptance in this market. Successful expansion into the business and government markets will require us to augment and develop new distribution and reseller relationships, and we may not be successful in developing those relationships. In addition, widespread acceptance of our interactive solutions may not occur due to lack of familiarity with how our products work, the perception that our products are difficult to use and a lack of appreciation of the contribution they can make in the business and government markets. In addition, the Boxlight brand is less recognized in these markets as compared to the education market. A key part of our strategy to grow in the business and government market is to develop strategic alliances with companies in the unified communications and collaboration sector, and there can be no assurance that these alliances will help us to successfully grow our sales in this market.

 

13
 

 

Furthermore, our ability to successfully grow in the business and government market depends upon revenue and cash flows derived from sales to the education market. As the education market represents a significant portion of our revenue and cash flow (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014) we utilize cash from sales in the education market for our operating expenses. If we cannot continue to augment and develop new distributor and reseller relationships, market our brand, develop strategic alliances and innovate new technologies, which results in decreased revenue from the education market, we may not be successful in our strategy to grow in the business and government market.

 

As a result of market saturation, our future sales of interactive displays in developed markets may slow or decrease.

 

Futuresource Consulting Ltd. estimates that, as of December 31, 2012, approximately 47% of classrooms in the U.S., 85% of classrooms in the U.K., and 53% of classrooms in Australia already had an interactive display. As a result of the high levels of penetration in developed markets, the education market for interactive displays in the U.S., U.K. and Australia may have reached saturation levels. Future sales growth in those markets and other developed markets with similar penetration levels may, as a result, be difficult to achieve, and (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014), our sales of interactive displays may decline in those countries. If we are unable to replace the revenue and earnings we have (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014), historically derived from sales of interactive displays to the education market in these developed markets, whether through sales of additional products, sales in other underserved markets, such as Africa, Latin America and Asia, sales in the business and government market or otherwise, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

We face significant challenges growing our sales in foreign markets.

 

For our products to gain broad acceptance in all markets, we may need to develop customized solutions specifically designed for each country in which we seek to grow our sales and to sell those solutions at prices that are competitive in that country. For example, while our hardware requires only minimal modification to be usable in other countries, our software and content require significant customization and modification to adapt to the needs of foreign customers. Specifically, our software will need to be adapted to work in a user-friendly way in several languages and alphabets, and content that fits the specific needs of foreign customers (such as, for example, classroom lessons adapted to specific foreign curricula) will need to be developed. If we are not able to develop, or choose not to support, customized products and solutions for use in a particular country, we may be unable to compete successfully in that country and our sales growth in that country will be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully develop or choose to support customized solutions for each foreign country in which we seek to grow our sales or that our solutions, if developed, will be competitive in the relevant country.

 

Growth in many foreign countries will require us to price our products competitively in those countries. In certain developing countries, we have been and may continue to be required to sell our products at prices significantly below those that we are currently charging in developed countries. Such pricing pressures could reduce our gross margins and adversely affect our revenue.

 

Our customers’ experience with our products will be directly affected by the availability and quality of our customers’ Internet access. We are unable to control broadband penetration rates, and, to the extent that broadband growth in emerging markets slows, our growth in international markets could be hindered.

 

In addition, we will face lengthy and unpredictable sales cycles in foreign markets, particularly in countries with centralized decision making. In these countries, particularly in connection with significant technology product purchases, Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis have experienced recurrent requests for proposals, significant delays in the decision making process and, in some cases, indefinite deferrals of purchases or cancellations of requests for proposals. If we are unable to overcome these challenges, the growth of our sales in these markets would be adversely affected, and we may incur unrecovered marketing costs, impairing our profitability.

 

Our suppliers may not be able to always supply components or products to us on a timely basis and on favorable terms, and as a result, our dependency on third party suppliers has adversely affected our revenue (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014) and may continue to do so.

 

We will rely on our suppliers for components and depend on obtaining adequate supplies of quality components on a timely basis with favorable terms. Some of those components, as well as certain complete products that we sell are provided to us by only one supplier or contract manufacturer. We will be subject to disruptions in our operations if our sole or limited supply contract manufacturers decrease or stop production of components and products, or if such suppliers and contract manufacturers do not produce components and products of sufficient quantity. Alternative sources for our components will not always be available. Many of our components are manufactured overseas, so they have long lead times, and events such as local disruptions, natural disasters or political conflict may cause unexpected interruptions to the supply of our products or components. In addition, we do not have written supply agreements with our suppliers. Although we are endeavoring to enter into written agreements with certain of our suppliers, we cannot assure that our efforts will be successful.

 

Boxlight experienced unexpected demand for certain of its products in 2014. As a result of these factors, Boxlight faced a temporary inventory shortage that led to a backlog in production and product delivery. As of December 31, 2014, we had a backlog of finished product delivery of approximately $2,100,000, due to the inability of certain of our suppliers to timely provide us with components for these products.

 

To prevent future overselling, we have increased our inventory of components; we have worked closely with one of our suppliers to establish protocols to handle unexpected orders of key components and expedite the delivery of key components; we have also added air-freight as an alternative to transport components to sea-freight for situations such as we experienced in 2014. As of the date hereof, our backlog issues have been resolved and all orders filled. We have also added vendors to avoid future material shortages. In addition, it is our intention, as mentioned in the use of proceeds, to allocate financial resources to improve our inventory management, including establishing an inventory buffer of components appropriate to our business.

 

However, we cannot assure that our attempt will be successful or that product or component shortages will not occur in the future. If we cannot supply products due to a lack of components, or are unable to redesign products with other components in a timely manner, our business will be significantly harmed. If inventory shortages continue, they could be expected to have a material and adverse effect on our future revenues and ability to effectively project future sales and operating results.

 

14
 

 

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and, if we are unable to attract, retain or motivate qualified personnel, we may not be able to operate our business effectively.

 

Our success depends in large part on continued employment of senior management and key personnel who can effectively operate our business, as well as our ability to attract and retain skilled employees. Competition for highly skilled management, technical, research and development and other employees is intense in the high-technology industry and we may not be able to attract or retain highly qualified personnel in the future. In making employment decisions, particularly in the high-technology industry, job candidates often consider the value of the equity awards they would receive in connection with their employment. Our long-term incentive programs may not be attractive enough or perform sufficiently to attract or retain qualified personnel.

 

If any of our employees leaves us, and we fail to effectively manage a transition to new personnel, or if we fail to attract and retain qualified and experienced professionals on acceptable terms, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our success also depends on our having highly trained financial, technical, recruiting, sales and marketing personnel. We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the number of people with these skills or our failure to attract them to our company could impede our ability to increase revenues from our existing products and services, ensure full compliance with federal and state regulations, or launch new product offerings and would have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

We may have difficulty in entering into and maintaining strategic alliances with third parties.

 

Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis have entered into and we may continue to enter into strategic alliances with third parties to gain access to new and innovative technologies and markets. These parties are often large, established companies. Negotiating and performing under these arrangements involves significant time and expense, and we may not have sufficient resources to devote to our strategic alliances, particularly those with companies that have significantly greater financial and other resources than we do. The anticipated benefits of these arrangements may never materialize, and performing under these arrangements may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We will use resellers and distributors to promote and sell our products.

 

Substantially all our sales (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014) are made through resellers and distributors. Industry and economic conditions have the potential to weaken the financial position of our resellers and distributors. Such resellers and distributors may no longer sell our products, or may reduce efforts to sell our products, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, if our resellers’ and distributors’ abilities to repay their credit obligations were to deteriorate and result in the write-down or write-off of such receivables, it would negatively affect our operating results and, if significant, could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, our resellers and most of our distributors will not be contractually required to sell our products exclusively and may offer competing interactive display products, and therefore we will depend on our ability to establish and develop new relationships and to build on existing relationships with resellers and distributors. We cannot assure that our resellers and distributors will act in a manner that will promote the success of our products. Factors that are largely within the control of those resellers and distributors but are important to the success of our products include:

 

  the degree to which our resellers and distributors actively promote our products;
     
  the extent to which our resellers and distributors offer and promote competitive products; and
     
  the quality of installation, training and other support services offered by our resellers and distributors.

 

15
 

 

In addition, if some of our competitors offer their products to resellers and distributors on more favorable terms or have more products available to meet their needs, there may be pressure on us to reduce the price of our products, or those resellers and distributors may stop carrying our products or de-emphasize the sale of our products in favor of the products of these competitors. If we do not maintain and continue to build relationships with resellers and distributors our business will be harmed.

 

An former affiliate is in liquidation.

 

In April 2013, Vert Capital, acquired through LCC – Delaware, all of the outstanding shares of Logical Choice Technologies, Inc., a Georgia corporation (“LCT”). LCT is in liquidation, and all of its creditors may not be paid. Although LCT’s liabilities are solely its own, LCT creditors may claim that they are owed money by our Company. The aggregate obligations owed by LCT consist of approximately $4.0 million in accounts payable owed to certain former suppliers to LCT. Substantially all of these accounts payable were incurred by LCT prior to Vert’s acquisition of LCT in April 2013, and neither Vert Capital nor Boxlight Parent assumed or otherwise agreed to guarantee any of these accounts payable. However, creditors may nonetheless seek to collect from Boxlight Parent or its subsidiaries by alleging that we are successors in interest to LCT and therefore obligated for its debts. Although, we believe that any such claim, if made, would have no merit, or, at most, limited exposure to Boxlight Parent, defending such a claim would divert resources that otherwise would be used in our business.

 

Although we don’t believe that the liquidation of LCT or a successful claim of LCT’s creditors if any will affect the proposed acquisition, if we are held liable for such amounts owed by LCC- Delaware, payment of such amounts would be made from working capital, which may have an adverse affect on our financial condition.

 

In addition, the inactive status of LCC-Delaware will not have any impact on the proposed acquisitions or liquidation of LCT. However, if we were held liable for amounts owed by LCC- Delaware, payment of such amounts could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

 

Risks Related to our Industry and Regulations

 

Decreases in, or stagnation of, spending or changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of schools, colleges, universities, other education providers or government agencies may have a material adverse effect on our revenue.

 

Our customers will include primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, other education providers. and, to a lesser extent, government agencies, each of which depends heavily on government funding. The effect of the worldwide recession of 2008 and subsequent sovereign debt and global financial crisis have resulted in substantial declines in the revenues and fiscal capacity of many national, federal, state, provincial and local governments. Many of those governments have reacted to the decreases in revenues and could continue to react to the decreases in revenue by cutting funding to educational institutions. If our products are not a high priority expenditure for such institutions, or if such institutions allocate expenditures to substitute or alternative technologies, we could lose revenue.

 

Any additional decrease in, stagnation of or adverse change in national, federal, state, provincial or local funding for primary and secondary schools, colleges, universities, or other education providers or for government agencies that use our products could cause our current and prospective customers to further reduce their purchases of our products, which could cause us to lose additional revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for products such as ours could also cause us to lose revenue.

 

If our products fail to comply with consumer product or environmental laws, it could materially affect our financial performance.

 

Because we will sell products used by children in classrooms and because our products will be subject to environmental regulations in some jurisdictions in which we will do business, we will be required to comply with a variety of product safety, product testing and environmental regulations, including compliance with applicable laws and standards with respect to lead content and other child safety and environmental issues. If our products do not meet applicable safety or regulatory standards, we could experience lost sales, diverted resources and increased costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Events that give rise to actual, potential or perceived product safety or environmental concerns could expose us to government enforcement action or private litigation and result in product recalls and other liabilities. In addition, negative consumer perceptions regarding the safety of our products could cause negative publicity and harm our reputation.

 

Risks Related to our Foreign Operations

 

We are subject to risks inherent in foreign operations.

 

Sales outside the United States represented approximately 28% and 32% of our combined revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively (on a pro forma basis and assuming the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis were completed on January 1, 2014). We intend to selectively pursue international market growth opportunities, which could result in those international sales accounting for a more significant portion of our revenue. We have committed, and may continue to commit, significant resources to our international operations and sales and marketing activities. While we have experience conducting business outside of the United States, we may not be aware of all the factors that may affect our business in foreign jurisdictions.

 

We are subject to a number of risks associated with international business activities that may increase costs, lengthen sales cycles and require significant management attention. International operations carry certain risks and associated costs, such as the complexities and expense of administering a business abroad, complications in compliance with, and unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, foreign laws, international import and export legislation, trading and investment policies, exchange controls, tariffs and other trade barriers, difficulties in collecting accounts receivable, potential adverse tax consequences, uncertainties of laws, difficulties in protecting, maintaining or enforcing intellectual property rights, difficulty in managing a geographically dispersed workforce in compliance with diverse local laws and customs, and other factors, depending upon the country involved. Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly and compliance with the laws of multiple jurisdictions can be complex, difficult and costly. We cannot assure that risks inherent in our foreign operations will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

16
 

 

We must comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

 

We are required to comply with the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits U.S. companies from engaging in bribery of or other prohibited payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business and requires that we maintain adequate financial records and internal controls to prevent such prohibited payments. Foreign companies, including some of our competitors, are not subject to these prohibitions. Corruption, extortion, bribery, pay-offs, theft and other fraudulent practices may occur in countries where we do business. If our competitors engage in these practices, they may receive preferential treatment from personnel of some companies, giving our competitors an advantage in securing business or from government officials who might give them priority in obtaining new business, which would put us at a disadvantage. Although we inform our personnel that such practices are illegal, we cannot assure you that our employees or other agents will not engage in such conduct for which we might be held responsible. If our employees or other agents are found to have engaged in such practices, we could suffer severe penalties.

 

Our worldwide operations will subject us to income taxation in many jurisdictions, and we must exercise significant judgment to determine our worldwide financial provision for income taxes. That determination ultimately is an estimate, and, accordingly, we cannot assure that our historical income tax provisions and accruals will be adequate.

 

We will be subject to income taxation in the United States and numerous other jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, we cannot assure that the final determination of any tax audits and litigation will not be materially different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Should additional taxes be assessed against us as a result of an audit or litigation, there could be a material adverse effect on our current and future results and financial condition.

 

Certain of our subsidiaries provide products to, and may from time to time undertake certain significant transactions with, us and our other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. In general, cross border transactions between related parties and, in particular, related party financing transactions, are subject to close review by tax authorities. Moreover, several jurisdictions in which we will operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules that require all transactions with nonresident related parties to be priced using arm’s-length pricing principles and require the existence of contemporaneous documentation to support such pricing. A tax authority in one or more jurisdictions could challenge the validity of our related party transfer pricing policies. Because such a challenge generally involves a complex area of taxation and because a significant degree of judgment by management is required to be exercised in setting related party transfer pricing policies, the resolution of such challenges often results in adjustments in favor of the taxing authority. If in the future any taxation authorities are successful in challenging our financing or transfer pricing policies, our income tax expense may be adversely affected and we could become subject to interest and penalty charges, which may harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

If we are unable to ship and transport components and final products efficiently and economically across long distances and borders our business would be harmed.

 

We will transport significant volumes of components and finished products across long distances and international borders. Any increases in our transportation costs, as a result of increases in the price of oil or otherwise, would increase our costs and the final prices of our products to our customers. In addition, any increases in customs or tariffs, as a result of changes to existing trade agreements between countries or otherwise, could increase our costs or the final cost of our products to our customers or decrease our margins. Such increases could harm our competitive position and could have a material adverse effect on our business. The laws governing customs and tariffs in many countries are complex, subject to many interpretations and often include substantial penalties for non-compliance. Disputes may arise and could subject us to material liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

If our procedures to ensure compliance with export control laws are ineffective, our business could be harmed.

 

Our extensive foreign operations and sales will be subject to far reaching and complex export control laws and regulations in the United States and elsewhere. Violations of those laws and regulations could have material negative consequences for us including large fines, criminal sanctions, prohibitions on participating in certain transactions and government contracts, sanctions on other companies if they continue to do business with us and adverse publicity.

 

17
 

 

We will be exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies that may materially adversely affect our results of operations.

  

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Boxlight uses the NT dollar and Globisens uses the Israeli shekel as functional currencies to report revenue and expenses. We will be exposed to foreign exchange rate fluctuations when we translate the financial statements of Boxlight and Globisens into U.S. dollars in consolidation. If there is a change in foreign currency exchange rates, the translation of our Boxlight’s and Globisens’ financial statements into U.S. dollars will lead to a translation gain or loss which is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. In addition, we may have certain monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the relevant entity’s functional currency. To the extent the U.S. dollar strengthens against the NT dollar and Israeli shekel, the translation of foreign currency denominated transactions will result in reduced revenue, operating expenses and net income for our Taiwanese and Israeli operations. Similarly, to the extent the U.S. dollar weakens against the NT dollar and Israeli Shekel, the translation of the foreign currency denominated transactions will result in increased revenue, operating expenses and net income for our Taiwanese and Israeli operations. We have not entered into agreements or purchased instruments to hedge our exchange rate risks, although we may do so in the future. The availability and effectiveness of any hedging transaction may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exchange rate risks.

 

We monitor our foreign exchange exposures, and these activities mitigate, but do not eliminate, our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, exchange rate fluctuations may materially adversely affect our operating results in future periods.

 

Risks Related to Acquiring Globisens’s Operations in Israel

 

Globisens’ principal offices, research and development facilities and suppliers are located in Israel and, therefore, the business, financial condition and results of operation of Globisens may be adversely affected by political, economic and military instability in Israel.

 

Globisens’s principal offices, research and development facilities, and its subcontracted production facility are located in Israel. In addition, all of Globisens’s employees and officers, are residents of Israel. Accordingly, political, economic and military conditions in Israel may directly affect its business. Since the establishment of the State of Israel in 1948, a number of armed conflicts have taken place between Israel and its neighboring countries. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its trading partners could adversely affect Globisens’s operations and results of operations. In addition, Globisens’s operations may be adversely affected by the call-up of certain of our employees, including members of our senior management, to active military service in the case of such hostilities.

 

Uprisings in various countries in the Middle East and North Africa are affecting the political stability of those countries. Such instability may lead to deterioration in the political and trade relationships that exist between the State of Israel and these countries. Furthermore, several countries, principally in the Middle East, restrict doing business with Israel and Israeli companies, and additional countries may impose restrictions on doing business with Israel and Israeli companies if hostilities in the region continue or intensify. Such restrictions may seriously limit the ability to sell Globisens’s products to customers in those countries. Parties with whom they may do business could decline to travel to Israel during periods of heightened unrest or tension. In addition, the political and security situation in Israel may result in parties with whom it may have agreements involving performance in Israel claiming that they are not obligated to perform its commitments under those agreements pursuant to force majeure provisions in such agreements. In addition, any hostilities involving Israel could have a material adverse effect on Globisens’s facilities including the corporate office or on the facilities of local suppliers, in which event all or a portion of Globisens’s inventory may be damaged, and Globisens’ ability to deliver products to customers could be materially adversely affected. Any hostilities involving Israel or the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners, or significant downturns in the economic or financial condition of Israel, could adversely affect Globisens’ operations and product development, cause revenues to decrease and adversely affect Boxlight Parent’s share price following this offering and consummation of the Globisens acquisition. Similarly, Israeli corporations are limited in conducting business with entities from several countries.

 

Our commercial insurance policy does not cover losses associated with terrorist attacks. Although the Israeli government in the past covered the reinstatement value of certain damages that were caused by terrorist attacks or acts of war, we cannot assure you that this government coverage will be maintained, or if maintained, will be sufficient to compensate us fully for damages incurred. Any losses or damages incurred by us could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any armed conflicts, terrorist activities or political instability in the region would likely negatively affect business conditions generally and could harm our results of operations.

 

Our operations could also be disrupted by the obligations of personnel to perform military service. As of April 15, 2015, Globisens had 9 employees and independent contractors, all of whom were based in Israel. Some of these employees may be called upon to perform up to 54 days in each three year period (and in the case of officers, up to 84 days in each three year period) of military reserve duty until they reach the age of 40 (and in some cases, depending on their specific military profession up to 45 or even 49 years of age) and, in certain emergency circumstances, may be called to immediate and unlimited active duty. In response to increases in terrorist activity, there have been periods of significant call-ups of military reservists and it is possible that there will be similar large-scale military reserve duty call-ups in the future. Our operations could be disrupted by the absence of a significant number of employees related to military service, which could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We may become subject to claims for payment of compensation for assigned service inventions by Globisens’ current or former employees, which could result in litigation and adversely affect Globisens’ business.

 

Under the Israeli Patents Law, 5727-1967, or the Patents Law, inventions conceived by an employee during the scope of his or her employment are regarded as “service inventions” and are owned by the employer, absent a specific agreement between the employee and employer giving the employee service invention rights. The Patents Law also provides that if no such agreement between an employer and an employee exists, which prescribes whether, to what extent, and on what conditions the employee is entitled to remuneration for his or her service inventions, then such matters may, upon application by the employee, be decided by a government-appointed compensation and royalties committee established under the Patents Law, or the Committee. Recent conflicting decisions of the Committee and the Israeli Supreme Court have created uncertainty with respect to an employee’s right to receive remuneration for service inventions. In an August 2012 decision, the Israeli Supreme Court held that an employee’s contractual waiver of rights to compensation for service inventions does not necessarily preclude the employee’s claim to such compensation, and as a result an employee who executed a waiver may still bring a claim for compensation for service inventions before the Committee. However, in a decision issued in May 2014, the Committee held that employees may waive their right to remuneration for service inventions. We understand that a petition was recently filed and is currently pending with the Israeli High Court of Justice claiming that the Committee did not have authority to render such decision. A significant portion of Globisens’s intellectual property has been developed by its employees in the course of their employment. Although Globisens’s employees have agreed to assign to Globisens all rights to any intellectual property created in the scope of their employment and most of Globisens’s current employees, including all those involved in the development of its intellectual property, have agreed to waive their economic rights with respect to service inventions, we cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us by current or former employees demanding remuneration in consideration for assigned service inventions. If any such claims were filed, Globisens could be required to pay remuneration to our current or former employees for such assigned service inventions, or be forced to litigate such claims, which could negatively affect Globisens’ business.

 

18
 

 

Risks Related to Acquiring Boxlight’s Operations in Taiwan

 

Our global manufacturing, design and sales activities subject us to risks associated with legal, political, economic or other conditions or developments in various jurisdictions, including, in particular, Taiwan, which could negatively affect our business and financial status and therefore the market value of your investment.

 

Boxlight’s principal manufacturing facilities are located in Taiwan and in the PRC. Accordingly, our business and financial condition may be affected by changes in local governmental policies and political and social instability. In addition, Boxlight has operations worldwide, and a significant percentage of its revenue comes from sales to locations outside Taiwan and the PRC. Operating overseas exposes Boxlight to changes in policies and laws, as well as the general political and economic conditions, security risks, health conditions and possible disruptions in transportation networks, in the various countries in which Boxlight operates, which could result in an adverse effect on its business operations in such countries and its results of operations.

 

Taiwan has a unique international political status. Since 1949, Taiwan and the Chinese mainland have been separately governed. The PRC claims that it is the sole government in China and that Taiwan is part of China. Although significant economic and cultural relations have been established between the Republic of China and the PRC, such as the engagement of the Economic Cooperation Framework Agreement, or ECFA, in 2010, relations may become strained again. In June 2013, the Taiwan and PRC governments entered into the Cross-Strait Agreement on Trade in Services pursuant to the ECFA. According to this agreement, both parties agreed to certain concessions on the telecommunication industries. The Cross-Strait Agreement on Trade in Services has not yet been ratified by the Legislation Yuan of Taiwan. If the agreement is not ratified by the Legislation Yuan, Boxlight’s business operations in the PRC and its results of operation may be adversely affected. In addition, the PRC government has refused to renounce the use of military force to gain control over Taiwan. Past developments in relations between Taiwan and the PRC have on occasion depressed the market prices of the securities of companies in Taiwan. Relations between Taiwan and the PRC and other factors affecting military, political or economic conditions in Taiwan could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, as well as the market price and the liquidity of our securities. In addition, the complexities of the relationship between Taiwan and the PRC require companies involved in cross-strait business operations to carefully monitor their actions and manage their relationships with both Taiwan and PRC governments. In the past, companies in Taiwan, including Boxlight, have received minor sanctions such as travel restrictions or minor monetary fines by Taiwan and/or PRC governments. We cannot assure you that Boxlight will be able to successfully manage its relationships with Taiwan and PRC governments for its cross-strait business operations, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business and conduct cross-strait business operations. An increase in tensions between Taiwan and the PRC and the possibility of instability and uncertainty could adversely affect Boxlight’s business.

 

If economic conditions in Taiwan deteriorate, our current business and future growth could be affected materially and adversely.

 

In recent years, the currencies of many East Asian countries, including Taiwan, have experienced considerable volatility. In Taiwan, the Central Bank of the Republic of China (Taiwan) has from time to time intervened in the foreign exchange market to minimize the fluctuation of the U.S. dollar/New Taiwan (“NT”) dollar exchange rate and to prevent significant decline in the value of the NT dollar. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be affected by changes in Taiwan government policies, taxation, inflation, interest rates and general economic conditions in Taiwan, as well as the global economies. For example, the banking and financial sectors in Taiwan have been harmed by the general economic downturn in recent years. As a result, financial institutions are more cautious in providing credit to certain businesses in Taiwan. We cannot assure you that we will continue to have access to credit at commercially reasonable rates of interest or at all.

   

Amendments to existing tax regulations or new tax legislation in Taiwan may have an adverse effect on our net income.

 

While Boxlight is subject to tax laws and regulations in various jurisdictions in which it operates or conducts business, Boxlight’s principal operations are conducted in Taiwan, and Boxlight is exposed primarily to taxes levied by the government of Taiwan. Any changes of tax laws and regulations in this jurisdiction could affect Boxlight’s effective tax rate and operating results.

 

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Technology

 

Defects in our products can be difficult to detect before shipment. If defects occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Boxlight and Globisens products are highly complex and sophisticated and, from time to time, have contained and may continue to contain design defects or software “bugs” or failures that are difficult to detect and correct in advance of shipping.

 

The occurrence of errors and defects in our products could result in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our products, including harm to our brand, and correcting such errors and failures in our products could require significant expenditure of capital by us. In addition, we are rapidly developing and introducing new products, and new products may have higher rates of errors and defects than our established products. Boxlight and Globisens have historically have provided product warranties for between one and five years, and the failure of our products to operate as described could give rise to warranty claims. The consequences of such errors, failures and other defects and claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our reputation.

 

19
 

 

We may not be able to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights necessary to protect our proprietary technology and business.

 

Our commercial success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to develop new or improved technologies and products, and to obtain patents or other intellectual property rights or statutory protection for these technologies and products in the United States and other countries. We will seek to patent concepts, components, processes, designs and methods, and other inventions and technologies that we consider to have commercial value or that will likely give us a technological advantage. Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis owns rights in patents and patent applications for technologies relating to interactive displays and other complementary products in the United States and other countries such as Germany, Mexico, Israel, Japan, Taiwan and China. Despite devoting resources to the research and development of proprietary technology, we may not be able to develop technology that is patentable or protectable. Patents may not be issued in connection with pending patent applications, and claims allowed may not be sufficient to allow them to use the inventions that they create exclusively. Furthermore, any patents issued could be challenged, re-examined, held invalid or unenforceable or circumvented and may not provide sufficient protection or a competitive advantage. In addition, despite efforts to protect and maintain patents, competitors and other third parties may be able to design around their patents or develop products similar to the Boxlight and Globisens products that are not within the scope of their patents. Finally, patents provide certain statutory protection only for a limited period of time that varies depending on the jurisdiction and type of patent. The statutory protection term of certain of Boxlight and Globisens’ material patents may expire soon and, thereafter, the underlying technology of such patents can be used by any third party including competitors.

 

Prosecution and protection of the rights sought in patent applications and patents can be costly and uncertain, often involve complex legal and factual issues and consume significant time and resources. In addition, the breadth of claims allowed in our patents, their enforceability and our ability to protect and maintain them cannot be predicted with any certainty. The laws of certain countries may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Even if our patents are held to be valid and enforceable in a certain jurisdiction, any legal proceedings that we may initiate against third parties to enforce such patents will likely be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business matters. We cannot assure that any of the issued patents or pending patent applications of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis provide any protectable, maintainable or enforceable rights or competitive advantages to us.

 

In addition to patents, we will rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other related laws and confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect, maintain and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights in the United States, Israel, Germany, Japan, Mexico, Taiwan, China and other countries. However, our ability to protect our brands by registering certain trademarks may be limited. In addition, while we will generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, contract manufacturers, distributors and resellers and with others to attempt to limit access to and distribution of our proprietary and confidential information, it is possible that:

 

  misappropriation of our proprietary and confidential information, including technology, will nevertheless occur;
     
  our confidentiality agreements will not be honored or may be rendered unenforceable;
     
  third parties will independently develop equivalent, superior or competitive technology or products;
     
  disputes will arise with our current or future strategic licensees, customers or others concerning the ownership, validity, enforceability, use, patentability or registrability of intellectual property; or
     
  unauthorized disclosure of our know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary or confidential information will occur.

 

We cannot assure that we will be successful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights. If we are unsuccessful in protecting, maintaining or enforcing our intellectual property rights, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected, which could

 

  adversely affect our relationships with current or future distributors and resellers of our products;
     
  adversely affect our reputation with customers;
     
  be time-consuming and expensive to evaluate and defend;
     
  cause product shipment delays or stoppages;
     
  divert management’s attention and resources;
     
  subject us to significant liabilities and damages;
     
  require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements; or
     
  require us to cease certain activities, including the sale of products.

 

If it is determined that we have infringed, violated or are infringing or violating a patent or other intellectual property right of any other person or if we are found liable in respect of any other related claim, then, in addition to being liable for potentially substantial damages, we may be prohibited from developing, using, distributing, selling or commercializing certain of our technologies and products unless we obtain a license from the holder of the patent or other intellectual property right. We cannot assure that we will be able to obtain any such license on a timely basis or on commercially favorable terms, or that any such licenses will be available, or that workarounds will be feasible and cost-efficient. If we do not obtain such a license or find a cost-efficient workaround, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected and we could be required to cease related business operations in some markets and restructure our business to focus on our continuing operations in other markets.

 

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technology or another aspect of our business infringes the intellectual property of others.

 

The markets in which we will compete are characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and trade secrets and also by litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement to extract settlements from companies like ours. Also, third parties may make infringement claims against us that relate to technology developed and owned by one of our suppliers for which our suppliers may or may not indemnify us. Even if we are indemnified against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations, and determining the extent such of such obligations could require additional litigation. Claims of intellectual property infringement against us or our suppliers might require us to redesign our products, enter into costly settlements or license agreements, pay costly damage awards or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our products or services. If we cannot or do not license the infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar intellectual property from another source, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. Additionally, our customers and distributors may not purchase our offerings if they are concerned that they may infringe third party intellectual property rights. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and cause us to incur significant expenses. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

20
 

 

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop attractive products, we might not be able to maintain or increase our revenue or achieve profitability

 

Our success depends on our ability to identify and originate product trends as well as to anticipate and react to change demands and preferences of customers in a timely manner. If we are unable to introduce new products or technologies in a timely manner or our new products or technologies are not accepted by our customers, our competitors may introduce more attractive products which would adversely impact our competitive position. Failure to respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower revenues and excess inventory positions of outdated products.

 

We may be unable to keep pace with changes in technology as our business and market strategy evolves.

 

We will need to respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to remain competitive. The need to respond to technological changes may require us to make substantial, unanticipated expenditures. There can be no assurance that we will be able to respond successfully to technological change.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Our Class A Common Stock

 

There has been no public market for our Class A common stock, and an active market may not develop or be sustained, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our Class A common stock.

 

There currently is no public market for our Class A common stock, and our Class A common stock will not be traded in the open market prior to this offering. Although we intend to list the Class A common stock on a national securities exchange in connection with this offering, an adequate trading market for the Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters and our board of directors and may not be representative of the market price at which our shares of Class A common stock will trade after this offering. In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Future sales of our common stock could adversely affect our share price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute your ownership in us and may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

We believe that our existing working capital, expected cash flow from operations and other available cash resources will enable us to meet our working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, the development and marketing of new products and the expansion of distribution channels require a significant commitment of resources. From time to time, we may seek additional equity or debt financing to finance working capital requirements, continue our expansion, develop new products or make acquisitions or other investments. In addition, if our business plans change, general economic, financial or political conditions in our industry change, or other circumstances arise that have a material effect on our cash flow, the anticipated cash needs of our business, as well as our conclusions as to the adequacy of our available sources of capital, could change significantly. Any of these events or circumstances could result in significant additional funding needs, requiring us to raise additional capital. If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity shares, preferred shares or debt securities, the terms of such securities could impose restrictions on our operations and would reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. If financing is not available on satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our results of operations may suffer.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to fluctuate and possibly decline significantly.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. Our financial performance, government regulatory action, tax laws and market conditions in general could have a significant impact on the future market price of our Class A common stock. You may not be able to resell your shares at or above the current price due to a number of factors such as those listed under “Risk Factors”. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price of our stock include:

 

  our operating and financial performance and prospects;
     
  our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

21
 

 

  the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
     
  changes in, or failure to meet, earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts who track our Class A common stock or the stock of other companies in our industry;
     
  the failure of analysts to cover our Class A common stock;
     
  strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;
     
  announcements by us, our competitors or our vendors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint marketing relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
     
  new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;
     
  changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;
     
  announcements by third parties or governmental entities of significant claims or proceedings against us;
     
  new laws and governmental regulations, or other regulatory developments, applicable to our industry;
     
  changes in general conditions in the United States and global economies or financial markets, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to such events;
     
  changes in government spending levels on education;
     
  changes in key personnel;
     
  sales of common stock by us, members of our management team or our stockholders;
     
  the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;
     
  the volume of trading in our Class A common stock; and
     
  the realization of any risks described in this section under the caption “Risk Factors.”

 

Furthermore, the stock market has recently experienced volatility that, in some cases, has been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

 

In the past, following periods of market volatility, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation. If we were involved in securities litigation, it could have a substantial cost and divert resources and the attention of executive management from our business regardless of the outcome of such litigation.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

 

The initial public offering price per share is expected to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Purchasers of shares in this offering will experience immediate dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $    per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, dilution per share in this offering will be $     per share. See “Dilution.”

 

Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and Nevada law may have anti-takeover effects.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of common stock and preferred stock. Each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters to be voted upon by stockholders, and the Class B common stock has no vote, except as required by law. In addition, our board of directors (“Board”) has the authority to issue additional shares of preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. The ability of our Board to issue additional shares of preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our voting stock. Other provisions of our Bylaws also may have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, which could have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

In addition, certain provisions of Nevada law applicable to our company could also delay or make more difficult a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company, including Sections 78.411 through 78.444 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, which prohibit a Nevada corporation from engaging in any business combination with any “interested stockholder” (as defined in the statute) for a period of two years unless certain conditions are met. In addition, our senior management is entitled to certain payments upon a change in control and certain of the stock options and restricted shares we have granted provide for the acceleration of vesting in the event of a change in control of our company.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation include a provision that could make more difficult finding an attorney to bring a stockholder action against us.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that in the case of any derivative litigation or other action by a stockholder against the corporation or any of its directors, officers, accountants, attorneys, financial advisors, or underwriters, in which wrongdoing is alleged for which we could be liable or with respect to which we might have an indemnification obligation, the stockholder’s counsel’s fees may be determined based only upon time expended and reasonable hourly rates, as we agree with the stockholder and its counsel before the action is commenced. This charter provision imposes no obligation on a stockholder, whether a stockholder’s action is unsuccessful, or otherwise, except to negotiate the stockholder’s counsel’s fee rates at the action’s commencement. However, a stockholder may find it more difficult to find counsel willing to be engaged on an hourly, rather than the more customary percentage-of-recovery, basis.

 

22
 

 

Two trusts hold a significant percentage of our Class A common stock, and their interests may not align with the interests of our other stockholders.

 

The trustees of two family trusts have dispositive and voting power over the Class A common stock formerly owned by Vert Capital totaling approximately 28.7% of our issued and outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to this offering. This significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock because investors often perceive a disadvantage in owning shares in a company with one or several controlling stockholders. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and might reduce the price of our Class A common stock. Furthermore, our directors and officers, as a group, have the ability to significantly influence or control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as mergers, consolidations or the sale of substantially all of our assets. Although our directors owe fiduciary duties to us and our shareholders, including the duties of loyalty, our directors that serve as directors, officers, partners or employees of companies that we do business with also owe fiduciary duties or other obligations to such other companies or to the investors in their funds. The duties owed to us could conflict with the duties such directors owe to these other companies or investors.

 

We will have discretion in applying a portion of the net proceeds of this offering and may not use these proceeds in ways that will enhance the market value of our Class A common stock.

 

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the proceeds received by us from this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. You must rely on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that do not improve our profitability or increase our Class A common stock price.

 

We have no intention of declaring dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

The decision to pay cash dividends on our common stock rests with our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, unencumbered cash, capital requirements and financial condition. We do not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future, as we intend to use any excess cash to fund our operations. Investors in our Class A common stock should not expect to receive dividend income on their investment, and investors will be dependent on the appreciation of our common stock to earn a return on their investment.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about us, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, then our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our industry and our market. If no analyst elects to cover us and publish research or reports about us, the market for our Class A common stock could be severely limited and our stock price could be adversely affected. In addition, if one or more analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. If one or more analysts who elect to cover us adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, our stock price could decline.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly-traded company.

 

As a company with publicly-traded securities, we will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses. For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (or SOX), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as well as rules promulgated by the SEC and the national securities exchange on which our Class A Common Stock will be listed require us to adopt corporate governance practices applicable to U.S. public companies. These rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs.

 

23
 

 

We may be exposed to risks relating to evaluations of controls required by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm may in the future be required to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Although we prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, our internal accounting controls may not meet all standards applicable to companies with publicly traded securities. If we fail to implement any required improvements to our disclosure controls and procedures, we may be obligated to report control deficiencies and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. In either case, we could become subject to regulatory sanction or investigation. Further, these outcomes could damage investor confidence in the accuracy and reliability of our financial statements.

 

If our internal controls and accounting processes are insufficient, we may not detect in a timely manner misstatements that could occur in our financial statements in amounts that could be material.

 

As a public company, we will have to devote substantial efforts to the reporting obligations and internal controls required of a public company, which will result in substantial costs. A failure to properly meet these obligations could cause investors to lose confidence in us and have a negative impact on the market price of our shares. We expect to devote significant resources to the documentation, testing and continued improvement of our operational and financial systems for the foreseeable future. These improvements and efforts with respect to our accounting processes that we will need to continue to make may not be sufficient to ensure that we maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future. Any failure to implement required, new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations in the United States or result in misstatements in our financial statements in amounts that could be material. Insufficient internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares and may expose us to litigation risk.

 

As a public company, we will be required to document and test our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of our testing, we may identify deficiencies which we may not be able to remediate in time to meet our deadline for compliance with Section 404. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, then investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our shares.

 

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including those relating to accounting standards and disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to some other public companies. 

 

As an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. We are an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

  the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;
     
  the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;
     
  the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; or
     
  the date on which we are deemed a “large accelerated filer” as defined under the federal securities laws.

 

For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we will not be required to:

 

  have an auditor report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
     
  comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis);
     
  submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholders advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; and
     
  include detailed compensation discussion and analysis in our filings under the Exchange Act and instead may provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation.

 

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period, which allows us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to public companies that comply with new or revised accounting standards.

 

Because of these exemptions, some investors may find our common stock less attractive, which may result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

24
 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $     million. If the underwriters fully exercise the over-allotment option, the net proceeds of the offering we sell will be approximately $    million.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering, approximately, as follows:

 

  $2,500,000 to pay a portion of the purchase price for Globisens;
     
  $1,952,000 to pay for ETL shares to be purchased from K Laser International Co., Ltd., a wholly owned subsidiary of K Laser Technology, Inc. (“K Laser”) which is a principal Boxlight stockholder. The purchase price was determined by arms-length bargaining;
     
  approximately $         for research and development of new products;
     
  approximately $         to increase our sales and marketing efforts;
     
  approximately $         to improve inventory management;
     
  approximately $         to build infrastructure, including hiring of additional personnel;
     
  approximately $214,050 to pay the outstanding loans made to us by Vert Capital under a line of credit agreement dated September 30, 2014, that accrue interest at 10% per annum and mature upon the consummation of this offering;
     
  approximately $50,000 to pay in an outstanding to convertible promissory note to Mark Elliott dated January 16, 2015, that accrues interest at 10% per annum, with an option to convert to common stock. This note is due upon consummation of this offering;
     
  approximately $100,000 to pay in an outstanding loan made to us by Sy Silverstein under a line of credit agreement dated April 3, 2015 that accrues interest at 12% per annum and includes a documentation fee of $10,000; and
     
  the balance of approximately $         for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

Until we use the net proceeds of the offering, we will invest the funds in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities, or in savings accounts.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate using all of our earnings, if any, for working capital, to support our operations, and to finance the growth and development of our business, including potentially the acquisition of, or investment in, businesses, technologies or products that complement our existing business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, applicable Nevada law, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits, and other factors our Board might deem relevant.

 

25
 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015 on:

 

  an actual basis;
     
 

on a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the issuance of shares to independent directors and the planned acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens, and Genesis and the automatic conversion into Class A common stock of preferred stock issued pursuant to such acquisitions upon consummation of this offering; and (ii) conversion into Class A common stock of Series A preferred stock to be offered to holders of LCC - Delaware Series A preferred stock after consummation of this offering; and

     
  on a proforma as adjusted basis giving effect to the foregoing and the sale of      shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering at the initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    March 31, 2015  
($000’s, except share and per share amounts)   Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma,
As Adjusted
 
Stockholders’ Equity:                        

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, of which none are issued and outstanding, actual, and [_______] are issued and none are outstanding, pro forma and pro forma, as adjusted

                       
                         

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, of which 150,000,000 are Class A common stock and 50,000,000 are Class B common stock; 3,672,884 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, actual, [                    ] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, [                    ] shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted

                       
Additional paid-in capital                        
Deficit accumulated during the development stage                        
Total stockholders’ equity                        
Total capitalization                        

 

You should read these data in conjunction with the information set forth under “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information,” which describes these transactions and the related adjustments in greater detail and our and the acquired companies’ historical financial statements from which the pro forma financial data were derived.

 

The pro forma number of shares of our common stock prior to and to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 3,672,884 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015.

 

The pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding, as adjusted, after this offering includes:

 

 

in connection with the acquisition of Boxlight, 1,797,346 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the Boxlight shareholders, upon consummation of this offering, or such other number of shares as shall represent the greater of $16,460,000, divided by the initial per share offering price of our Class A common stock, issuable upon automatic conversion of 270,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or 20.57% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering; and 143,788 bonus shares of Class A common stock that will be issued to senior Boxlight management and employees.

     
 

in connection with the acquisition of Globisens, 300,208 shares of Class A common stock issued to the former stockholders of Globisens or such other number of shares as represents at least 3.437% of our fully-diluted Class A common stock before giving effect to this offering;

     
  in connection with the acquisition of Genesis, 348,321 shares of Class A common stock issued to the former members of Genesis upon conversion of their 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock or such other number of shares as represents 4.0% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering; and
     
  358,680 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of Series A preferred stock, that we will offer to the holders of Series A preferred stock of LCC - Delaware.

 

The pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding, as adjusted, after this offering excludes:

 

 

785,824 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan and 714,176 additional shares reserved for issuance thereunder.

     
 

738,881 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with an exercise price equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of shares offered to the public in this offering.

     
 

436,758 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted under the EDI Option Plan.

     
              shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
     
 

[   ] shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Representative’s Warrants.

 

26
 

 

DILUTION

 

Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience an immediate dilution to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price and the pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

 

After giving effect to the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share (the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us our pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value at March 31, 2015 would have been $     million or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share of $      to the existing stockholders (including Boxlight and Globisens stockholders) and dilution in pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share of $      to new investors who purchase shares in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

 

Assumed public offering price per shares   $  
Pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015.    
Increase in pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering      
Pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the offering      
Dilution per share to new investors   $  

 

A $    increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $    per share of our Class A common stock would increase (decrease) our pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value by approximately $    and dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     , assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, remains the same. A     increase (decrease) in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma, as adjusted, net tangible book value by approximately $     million and dilution per share to new investors by approximately $     .

 

27
 

 

unaudited PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

We prepared the following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements by applying certain pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Boxlight Corporation (“Boxlight Parent”). The pro forma adjustments give effect to the following transactions (the “Transactions”):

 

  Our planned acquisition of the assets of Everest Display Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Boxlight”),
     
  Our planned acquisition of the assets of Globisens, Ltd. (“Globisens”), and
     
  Our planned acquisition of the assets of Genesis Collaboration, LLC. (“Genesis”).

 

The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015 gives effect to the Transactions as if each of them had occurred on January 1, 2014. The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of March 31, 2015 gives effect to the Transactions as if each of them had occurred on March 31, 2015.

 

These pro forma combined financial statements include adjustments for our planned acquisitions because we believe each of these acquisitions is probable under the standards of Rule 3-05 of Regulations S-X. The results of all significant business to be acquired upon consummation of the IPO are shown for the periods prior to their acquisition by Boxlight Parent.

 

We determined that each acquisition shown involved the acquisition of a business, considering the guidance in Rule 11-01 (d) of Regulation S-X, and individually, as well as in aggregate, met the significance test of Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.

 

The historical financial statements of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis (“Target Sellers”), whose acquisition is planned, appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

We have based the pro forma adjustments upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We describe in greater detail the assumptions underlying the pro forma combined financial statements in the notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements. In many cases, we based these assumptions on preliminary information and estimates. The actual adjustments to our pro forma combined financial statements will depend upon a number of factors and additional information that will be available on or after the closing date of this offering. Accordingly, the actual adjustments that will appear in our financial statements will differ from these pro forma adjustments, and those differences may be material.

 

We account for our proposed acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with Boxlight Parent being considered the acquiring entity. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the total consideration paid is allocated to an acquired company’s tangible and intangible assets, net of liabilities, based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. We have not completed the acquisition of Boxlight and Globisens, and therefore, the estimated purchase price and fair value of those Target Sellers’ assets to be acquired and liabilities assumed is preliminary. Once we complete our final valuation process for our planned acquisitions, we may report changes to the value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as the amount of goodwill, and those changes could differ materially from what we present here. For our planned acquisition of Genesis, management has made the determination that the acquisition should be accounted for as an entity under common control, and the assets and liabilities will be recorded at Genesis’ book values on the acquisition date.

 

These unaudited pro forma combined financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial condition would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the assumed dates, nor do they purport to project our results of operations or financial condition for any future period or future date. You should read these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical financial statements, including the related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

28
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(f/k/a Logical Choice Corporation)

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
  Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Planned
Acquisition
Subtotal
    Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments   (10)
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
                                           
Revenues   $ 5,190     $ 834     $ 223     $ 6,247     $ -     $ (41 ) (1)   $ 6,206  
Cost of revenues     4,232       729       134       5,095       -       (41 ) (1)     5,054  
Gross profit     958       105       89       1,152       -       -       1,152  
                                                         
Operating expenses:                                                        
General and administrative     1,291       99       230       1,620       251       158 (2)     2,029  
Research and development     252       40       -       292       -       -       292  
Depreciation and amortization     81       25       -       106       -       186 (3)     292  
Total operating expenses     1,624       164       230       2,018       251       344       2,613  
                                                         
Loss from operations     (666 )     (59 )     (141 )     (866 )     (251 )     (344 )     (1,461 )
                                                         
Other income (expense):                                                        
Interest expense     (88 )     (1 )     (11 )     (100 )     (9 )     -       (109 )
Other income, net     (34 )     -       1       (33 )     -       -       (33 )
Total other income (expense)     (122 )     (1 )     (10 )     (133 )     (9 )     -       (142 )
                                                         
Loss before income taxes     (788 )     (60 )     (151 )     (999 )     (260 )     (344 )     (1,603 )
Income tax expense     -       (2 )     -       (2 )     -       -       (2 )
Net loss     (788 )     (62 )     (151 )     (1,001 )     (260 )     (344 )     (1,605 )
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests     132       -       -       132       -       215       347  
                                                         
Net loss attributable to company   $ (656 )   $ (62 )   $ (151 )   $ (869 )   $ (260 )   $ (129 )   $ (1,258 )
                                                         
Net loss per common share- basic and diluted                                   $ (0.07 )           $ (0.04 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic                                     3,672,884       4,089,663 (9)     7,762,547  

 

29
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(f/k/a Logical Choice Corporation)

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
  Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Planned
Acquisition
Subtotal
    Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments (10)
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
                                           
Revenues   $ 24,898     $ 1,814     $ 2,903     $ 29,615     $ -     $ (330 ) (1)   $ 29,285  
Cost of revenues     18,775       1,056       2,237       22,068       -       (330 ) (1)     21,738  
Gross profit     6,123       758     666       7,547       -       -       7,547  
                                                         
Operating expenses:                                                        
General and administrative     5,703       459       1,065       7,227       668       631 (2)     8,526  
Research and development     1,105       188       -       1,293       -       -       1,293  
Depreciation and amortization     339       90       -       429       -       726 (3)     1,155  
Total operating expenses     7,147       737       1,065       8,949       668       1,357       10,974  
                                                         
Income (loss) from operations     (1,024 )     21       (399 )     (1,402 )     (668 )     (1,357 )     (3,427 )
                                                         
Other income (expense):                                                        
Interest expense     (296 )     -       (13 )     (309 )     (7 )     -       (316 )
Other income, net     190       -       -       190       -       -       190  
Total other income (expense)     (106 )     -       (13 )     (119 )     (7 )     -       (126 )
                                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes     (1,130 )     21       (412 )     (1,521 )     (675 )     (1,357 )     (3,553 )
Income tax expense     (3 )     (5 )     -       (8 )     -       -       (8 )
Net income (loss)     (1,133 )     16       (412 )     (1,529 )     (675 )     (1,357 )     (3,561 )
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests     97       -       -       97       -       494       591  
                                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Company   $ (1,036 )   $ 16     $ (412 )   $ (1,432 )   $ (675 )   $ (863 )   $ (2,970 )
                                                         
Net loss per common share- basic and diluted                                   $ (0.21 )           $ (0.41 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic                                     3,218,146       4,089,663 (9)     7,307,809  

 

30
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(f/k/a Logical Choice Corporation)

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet

As of March 31, 2015

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Planned
Acquisition
Subtotal
    Boxlight
Parent
   

Pro Forma

For
Acquisitions (10)

    IPO Proceeds (8)     Pro Forma
Combined
 
ASSETS                                                                
Current assets:                                                                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,916     $ 576     $ 42     $ 6,534     $ 1     $ (2,500 ) (4)   $ 13,000     $ 17,035  
Restricted cash     1,456       28       -       1,484       -       -       -       1,484  
Accounts receivable – trade, net     4,666       344       159       5,169       -       (299 ) (1)     -       4,870  
Accounts receivable – related party     -       -       66       66       -       (66 ) (1)     -       -  
Inventories, net of reserves     7,286       154       -       7,440       -       -       -       7,440  
Other current assets     1,568       94       22       1,684       -       -       -       1,684  
Total current assets     20,892       1,196       289       22,377       1       (2,865 )     13,000       32,513  
                                                                 
Property, plant & equipment, net     1,178       428       -       1,606       -       -       -       1,606  
Intangible assets     251       -       -       251       -       13,933 (5)     -       14,184  
Goodwill     -       -       -       -       -       9,962 (6)     -       9,962  
Other assets     196       -       10       206       50       (50 )     -       206  
Total assets   $ 22,517     $ 1,624     $ 299     $ 24,440     $ 51     $ 20,980     $ 13,000     $ 58,471  
                                                                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                                                                
Current liabilities:                                                                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,869     $ 114     $ 777     $ 3,760     $ 563     $ (365 ) (1)   $ -     $ 3,958  
Short-term debt     9,635       -       45       9,680       449       -       -       10,129  
Current portion of long-term debt     1,951       -       -       1,951       -       -       -       1,951  
Other short-term liabilities     88       100       4       192       -       -       -       192  
Total current liabilities     14,543       214       826       15,583       1,012       (365 )     -       16,230  
                                                                 
Long-term debt, net of current portion     1,118       -       50       1,168       -       (50 )     -       1,118  
Other liabilities     303       62       -       365       -       -       -       365  
Total non-current liabilities     1,421       62       50       1,533       -       (50 )     -       1,483  
Total liabilities     15,964       276       876       17,116       1,012       (415 )     -       17,713  
                                                                 
Equity:                                                                
Common stock, authorized, issued and outstanding     10,692       -       -       10,692       3       (10,692 ) (7)     -       3  
Additional paid-in capital     846       588       42       1,476       (25 )     20,361 (7)     13,000       34,812  
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)     (8,701 )     862       (619 )     (8,458 )     (936 )     8,458 (6)     -       (936 )
Shareholder receivable     -       -       -       -       (3 )     -       -       (3 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     426       (102 )     -       324       -       (324 ) (6)     -       -  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     3,290       -       -       3,290       -       3,592 (6)     -       6,882  
Total equity     6,553       1,348       (577 )     7,324       (961 )     21,395       13,000       40,758  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 22,517     $ 1,624     $ 299     $ 24,440     $ 51     $ 20,980     $ 13,000     $ 58,471  

 

31
 

 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In connection with our planned acquisition of the Target Sellers, we have entered into acquisition agreements for the following companies:

 

  Boxlight and its subsidiaries
     
  Globisens
     
  Genesis

 

(1) Basis of Presentation – The pro forma adjustments to revenues, cost of revenues, accounts receivable – trade, net, accounts receivable – related party and accounts payable and accrued expenses eliminate transactions among Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis.

 

(2) Stock Option Expense – We account for stock-based compensation using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on their estimated fair values. This method requires companies to estimate the fair value of stock-based compensation on the date of grant using an option pricing model. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure stock-based compensation. The Black-Scholes model determines the fair value of share-based payment awards based on the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the stock-based awards represent management judgment. As a result, if factors change and different assumptions are used, the stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Compensation expense relating to employee stock awards is recorded on a straight-line basis.

 

Determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the grant date requires the use of estimates and assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, exercise price of the stock option, expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend rate. We estimate the expected volatility of our stock options by taking the average historical volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected life of the options. As a result, we used the simplified method, as provided under SAB Topic 14.D, “Share-Based Payment,” to calculate the expected term estimate based on the options’ vesting terms and contractual terms. The risk-free interest rate is the estimated average interest rate based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon notes with terms consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected dividend yield is zero as we do not anticipate paying any recurring cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

According to our amended and restated agreement with Boxlight, effective October 31, 2014, we will grant the employees of Boxlight 10-year options to purchase 436,758 shares, which represent on an aggregate basis 5% of the fully-diluted common stock of our Class B common shares, with an exercise price of $10.00 per share. These options vests annually in equal installments over a 4-year period commencing one year after the closing date of our acquisition of Boxlight. The grant date fair value of the options of $3,153,638 was determined utilizing Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

Options      
Grant date fair value   $ 10.00  
Interest rate     2.07 %
Expected life (in years)     6.25  
Volatility     83.48 %
Expected dividends   $ -  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the pro forma adjustment for the option expense was $631,000. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the pro forma adjustment for the option expense was $158,000.

 

32
 

 

(3) Amortization of Intangible Assets – We amortize intangible assets over their estimated useful lives. We based the estimated useful lives of acquired intangible assets on the amount and timing in which we expect to receive an economic benefit. We assigned these intangible assets a useful life of 10 years based upon a number of factors, including contractual agreements, consumer awareness and economic factors (including known technological advances, effects of obsolescence, demand, competition, and the period of expected future cash flow that would be associated with the intangibles) pertaining to the combined companies. We believe the level of consumer awareness of our products will contribute to the continuation of purchases stemming from the customer relationships we will obtain in these acquisitions.

 

The estimates of fair value and weighted-average useful lives could be impacted by a variety of factors including legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors. Increased knowledge about these factors could result in a change to the estimated fair value of these intangible assets and/or the weighted-average useful lives from what we have assumed in these unaudited pro forma combined financial statements. In addition, the combined effect of any such changes could result in a significant increase or decrease to the related amortization expense estimates.

 

The amortization of intangible assets of our planned acquisitions assumes that the assets were acquired on January 1, 2014 and amortized over the period associated with the statement of operations. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the pro forma adjustment for the amortization expenses related to intangibles acquired was $726,000. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, the pro forma adjustment for the amortization expenses related to intangibles acquired was $186,000.

 

(4) Cash Consideration – The pro forma adjustment to cash reflects the cash we expect to pay in connection with our planned acquisitions.

 

    Acquisition Cash  
(in thousands)   Consideration  
Pro forma adjustment to cash:        
Boxlight acquisition   $ -  
Globisens acquisition     2,500  
Genesis acquisition     -  
Total net pro forma adjustments to cash   $ 2,500  

 

(5) Intangible Assets – We based our preliminary estimates of each intangible asset type/category that we expect to recognize as part of the planned acquisitions on the nature of the businesses and the contracts that we have entered into with the Target Sellers. We also based our estimate of Boxlight on the preliminary work prepared by a third party valuation specialist. However, all of these estimates are preliminary, as we have not completed these acquisitions or analyzed all the facts surrounding the businesses to be acquired and therefore have not been able to finalize the accounting for these transactions.

 

The figures set forth below reflect the preliminary fair value of intangible assets of the businesses we plan to acquire, and their estimated useful lives. All preliminary estimates for the fair value of intangibles will be refined once the offering is completed and the final list of customers acquired is known.

 

Fair Value Adjustment to Intangible Assets of Planned Acquisitions

 

                Total      
                Planned     Estimated
(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Acquisitions     Useful Life
Trademarks   $ 4,073     $ 1,061     $ 5,134     Indefinite
Patents     2,883       663       3,546     10 years
Customer related     4,324       929       5,253     10 years
Total intangible assets   $ 11,280     $ 2,653     $ 13,933      

 

33
 

 

(6) Purchase Price Allocation – We recognize the assets and liabilities acquired at their fair value on the acquisition date, and if there is any excess in purchase price over these values it will be allocated to goodwill. Stock offering price is assumed to be $10 per share. We determined our stock offering price to be $10 per share based on an $80 million valuation of the Company (assuming the acquisitions were completed) provided to us by the underwriters and our total shares outstanding in the amount of 7,996,768 on a pro forma and fully diluted basis. If the actual valuation differs from the $80 million valuation provided by our underwriters, the difference could materially impact our pro forma presentation. We are using the $80 million valuation as our best estimate of calculating the purchase price for the acquisitions. A difference in our valuation would change the amount of goodwill created under the proposed transactions. If the valuation goes up goodwill will increase and if the valuation goes down goodwill will decrease. There are no other impacts to the pro forma financial statements.

 

We engaged a third-party valuation specialist to assist us in valuing the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the Boxlight and Globisens acquisitions. The preliminary study is complete, and the assumptions will be updated on the consummation of the initial public offering. For our planned acquisition of Genesis, management has made the determination that the acquisition should be accounted for as an entity under common control, and the assets and liabilities will be recorded at their book values on the acquisition date.

  

The following table shows the preliminary purchase prices, estimated acquisition-date fair values of the to-be-acquired assets and liabilities assumed and calculation of goodwill for the businesses we plan to acquire as of March 31, 2015, the date of our most recent balance sheet.

 

Assets acquired:

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens  
Current assets   $ 20,892     $ 1,196  
Property, plant and equipment     1,178       428  
Intangible assets     11,531       2,653  
Other assets     196       -  
Goodwill     8,460       1,502  
Total assets     42,257       5,779  
Total liabilities     (15,964 )     (276 )
                 
Net assets     26,293       5,503  
Fair value of non-controlling interest     (6,882 )     -  
Net assets acquired   $ 19,411     $ 5,503  

 

Consideration paid:

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)   Boxlight     Globisens  
1,941,134 shares issued at $10.00 per share to acquire 82.3% of the outstanding ownership of Boxlight   $ 19,411     $ -  
300,208 shares issued at $10.00 per share to acquire Globisens     -       3,003  
Cash     -       2,500  
Consideration paid   $ 19,411     $ 5,503  

 

The preliminary estimate of equity consideration to be transferred is based on an aggregate value of equity, as stated in the share purchase agreements, at the price of our common stock to be sold in this offering (currently assumed to be $10 per share). The number of shares that will be issued in connection with those acquisitions will be fixed shortly before closing of this offering. The total equity value for each acquisition will be determined at the time of closing, based on the fixed number of shares and the actual offering price. The amount of goodwill, if any, on the date of the acquisitions will vary based on the actual price of the offering.

 

34
 

 

(7) Issuance of our Common Shares in Exchange for Shares of Companies Acquired – Adjustment reflects the elimination of equity accounts of companies acquired and the issuance of 2,589,663 shares at the price of our common stock to be sold in this offering (currently assumed at $10 per share). Adjustment also reflects the adjustment to non-controlling interest as a result of the proposed acquisitions. We are issuing an aggregate of 2,589,663 shares in connection with the Transaction based upon an $80 million valuation of the Company (assuming the acquisitions were completed) and the percentage of the total Company ownership to be issued pursuant to the previously negotiated agreements in each acquisition. Details of shares to be issued are as follows:

 

Shares to be issued to   Shares  
Boxlight     1,941,134  
Globisens     300,208  
Genesis     348,321  
Total shares     2,589,663  

 

Shares to be issued to Boxlight include 1,797,346 shares to Boxlight’s shareholders and 143,788 shares for Employee Transaction Bonus Shares as defined the share purchase agreement with Boxlight. Employee Transaction Bonus Shares are to be issued to Boxlight shareholders’ representative and to be allocated among Boxlight employees by Boxlight shareholders’ representative in its sole discretion.

 

Shares to be issued to Globisens and Genesis equal to 3.437% and 4.0%, respectively, of the fully diluted common shares that would be outstanding after giving effect to the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis.

 

(8) Cash Received from IPO – We assume our net proceeds from the offering will be $13 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.0 million and estimated offering expenses payable by us totaling $1.0 million.

 

(9) Weighted Average Outstanding Shares – On a pro forma basis, we consider all shares to be issued in connection with the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis transactions to have been issued and outstanding at the beginning of the periods presented. Following is a breakdown for all shares to be issued to different parties pursuant to the Transaction:

 

    For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015     For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
Boxlight shareholders     1,941,134       1,941,134  
Globisens shareholders     300,208       300,208  
Genesis members     348,321       348,321  
Shares issued for cash to public offering investors     1,500,000       1,500,000  
Total shares to be issued     4,089,663       4,089,663  
Boxlight Corporation’s Weighted Average Outstanding Shares     3,672,884       3,218,146  
Pro forma Weighted Average Outstanding Shares     7,762,547       7,307,809  

 

These share amounts have been calculated based on the percentages of total fully diluted outstanding shares immediately after the completion of the acquisitions each party would receive based on the results of our negotiation with each party. Total fully diluted outstanding shares immediately after the completion of the proposed acquisitions is temporarily assumed to be 7,996,768 shares for pro forma disclosure purposes and will be updated to the final result when the offering price is set. The fully diluted outstanding shares include all shares issued and outstanding for the planned acquisitions and for cash, shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and options previously granted by Boxlight Parent that would have a dilutive effect and stock options to be granted to Boxlight’s employees according to the purchase agreement between Boxlight and Boxlight Parent.

 

(10) We have not reflected any pro forma adjustments to reflect the tax impact of the pro forma adjustments, as we believe that the tax impact would not be material.

 

To provide investors with additional insight and allow for a more comprehensive understanding of the information used by management in its financial and decision-making surrounding pro forma operations, we supplement our consolidated financial statements presented on a basis consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, with EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure of earnings. EBITDA represents net income before income tax expense (benefit), interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization. Our management uses EBITDA as a financial measure to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to access the strength of the underlying operations of our business. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measure that is derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. We find this especially useful when reviewing pro forma results of operations, which include large non-cash amortizations of intangibles assets from acquisitions. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

35
 

 

The following table contains a reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA:

 

Reconciliation of net loss for the three months ended

March 31, 2015 to EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Subtotal     Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro
Forma
Combined
 
Net income (loss)   $ (656 )   $ (62 )   $ (151 )   $ (869 )   $ (260 )   $ (129 )   $ (1,258 )
Depreciation and amortization     81       25       -       106       -       186       292  
Interest expense     88       1       11       100       9       -       109  
Income tax     -       2       -       2       -       -       2  
EBITDA   $ (487 )   $ (34 )   $ (140 )   $ (661 )   $ (251 )   $ 57     $ (855 )

 

Reconciliation of net income (loss) for the year ended

December 31, 2014 to EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Subtotal     Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
Net income (loss)   $ (1,036 )   $ 16     $ (412 )   $ (1,432 )   $ (675 )   $ (863 )   $ (2,970 )
Depreciation and amortization     339       90       -       429       -       726       1,155  
Interest expense     296       -       13       309       7       -       316  
Income tax     3       5       -       8       -       -       8  
EBITDA   $ (398 )   $ 111     $ (399 )   $ (686 )   $ (668 )   $ (137 )   $ (1,491 )

 

Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure to evaluate the profitability and efficiency of our business model. We use this non-GAAP financial measure to access the strength of the underlying operations of our business. These adjustments, and the non-GAAP financial measure that is derived from them, provide supplemental information to analyze our operations between periods and over time. We find this especially useful when reviewing pro forma results of operations, which include large non-cash amortization of intangibles assets from acquisitions. We also exclude non-recurring IPO expenses and stock option expense when determining our adjusted EBITDA. Investors should consider our non-GAAP financial measure in addition to, and not as a substitute for, financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

36
 

 

The following table contains a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

 

Reconciliation of net loss for the three months ended

March 31, 2015 to Adjusted EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Subtotal     Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro
Forma
Combined
 
Net income (loss)   $ (656 )   $ (62 )   $ (151 )   $ (869 )   $ (260 )   $ (129 )   $ (1,258 )
Depreciation and amortization     81       25       -       106       -       186       292  
Interest expense     88       1       11       100       9       -       109  
Income tax     -       2       -       2       -       -       2  
Stock option expense     -       -       -       -       -       158       158  
Non-recurring IPO expenses     -                         219             219  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (487 )   $ (34 )   $ (140 )   $ (661 )   $ (32 )   $ 215     $ (478 )

 

Reconciliation of net income (loss) for the year ended

December 31, 2014 to Adjusted EBITDA

 

(in thousands)   Boxlight     Globisens     Genesis     Subtotal     Boxlight
Parent
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined
 
Net income (loss)   $ (1,036 )   $ 16     $ (412 )   $ (1,432 )   $ (675 )   $ (863 )   $ (2,970 )
Depreciation and amortization     339       90       -       429       -       726       1,155  
Interest expense     296       -       13       309       7       -       316  
Income tax     3       5       -       8       -       -       8  
Stock option expense     -       -       -       -       -       631       631  
Non-recurring IPO expenses                             400             400  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (398 )   $ 111     $ (399 )   $ (686 )   $ (268 )   $ 494     $ (460 )

 

37
 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) contains certain forward-looking statements. Historical results may not indicate future performance. Our forward-looking statements reflect our current views about future events, are based on assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that may cause differences between actual results and those contemplated by forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, including any changes that might result from any facts, events, or circumstances after the date hereof that may bear upon forward-looking statements. Furthermore, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements.

 

Basis of presentation

 

The unaudited pro forma financial information, presented under Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 give effect to Boxlight Parent’s acquisitions of Boxlight, Genesis and Globisens, as if each of them had occurred on January 1, 2014. Transactions between Boxlight, Genesis and Globisens have been eliminated.

 

Overview

 

We are a visual display technology company that is seeking to become a world leading innovator, manufacturer and integrator of interactive products for schools, as well as for business and government conferencing. We currently design, produce and distribute interactive projectors and distribute 70” HD and 84” 4k interactive LED flat panels in the education market. We also design, produce and distribute science, technology, engineering and math (or “STEM”) data logging products to the educational market.

 

To date, we have generated substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our expanding product line of projectors, LED panels, interactive whiteboards and display devices to the educational market.

 

Acquisition Strategy and Challenges

 

Our growth strategy includes acquiring assets and technologies of companies that have products, technologies, industry specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. The process to undertake a potential acquisition is time-consuming and costly. We expect to expend significant resources to undertake business, financial and legal due diligence on our potential acquisition targets, and there is no guarantee that we will complete any acquisition that we pursue.

 

We believe we can achieve significant cost-savings by merging the operations of the companies we acquire and after their acquisition leverage the opportunity to reduce costs through the following methods:

 

  Staff reductions – consolidating resources, such as accounting, marketing and human resources.
     
  Economies of scale – improved purchasing power with a greater ability to negotiate prices with suppliers.
     
  Improved market reach and industry visibility – increase in customer base and entry into new markets.

 

As a result, we believe that an analysis of the historical costs and expenses of our Target Sellers prior to their acquisition will not provide guidance as to the anticipated results after acquisition. We anticipate that we will be able to achieve significant reductions in our costs of revenue and selling, general and administrative expenses from the levels currently incurred by the Target Sellers operating independently, thereby increasing our EBITDA and cash flows.

 

38
 

 

Key business metrics

 

In addition to the measures presented in our pro forma combined financial statements, we use the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts and make strategic decisions.

 

(in thousands)  

Three months ended

March 31, 2015

   

Year ended

December 31, 2014

 
Key business metrics:                
Projectors and peripheral units shipped     6,670       50,103  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ (912 )   $ (1,354 )

 

Units shipped. Units shipped represents the number of individual units that are shipped during a reporting period, net of any returns. We carry a variety of projectors and other peripherals which vary by model. We monitor units shipped on a monthly basis, as it is a key indicator of revenue trends for a reporting period. We use units shipped to help optimize our fulfillment operations and shipment allocations to better maintain operating efficiencies and improve customer satisfaction.
   
 Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as net income (loss), adjusted after excluding the impact of: provision (benefit) for income taxes, interest income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, non-recurring IPO expense, and stock option expense. We will use Adjusted EBITDA as a key measure to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

 

Components of our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

 

Revenue

 

Our revenue is comprised of product revenue, installation revenue and professional development revenue.

 

  Product revenue. Product revenue is derived from the sale of our interactive projectors, flat panels, peripherals and accessories, along with other third party products, directly to our customers, as well as through our network of domestic and international distributors.
     
  Installation and professional development. We receive revenue from installation and professional development that we outsource to third parties.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Our cost of revenue is comprised of the following:

 

  internal manufacturing costs;
     
  manufacturing costs of our products payable to third-party contract manufacturers;
     
  third-party logistics costs;
     
  costs to purchase components and finished goods directly;
     
  inbound and outbound freight costs and duties;
     
  costs associated with the repair of products under warranty; and
     
  write-downs of inventory carrying value to adjust for excess and obsolete inventory and periodic physical inventory counts.

 

39
 

 

In addition to manufacturing a portion of our product, we also outsource our warehouse operations and order fulfillment and some of our manufacturing to third parties. Our product costs will vary directly with volume and based on the costs of underlying product components as well as the prices we are able to negotiate with our contract manufacturers. Shipping costs fluctuate with volume as well as with the method of shipping chosen in order to meet customer demand. As a global company with suppliers centered in Asia and customers located worldwide, we have used, and may in the future use, air shipping to deliver our products directly to our customers. Air shipping is more costly than sea or ground shipping or other delivery options. We primarily use air shipping to meet the demand of our products during peak seasons and new product launches.

 

Gross profit and gross profit margin

 

Our gross profit and gross profit margin have been, and may in the future be, influenced by several factors including: product, channel and geographical revenue mix; changes in product costs related to the release of projector models; component, contract manufacturing and supplier pricing and foreign currency exchange. As we primarily procure our product components and manufacture our products in Asia, our suppliers incur many costs, including labor costs, in other currencies. To the extent that exchange rates move unfavorably for our suppliers, they may seek to pass these additional costs on to us, which could have a material impact on our future average selling prices and unit costs. Gross profit and gross profit margin may fluctuate over time based on the factors described above.

 

Operating expenses

 

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development, general and administrative and depreciation and amortization.

 

Research and development. Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel related costs, which include salaries in addition to costs attributable to product design, test, patent, facilities and information technology. Over time, we expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to make significant investments in developing new products, applications, functionality and other offerings. Research and development expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, notably in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year, when we have historically experienced our highest levels of revenue. We have three divisions in our research and development department, each focusing on different areas of expertise:

 

  Division one focuses on developing new products and current product improvements, including both hardware and optical coding software;
     
  Division two is the idea pool that has been the source of two patents, including the clamp style audio speaker system and our external interactive module.
     
  Division three focuses on related technologies to allow for cross platform integration and ease of use for our end customers.

 

General and administrative. General and administrative expense consists of personnel related costs, which include salaries, as well as the costs of professional services, such as accounting and legal, facilities, information technology and other administrative expenses. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars following the completion of this offering due to the anticipated growth of our business and related infrastructure as well as accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with becoming a public company. General and administrative expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue, notably in the second and third quarters of our fiscal year when we have historically experienced our highest levels of revenue.
   
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense consists of depreciation on our property, plant and equipment and amortization expense on our intangibles .

 

40
 

 

Other income (expense), net

 

Other income (expense), net consists of interest expense associated with our debt financing arrangements and interest income earned on our cash and investment balances. We do not utilize derivatives to hedge our foreign exchange risk, as we believe the risk to be immaterial to our results of operations.

 

Income tax expense

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, Taiwan and other foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory tax rates different from those in the United States. Additionally, certain of our international earnings are also taxable in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income, the absorption of foreign tax credits, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax laws. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from the examination of our tax returns by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and other tax authorities to determine the adequacy of our income tax reserves and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our current expectations, charges or credits to our income tax expense may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant impact on our results of operations.

 

Statements of Operations

 

The following table sets forth the components of our unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the periods presented (dollars in thousands).

 

    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2015
   

% of

Revenue

   

Year Ended
December 31, 2014

   

% of

Revenue

 
Revenues   $ 6,206       100.00 %   $ 29,285       100.00 %
Cost of Revenue     5,054       81.44 %     21,738       74.23 %
Gross Profit     1,152       18.56 %     7,547       25.77 %
                                 
Operating expenses:                                
General and administrative expenses     2,029       32.68 %     8,526       29.11 %
Research and development     292       4.71 %     1,293       4.42 %
Depreciation and amortization     292       4.71 %     1,155       3.94 %
Total operating expenses     2,613       42.10 %     10,974       37.47 %
                                 
Loss from operations     (1,461 )     (23.54 )%     (3,427 )     (11.70 )%
                                 
Other income (expense), net     (142 )     (2.27 )%     (126 )     (0.43 )%
Loss before income taxes     (1,603 )     (25.81 )%     (3,553 )     (12.13 )%
Income tax expense     (2 )     (0.03 %)     (8 )     (0.03 )%
Net loss   $ (1,605 )     (25.85 )%   $ (3,561 )     (12.16 )%

 

41
 

 

Pro forma results for the three months ended March 31, 2015

 

Revenue. Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $6.2 million. Revenue consists of product revenue and installation and professional development.

 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $5 million. Cost of revenue consists primarily of product cost, labor and overhead and freight expenses directly related to the manufacture of products.

 

Gross Profit . Gross profit was $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31, 2015  
          % of  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Revenue  
General and administrative   $ 2,029       32.68 %
Research and development     292       4.71 %
Depreciation and amortization     292       4.71 %
Total operating expenses   $ 2,613       42.10 %

 

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $2.0 million. General and administrative expense includes sales and marketing expense, which primarily consists of personnel costs, sales commission, travel, information technology, facilities, and professional service fees. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance and human resources. Professional services fees primarily consist of legal, accounting and consulting costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company, while our general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate. We expect the percentage of total revenue to decrease over the long term.

 

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense was $292,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Research and development expense primarily consists of costs associated with the development of proprietary technology.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense was $292,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Depreciation and amortization are generated from our fixed and intangible assets.

 

    Three months ended  
    March 31, 2015  
          % of  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Revenue  
Other income (expense), net   $ (142 )     (2.27 )%
Income tax expense     (2 )     (0.03 )%

 

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $142,000. Other income (expense), net is comprised of interest expense and gain from investment in marketable securities.

 

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $2,000.

 

42
 

 

Pro forma results for the Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

Revenue. Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $29.3 million. Revenue consists of product revenue and installation and professional development.

 

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $21.7 million. Cost of revenue consists primarily of product cost, labor and overhead and freight expenses directly related to the manufacture of products.

 

Gross Profit . Gross profit was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2014  
          % of  
(dollars in thousands)   Amount     Revenue  
General and administrative   $ 8,526       29.11 %
Research and development     1,293       4.42 %
Depreciation and amortization     1,155       3.94 %
Total operating expenses   $ 10,974       37.47 %

 

General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $8.5 million. General and administrative expense includes sales and marketing expense, which primarily consists of personnel costs, sales commission, travel, information technology, facilities, and professional service fees. General and administrative personnel include our executive, finance and human resources. Professional services fees primarily consist of legal, accounting and consulting costs. We expect general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars due to additional legal, accounting, insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company, while our general and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate. We expect the percentage of total revenue to decrease over the long term.

 

Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense was $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Research and development expense primarily consists of costs associated with the development of proprietary technology.

 

Depreciation and Amortization Expense. Depreciation and amortization expense was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Depreciation and amortization are generated from our fixed and intangible assets.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2014  
          % of  
(dollar in thousands)   Amount     Revenue  
Other income (expense), net   $ (126 )     (0.43 )%
Income tax expense     (8 )     (0.03 )%

 

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $126,000. Other income (expense), net is comprised of interest expense and gain from investment in marketable securities.

 

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $8,000.

 

Discussion of Effect of Seasonality on Financial Condition

 

Certain accounts on our balance sheets are subject to seasonal fluctuations. As our business and revenues grow, we expect these seasonal trends to be reduced. The bulk of our products are shipped to our educational customers prior to the beginning of the school year, usually in July, August or September. To prepare for the upcoming school year, we generally build up inventories during the second quarter of the year. Therefore, inventories tend to be at the highest levels at that point in time. In the first quarter of the year, inventories tend to decline significantly as products are delivered to customers and we do not need the same inventory levels during the first quarter. Accounts receivable balances tend to be at the highest levels in the third quarter, in which we record the highest level of sales.

 

We have been very proactive, and will continue to be proactive, in obtaining contracts during the fourth and first quarters that will help offset the seasonality of our business.

 

43
 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $6.6 million before the pro forma adjustments. We financed our capital expenditures during the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily through line of credit agreements, product financing arrangements, and bank loans.

 

In addition to our cash and banking arrangements, we had accounts receivable of $4.8 million on March 31, 2015 after pro forma adjustment. Our accounts receivable provide an additional source of liquidity as cash payments are collected from customers in the normal course of business. Our accounts receivable balance fluctuates throughout the year based on the seasonality of the business.

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we borrowed an additional $0.4 million to finance the purchase of product and product components at an interest rate of approximately 2%~10% bringing the total short-term and long-term debt outstanding at March 31, 2015 to $11 million and $3.1 million, respectively. We have credit facilities totaling $13.7 million with $3.5 million remaining in available credit.

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Vert Capital. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from Vert Capital up to a maximum of $500,000 to complete our initial public offering (“IPO”) process. The advances from this agreement accrued interest at 10% per annum and are due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Vert Capital a first lien and security interest to all of our assets and properties. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $214,050 and $5,727, respectively.

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with LCC-Delaware, a company controlled by Vert Capital. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from LCC-Delaware up to a maximum of $500,000 for a term of 3 years. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 10% per annum and are due on demand. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted LCC-Delaware a second lien and security interest to all of our assets and properties, subordinate to the Vert Capital line of credit agreement. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $185,129 and $10,129, respectively.

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $50,000. The note is due on April 30, 2015 and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly. The note is convertible to the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company’s common stock is public traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. The note holder may convert all but not less than all of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note upon conversion date. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $50,000 and $1,027, respectively.

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company provided a line of credit to Genesis. The line of credit allows Genesis to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full three years from the execution date. The assets of the Genesis have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has advanced $50,000 to Genesis against this line.

 

On April 3, 2015, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Sy Silverstein, an individual. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained the line of credit for up to a maximum of $300,000 to complete its IPO process. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 12% per annum, along with a $10,000 documentation fee, and are due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. As of June 1, 2015, the outstanding principal balance was $90,000.

 

44
 

 

Our cash requirements consist primarily of day-to-day operating expenses, capital expenditures and contractual obligations with respect to facility leases, capital equipment leases and other operating leases. We lease all of our office facilities. We expect to make future payments on existing leases from cash generated from operations.

 

We believe that the combination of funds currently available from our various resources will be adequate to finance our ongoing operations for the foreseeable future. In addition, we plan to continue to explore acquisitions and strategic investments related to our business that we may acquire using cash, stock, debt, contribution of assets or a combination thereof.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles accepted in the United States. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

 

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in notes to each set of the financial statements. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain .

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue is comprised of product revenue, net of sales returns. Revenue is derived from the sale of projectors, and data - logging products, as well as the related accessories. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users.

 

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns, and it generally does not allow product returns other than under warranty. However, the Company grants limited rights to return product for certain large retailers and distributors. Estimates of expected future product returns are recognized at the time of sale based on analyses of historical return trends. Upon recognition, the Company reduces revenue and cost of sales for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow the Company to estimate expected future product returns.

 

The Company generally provides 24 to 36 months warranty coverage on all of its products, except when sold through a “Premier Education Partner” or sold to schools, where the Company provides a 48 to 60 months warranty. The Company’s warranty provides for repair or replacement of the associated products during the warranty period. The Company establishes a liability for estimated product warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized, if the liability is expected to be material. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and the related use of materials, labor costs and freight incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or other costs differ from the Company’s estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be required, which would reduce its gross profit.

 

The Company offers sales incentives where the Company offers discounted products delivered by the Company to its resellers and distributors that are redeemable only if the resellers and distributors complete specified cumulative levels of revenue agreed to and written into their reseller and distributor agreements through an executed addendum. The resellers and distributors have to submit a request for the discounted products and cannot redeem additional discounts within 180 days from the date of the discount given on like products. The value of the award products as compared to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award is generally insignificant in relation to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award. The Company estimates and records the cost of the products related to the incentive as marketing expense based on analyses of historical data.

 

45
 

 

Business Combinations

 

We account for our business combinations under the provisions of ASC 805-10 , Business Combinations ” (ASC 805-10), which requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations, and have concluded that each of the businesses whose assets were acquired or are to be acquired constitute a business in accordance with ASC 805-10-55.

 

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including non-controlling interests, are recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective fair values. ASC 805-10 also specifies criteria that intangible assets acquired in a business combination must meet to be recognized and reported apart from goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Acquisition related expenses are recognized separately from the business combinations and are expensed as incurred. If the business combination provides for contingent consideration, we record the contingent consideration at fair value at the acquisition date with changes in the fair value after the acquisition date affecting earnings. Changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the measurement period will affect income tax expense .

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Goodwill

 

Intangible assets, including customer relationships and the value of agreements not to compete arising from our various acquisitions are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized using a method which reflects the period in which the economic benefit of the related intangible assets is utilized, which has been estimated to be three years. For intangible assets subject to amortization, impairment is recognized if the carrying amount is not recoverable and the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the intangible assets.

 

The intellectual property and customer relationships and associated contracts represent the most significant portion of the value of the purchase price for each of our acquisitions. Our largest acquisition holds intangible assets and has developed substantial technologies.

 

Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. We expect to record goodwill in connection with all of our acquisitions. With these acquisitions, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment using a two-step process that will be performed at least annually in October of each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. The first step is a comparison of the fair value of an internal reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. We will integrate all acquired businesses with our core business and utilize a single technology platform, and have our chief operating decision maker, which is our Chief Executive Officer, monitor and review financial information at a consolidated level for assessing operating results and the allocation of resources. Therefore we will have a single reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired and the second step is unnecessary.

 

If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second test is performed to measure the amount of impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the goodwill to a determination of the implied value of the goodwill. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied value, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference. The implied value of goodwill is determined as of the test date by performing a purchase price allocation, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired, using currently estimated fair values of the individual assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, together with an estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit taken as a whole. The estimate of the fair value of the reporting unit is based upon information available regarding prices of similar groups of assets, or other valuation techniques including present value techniques based upon estimates of future cash flow.

 

46
 

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Materials and spare parts inventory is primarily determined using the weighted average cost method. Finished goods is primarily determined using weighted average cost and specific identification method. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method, as prescribed by ASC 740, income taxes, which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent that these assets will more likely than not be realized. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. This assessment requires judgment as to the likelihood and amounts of future taxable income by tax jurisdiction.

 

As of March 31, 2015, our deferred tax assets consisted of temporary differences between the book and tax bases of certain assets and liabilities.

 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

 

We account for stock-based compensation to employees, including grants of employee stock options in accordance with ASC 718, “ Stock Compensation ,” which requires that share-based payments (to the extent they are compensatory) be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations based on their grant date fair values. We will recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the service period of the award.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Certain specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements that are available to public companies that are emerging growth companies.

 

These provisions include:

 

(1) an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
   
(2) an exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;
   
(3) an exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about our audit and our financial statements; and
   
(4) reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements.

 

We have elected to take advantage of the exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

47
 

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Company

 

Boxlight Parent was incorporated in Nevada on September 18, 2014 for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products.

 

After the consummation of the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, we will be a technology company that focuses on the education and learning industry. We will improve, produce and distribute products currently offered by Boxlight and Globisens, including interactive projectors, 70” and 84” hi-resolution interactive LED panels, and science, technology, engineering and math (“STEM”) data logging products, and develop new products utilizing a combination of technologies of Boxlight and Globisens. The combined operation will integrate significant research and development, international manufacturing capabilities, and an established global reseller network. Our goal is to become a single source, world-leading innovator, manufacturer and integrator of interactive products for schools and universities, as well as for training and instruction for business and governmental agencies.

 

Integration Strategy

 

Within 120 days of this offering and the consummation of the acquisitions, we plan to centralize our business management through an enterprise resource planning system currently utilized by Boxlight USA, that offers multi-language and multi-currency. It is our intention to streamline the process to drive front-line sales forecasting to factory production. Through the enterprise resource planning system, we plan to first synchronize five separate accounting and customer relationship management systems through a cloud-based interface to improve inter-company information sharing and allow management at Boxlight Parent to have immediate access to snapshots of the performance of all of our subsidiaries, their financial data and live currency impact on our combined financial results.

 

Research and Development

 

Both Boxlight’s and Globisens’ products are designed to enhance learning experiences in schools, government and business by bringing life to lessons, using interactive educational tools. Research suggests that interactive presentation tools can positively affect student engagement, motivation, understanding and review processes and accommodate students with different learning styles, including students who have special needs. A study in 100 classrooms per year conducted by Dr. Robert Marzano, a top United States researcher in the field of education, concluded that students who had been taught using interactive whiteboards and interactive devices improved their test scores on average by 16 percentile over a two-year period.

 

Within 90 days of this offering and the consummation of the acquisitions, we intend to complete the development of a new line of interactive display products which allow for simultaneous wireless integration of our STEM products. This will enable teachers to simultaneously directly interact with students through a combination of our software and hardware products and minimize the need for additional classroom computers and tablets. We will then have a software platform which will integrate team lesson plans and other interactive learning techniques, by incorporating existing classroom management tools and software.

 

We anticipate the costs to be approximately $225,000 to accomplish this software platform and plan to use the proceeds from this offering to pay for this cost.

 

Manufacturing and Logistics

 

Within six months of this offering and the consummation of the acquisitions, we will integrate our manufacturing capacities. It is our intention to bring currently outsourced manufacturing of Globisens STEM products to our manufacturing facilities in either Taiwan or China. We plan to use a combination of direct manufacturing and established strategic partnerships. We also intend to streamline our logistic operations at various locations. In Seattle, Washington, we currently operate a logistics facility, service center, and separate service logistics operation. In Laredo, Texas, we contract with a third party facility for the central United States product distribution and product importation into our Mexico facility. In Atlanta, Georgia, we operate a logistics operation for the eastern United States distribution and our import/export to our European customers and vendors. Additionally, our Atlanta, Georgia facility houses the Company’s management as well as sales, marketing, and US service offices. Mexico City, Mexico serves as product distribution as well as sales, marketing and service for the central America. Hsin Chu Taiwan is our primary research and development and manufacturing headquarters and serves as sales, marketing and logistics for our customers in Asia and our international OEM customers. Our Wuxi, China facility, similarly, provides manufacturing and local China sales, marketing and support functions. Our Tel Aviv, Israel facility provides the research and development function for our STEM products and a limited amount of manufacturing, as well as local sales, marketing and service functions.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Within six months of this offering and the consummation of the acquisitions, we plan to combine our global sales force. Our combined sales force will initially have ten regional managers in the US, four in Central America, two in Taiwan and three in China. Also within the same time period, we intend to expand the scope of our combined sales force, by adding five additional sales persons, primarily to drive sales of interactive projectors and data logging products to school districts, corporations and governmental agencies throughout the United States and Europe and sales of all of our products in Africa, Latin America and Asia. In addition, we will utilize traditional value-added resellers through Genesis and support them to become knowledgeable of the products, vendors, and suppliers of the combined entity.

 

We believe that the combined operation will represent a unique vertically integrated interactive-technology company capable of developing and improving products, manufacturing and distribution, and service and support to customers.

 

48
 

 

Our Markets

 

The global education industry is undergoing a significant transition, as primary and secondary school districts, colleges and universities, as well as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of using technology to more effectively provide information to educate students and other users.

 

“Smart education” denotes a range of technologies employed to enhance the delivery and administration of education across various segments such as K-12, higher education, enterprise, government and healthcare. This market is broadly segmented by four major parameters; namely, product type, application type, e-learning modes, and geography.

 

According to “ All Global Market Education & Learning ”, an industry publication, the market for hardware products is growing due to increases in the use of interactive white boards and simulation-based learning hardware. Education institutions have become more receptive to the implementation of hi-tech learning tools. The advent of technology in the classroom has enabled multi-modal training and varying curricula. In general, technology based tools help develop student performance when integrated with curriculum. The constant progression of technology in education has helped educators to create classroom experiences that are interactive, developed and collaborative.

 

According to market research report “ Smart Education and Learning Market: Advanced Technologies, Digital Models, Adoption Trends and Worldwide Market Forecast (2012-2017), ” the global smart education and learning market is expected to reach $220.0 billion by 2017 at a compounded annual growth rate (CAGR) of 20.3% from 2012 to 2017. The market for education and learning software is estimated to reach $37.2 billion, and hardware is estimated to reach $12.1 billion, by 2017. In 2011, North America accounted for about 60% of global revenue and is expected to grow at a CAGR of 15.2% from 2012 to 2017.

 

In the United States, which will be our primary market upon consummation of this offering where we will sell and distribute interactive educational products for K-12 to both public and private schools, the K-12 education sector represents one of the largest industry segments.

 

In addition to its size, the U.S. K-12 education market is highly decentralized and is characterized by complex content adoption processes. The sector is comprised of approximately 15,600 public school districts across the 50 states and 132,000 public and private elementary and secondary schools. We believe this market structure underscores the importance of scale and industry relationships and the need for broad, diverse coverage across states, districts and schools. Even while we believe certain initiatives in the education sector, such as the Common Core State Standards, a set of shared math and literacy standards benchmarked to international standards, have increased standardization in K-12 education content, we believe significant state standard specific customization still exists, and we believe the need to address customization provides an ongoing need for companies in the sector to maintain relationships with individual state and district policymakers and expertise in state-varying academic standards.

 

U.S. K-12 education has come under significant political scrutiny in recent years, due to the recognition of its importance to U.S. society at large and concern over the perceived decline in U.S. student competitiveness relative to international peers. An independent task force report published in March 2012 by the Council on Foreign Relations, a non-partisan membership organization and think tank, observed that American students rank far behind global leaders in international tests of literacy, math and science, concluding that the current state of U.S. education severely impairs the United States’ economic, military and diplomatic security as well as broader components of America’s global leadership. Also, the Executive Office of the President Council of Economic Advisors, in a report titled Unleashing the Potential of Educational Technology, stated that “many observers are concerned about declines in the relative quality of U.S. primary and secondary education, and improving performance of our schools has become a national priority.” We believe that the customization of learning programs could enhance innovative and growth strategies geared towards student performance in our nation’s schools.

 

Higher education is a large and well-established market, both in the United States and worldwide. In the United States alone, total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over $550 billion for the 2010-2011 academic year, according to a May 2013 report by the U.S. National Center for Education Statistics. The decade between 2000 and 2010 saw a 37% increase in enrollment in postsecondary degree granting institutions in the United States, from 15.3 million to 21.0 million, according to the U.S. Department of Education, and that number is expected to rise to 23.8 million by 2021, a further increase of 13%.

 

According to a November 2013 study by Bank of America Merrill Lynch, total global spending on the business and government e-learning market was $25.5 billion in 2012 and is expected to reach $32.1 billion by 2015 and $37.5 billion by 2017; an 8% CAGR between 2012 and 2017.

 

49
 

 

Our Opportunity

 

We believe that the existing patented product portfolios of Boxlight and Globisens and products we intend to develop either alone or in collaboration with other technology companies positions us to be a leading manufacturer and provider of interactive educational products in the global educational and learning market. We believe that increased consumer spending driven by the close connection between levels of educational attainment, evolving standards in curriculum, personal career prospects and economic growth will increase the demand for our interactive educational products. Some of the factors that we believe will impact our opportunity include:

 

Growth in U.S. K-12 Market Expenditures

 

Significant resources are being devoted to primary and secondary education, both in the United States and abroad. As set forth in the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers report, U.S. education expenditure has been estimated at approximately $1.3 trillion, with K-12 education accounting for close to half ($625 billion) of this spending. Global spending is roughly triple U.S. spending for K-12 education.

 

While the market has historically grown above the pace of inflation, averaging 7.2% growth annually since 1969, as expenditures by school districts and educational institutions are largely dependent upon state and local funding, the recent world-wide economic recession caused many states and school districts to defer spending on educational materials, which materially and adversely affected our historical revenues as well as those of many of our competitors. However, expenditures and growth in the U.S. K-12 market for educational content and services now appears to be rebounding in the wake of the U.S. economic recovery. Although, the economic recovery has been slower than anticipated, and there is no assurance that any further improvement will be significant, nonetheless, states such as Florida, California and Texas are all scheduled to adopt interactive educational materials for certain subjects, including reading and math, by 2016.

 

The NCES forecasts that the current expenditures in the U.S. K-12 market are expected to grow to approximately $665 billion by 2022. The instructional supplies and services market, which uses the types of educational materials and services that we will offer, represents approximately 4.8% of this expected market, or approximately $32 billion of these expenditures. There is no guarantee that spending will increase by the amount forecasted and, if it does, there is no guarantee that our sales will increase accordingly.

 

International Catalysts Driving Adoption of Learning Technology

 

According to Ambient Insights 2012 Snapshot of the Worldwide and US Academic Digital Learning Market , substantial growth in revenues for e-learning products in the academic market segment are anticipated throughout the world due to several convergent catalysts, including population demographics such as significant growth in numbers of 15-17 year old students and women in education in emerging markets; government-funded education policies mandating country-wide deployment of digital learning infrastructures; large scale digitization efforts in government and academic markets; significant increases in the amount of digital learning content; migration to digital formats by major educational publishers and content providers; mass purchases of personal learning devices and strong demand for learning platforms, content and technology services; and rapid growth of part-time and fulltime online student enrollments.

 

50
 

 

Rising Global Demand

 

We expect to profit from the rising global demand for technology based learning products by offering our interactive product hardware and software in the United States and expanding into foreign countries. In recent years, the global education sector has seen movement towards the adoption of interactive learning devices. As examples:

 

  In 2010, the Peruvian government spent $3.0 billion for an education technology rollout to provide all teachers and students with individual tablet computers and network infrastructure and classroom displays;
     
  In August 2011, the Russian government announced a plan to deploy tablets, “on a massive scale” in the Russian educational system, to replace printed textbooks;
     
  In October 2011, the Indian government launched its heavily subsidized school-designed tablet called Aakash; and
     
  In July 2011, the Thailand government announced that it intends to give every child in grades 1-6 a tablet starting with first grade students in the 2012 school year. The multi-year program is expected to equip over 5.0 million primary students with handheld devices.

 

Trends in Tech-Savvy Education

 

While industries from manufacturing to health care have adopted technology to improve their results, according to Stanford Business School, in its Trends in Tech-Savvy Education , the education field remains heavily reliant on “chalk and talk” instruction conducted in traditional settings; however, that is changing as schools and colleges adopt virtual classrooms, data analysis, online games, highly customized coursework, and other cutting-edge tools to help students learn.

 

Demand for Interactive Projectors is on the Rise

 

As a complete system, interactive projectors are considerably less expensive than interactive whiteboards or interactive flat panel displays, placing them at a distinct advantage in price sensitive markets. According to FutureSource , an industry publication, sales of interactive projectors are expected to grow steadily from 2014 to 2017 with a CAGR at 10.3% world-wide.

 

Additional Technologies

 

The delivery of digital education content is also driving a substantial shift in the education market. In addition to white boards, interactive projectors and interactive flat panels, other technologies are being adapted for educational uses on the Internet, mobile devices and through cloud-computing, which permits the sharing of digital files and programs among multiple computers or other devices at the same time through a virtual network. We intend to be a leader in the development and implementation of these additional technologies to create effective digital learning environments.

 

Handheld Device Adoption

 

Handheld devices, including smartphones, tablets, e-readers and digital video technologies, are now fundamental to the way students communicate. A 2010 FCC survey provides evidence that the rates of handheld use will increase dramatically. It reported that while 50% of respondents currently use handhelds for administrative purposes, 14% of schools and 24% of districts use such devices for academic or educational purposes. Furthermore, 45% of respondents plan to start using such devices for academic and educational purposes within the next 2 to 3 years. The survey stated that, “The use of digital video technologies to support curriculum is becoming increasingly popular as a way to improve student engagement.”

 

51
 

 

Natural User Interfaces (NUIs)

 

Tablets and the new class of “smart TVs” are part of a growing list of other devices built with natural user interfaces that accept input in the form of taps, swipes, and other ways of touching; hand and arm motions; body movement; and increasingly, natural language. Natural user interfaces allow users to engage in virtual activities with movements similar to what they would use in the real world, manipulating content intuitively. The idea of being able to have a completely natural interaction with a device is not new, but neither has its full potential been realized. For example, medical students increasingly rely on simulators employing natural user interfaces to practice precise manipulations, such as catheter insertions, that would be far less productive if they had to try to simulate sensitive movements with a mouse and keyboard. NUIs make devices seem easier to use and more accessible, and interactions are far more intuitive, which promotes exploration and engagement. (NMC Horizon Project Technology Outlook STEM+ Education 2012-2017 ).

 

The Business and Government Market

 

The business and government market for interactive displays represents an attractive growth opportunity for us because of the desire of organizations to improve the quality of training, development and collaboration.

 

In meeting rooms, our solutions help achieve the following:

 

  Enhance brainstorming and collaboration by providing a real-time focal point upon which participants can share their ideas with the entire group of attendees, including those in remote locations;
     
  Add a tangible, interactive dimension to conferencing that enables attendees to visualize a situation or concept and make decisions based on that visualization;
     
  Save time and enhance productivity by enabling users to save and distribute their collective work product from a meeting without the inconsistencies and subjectivity that may result from individual note taking;
     
  Realize cost savings not only by reducing travel needs, but also by improving internal communication and team building; and
     
  Enable participants to access digital files and use applications in real time.

 

In training centers, we believe that our solutions help to enhance achievement levels with multi-modality (visual, auditory and kinesthetic) learning capabilities, improved interactivity and engagement and real time assessment and feedback. Our solutions may also help improve an enterprise’s return on investment by providing better trained employees reducing training time and getting employees back to their jobs, reduced travel expenses, improved customers service from well-trained employees and reduced employee turnover.

 

Competition

 

Upon consummation of the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, we will be engaged in the interactive education industry. The combined operation will face substantial competition from developers, manufacturers and distributers of interactive learning products and solutions. The industry is highly competitive and characterized by frequent product introductions and rapid technological advances that have substantially increased the capabilities and use of interactive projectors, interactive whiteboards, and micro-computer based logging technologies and a combination of them. We will face increased competition from companies with strong positions in certain markets we serve, and in new markets and regions we may enter. These companies manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and associated products. Our ability to integrate our technologies after the combination and remain innovative and develop new technologies desired by our current and potential new contract manufacturing customers will determine our ability to grow our contract manufacturing divisions.

 

Boxlight’s Products

 

Boxlight is a global leading designer, producer and distributor of interactive projectors and high definition 70” and 4k 84” interactive LED flat panels. We believe Boxlight offers the most comprehensive and integrated line of interactive display solutions, audio products, peripherals and accessories for schools and enterprises. Boxlight’s products are backed by nearly 30 years of research and development, as it introduced the world’s first interactive projector in 2007 and received applied patents in 2010. Boxlight focuses on developing easy-to-use solutions combining interactive displays with robust software to enhance the educational environment.

 

52
 

 

Advances in technology and new options for introduction into the classroom have forced school districts to look for solutions that allow teachers and students to bring their own devices into the classroom, provide school district information technology departments with the means to access data with or without Internet access, handle the demand for video, and control cloud and data storage challenges. Boxlight’s design teams are able to quickly customize products to serve the needs of clients so that existing hardware and software platforms can communicate with one another. Boxlight has created plug-ins for annotative software that makes existing legacy hardware interactive and allows designs to work with or without wires. Our goal, with the acquisition of Boxlight, is to become a single source solution to satisfy the needs of educators around the globe for interactive products.

 

Boxlight prides itself in providing industry-leading service and support and has received numerous product awards. In 2010, the ProjectoWrite2 interactive projector received an award as one of the Top 5 Products at InfoComm, the largest audio-visual dealer and reseller tradeshow in the U.S. Shortly thereafter, Pacific Media Associates, one of two leading industry reporting companies, and CE Pro Magazine announced the ProjectoWrite 2 as their choice for Best New Product of the Year in 2010. In 2011, Boxlight was an American Business Awards finalist for the Best Customer Service Department. It was a Bronze Stevie winner in the categories of Most Innovative and Fastest Growing Tech Company of the Year in 2012, and, in, 2013, Boxlight received the People’s Choice Stevie Award for the ProjectoWrite 5 for Favorite Computer Hardware Product.

 

Since Boxlight launched its patented interactive projectors in 2007, Boxlight has sold them to public schools in the United States and in 49 other countries, as well as to the Department of Defense International Schools in approximately 3,000 classrooms in 20 countries, the Job Corp, the Library of Congress, the Center for Disease Control, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, six foreign governments and the City of Moscow and numerous Fortune 500 companies, including Verizon, GE Healthcare, Pepsico, First Energy, ADT, Motorola, First Data and Transocean and custom built 4,000 projectors for the Israeli Defense Forces.

 

Interactive Projectors

 

Boxlight’s suite of patented, award-winning interactive projectors offers a wide variety of features and specifications to suit the varying needs of instructors, teachers and presenters around the world. With an interactive projector any wall, whiteboard or other flat surface can become an interactive surface and enable computer control. A user can utilize a pen stylus or finger as a mouse or to write or draw images displayed on the screen. As with interactive whiteboards, the interactive projector accommodates multiple users simultaneously. Images that have been created through the projectors can be saved as computer files. Except for the ProjectorWrite 8, or P8, series, all Boxlight interactive projects use LCD technology.

 

The ProjectoWrite 5 series provides wired interactivity and features 60 frames per second and Dual Screen Link, linking two Boxlight interactive projectors, two presenters and two screens (or one large screen) into a powerful interactive surface, allowing for Microsoft Office content, video, pictures, web page and live streaming. These projectors have built-in storage of up to 1.5 GB for on-the-go display; a USB or EZ WiFi LAN connection from the PC, Mac or mobile device to the interactive projector is required for interactivity with the projected images. The ProjectoWrite 5 interactive projector allows for a maximum of five interactive pens working simultaneously. Utilizing Boxlight’s patented embedded interactive CMOS camera at 60 frames per second, response time is less than 12 ms., and accuracy is 3 pixels.

 

The ProjectoWrite 6 series is for wireless interactivity, using a wireless USB dongle with a camera speed of to 90 frames per second. The ProjectorWrite 6 provides four separate and independent interactive touch points.

 

The ProjectoWrite 8 series can be installed just inches from the screen. This ultra-short throw offering minimizes shadowing experienced with both short-throw and standard throw offerings. Auto-calibration with the ultra-short throw unit allows for quick and easy installs.

 

Each of Boxlight’s ProjectoWrite 5, 6 and 8 series uses a stylus or pen to emulate touch features of a tablet computer with Boxlight’s driver package.

 

The new ProjectoWrite 10 series is first in Boxlight’s new line of patented finger-touch interactive projectors. With the addition of a laser module, a moderator or student can use a finger, or any solid object, to interact and control the computer at the projected image. With 10-point touch, a user can capitalize on the new touch features of Microsoft Windows 8, emulating a tablet computer.

 

53
 

 

Last year, Boxlight began delivering its ProjectoWrite 6 series interactive projectors in up to 13,000 classrooms in the Dallas Independent School District. With over 15,000 network access points and 158,000 students, Boxlight needed to adapt its wireless display software to enable projectors to work over several sub-netted segments of Dallas’s network. Having its in-house developers create Dallas’s custom software platform, Boxlight completed the unique software and was able to deploy in less than 30 days. Boxlight included in each unit its long-lasting harsh environment filter, which allows up to 5,000 hours of maintenance-free use. In addition, the district subscribed to Boxlight’s Lamps for Life program, which provides unlimited projector lamps for only the cost of round-trip shipping.

 

In addition to its direct selling efforts, Boxlight currently generates approximately 43% of its revenues through contract manufacturing of interactive projectors and components to brand-name equipment suppliers. These enterprises sell the same or similar products in the same markets served by Boxlight, but have elected to purchase Boxlight’s patented interactive projectors and components, rather than seeking licenses under its patents.

 

External Interactive Devices

 

The OutWrite interactive modules employ a patented CMOS camera with optical coating that make any standard projector interactive. The OutWrite features a preview window when connected via USB cable to allow simple setup and calibration. Boxlight is developing an interactive module that supports Android devices. The OutWrite device allows for the same touch emulation with interactive pens as the ProjectoWrite 5 interactive projectors.

 

Interactive LED Flat Panels

 

Boxlight’s ProColor series of interactive LED panels are available in both 70” HD and 84” 4k models. Both include an OPS slot for embedded Windows 8 and upcoming Android operating systems. ProColor Interactive LED panels utilize infrared blocking technology, offering 10 points of touch for simultaneous interaction of multiple users. ProColor’s built-in 12 watt speakers add room filling sound to the display’s vivid colors. The interactive LED panels feature Korean glass with optical coatings that are highly scratch resistant and improve viewing angles and ambient light interference.

 

Peripherals and Accessories

 

Boxlight offers a line of peripherals and accessories, including amplified speaker systems, mobile carts, installation accessories and adjustable wall-mount accessories that complement its entire line of interactive projectors, LED flat panels and standard projectors. The height and tilt adjustable DeskBoard mobile cart, which won the Best of ISTE in June 2014 for Best Hardware product, can be used as an interactive screen or interactive desktop with the ProjectoWrite 8 ultra-short throw interactive projectors.

 

Audio Solutions

 

Boxlight offers its SoundLite audio solutions as an affordable and easy-to-install amplified speaker system for use with all of our projectors. The 30 watt SoundLite product is available with wireless microphone. This device produces quality stereo sound in any room.

 

Features in future SoundLite models will have a security-enabled system and IP addressable audio classroom solution allowing point-to-point address as well as a network wide area address. A panic switch on the wireless transmitters will enable live broadcast of classroom audio and simultaneously trigger predetermined alerts. This feature is designed to work over a school’s existing network infrastructure.

 

Non-Interactive projectors

 

Boxlight manufactures a full line of standard, non-interactive projectors. The Boston Series features embedded wireless display functions and is available in short and standard throw options. Offering brightness from 2,700 to 4,000 lumens, Boxlight furnishes projectors for small classrooms to auditoriums with the Boston platform. This series is available in both XGA and WXGA resolutions to replace projectors on existing interactive whiteboards in classrooms operating on limited budgets. Boxlight has designed this platform to provide easy user maintenance with side-changing lamps and filters and developed HEPA filtration systems for harsh environments.

 

54
 

 

The ECO line of projectors is for schools with tight budgets. With inorganic high-contrast panels, long-life and reliability are ensured, while providing a quality and affordable product. This platform is available in short and standard throw and XGA and WXGA resolutions.

 

In the past several years, Boxlight, together with strategic allies, has provided customized products that fit specific needs of customers, such as the Israeli Ministry of Defense. Working with Nextel Systems, Boxlight delivered approximately 4,000 projectors, with special kitting performance, asset tagging, custom start up screens, operating defaults appropriate for harsh environments, and other unique product specifications. Boxlight also met requirements that each projector contain at least 51% U.S. content and be assembled in the United States. A service center was appointed in Israel to provide warranty service and support. The US Army in connection with the Israeli Defense Forces found Boxlight to be the only manufacturer able to meet the stringent requirements, leading not only to the original multi-year contract, but to extensions for favorable execution and performance.

 

Software Solutions

 

Boxlight produces a “driver,” which is software that allows a computer to communicate with hardware or devices. Our driver comes in various versions depending on the model of interactive projector purchased. If used with Windows7 and above, users have the ability to toggle between ‘mouse’ and ‘touch’ mode. Mouse mode allows users to operate the mouse at the interactive screen like a traditional mouse. Touch mode will allow for up to 5 pens/users to interact on the touch screen surface. The latest TouchDriver on the ProjectorWrite 10 recognizes fingers (or nearly any other solid object) at the projection surface and will allow for up to 10 points of interactivity.

 

Our LightPen 5 software allows users to annotate in multiple colors and formats with our interactive projectors and is one of several annotation packages offered. Our SPDriver must be connected to a Boxlight interactive projector to function. The LightPen software defaults to overlay mode and allows the user to annotate over almost every program and image on the computer, including static images and/or full motion video. The tool bar is easily accessible and can be moved around the interactive screen for easy access and includes three default pen colors and a highlighter.

 

55
 

 

Pen line thickness and color can be changed, multi-user whiteboard mode allows for up to 5 points of interaction at a time, and a multi-page feature allows for extended note-taking. With included quick tools, such as on-screen keyboard quick tool, power point presentation mode, curtain reveal, and spot light modes, presenters’ needs are met at the tip of a pen or finger.

 

To date, all of Boxlight’s software solutions are included with the purchase of its interactive products. However, approximately 15% of Boxlight employees are engaged in software development. Subject to completion of this offering and access to adequate liquidity, we intend to offer LightPen and other software products for sale directly to businesses and government agencies for use in learning applications and virtual remote desktop connectivity.

 

56
 

 

Production and Technical Support and Service

 

Boxlight manufactures and assembles its interactive projectors in-house in Taiwan, Mexico, China and the United States. Boxlight currently procures materials principally in Taiwan and Japan, with a majority of manufacturing completed in Taiwan. We believe that Boxlight can increase manufacturing capacity by 50% without material additional capital expenditure. Boxlight uses cell manufacturing processes to maintain accountability for its products down to the individual operator.

 

For certain of Boxlight’s peripheral and accessory products, Boxlight controls the entire design process internally and then outsources manufacturing and assembly to lower production costs. To create other products, Boxlight works with original design manufacturers and original equipment manufacturers, typically using their production processes.

 

Boxlight handles most of its warehouse and logistics functions in North America, Europe and Asia. In North America Boxlight’s facilities are located near Seattle, WA and Atlanta, GA.

 

In the United States, Boxlight currently has its technical support and service located near Seattle, WA and Atlanta, GA. Additionally, Boxlight provides direct support and service from its production facilities in Hsinchu, Taiwan and Wuxi, China and its assembly facility in Mexico City, Mexico, as well as through third party service partners located throughout the world. Boxlight’s technical support division is responsible for the repair and closing of the customer service cases, resulting in more than 60% of Boxlight’s customer service calls ending in immediate closure of the applicable service case. Boxlight accomplishes this as a result of the familiarity between Boxlight’s products and the customer service technician.

 

57
 

 

Competition

 

Boxlight is engaged in an industry that is highly competitive. The industry is evolving and characterized by technological change. Boxlight faces increased competition from companies with strong positions in certain markets it currently serves and in new markets and regions it may enter. These companies manufacture and/or distribute new, disruptive or substitute products that compete for the pool of available funds that previously could have been spent on interactive displays and associated products. Boxlight competes with other developers, manufacturers and distributors of interactive projectors and personal computer technologies, tablets, television screens, smart phones.

 

Interactive whiteboards, since first introduced, have evolved from a high-cost technology that involves multiple components, requiring professional installers, to a one-piece technology that is available at increasingly reduced price points and affords simple installations. With lowered technology entry barriers, Boxlight faces heated competition from other interactive whiteboard developers, manufacturers and distributors. However, the market presents new opportunities in responding to demands to replace outdated and failing interactive whiteboards with more affordable and simpler solution interactive whiteboards. In addition, Boxlight has begun to see expansion in the market to sales of complementary products that work in conjunction with the interactive technology, including software, audio solutions, data capture, tablets.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Boxlight’s business depends, in part, upon protecting its intellectual property in the technology that it designs and develops. Boxlight relies on its patents, copyrights, and a combination of its software encryption, internal procedures, and nondisclosure agreements for this purpose. Boxlight will apply for patent protection where we believe it will give it a competitive advantage and licensing revenues. As of October 1, 2014 Boxlight holds 30 issued worldwide patents, with an additional 11 worldwide patent applications pending. In addition, Boxlight owns a number of trademarks that it believes are well known in its markets and represent a considerable amount of goodwill captured over many years of serving those markets.

 

Boxlight’s worldwide patents are expected to expire at various dates between May 5, 2016 and December 2, 2030.

 

Although we believe that Boxlight’s portfolio of patents and trademarks will provide us with a competitive advantage, we do not consider the expiration or termination of any one or any group of these assets to be of such importance as to have any material or adverse effect on the Boxlight business. We believe that Boxlight’s primary competitive advantage is based upon its collection of trade secrets, know-how, proprietary manufacturing techniques, and deep customer relationships and application knowledge. Boxlight’s core products contain a large number of complex algorithms, electronics, and mechanical components, refined in a customer-driven development process. We believe Boxlight’s customers rely on the inherent advantage that comes from this continuous improvement in its products over time. We believe that Boxlight’s customers also rely on Boxlight for its experience and expertise in the application of its products to meet their needs, and in many cases Boxlight’s expertise of a customer’s application exceeds that of the customer.

 

Globisens

 

Globisens designs and manufactures a line of STEM products, consisting of handheld data-logging devices that enable teachers and students to measure, record, graph, analyze, and manipulate the results of physics, biology, and chemistry experiments and observations from environmental and geographic studies. With the Labdisc, for example, a class can measure and graph the height of a ping-pong ball’s bounce against time, to observe acceleration due to gravity and derive the mathematical formula describing it. The Labdisc releases teachers from hours of setup time and can save schools substantial investments and space required by traditional laboratories.

 

In 2012, WorldDidac, the global trade association for companies providing products for education and training, recognized Labdisc with the WorldDidac award for innovation and pedagogic value. Labdisc was a Tech & Learning’s 2012 Awards of Excellence winner, and, in 2013, the Labdisc won Bizmedia Ltd’s E-Learning Gold Award for Most Innovative e-learning product.

 

The Labdisc gensci has built-in sensors measuring air pressure, electric current, geographic location (via GPS), light, sound, motion, pH, relative humidity, temperature, and voltage. The Labdisc enviro, Labdisc physics, and Labdisc biochem include specialized sensors for experiments and observations particular to the discipline. Each model is auto-calibrating and equipped with an LCD display to select experimental parameters, such as sensor sampling speed that ranges from 10 to 24,000 samples per second, and read experimental results. Each Labdisc provides USB and Bluetooth connectivity and, using Globisens’s GlobiLab software, supports PC, MAC, Linux, iOs and Android platforms. The devices weigh about 10 ounces, and battery life is 150 hours.

 

Globisens also offers GlobiMate, an Intel-designed, science-ready, three-sensor, 10-inch tablet computer, to which the Labdisc or our seven-sensor Mini can be attached, to create a powerful, portable science laboratory. With Globisens’s optional microscope adapter, the GlobiMate’s camera can be converted into a microscope. Globisens also provides a storage cart, with built in charger, that can hold up to 16 Labdiscs and tablets.

 

Production and Technical Support and Service

 

Globisens self-manufactures and contract manufactures its products to its design and specifications.

 

Competition

 

Globisens focuses on elementary schools, middle schools, high schools, community colleges and universities in the micro-computer based logging (MBL), or data logging, market. Globisens faces competition from companies that provide data logging solutions relating to interactive learning products.

 

The MBL market is currently led by a few established companies with substantial market shares in their respective countries or regions. We believe that these leading companies are now focused on small individual sensors, data logging units, cables etc. Globisens’ strategy is to differentiate itself by providing a consolidated solution, Labdisc, rather than individual probes. Globisens’s approach is to allow tablets, which are increasingly being used within the education sector, to provide the graphical presentation and data crunching, enabling Labdisc to accomplish the data logging function in a small, portable, simplified, and affordable unit that can be used in the K-6 primary schools. This is a significant market since every grade level teaches science. We believe that the increased number of computing platforms in schools and the focus on the large K-6 market, where all students are learning science, should increase the MBL K-12 market significantly in the coming few years.

 

58
 

 

Western countries such as the US, UK, France, Germany, and The Netherlands have high MBL penetration into middle and high schools since the 1990s. In these countries schools are replacing MBL equipment with more technologically advanced and affordable solutions and promoting STEM in elementary schools. We believe that Globisens’ Labdisc is ideally positioned to address the requirements of both the replacement market and the emerging K-6 primary school sector.

 

Developing countries including, China, Vietnam, Mexico, Brazil, Poland, Turkey, Colombia, Chile, and those in the Near and Middle East have not historically invested in MBL solutions. They are now recognizing the importance of STEM in their economic development. A competitive bidding process for MBL solutions has either been offered or is in the process of being developed in many countries across the world. Developing countries tend to have decision making focused in a centralized decision-making, typically within a ministry of education, and this offers opportunities to the MBL/Data Logging providers. The MBL providers must have distribution capabilities in developing countries with products that are proven, affordable, available in large quantities, and with concomitant professional development, training and support.

 

As a result, competition in developing countries is significantly limited to the global providers such as Vernier, Pasco, Fourier, and SES. We believe that Globisens is well positioned to compete on a global scale in Western and developing countries, middle and high schools, the university level, as well as the K-6 market where competition is greatly reduced due to the design and ease of use with the Globisens Labdisc. We think that this, coupled with well-established customers across the globe and sales, distribution and a support team of channel partners bodes well for Globisens to become a premier provider of MBL/Data Logging solutions in a markets demanding products to meet STEM requirements

  

Genesis Collaboration

 

Products

 

Genesis is a traditional value-added reseller with sales and support teams representing multiple education and learning solution technologies, vendors and suppliers. Genesis is either a premier partner or an exclusive partner in defined geographic markets for the education solution providers listed below:

 

Vendors   Products
Boxlight   Interactive projectors, interactive flat panels, audio systems, mounting devices and mobile stands
Globisens  

Scientific Data logging devices

AHA   Interactive flat panels (4k- multiple sizes) for corporate market, interactive podiums, mobile mounting devices
Safari Montage   Video caching servers and video content
Audio Enhancement  

Audio systems, microphones, and classroom safety cameras and school security systems and classroom management tools

Learning Clip   PreK – Grade 5 supplemental interactive math curriculum
Critical Links   Classroom caching servers
BenQ   Projectors
Samsung   Tablets
nGrain   3D industrial product training
Impero   School technology infrastructure software and classroom management solutions
iDashboards   Executive dashboards – All sectors

 

Genesis has trained personnel to sell and support these solutions. Its sales team consists of 12 sales and support professionals, with an average of over 8 years’ experience selling to school districts, private schools, PreK schools, and business and government accounts. The sales representatives have been involved in selling, implementing, and supporting mission-critical solutions that were highly visible to the public due to the scope and expenditures. The implementations have represented some of the largest project managed solutions in school districts in Genesis’ geographic areas, such as Georgia, Alabama, North Florida, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New England. The projects were often districts with several thousand classrooms involving project management, professional development, consulting, and installation of interactive whiteboards and associated peripherals. The projects were installed on time and on budget with highly referable customers as a result. Genesis has earned trusted advisor status with its customers and has access to key decision makers in all targeted markets.

 

Competition

 

Genesis is a value added reseller of interactive learning technologies. Genesis sells to the K12 education market in Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina, northern Florida, western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Genesis sells Boxlight’s interactive solutions into the business and government markets in the United States. Genesis also has exclusive rights to sell the AHA brands of interactive flat panels and interactive podiums in North and South America and carries consigned inventory for AHA in Genesis’s distribution center in Lawrenceville.

 

Genesis represents multiple complementary solutions and companies in the K12 education market in the geographic markets described above. Genesis competes with other value added resellers that are authorized to sell the same lines in the same areas by the vendors. Genesis also indirectly competes the market shares with the competitors of the vendors that Genesis represents.

    

59
 

 

Employees

 

Boxlight Parent currently has three executives. Upon the consummation of the acquisition of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, we will have approximately 140 employees, of whom three are executives, 28 employees are engaged in product development, engineering and research and development, 42 employees are engaged in sales and marketing, 29 employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services and 40 employees are engaged in production. In addition, a total of approximately 20 individuals provide sales agency services to us as independent contractors.

 

Boxlight has approximately 120 employees, of whom 26 employees are engaged in product development, engineering and research and development, 36 employees are engaged in sales and marketing, 24 employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services and 37 are engaged in production.

 

Globisens has nine employees, of whom two are engaged in product development, engineering and research and development, one employee is engaged in sales and marketing, three employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services and three employees are engaged in production.

 

Genesis has seven employees, of whom five are engaged in sales and marketing and two employees are engaged in administrative and clerical services. In addition, a total of approximately 20 individuals provide sales agency services to us as independent contractors.

 

None of our employees are represented by labor organizations. We consider our relationship with our employees to be excellent. A majority of our employees have entered into non-disclosure and non-competition agreements with us or our operating subsidiaries.

   

Properties

 

Our corporate headquarter is located at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043, in a building of approximately 28,800 square feet, for which we pay approximately $11,055 of rent per month through November 2015. Our corporate headquarters house our administrative offices as well as distribution operations for Genesis and assembly for the Boxlight brand.

 

Our service center and warehouse are located in Belfair, Washington. We make monthly rental payments of approximately $2,435 for the service center of 1,900 square feet through March 2015, and thereafter, on a month-to-month lease basis. We make monthly rental payments of approximately $1,500 for the warehouse of 3,000 square feet through June 2015, and thereafter, we do not expect to renew the lease for the warehouse.  

 

After the acquisitions, we will continue to maintain an office in Belfair, Washington, for sales, marketing, technical support and service staff. Additional offices and manufacturing for the Boxlight operations are located in Hsinchu, Taiwan, WuXi, China, and Mexico City, Mexico, which meet TAA compliancy and GSA standards. Office and Manufacturing for the Globisens operations are located in Petha Tikva and Sderot in Israel.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

As of the date of this prospectus, we know of no material pending legal proceedings to which we are a party or of which any of our property is the subject. There are no proceedings in which any of our directors, executive officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial stockholder, is an adverse party or has a material interest adverse to our interest.

 

60
 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key members of our management team as of February 1, 2015:

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
James Mark Elliott   63   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Henry (“Hank”) Nance   42   President and Chief Operating Officer
Sheri Lofgren   57   Chief Financial Officer
Michael Pope   34   Director
Tiffany Kuo   26   Director
Rudolph F. Crew   65   Director
Robin D. Richards   59   Director

 

Set forth below is biographical information about each of the individuals named in the tables above:

 

James Mark Elliott . Mr. Elliott has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since September 18, 2014. From 2012 to date, he has also served as the President of Genesis. From 2005 through 2012, he was the President of Promethean, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of whiteboards and interactive learning devices and led the team that grew Promethean in the Americas from $5 million in revenue to $250 million, with over 1,300,000 interactive whiteboards installed around the world. Throughout his career, Mr. Elliott has held senior executive roles, including president, senior vice president or director roles with Apple Computer, Lawson Software, E3 Corporation, PowerCerv Technologies, Tandem Computers, and Unisys/Burroughs. Mr. Elliott received a BBA in Economics from the University of North Georgia and a Master of Science degree in Industrial Management from Georgia Institute of Technology. Based on Mr. Elliott’s position as the chief executive officer of both the Company and Genesis, and his executive level experience in interactive learning devices and computer technology industries, our board of directors believes that Mr. Elliott has the appropriate set of skills to serve as a member of the board.

 

Henry (“Hank”) Nance Mr. Nance has been our President and Chief Operating Officer since September 18, 2014. Mr. Nance began his career with Boxlight in 1999 and has served as Boxlight’s President since 2009. At Boxlight, he developed the company’s first business-to-consumer division, generating over $12 million in sales within the first 24 months of inception. Shortly thereafter he took over product development, corporate relations, and negotiations for business-to-consumer and business-to-business products. Prior to Mr. Nance’s tenure at Boxlight, he managed commercial and residential construction working in the San Juan Islands in Washington State and Northern California.

 

Sheri Lofgren . Ms. Lofgren has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 18, 2014. Since July 2013 she has also served as CFO of Genesis. She was Chief Financial Officer at Logical Choice Technologies, Inc., a Company affiliate and a distributor of interactive whiteboards, from 2006 to 2013. Ms. Lofgren is a certified public accountant with extensive experience in financial accounting and management, operational improvement, budgeting and cost control, cash management and treasury, along with broad audit experience, internal control knowledge and internal and external reporting. She started her career with KPMG and then joined Tarica and Whittemore, an Atlanta based CPA firm, as an audit manager. Ms. Lofgren is a graduate of Georgia State University where she earned a B.A. in Business Administration – Accounting.

 

Michael Pope. Mr. Pope has been a director of our Company since September 18, 2014. Mr. Pope has served as Managing Director of Vert Capital Corp., a Los Angeles based merchant bank, and its affiliates since October 2011, and manages portfolio holdings in education, consumer products and digital media. Vert Capital formerly was the Company’s principal stockholder. Prior to joining Vert Capital, from May 2008 to December 2011, Mr. Pope was the Chief Operating Officer of SkinCareRx, a leading retailer of health and beauty products. He has held various education and finance positions including CFO of SkinScience Institute, senior SEC reporting at Omniture, and an Assurance Associate at Grant Thornton, an accounting firm. Mr. Pope holds an active CPA license and currently serves on the boards of various organizations. Mr. Pope earned his undergraduate and graduate degrees in accounting from Brigham Young University with academic honors. We believe that Mr. Pope should serve as a member of our board of directors due to his experience in the financial services industry.

 

Rudolph F. Crew . Dr. Crew has been a director of our Company since April 1, 2015. Since August 2013, Dr. Crew has served as the president of Medgar Evers College. From July 2012 to July 2013, he was the chief education officer at Oregon Education Investment Board, overseeing the PK-16 system. From September 2011 to July 2012, Dr. Crew served as the president of K12 Division at Revolution Prep, a company that offers preparation courses for the SAT and ACT standardized achievement tests. Prior to that, from January 2009 to July 2013, he was a professor at USC Rossier School of Education, teaching graduate school courses. From January 2009 to September 2011, Dr. Crew also served as the president of Global Partnership Schools, an organization offers planning support services and collaborative programs to public schools and school districts. Dr. Crew received his bachelor’s degree in management from Babson College in 1792. He earned his master’s degree in urban education in 1973 and his degree of doctor of education in educational administration in 1978, both from University of Massachusetts. We believe that Dr. Crew’s in-depth knowledge and extensive experience in education field make him a valuable member of our board of directors.

 

Robin D. Richards . Mr. Richards has been a director of our Company since April 1, 2015. Since 2009, he has served as the chief executive officer at CareerArc LLC, a company that provides technology solutions to assist businesses’ recruitment and outplacement efforts. Mr. Richards received his bachelor’s degree in political science from Michigan State University in 1978.

 

61
 

 

Tiffany Kuo. Ms. Kuo has been a director of our Company since September 18, 2014. Ms. Kuo has been a General Management Consultant in Strategy and Operations for Deloitte Consulting, LLP in Houston, TX since August 2011. Ms. Kuo graduated from Rice University with a Bachelor of Science and Masters of Science in Electrical Engineering in 2011 and is currently in the Sloan Masters of Business Administration Program at The Massachusetts Institute of Technology. We believe that Ms. Kuo should serve as a member of our board of directors due to her experience in business strategy and operations at Deloitte Consulting, LLP.

 

Director Independence

 

At this time, Dr. Rudy Crew and Robin Richards are our independent directors.

 

Corporate Governance

 

In connection with this offering, we will apply to list our shares of Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Under The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules we are required to comply with certain corporate governance standards at the time of listing, which include (i) having a majority of independent directors on our board; and (ii) establishing an audit committee in compliance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act, and a compensation committee [and a nominating and governance committee comprised of independent directors. We have not yet established the committees, but when established each of the committees shall adopt charters containing detailed descriptions of the committees’ duties and responsibilities. Under Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(b)(1) a company listing in connection with its initial public offering is permitted to phase in its compliance with the independent committee requirements, the committee composition requirements and the majority independent board requirement. We intend to rely on the phase-in schedules set forth in Nasdaq Marketplace Rule 5615(b)(1).

 

The audit committee will assist the Board by overseeing the performance of the independent auditors and the quality and integrity of our internal accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices. The audit committee is responsible for retaining (subject to stockholder ratification) and, as necessary, terminating the engagement of, the independent auditors, annually reviews the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent auditors and the audit plan, fees and audit results, and pre-approves audit and non-audit services to be performed by the auditors and related fees.

 

The compensation committee shall make recommendations to the Board concerning salaries and incentive compensation for our officers, including our principal executive officer, and employees and administers our stock option plans.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee shall assist the Board in identifying qualified individuals to become board members, in determining the composition of the Board and in monitoring the process to assess Board effectiveness.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a copy of the code will be made available on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.boxlightcorp.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

 

62
 

 

Executive Compensation

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the total compensation received by, or earned by, our Chief Executive Officer, our President and Chief Operating Officer and our Chief Financial Officer (collective, the “named executive officers”) during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year  

Salary

($)

 

Total

($)

James Mark Elliott, Chief Executive Officer   2014   17,500   17,500
             

Henry (“Hank”) Nance,

President and Chief Operating Officer

  2014   -    -
             
Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer   2014   17,500   17,500

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Elliott, Mr. Nance and Ms. Lofgren, the terms of which are set forth below.

 

James Mark Elliott

 

Effective as of September 18, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with James Mark Elliott expiring December 31, 2017. Under the terms of his agreement Mr. Elliott will serve as our Chief Executive Officer reporting to our board of directors. During the term of his agreement, Mr. Elliott will receive a base salary of $120,000 per annum, plus such annual bonuses as the board of directors may, from time to time, determine, and certain fringe benefits. If, prior to the expiration date of his agreement, Mr. Elliott is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), terminates his agreement for “good reason” (as defined in the employment agreement), we must pay him twelve (12) month’s severance pay.

 

Mr. Elliott’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration or termination of his employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if Mr. Elliott terminates his employment agreement for “good reasons” or, in six months if we elect to terminate his employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement without “cause”.

 

In addition, Boxlight Parent agreed to issue to Mr. Elliott options under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, entitling him to purchase a total of 298,752 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.02 per share. The options vest in quarterly installments over a three-year period commencing on December 31, 2014 and entitle Mr. Elliott to purchase the 298,752 option shares in 12 quarterly installments of 24,896 shares at the end of each calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014. To the extent vested options are not exercised at the end of any one or more such quarters, such options shall accumulate and option shares may be purchased in any one or more subsequent calendar quarters through the quarter ending December 31, 2017. All non-vested options terminate in the event Mr. Elliott’s employment is terminated for “cause” prior to the expiration of the term of his employment agreement or he voluntarily resigns his employment without “good reason”. If, prior to the expiration date of his agreement, Mr. Elliott is terminated by us without “cause”, all options immediately vest. Once the stock options have fully vested, they must be exercised and purchased by Mr. Elliott within 180 days.

 

Henry “Hank” Nance

 

Effective as of December 31, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Henry “Hank” Nance, expiring December 31, 2017, Under the terms of his agreement Mr. Nance will serve as our President and Chief Operating Officer reporting to our board of directors. During the term of his agreement, Mr. Nance will receive a basic salary of $120,000 per annum, plus such annual bonuses as the board of directors may, from time to time, determine, along with certain fringe benefits. If, prior to the expiration of his agreement, Mr. Nance is terminated by us without “cause” (as defined in the employment agreement), we must pay him twelve (12) month’s severance pay.

 

Mr. Nance’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of his employment agreement; provided that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach his employment agreement or, in six months, if we elect to terminate his employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

In addition, Boxlight Parent has agreed to grant to Mr. Nance such number of options as shall equal the difference between (i) three (3%) of the fully diluted common stock of the corporation immediately prior to the IPO effective date less (ii) the sum of all shares of corporation EDI common stock issued or issuable to the executive and/or his spouse in connection with his and/or her employment and activities on behalf of and its subsidiaries.

 

63
 

 

Sheri Lofgren

 

Effective as of September 18, 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Sheri Lofgren expiring December 31, 2017. Under the terms of her agreement Ms. Lofgren will serve as our Chief Financial Officer reporting to our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer. During the term of her agreement, Ms. Lofgren will receive a base salary of $120,000 per annum, plus such annual bonuses as the board of directors may, from time to time, determine. If we elect to terminate Ms. Lofgren’s employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement, we must pay her twelve (12) month’s severance pay.

 

Ms. Lofgren’s agreement contains confidentiality and non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that continue during and for two years following the expiration of her employment agreement; provided, that such restrictive covenants expire immediately if we breach her employment agreement or, in six months, if we elect to terminate her employment prior to the expiration of the term of the agreement for reasons other than for cause (as defined in the employment agreement).

 

In addition, Boxlight Parent agreed to issue to Ms. Lofgren stock options under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, entitling her to purchase a total of 262,346 shares of our Class B common stock at an exercise price of $0.02 per share. The options vest in quarterly installments over a three year period commencing on December 31, 2014 and entitle Ms. Lofgren to purchase the 262,346 option shares in 12 quarterly installments of 21,862 shares at the end of each calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014. To the extent vested options are not exercised at the end of any one or more such quarters, such options shall accumulate and option shares may be purchased in any one or more subsequent calendar quarters through the quarter ending December 31, 2017. All non-vested options terminate in the event Ms. Lofgren’s employment is terminated for cause prior to the expiration of the term of her employment agreement or he voluntarily resigns her employment without good reason (as defined in the employment agreement). If, prior to the expiration date of her agreement, Ms. Lofgren is terminated by us without cause, terminates her agreement for “good reason” (as defined), dies or becomes permanently disabled, all options immediately vest, but must be exercised by her or her estate within 180 days from the date of termination of employment. Once the stock options have fully vested they must be exercised and exercise price paid within 180 days.

 

Director Compensation

 

We reimburse all members of our board of directors for their direct out of pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board. We have entered into agreements with Dr. Crew and Mr. Richards relating to their compensation, the terms of which are set forth below:

 

Rudolph F. Crew

 

Dr. Crew will receive an annual fee of $50,000, payable on a quarterly basis, commencing after the completion of this initial public offering. In addition, two business days prior to the effective date of this registration statement, Dr. Crew is entitled to purchase, at the par value, ________ shares of the Boxlight Parent’s common stock, representing 0.5% of the number of fully diluted shares of common stock after giving effect to the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis but excluding any other sale of the Company’s common stock, including this public offering. After this initial public offering, if Boxlight Parent files a registration statement registering for resale shares held by its officers or directors, Dr. Crew may request Boxlight Parent to include his shares in such registration statement.

 

Dr. Crew will not be permitted to sell any of his shares for the six months immediately after the consummation of this public offering and thereafter, not more than 50% of his shares between the seventh month and 12th month after the consummation of this public offering, and not more than 50% of the remaining shares between the 12th month and 18th months after the consummation of this public offering.

 

Robin D. Richards

 

Two business days prior to the effective date of this registration statement, Mr. Richards is entitled to purchase, at the par value, ________ shares of Boxlight Parent’s common stock, representing 1.25% of the number of fully diluted shares of common stock after giving effect to the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis but excluding any other sale of the Company’s common stock, including this public offering. After this initial public offering, if Boxlight Parent files a registration statement registering for resale shares held by its officers or directors, Dr. Crew and Mr. Richards may request Boxlight Parent to include their shares in such registration statement.

 

Mr. Richards will not be permitted to sell any of his shares for the six months immediately after the consummation of this public offering and thereafter, not more than 50% of his shares between the seventh month and 12th month after the consummation of this public offering, and not more than 50% of the remaining shares between the 12th month and 18th months after the consummation of this public offering.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Vert Capital, formerly the Company’s principal stockholder. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for IPO expenses. The funds, when borrowed, will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest on any advanced funds is accrued monthly and all outstanding principal and accrued interest are due in full from the proceeds of the IPO. As of March 31, 2015, there is an outstanding balance of $213,550 advanced against this line.

 

On September 30, 2014 the Company entered into a line of credit agreement for a 3-year term with LCC - Delaware, a company wholly owned by Vert Capital. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 to use for IPO expenses. The funds, when borrowed, will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest on advanced funds is accrued monthly and all outstanding principal and accrued interest are due on demand. As of March 31, 2015, there is an outstanding balance of $185,129.

 

Effective as of October 31, 2013, a Delaware subsidiary of Vert Capital acquired 100% of the membership interests of Genesis from its four members in consideration for 1,000,000 shares of Series A preferred stock of such Delaware subsidiary, which it distributed to Vert effective September 30, 2014. In January 2015, Vert Capital, its Delaware subsidiary and the four former members of Genesis entered into an agreement, effective as of September 30, 2014 pursuant to which the parties agreed that, Vert would contribute 100% of the membership interests of Genesis to Boxlight Parent. As part of such agreement, other than one share of common stock of the Delaware subsidiary retained by Vert Capital, upon consummation of this offering and immediately following the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens described below, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of Genesis will return to treasury all of their equity in the Delaware corporation, and the four former members of Genesis will receive 1,000,000 shares of Boxlight Parent Series B Preferred Stock which shall be automatically converted immediately following completion of this offering into 348,321 shares of our Class A common stock, or such other number of shares as shall represent not less than 4.0% of our “fully diluted common stock.”

 

64
 

 

On November 7, 2014, we issued to Vert Capital, and a consultant five year warrants to purchase 738,881 shares of our Class A common stock, at an exercise price, equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of the shares being sold under this prospectus. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights and prohibit the holder from selling any of the shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants for a period of not less than six months from the date of issuance.

 

On January 15, 2015 the Company provided a line of credit to Genesis in the amount of $500,000. The funds, when borrowed, accrue interest at 10% per annum, and the line matures in three years. As of March 31, 2015 $50,000 is due to the Company, and payable.

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, in the amount of $50,000. The note is due on April 30, 2015 and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly. The note is convertible to the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share or (ii) a discount of 20% to the trading price if the Company’s common stock is then publicly traded. The note holder may convert all but not less than all of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note on the conversion date. The Company intends to repay this note with proceeds from this offering unless the note is converted.

 

On January 31, 2015, a majority of Boxlight’s shareholders, entered into a purchase and option agreement with us. Among other conditions, the closing of our acquisition of Boxlight is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of shares of our Class A common stock with the shares issued to the Boxlight’s shareholders having a market value (based on the initial per share offering price of the shares offered in a registration statement to be filed by us) of not less than $16,460,000. Immediately prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event, we shall issue transaction bonus shares to Boxlight’s employees. The transaction bonus shares are being issued as a reward to those members of senior management and employees who have worked for Boxlight for more than 10 years. Mr. Nance, our President and Chief Operating Officer who is also senior management at Boxlight, will receive approximately 46% of the total number of bonus shares. The total number of transaction bonus shares issuable shall be equal to eight percent (8%) of our fully diluted common shares on the issuance date of the transaction bonus shares. At the closing of this offering, Boxlight will purchase the shares of Boxlight, Inc., its U.S. subsidiary, that Boxlight does not own from Mr. Nance for $ ___.

 

Vert Capital and its affiliates are engaged in the business of investing in and acquiring controlling or other significant equity interests in a variety of companies. Following completion of this offering, Vert Capital and its affiliates will continue such investment and acquisition activities and may acquire or seek to acquire businesses that compete with the businesses engaged in by us and our subsidiaries, including Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis. On ______, we entered into an agreement with Vert Capital providing that, subject to completion of this offering and thereafter, for so long as Vert Capital or its affiliates remain a majority stockholder of the Company or has the ability to nominate and elect a majority of the members of our board of directors, they will offer to our board of directors the opportunity to acquire the securities or assets of all the companies sourced by Vert Capital or its affiliates that are engaged in the business of providing technology or related products and services to the education and learning industry. In the event such corporate opportunities become available to us, our independent directors will, by majority votes, elect to pursue or not to pursue such opportunity.

 

Thirty days following the consummation of this offering, Boxlight Parent, using the proceeds from this offering, will purchase from K Laser, for approximately $1,952,000 in cash, all of the equity capital in ETL owned by K Laser, representing a total of 15.66% of the issued and outstanding share capital of ETL. As a result of the purchase of the remaining 15.66% of ETL, Boxlight Parent will own 68.69% of ETL, in the aggregate. Upon consummation of this offering, K Laser will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

 

Boxlight leases its facilities from K Laser, on a month-to-month basis, incurring rent expense of $266,093 and $319,936 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Pursuant to the Boxlight stock purchase agreement, following this offering, and for as long as Boxlight selling stockholders own at least 5% of Boxlight Parent’s fully diluted common stock, the boards of directors of EDI and its subsidiaries shall consist of seven directors, of whom four will be designated by Boxlight Parent and three will be selected by K Laser, subject to being acceptable to Boxlight Parent. Mark Elliot, our CEO, Hank Nance, our COO, Patrick Henry, a Boxlight executive, and Alex Kuo, K Laser’s controlling stockholder, are acceptable designees. Upon consummation of this offering, K Laser and Mr. Kuo will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding Class A common stock.

 

Policies and Procedures For Related Party Transactions

 

Once established, our audit committee charter will provide that our audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving in advance any related party transaction. Transactions requiring such pre-approval will include, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the creation of our audit committee and the adoption of this policy.

 

65
 

 

Principal Stockholders

 

The following table sets forth, as of April 20, 2015, certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, by each beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s Class A common stock, each director and each named executive officer and all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group, except as qualified by the information set forth in the notes to this table. As of April 20, 2015, 3,672,884 shares of our common stock were issued and outstanding. For purposes of the table below, the number of shares and percentages of outstanding shares give effect to the acquisitions of Boxlight, Globisens and Genesis, as though such acquisitions occurred immediately prior to the sale of the shares offered hereby.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the address for each director and executive officer is c/o Boxlight Corporation, 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043.

 

    Before Offering     After Offering  
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number     Percent     Number     Percent  
Named Executive Officers                            
James Mark Elliott (1)     49,792 (1)           248,960 (1)      
Henry (“Hank”) Nance     15,934 (2)           95,602 (2)      
Sheri Lofgren     43,725 (3)           218,621 (3)      
Directors                            
Michael Pope     3,012,912 (4)           3,012,912 (4)      
Tiffany Kuo     -0-             -0-        
Rudolph F. Crew     -0-               (6)        
Robin D. Richards     -0-               (7)        
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (7 persons)                            
Beneficial Owners of 5% or More of Our Outstanding Common Stock                            
Vert Capital Corp.     717,360 (4)           717,360 (4)      
Alex Kuo and K Laser Corp.     -0-             (5)      
Jason Lane, Trustee       753,228 (8)             753,228 (8)        
Ed Hur, Trustee     2,259,684 (9)             2,259,684 (9)        

           

*   Denotes less than 1%.

 

(1) Represents 16.66% of 298,752 shares subject to a stock option granted to Mr. Elliott which have vested as at the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Elliott will receive an additional 87,080 shares of our common stock representing 25% of the shares to be issued to the former members of Genesis upon automatic conversion of Boxlight Parent’s Series B convertible preferred stock.

 

(2) Upon completion of this offering, Mr. Nance will receive an additional 65,517 shares of our common stock representing his pro-rata portion of the 1,941,133 shares to be issued to the former stockholders of Boxlight upon automatic conversion of Boxlight Parent’s Series C convertible preferred stock. In addition, a stock options to purchase 95,602 shares will be granted to Mr. Nance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. These options will commence vesting at the first quarter end subsequent to the IPO effective date. Mr. Nance will also receive 101,226 stock options to be issued from the 570 EDI stock option pool.

 

(3) Represents 16.66% of 262,346 shares subject to a stock option granted to Ms. Lofgren which have vested as at the date of this prospectus.

 

(4) Consists of 717,360 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant owned by Vert Capital Corp. Vert Capital Corp. is a Delaware corporation of which Michael Pope is a Managing Director. Mr. Pope shares the voting and dispositive power and authority of the shares beneficially owned by Vert Capital. Vert Capital’s outstanding shares are owned by trusts; accordingly, Mr. Pope disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Vert Capital.

 

(5) Includes (i)                shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our Series C preferred stock issued to K Laser, the majority stockholder of Boxlight, and (ii)             additional shares issuable upon options to be granted under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan to K Laser. Mr. Kuo is the majority stockholder of K Laser and holds the power to vote and dispose of our shares issued and issuable to K Laser.

 

(6) Includes              shares of common stock that Dr. Crew is entitled to purchase at the par value immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

(7) Includes             shares of common stock that Mr. Richards is entitled to purchase at the par value immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

(8) Mr. Lane, 26716 Via Colina, Stevanson Ranch CA 91381 is trustee of a trust for the benefit of the family of Michael pope, a director, Mr. Lane has sole investment and voting power with respect to the shares.

 

(9) Mr. Hur’s address is 11441 Beach St., Cerritos, CA 90703.

 

66
 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following description of our capital stock is only a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual terms and provisions of the capital stock contained in our articles of incorporation and our bylaws.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 3,672,884 shares of Class A common stock outstanding, held of record by 10 stockholders.

 

Our authorized capital stock consists of 250,000,000 shares, of which 150,000,000 are designated Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 50,000,000 are designated Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and 50,000,000 are designated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock, subject to the next two sentences, shall remain undesignated until such time as the Board of Directors, by resolution or resolutions and the filing of a certificate pursuant to applicable laws of the State of Nevada establishes from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and fixes the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. We will issue 1,000,000 Series B preferred shares and 270,000 Series C preferred shares in connection with the acquisitions of Boxlight and Genesis, which preferred shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon consummation of this offering. Following this offering, we will offer to exchange 358,680 shares of our Series A preferred stock for 358,680 shares of Series A preferred stock of Vert’s inactive subsidiary. See “Description of Capital Stock—Preferred Stock.” The converted preferred shares will be available for reissuance as part of our authorized preferred shares.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to the following rights:

 

Voting Rights

 

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote per share on all matters to be voted or consented upon by the stockholders. The holders of Class B common stock have no voting rights, other than voting only on such matters as required by law.

 

Dividend Rights

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, in equal amounts per share, when and as declared by our Board from legally available sources, subject to any restrictions in our certificate of incorporation or prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Liquidation Rights

 

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in the assets available for distribution after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of the holders of our preferred stock.

 

Other Matters

 

The holders of our common stock have no subscription, redemption or conversion privileges. Our common stock does not entitle its holders to preemptive rights. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock which we may issue in the future.

 

67
 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Board has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

 

Following this offering, we will offer to holders of shares of Series A preferred stock in a Delaware subsidiary of Vert Capital the right to exchange such shares for 358,680 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, convertible into 358,680 shares of our Class A common stock. Our Series A Preferred Stock does not pay a dividend, is not entitled to vote with our common stock and has a liquidation preference over our common stock of $1.00 per share.

 

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The 1,000,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to be issued to the four former members of Genesis upon the effective date of our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms part, will automatically convert into 348,321 shares of our Class A common stock, or such other number of shares of common stock as shall represent 4.0% of our fully-diluted common stock, excluding shares being sold to the public in connection with this offering and shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or underwriter’s warrants.

 

Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

 

The 270,000 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock to be issued to the majority stockholders of Boxlight upon the effective date of our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms part, will automatically convert into 1,797,346 shares of our Class A common stock, or such other number of shares of common stock as shall be determined by dividing $16,460,000 by the initial per share offering price of the shares being offered to the public under this prospectus.

 

Warrants

 

On November 7, 2014, we issued to Vert Capital and a consultant five year warrants to purchase 738,881 shares of our Class A common stock, at an exercise price payable by both warrant holders equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of the shares being sold under this prospectus. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights and prohibit the holder from selling any of the shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants for a period of not less than six months from the date of issuance.

 

Governing Documents that May Have an Antitakeover Effect

 

Certain provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and our Bylaws, which are discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to accomplish a proxy contest, change in our management or the acquisition of control by a holder of a substantial amount of our voting stock.

 

Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that our Board has the authority to issue preferred stock in one or more classes or series and fix such designations, powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications thereof without further vote by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

Our By-laws limit the ability to call special meetings of the stockholders to the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if there is no Chairman or Chief Executive Officer, then by the president. The stockholders have no right to request or call a special meeting and cannot take action by written consent.

 

Our By-laws provide that our Board shall be classified into three classes. Each director shall hold office for a three-year term, or until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

Our By-laws provide that the removal of a director from the Board, with or without cause, must be by affirmative vote of not less than 2/3 of the voting power of our issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (voting as a single class), excluding stock entitled to vote only upon the happening of a fact or event unless such fact or event shall have occurred, is required to remove a director from the Board with or without cause.

 

Articles of Incorporation Provision Regarding Attorneys’ Fees

 

Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provide that in the case of any derivative litigation or other action by a stockholder against the corporation or any of its directors, officers, accountants, attorneys, financial advisors, or underwriters, in which wrongdoing is alleged for which we could be liable or with respect to which we might have an indemnification obligation, the stockholder’s counsel’s fees may be determined based only upon time expended and reasonable hourly rates, as we agree with the stockholder and its counsel before the action is commenced.

 

A corporation generally pays both its own legal fees and the stockholders’, if a stockholder action is successful or settled. Consequently, we believe that we should have a say in how a stockholder’s counsel’s compensation is determined and that the fee arrangements for plaintiffs’ and defense counsel ordinarily should be on equal footing.

 

This charter provision imposes no obligation on a stockholder, whether a stockholder’s action is unsuccessful, or otherwise, except to negotiate the stockholder’s counsel’s fee rates at the action’s commencement. However, a stockholder may find it more difficult to find counsel willing to be engaged on an hourly, rather than the more customary percentage-of-recovery, basis. If the Company and a stockholder were unable to agree on stockholder’s counsel’s fee rates, this charter provision would not prohibit a legal action to determine the rates, because such an action would not constitute an action alleging wrongdoing for which the Company would be liable. 

 

This provision is founded upon the same legal principles by which fee-shifting bylaws were held valid in Delaware. However, we are unaware of any authority expressly addressing any bylaw or charter provision such as this one and can give no assurance whether or the extent to which a court would enforce it.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “BOXL.”

 

68
 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Future sales of substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities. We are unable to estimate the number of shares of Class A common stock that may be sold in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have outstanding         shares of Class A common stock, or         shares, if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by one of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, officers or 10% stockholders.

 

In addition to the shares of Class A common stock outstanding, upon the completion of this offering and the acquisitions, there will be:

 

  1,797,346 shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the Boxlight shareholders, upon consummation of this offering, or such other number of shares as shall represent the greater of $16,460,000, divided by the initial per share offering price our Class A common stock, issuable upon automatic conversion of 270,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or 20.57% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;
     
  143,788 bonus shares of Class A common stock to senior Boxlight management and employees;
     
  436,758 shares of Class B common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options issued to executive officers and former stockholders of Boxlight at the initial $        per share offering price of our common stock, or such other number of shares as shall represent 5.0% of the Company’s fully diluted common stock;
     
 

300,208 shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the former stockholders of Globisens or such other number of shares as shall represent 3.437% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;

     
  348,321 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon automatic conversion of 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be issued to the former members of Genesis, or such other number of shares as shall represent 4.0% of our fully-diluted common stock before giving effect to this offering;
     
  738,881 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants with an exercise price equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of common stock being offered under this prospectus;
     
  358,680 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A preferred stock, which we will offer to holders of Series A preferred stock of Vert’s inactive Delaware subsidiary.
     
  2,152,080 shares of Class B common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan;
     
          shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

  

Rule 144

 

Shares of Class A common stock held by any of our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, as well as shares held by our current stockholders, may be resold only pursuant to further registration under the Securities Act or in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after our Form S-1 Registration Statement becomes effective, any of our affiliates would be entitled to sell, without further registration, within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately        shares immediately after this offering; or
   
the average weekly trading volume of the Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to the sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates will also be subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

 

Under the terms of our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, we have reserved for issuance up to 2,152,080 shares of our Class B common stock pursuant to stock incentives to employees, members of the board of directors of Boxlight Parent and our subsidiaries and consultants. We may award stock incentives, that include stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards. Options may be qualified stock options or non-qualified stock options, or incentive stock grants, as determined by our board of directors or our stock option committee of the board of directors. As at the date of this prospectus, we have issued stock options to executive officers to purchase an aggregate of shares of Class B common stock, at an exercise price of $0.02 per share, and have committed to grant to executive officers and former stockholders of Boxlight stock options to purchase, at the initial $    per share offering price of our common stock, an additional 436,758 shares of Class B common stock or such other number of shares representing 5.0% of the Company’s fully diluted common stock.

 

69
 

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

The representative has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares directly to the public at the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus. That price range and the public offering price are subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Prior to this offering, no public market exists for our Class A common stock. The public offering price of the shares was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. The principal factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares included:

 

  the information in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters, including our financial information;
     
  the history and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;
     
  the ability of our management;
     
  the prospects for our future earnings;
     
  the present state of our development and our current financial condition;
     
  the general condition of the economy and the securities markets in the United States at the time of this offering;
     
  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded securities of generally comparable companies; and
     
  other factors as were deemed relevant.

 

70
 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Aegis Capital Corp. is acting as the representative of the underwriters of the offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated , 2015 with the representative. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to each underwriter named below and each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name of Underwriter   Number of Shares  
Aegis Capital Corp.      

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock offered by us other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, if they purchase any shares. The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of             additional shares (15% of the shares sold in this offering) from us to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase shares covered by the option at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be $         and the total net proceeds, before expenses, to us will be $       .

 

Discounts and Commissions

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option

 

          Total  
    Per Share     Without Over- Allotment     With Over- Allotment  
Public offering price   $              
Underwriting discount (7%)   $              
Non-accountable expense allowance (1%) (1)   $              
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $              

 

 

(1) The expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to the shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

The underwriters propose to offer the shares offered by us to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, the underwriters may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at such price less a concession of $       per share. If all of the shares offered by us are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms by means of a further supplement to this prospectus supplement.

 

We have paid an expense deposit of $25,000 to the representative, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering. The underwriting agreement, however, provides that in the event the offering is terminated, the $25,000 out-of-pocket expense deposit paid to the representative will be returned to the extent such expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

71
 

 

We have also agreed to pay the underwriters’ expenses relating to the offering, including (a) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount not to exceed $5,000 per individual and $15,000 in the aggregate; (b) all fees incurred in clearing this offering with FINRA; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to registration, qualification or exemption of securities offered under the securities laws of foreign jurisdictions designated by the representative; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to registration, qualification or exemption of securities offered under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and jurisdictions designated by the representative (including, without limitation, all filing and registration fees, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of “blue sky” counsel, it being agreed that such fees and expenses will be limited to a payment of $5,000 to such counsel at closing, if the offering is commenced on the Nasdaq Capital Market; (e) the $25,000 cost associated with the use of Ipreo’s book building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for the offering, (f) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel not to exceed $100,000; (g) upon successfully completing this offering, up to $20,000 of the representative’s actual accountable road show expenses for the offering and (h) the costs associated with bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative tombstones, not to exceed $2,000.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the total underwriting discount and expense reimbursement, will be approximately $       .

 

Discretionary Accounts

 

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we, our named executive officers and directors, and certain of our stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of, directly or indirectly, engage in any short selling of any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock, whether currently owned or subsequently acquired, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, for a period of six months days from the closing of the offering.

 

The lock-up period described in the preceding paragraphs will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the earnings release, unless the representative waives this extension in writing.

 

Representative’s Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the representative warrants, or the Representative’s Warrants, to purchase up to a total of          shares of Class A common stock (5% of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering, excluding the over-allotment). The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in the offering, at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-year period commencing one year from the effective date of the offering, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The representative (or permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the offering. In addition, the warrants provide for registration rights upon request, in certain cases. The demand registration right provided will not be greater than five years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G). We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

Until twelve (12) months from the closing of the offering, the representative shall have a right of first refusal to act as lead underwriter for each and every future public and private equity and public debt offerings, which we or any subsidiary or successor may seek to sell in public or private equity and public debt offerings during such twelve (12)-month period. The representative will not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any payment or fee.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

72
 

 

Stabilization

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares while the offering is in progress.
     
  Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
     
  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
     
  Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares or Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of Class A common stock. As a result, the price of our Class A common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A common stock. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Capital Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Passive market making

 

In connection with this offering, underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Capital Market in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, then that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded.

 

Other Relationships

 

Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services.

 

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Canada

 

This prospectus is not and under no circumstances is to be construed as a prospectus, advertisement or a public offering of the Class A common stock under Canadian securities laws. The Class A common stock offered hereunder has not been and will not be qualified by a prospectus for the offer or sale to the public in Canada under applicable Canadian securities laws. No securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has reviewed this prospectus or in any way passed upon the merits of the securities offered hereunder and any representation to the contrary is an offence.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the Class A common stock under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the Class A common stock without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the Class A common stock sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

 

China

 

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the Class A common stock, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The Class A common stock may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

 

73
 

 

European Economic Area - Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of Class A common stock will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

 

An offer to the public of Class A common stock has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a) to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
   
(b) to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);
   
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of Boxlight Corporation or any underwriter for any such offer; or
   
(d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by Boxlight Corporation of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

France

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities ( offre au public de titres financiers ) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code ( Code monétaire et financier ) and Articles 211-1 et seq . of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors ( cercle restreint d’investisseurs ) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

 

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the Class A common stock cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

Ireland

 

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The Class A common stock have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

 

Israel

 

The Class A common stock offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority, or ISA, nor have such Class A common stock been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the Class A common stock being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

 

Italy

 

The offering of the Class A common stock in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission ( Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa , “CONSOB”) pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the Class A common stock may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:

 

  to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 1197l”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and
     
  in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

 

Any offer, sale or delivery of the Class A common stock or distribution of any offer document relating to the Class A common stock in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

 

  made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and
     
  in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

 

Any subsequent distribution of the Class A common stock in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such Class A common stock being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the Class A common stock for any damages suffered by the investors.

 

Japan

 

The Class A common stock have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the Class A common stock may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires Class A common stock may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of Class A common stock is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

 

74
 

 

Portugal

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities ( oferta pública de valores mobiliários ) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code ( Código dos Valores Mobiliários ). The Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission ( Comissăo do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários ) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of Class A common stock in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Sweden

 

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the Class A common stock be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument ). Any offering of Class A common stock in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Switzerland

 

The Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”).

 

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Neither this document nor the Class A common stock have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor has Boxlight Corporation received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the Class A common stock within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the Class A common stock, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by Boxlight Corporation.

 

No offer or invitation to subscribe for Class A common stock is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the Class A common stock. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the Class A common stock may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the Class A common stock has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to Boxlight Corporation.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

75
 

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is VStock Transfer, LLC, Woodmere, New York.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus has been passed upon for us by our counsel, Loeb & Loeb, LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sichenzia Ross Friedman Ference LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of Boxlight Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and for the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014, the consolidated financial statements of Everest Display Inc. and the financial statements of Genesis Collaboration, LLC as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the years then ended included in this Prospectus and in the Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the reports of GBH CPAs, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The financial statements of Globisens Ltd. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for each of the years then ended included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Aboulafia Chekroun & Co., certified public accountants in Israel, appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

76
 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act for the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the exhibits. For further information about us and the Class A common stock offered by this prospectus, you should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract or document. You may read and copy any document that we file at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. SEC filings are also available to the public at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

We will be subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and, as a result, will file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC, available, free of charge, through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, these periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.

 

Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of the contract or document filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement or as an exhibit to our Exchange Act filings, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

77
 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page
     
Everest Display Inc.    
     
Unaudited Financial Statements    
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014   F-1
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-2
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-3
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-4
     
Audited Financial Statements    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-15
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-16
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-17
     
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-18
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-19
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-20

 

78
 

 

    Page
     
Globisens Ltd.    
     
Unaudited Financial Statements    
     
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014   F-34
     
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-35
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-36
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-37
     
Audited Financial Statements    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-41
     
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-42
     
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-43
     
Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-44
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-45
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-46

 

 

79
 

 

    Page
     
Genesis Collaboration, LLC    
     
Unaudited Financial Statements    
     
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014   F-55
     
Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-56
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014   F-57
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-58
     
Audited Financial Statements    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-61
     
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-62
     
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-63
     
Statement of Changes in Members’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-64
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013   F-65
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-66

 

80
 

 

    Page
     
Boxlight Corporation    
     
Unaudited Financial Statements    
     
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014   F-70
     
Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015   F-71
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015   F-72
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-73
     
Audited Financial Statements    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-78
     
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014   F-79
     
Statements of Operations for the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014   F-80
     
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014   F-81
     
Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014   F-82
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-83

 

81
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

(Unaudited)

 

   

March 31, 2015

   

December 31, 2014

 
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 5,916,259     $ 6,493,257  
Restricted cash     1,455,938       1,280,744  
Marketable securities     187,634       185,559  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts     4,666,404       5,501,992  
Accounts receivable – related parties     -       17,280  
Inventories, net of reserves     7,286,080       8,387,606  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,380,142       853,264  
Total current assets     20,892,457       22,719,702  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     1,177,904       1,112,781  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     251,331       255,266  
Other assets     195,982       222,500  
Total assets   $ 22,517,674     $ 24,310,249  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,761,707     $ 4,357,816  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     106,546       100,454  
Other short-term liabilities     88,494       119,473  
Short-term debt     9,635,233       9,769,076  
Current portion of long-term debt     1,950,989       1,504,621  
Total current liabilities     14,542,969       15,851,440  
                 
Long-term debt, net of current portion     1,117,730       927,026  
Other liabilities     303,381       304,308  
Total liabilities     15,964,080       17,082,774  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Equity:                
Common stock, approximately $0.32 par value, 33,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     10,691,803       10,691,803  
Additional paid-in capital     845,714       845,714  
Accumulated deficit     (8,700,233 )     (8,044,236 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     426,337       356,687  
Total equity attributable to EDI     3,263,621       3,849,968  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     3,289,973       3,377,507  
Total equity     6,553,594       7,227,475  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 22,517,674     $ 24,310,249  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 1
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months     Three Months  
    Ended     Ended  
    March 31, 2015     March 31, 2014  
                 
Revenues   $ 5,189,687     $ 4,381,169  
Cost of revenues     4,232,274       3,404,036  
Gross profit     957,413       977,133  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative     1,290,964       1,271,748  
Research and development     252,027       250,410  
Depreciation and amortization     81,353       90,541  
Total operating expenses     1,624,344       1,612,699  
                 
Loss from operations     (666,931 )     (635,566 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (87,117 )     (57,092 )
Other income (expense), net     (34,115 )     77,958  
Total other income (expense)     (121,232 )     20,866  
                 
Loss before income taxes     (788,163 )     (614,700 )
Income tax expense     (296 )     -  
                 
Net loss     (788,459 )     (614,700 )
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests     132,462       79,364  
                 
Net loss attributable to EDI   $ (655,997 )   $ (535,336 )
                 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.02 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted     33,000,000       33,000,000  
                 
Comprehensive loss:                
Net loss   $ (788,459 )   $ (614,700 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):                
Foreign currency translation adjustment gain (loss)     113,859       (196,606 )
Change in pension from net unamortized loss     719       331  
Total comprehensive loss     (673,881 )     (810,975 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests     87,534       169,641  
Comprehensive loss attributable to EDI   $ (586,347 )   $ (641,334 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 2
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months     Three Months  
    Ended     Ended  
    March 31, 2015     March 31, 2014  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (788,459 )   $ (614,700 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Change in inventory reserve     298,094       149,652  
Bad debt expense     135,517       139,916  
Depreciation and amortization     83,119       95,883  
Realized gain from disposition of marketable securities     -       (4,596 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     721,084       283,616  
Accounts receivable – related parties     17,280       8,608  
Inventories     844,393       642,589  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (526,381 )     (46,884 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (1,607,369 )     (1,797,449 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     6,092       182  
Other short-term liabilities     (31,314 )     4,369  
Other long-term liabilities     (784 )     (7,399 )
Net cash used in operating activities     (848,728 )     (1,146,213 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Net increase in restricted cash     (159,735 )     (407,934 )
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities     -       2,607,151  
Payments for purchases of property, plant and equipment     (123,795 )     (87,123 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets     -       2,164  
Payments for purchase of other assets     (505 )     (65,559 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     (284,035 )     2,048,699  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Net proceeds (payments) from issuance (repayment) of short-term debt     (241,361 )     912,397  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     1,110,300       991,084  
Principal payments on long-term debt     (504,734 )     (583,336 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     364,205       1,320,145  
                 
Effect of currency exchange rates     191,560       (231,321 )
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     (576,998 )     1,991,310  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     6,493,257       4,040,413  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 5,916,259     $ 6,031,723  
                 
Supplemental cash flows disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 87,117     $ 57,092  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 8,132     $ 5,597  
                 
No-cash investing and financing activities:                
Payable incurred for purchase of property, plant and equipment   $ 20,326     $ 2,402  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these interim unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 3
 

 

Everest Display Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Everest Display Inc. (the “Company”, “EDI”) was incorporated on July 20, 2001 with its headquarters in Hsinchu, Taiwan. EDI, through its investments, is involved principally in the design, development, manufacture and sale of interactive projectors and integrated solutions that enhance learning and enable people to collaborate with each other in innovative and effective ways. EDI serves a primary customer base in Asia and North America.

 

The consolidated financial statements included accounts for the following subsidiaries:

 

   

Ownership
interest

   

Location

Guang Feng International Ltd.     100 %   Samoa
Everest Technology Ltd.     53.03 %   China
Boxlight Inc. (USA)     99.60 %   United States
Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V.     100 %   Mexico
Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V.     100 %   Mexico

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

The unaudited consolidated financial statements of Everest Display Inc. and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America have been omitted from these statements pursuant to such rules and regulations and, accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes necessary for comprehensive financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples include allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for obsolete inventories, estimates of loss contingencies, including legal risks and exposures, product warranties, product life cycles, and product returns. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s primary functional currency is the New Taiwanese Dollar. The Company translates its financial statements and financial statements of its international subsidiaries from their respective functional currencies into the U.S. dollar.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. The Company and its subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar translate their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the year. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the Company’s on its subsidiary’s functional currency.

 

The Company enters into transactions that are denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. At each balance sheet date, we translate these asset or liability accounts to our functional currency and record unrealized transaction gains or losses. When these assets or liabilities settle, we record realized transaction gains or losses. These realized and unrealized gains or losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under the caption, “Other income (expense)”.

 

F- 4
 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Investments in companies in which the Company does not have a controlling interest, or is unable to exert significant influence, are accounted for as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale investments or trading investments.

 

The Company classifies its investments in securities at the time of purchase into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The Company re-evaluates such classifications on a quarterly basis. Held-to-maturity investments would normally consist of debt securities that the Company has the intent and ability to retain until maturity. These securities are recorded at cost, as adjusted for the amortization of premiums and discounts. Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are classified as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and realized gains or losses are included in Income (loss). Trading securities would normally consist of securities that are acquired by the Company with the intent of selling in the near term. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in Income (loss) and classified within Other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. All the marketable securities that the Company held at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were trading securities.

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

There are three levels in the fair value hierarchy to prioritize inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets, and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, defined as follows:

 

Level 1 — Inputs that employ the use of quoted market prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market is considered to be the most reliable measure of fair value.

 

Level 2 — Inputs to the valuation methodology other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability. These observable inputs include directly-observable inputs and those not directly-observable, but are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

Level 3 — Inputs that are used to measure fair value when other observable inputs are not available. They should be based on the best information available, which may include internally developed methodologies that rely on significant management judgment and/or estimates.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were allowances for doubtful accounts of $1,094,670 and $967,160, respectively.

 

F- 5
 

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Materials and spare parts inventory is primarily determined using the weighted average cost method. Finished goods is primarily determined using weighted average cost and specific identification method. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG - LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The Company’s intangible assets are made up of patent rights and trademark acquired. Patent rights are amortized using the straight-line method over 3 years, its estimated period of benefit. A trademark has an indefinite life and is not subject to amortization. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had accumulated amortization of $46,263 and $36,861, respectively.

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets periodically and takes into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that impairment exists. No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of the periods presented.

 

RETIREMENT PLAN

 

The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan for eligible retirees. The measurement of liabilities related to the plan is based on the Company’s assumptions related to future events, including expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, and employee withdrawal rate. The discount rate reflects the rate at which benefits could be effectively settled on the measurement date. Actual pension plan asset investment performance, as well as other economic experience such as discount rate and demographic experience, will either reduce or increase unamortized pension losses at the end of any fiscal year, which ultimately affects future pension costs.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue is comprised of product revenue, net of sales returns. Revenue is derived from the sale of projectors, as well as the related accessories. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from the Company’s distributors, resellers or end users.

 

F- 6
 

 

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns and generally do not allow product returns other than under warranty. However, the Company grants limited rights to return product for certain large retailers and distributors. Estimates of expected future product returns are recognized at the time of sale based on analyses of historical return trends. Upon recognition, the Company reduces revenue and cost of sales for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, but are sufficiently predictable to allow the Company to estimate expected future product returns.

 

The Company generally provides 24 to 36 months warranty coverage on all of its products except when sold through a “Premier Education Partner” or sold to schools where the Company provides a 48 to 60 months warranty. The Company’s warranty provides for repair or replacement of the associated products during the warranty period. The Company establishes a liability for estimated product warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized, if the liability is expected to be material. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and the related use of materials, labor costs and freight incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or other costs differ from the Company’s estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be required, which would reduce its gross profit.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of personnel related costs, sample costs and design fees.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per common share are computed by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share is determined using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. In periods when losses are reported, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding excludes common stock equivalents, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For the periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no potentially dilutive securities.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all transactions from March 31, 2015 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. ” ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those annual periods, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of ASU 2015-03 on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 7
 

 

NOTE 2 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are summarized as follows (translated to U.S. dollars at the balance sheet date exchange rates):

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Chinese Renminbi   $ 3,779,926     $ 4,131,897  
New Taiwanese Dollar     872,586       390,893  
Others     112,513       38,544  
                 
Total   $ 4,765,025     $ 4,561,334  

 

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had restricted cash of $1,455,938 and $1,280,744, respectively, which represents funds that have been set aside as required by certain financing agreements with various banks in Taiwan. All of the restricted cash was held in New Taiwanese Dollars and not included in the table above.

 

As of March 31, 2015, the Company had a cash balance of $5,916,259, of which approximately $4,678,000 was uninsured. The terms of these deposits are on demand to minimize risk. The Company has not incurred losses related to these deposits.

 

NOTE 3 – Marketable securities

 

The Company holds investments in marketable securities measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s marketable securities currently consist only of the common shares of K Laser Technology, Inc., a publicly traded company in Taiwan. These shares are measured at fair value based on active market quotations and are therefore classified as Level 1.

 

The following table represents EDI’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2015:

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Marketable securities   $ 187,634     $ -     $ -     $ 187,634  
                                 
Net assets   $ 187,634     $ -     $ -     $ 187,634  

 

The following table represents EDI’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014:

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Marketable securities   $ 185,559     $ -     $ -     $ 185,559  
                                 
Net assets   $ 185,559     $ -     $ -     $ 185,559  

 

Carrying amounts reported on the balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

F- 8
 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Raw materials   $ 4,008,945     $ 4,094,733  
Work in progress     934,427       861,122  
Finished goods     3,949,099       4,725,679  
                 
Inventories, at cost     8,892,471       9,681,534  
Reserves for obsolete inventory     (1,606,391 )     (1,293,928 )
                 
Inventories, net   $ 7,286,080     $ 8,387,606  

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Buildings   $ 469,094     $ 462,959  
Leasehold improvements     57,424       59,140  
Machinery     87,224       86,199  
Office equipment     350,857       350,101  
Other equipment     1,903,237       1,879,148  
Construction in progress     100,654       873  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost     2,968,490       2,838,420  
Accumulated depreciation     (1,790,586 )     (1,725,639 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 1,177,904     $ 1,112,781  

 

The useful lives for buildings are 20 years; for leasehold improvements generally range from 9 to 10 years, representing the applicable lease terms plus reasonably assured extensions; for machinery, office and other equipment range from 3 to 10 years.

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows:

 

    2015     2014  
             
Depreciation included in operating expenses   $ 48,602     $ 57,979  
Depreciation included in cost of revenues or inventories     1,031       2,055  
Amortization of intangible and other assets in operating expense     32,751       32,562  
Amortization of intangible and other assets in cost of revenues or inventories     735       3,287  
                 
Total   $ 83,119     $ 95,883  

 

F- 9
 

 

NOTE 6 – BORROWINGS

 

Short-Term Debt

 

Short-term debt consisted of the following bank loans at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Shang-Hai Commercial & Savings Bank   $ 898,586     $ 940,055  
Taiwan Business Bank     1,598,919       1,588,496  
First Commercial Bank     1,718,028       1,966,397  
Hua-Nan Commercial Bank     1,127,289       1,122,818  
Shin-Kong Commercial Bank     490,744       275,722  
Yuan Ta Commercial Bank     1,885,529       1,480,281  
DBS Bank     954,823       950,704  
King’s Town Bank     217,252       252,765  
Taishin Bank     319,489       315,956  
Banhsin Bank     424,574       419,500  
SinaPac Bank     -       456,382  
                 
Total short-term debt   $ 9,635,233     $ 9,769,076  

 

The weighted-average interest rates for short-term debt outstanding at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were 2.18% and 2.13%, respectively.

 

The Company obtained one-year line of credit agreements with banks listed above mainly to support the Company’s standby letters of credit. The lines are reviewed annually and due on demand. The lines of credit permit the Company to borrow up to the credit limit on a revolving basis. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has unused credit of approximately $2,003,000. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had unused credit of approximately $1,128,000.

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Product financing arrangements   $ 2,030,380     $ 1,207,318  
Bank loans     1,038,339       1,224,329  
                 
Total long-term debt     3,068,719       2,431,647  
Less: current maturities     (1,950,989 )     (1,504,621 )
                 
Total long-term debt   $ 1,117,730     $ 927,026  

 

F- 10
 

 

The Company accounted for the product financing arrangements as a borrowing, as the Company sold the products in the transaction and agreed to repurchase the product concurrently. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments. Product financing arrangements included the following as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    Interest rate   Matures in     March 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
                       
Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.     2.73-2.88%     2016     $ 970,569     $ 1,139,388  
IBT Leasing Co., Ltd.     6.17-6.27%    

2015-2017

      1,059,811       67,930  
Total product financing arrangements                 $ 2,030,380     $ 1,207,318  

 

Interest rates reflected in the above table represent effective interest rates at March 31, 2015. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred interest expense from product financing arrangements of $25,490 and $16,734, respectively.

 

The Company also had the following loans with banks at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    Interest rate   Matures in     March 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
                       
Bank of Panhsin     2.62%     2016     $ 239,617     $ 276,462  
Taishin International Bank     3.26%     2015       159,745       236,967  
Hua-Nan Commercial Bank     2.16%     2017       638,977       710,900  
                               
Total bank loans                 $ 1,038,339     $ 1,224,329  

 

Interest rates reflected in the above table represent effective interest rates at March 31, 2015. Principal and interest payments are due in monthly installments for all the bank loans.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s debt was guaranteed by the Company’s president. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $1,455,938 and $1,280,744, respectively, set aside as the collateral for the bank loans and lines of credit, respectively.

 

Future minimum payments under existing long-term debt agreements for the following periods are as follows:

 

For the 12 months ending March 31,     Amount
       
2016     $ 1,950,989  
2017       1,117,730  
           
Total     $ 3,068,719  

 

NOTE 7 – RETIREMENT PLANS

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

In compliance with Labor Pension Act (the “Pension Act”) in Taiwan, the Company has made monthly contributions equal to 6% of each employee’s monthly salary to employees’ pension accounts for employees in Taiwan. The plan under the Pension Act is deemed a defined contribution plan.

 

F- 11
 

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

 

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan that covers all regular full time employees in Taiwan that were hired prior to July 1, 2005. All employees hired after July 1, 2005 were only covered under the Pension Act. The defined benefit pension plan was regulated by the Labor Standards Law in Taiwan and provides benefits based on an employee’s length of service and average monthly salary for the six-month period prior to retirement. In compliance with the Labor Standards Law in Taiwan, the Company is required to set up an independent account in the Bank of Taiwan and to make legal contributions to the account on a monthly basis. The fund is solely managed by the relevant authority. The Company is precluded from making any investment strategies. The authority guarantees a minimum yearly return that is approximate to an annual average interest rate of a two-year fixed deposit. The authority has the option to deliver a bonus return which is no more than 6% of the end-of-the-year balance when it is appropriate to do so. The fair value of the plan assets at the measurement date is simply equivalent to the balance of the account at the measurement date.

 

The net periodic benefit costs for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:

 

    For the period ended March 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Interest cost   $ 1,415     $ 1,233  
Expected return on plan assets     (1,262 )     (1,233 )
Amortization of net loss     719       331  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost   $ 872     $ 331  

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid contributions of $2,516 and $2,591, respectively.

 

NOTE 8 – EQUITY

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
             
Cumulative foreign currency translation   $ 498,932     $ 430,001  
Unamortized actuarial and investment loss     (72,595 )     (73,314 )
                 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income   $ 426,337     $ 356,687  

 

NOTE 9 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company sold a substantial portion of products to two customers (27% and 14%) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and one customer (25%) for the three months ended March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, amounts due from these customers included in accounts receivable were $1,508,658 and $2,446,240, respectively. The loss of the significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company purchased a substantial portion of materials from one vendor (18%) for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and two vendors (25% and 10%) for the three months ended March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, amounts due to these vendors included in accounts payable were $766,687 and $2,567,589, respectively. The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive.

 

F- 12
 

 

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company leased its facilities in Taiwan and Wuxi (China) from K Laser Technology, Inc. (“K Laser”), a major shareholder of the Company, on a month-to-month basis. Alex Kuo is the president of both the Company and K Laser. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company incurred rent expense of $70,506 and $66,602, respectively, for the lease from K Laser. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company has $106,546 and $100,454, respectively, payable to K Laser for accrued rent, and other payments K Laser made on behalf of the Company.

  

NOTE 11 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Trademark

 

On April 16, 2009, Boxlight Inc. (USA), one of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries, entered into a trademark license agreement with Herbert H. Myers whereby Boxlight Inc. (USA) agreed to pay Mr. Myers 15% of the quarterly net income of Boxlight Inc. (USA). This payment shall continue until $1,250,000 is paid, upon which, the license fee shall drop to 10%. Upon reaching the aggregate sum of $2.5 million or 10 years of licensing, whichever comes first, the trademark will be sold to Boxlight Inc. (USA) for $1. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has paid $32,580 related to this agreement.

 

In October 2014, Boxlight Inc. (USA) entered into an amendment to the trademark license agreement with Mr. Myers, where by Mr. Myers agreed to sell the trademark for $250,000. Payment would be made through the issuance of shares of Boxlight Corporation, a third party, by dividing $250,000 by the initial price per share of shares of Boxlight Corpration’s common stock sold in the initial public offering of Boxlight Corporation on the date the registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Communion. Trademark cost of $250,000 is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption, “Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization”, with the corresponding liabilities included under the caption “Other liabilities”.

 

Letters of Credit

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various agreements requiring the Company to provide financial or performance assurance to third party vendors. These agreements are entered into primarily to support or enhance the creditworthiness of the Company, thereby facilitating the availability of sufficient credit to accomplish the Company’ intended business purpose. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had entered into letters of credit with balances of $63,866 that had not been presented to the banks.

 

Operating leases

 

The Company has operating leases for its plant and office space. At March 31, 2015, the Company has no operating leases with remaining terms in exceeding one year.

 

Boxlight Corporation Acquisition

 

On January 31, 2015, a majority of the Company’s shareholders entered into a purchase and option agreement with Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada company.

 

Under the terms of the purchase and option agreement, Boxlight Corporation will purchase a minimum of 82.3% of the outstanding shares of the Company for a purchase price equal to $7,283,132 multiplied by the percentage of the total number of the Company’s shares that Boxlight Corporation acquires. Such purchase price is payable in cash at closing. However, under the terms of the stock option agreement, the shareholders of the Company are obligated to exercise an option to purchase up to 270,000 shares of Boxlight Corporation’s Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at a cash option purchase price of $26.98 per share. Payment of the purchase price for the Company’s shares and exercise of the option and payment of the per share option price is to occur simultaneously with the date of the closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company; provided, that such closing must occur on or before June 30, 2015. Boxlight Corporation also agreed to purchase, within 30 days after consummation of this offering an additional 15.66% of Everest Technology Ltd. not owned by the Company for approximately $1,952,000 (RMB $12,000,000) in cash.

 

F- 13
 

 

Upon closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company, all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will convert into a number of shares representing a market value of $16,460,000, based on the initial per share offering price Boxlight Corporation’s common stock sold to the public. Among other conditions, the closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of Boxlight Corporation’s common stock with the shares issued to the Company’s shareholders having a market value (based on the initial per share offering price of the shares offered in a registration statement to be filed by Boxlight Corporation) of not less than $16,460,000.

 

Immediately prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event, Boxlight Corporation shall issue transaction bonus shares to the Company’s employees. The allocation of the transaction bonus shares to the Company’s employees will be determined by the Company at its sole discretion. The number of transaction bonus shares shall be equal to 8% of Boxlight Corporation’s fully diluted common shares on the issuance date of the transaction bonus shares.

 

The consummation of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company will occur simultaneously with the completion of Boxlight Corporation’s initial public offering.

 

F- 14
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Boxlight Corporation
Atlanta, GA

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Everest Display Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended. Everest Display Inc.’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Everest Display Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC  
   
GBH CPAs, PC  
www.gbhcpas.com  
Houston, Texas  
April 20, 2015  

 

F- 15
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    2014     2013  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 6,493,257     $ 4,040,413  
Restricted cash     1,280,744       1,014,539  
Marketable securities     185,559       2,648,655  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts     5,501,992       4,418,480  
Accounts receivable – related parties     17,280       11,019  
Inventories, net of reserves     8,387,606       7,936,505  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     853,264       457,603  
Total current assets     22,719,702       20,527,214  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     1,112,781       1,116,845  
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization     255,266       272,367  
Other assets     222,500       391,123  
Total assets   $ 24,310,249     $ 22,307,549  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 4,357,816     $ 4,037,293  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     100,454       112,423  
Other short-term liabilities     119,473       121,778  
Short-term debt     9,769,076       7,279,734  
Current portion of long-term debt     1,504,621       1,579,713  
Total current liabilities     15,851,440       13,130,941  
                 
Long-term debt, net of current portion     927,026       323,771  
Other liabilities     304,308       296,262  
Total liabilities     17,082,774       13,750,974  
                 
Commitments and contingencies                
                 
Equity:                
Common stock, approximately $0.32 par value, 33,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding     10,691,803       10,691,803  
Additional paid-in capital     845,714       845,714  
Accumulated deficit     (8,044,236 )     (7,008,766 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     356,687       470,419  
Total stockholders’ equity attributable to EDI     3,849,968       4,999,170  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     3,377,507       3,557,405  
Total equity     7,227,475       8,556,575  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 24,310,249     $ 22,307,549  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 16
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    2014     2013  
             
Revenues   $ 24,898,134     $ 23,429,450  
Cost of revenues     18,775,309       17,580,463  
Gross profit     6,122,825       5,848,987  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative     5,703,384       4,922,471  
Research and development     1,105,010       1,148,650  
Depreciation and amortization     338,642       441,476  
Total operating expenses     7,147,036       6,512,597  
                 
Loss from operations     (1,024,211 )     (663,610 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (295,816 )     (258,266 )
Gain from investments in marketable securities     4,591       341,174  
Other income, net     185,780       286,458  
Total other income (loss)     (105,445 )     369,366  
                 
Loss before income taxes     (1,129,656 )     (294,244 )
Income tax expense     (2,904 )     (9,871 )
Net loss     (1,132,560 )     (304,115 )
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests     97,090       133,001  
                 
Net loss attributable to EDI   $ (1,035,470 )   $ (171,114 )
                 
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.01 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted     33,000,000       32,839,811  
                 
Comprehensive loss:                
Net loss   $ (1,132,560 )   $ (304,115 )
Other comprehensive income (loss):                
Foreign currency translation adjustments gain (loss)     (171,136 )     179,894  
Change in pension net unamortized loss     (25,404 )     (4,830 )
Total comprehensive loss     (1,329,100 )     (129,051 )
Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests     179,898       43,501  
Comprehensive loss attributable to EDI   $ (1,149,202 )   $ (85,550 )

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 17
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    Common stock     Additional
paid-in
    Accumulated     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
    Treasury stock     Non-
controlling
       
    Shares     Amount     capital     deficit     income     Shares     Amount     interest     Total  
                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2012     33,000,000     $ 10,691,803     $ 845,714     $ (6,653,527 )   $ 384,855       159,751     $ (202,885 )   $ 3,600,906     $ 8,666,866  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       90,394       -       -       89,500       179,894  
Sale of treasury stock     -       -       -       (184,125 )     -       (159,751 )     202,885       -       18,760  
Change in pension from net unamortized loss     -       -       -       -       (4,830 )     -       -       -       (4,830 )
Net loss     -       -       -       (171,114 )     -       -       -       (133,001 )     (304,115 )
                                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2013     33,000,000       10,691,803       845,714       (7,008,766 )     470,419       -       -       3,557,405       8,556,575  
                                                                         
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       (88,328 )     -       -       (82,808 )     (171,136 )
Change in pension and investment net unamortized loss     -       -       -       -       (25,404 )     -       -       -       (25,404 )
Net loss     -       -       -       (1,035,470 )     -       -       -       (97,090 )     (1,132,560 )
Balance at December 31, 2014     33,000,000     $ 10,691,803     $ 845,714     $ (8,044,236 )   $ 356,687       -     $ -     $ 3,377,507     $ 7,227,475  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 18
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    2014     2013  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (1,132,560 )   $ (304,115 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Change in inventory reserve     92,483       (17,325 )
Bad debt expense     705,850       68,451  
Depreciation and amortization     354,175       467,172  
Unrealized gains on marketable securities     -       (59,585 )
Realized gains on sale of marketable securities     (4,591 )     (281,589 )
Gain from asset sale and others     (2,014 )     (47,078 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     (1,984,993 )     (1,402,629 )
Accounts receivable – related parties     (6,262 )     (4,877 )
Inventories     (821,830 )     1,442,276  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (439,429 )     (47,727 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     561,786       1,397,158  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     (11,969 )     16,473  
Other short-term liabilities     (14,201 )     (2,816 )
Other liabilities     (14,104 )     (8,115 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (2,717,659 )     1,215,674  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Net increase in restricted cash     (339,780 )     (607,603 )
Payments for purchases of marketable securities     (164,671 )     (2,434,670 )
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities     2,579,582       813,244  
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment     (255,581 )     (289,715 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and other assets     239,042       257  
Payments for purchase of other assets     (196,801 )     (65,370 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     1,861,791       (2,583,857 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Net proceeds from issuance of short-term debt     3,042,972       1,463,418  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt     3,068,750       1,684,137  
Principal re-payments on long-term debt     (2,401,271 )     (3,573,098 )
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock     -       18,760  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     3,710,451       (406,783 )
                 
Effect of currency exchange rates     (401,739 )     (52,984 )
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     2,452,844       (1,827,950 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     4,040,413       5,868,363  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 6,493,257     $ 4,040,413  
                 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 295,816     $ 258,266  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 33,244     $ 32,671  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Payable incurred for purchase of property, plant and equipment   $ 71,161     $ 199,278  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 19
 

 

Everest Display Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Everest Display Inc. (the “Company” or “EDI”) was incorporated on July 20, 2001 with its headquarters in Hsinchu, Taiwan. EDI, through its investments, is involved principally in the design, develop, manufacture and sale of interactive projectors and integrated solutions that enhance learning and enable people to collaborate with each other in innovative and effective ways. EDI serves a primary customer base in Asia and North America.

 

The consolidated financial statements included accounts for the following subsidiaries:

 

    Ownership
interest
    Location
Guang Feng International Ltd.     100 %   Samoa
Everest Technology Ltd.     53.03 %   China
Boxlight Inc. (USA)     99.60 %   United States
Boxlight Latinoamerica, S.A. DE C.V.     100 %   Mexico
Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios, S.A. DE C.V.     100 %   Mexico

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

 

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of EDI and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples include estimates of loss contingencies, including legal risks and exposures, product warranties, product life cycles, and product returns. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s primary functional currency is New Taiwanese Dollar. The Company translates its financial statements and financial statements of its international subsidiaries from their respective functional currencies into the U.S. dollar.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. The Company and its subsidiaries whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar translate their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the year. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the subsidiary’s functional currency.

 

The Company enters into transactions that are denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. At each balance sheet date, we translate these asset or liability accounts to our functional currency and record unrealized transaction gains or losses. When these assets or liabilities settle, we record realized transaction gains or losses. These realized and unrealized gains or losses are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss under the caption, “Other income (expense)”.

 

F- 20
 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Investments in companies in which the Company does not have a controlling interest, or is unable to exert significant influence, are accounted for as either held-to-maturity, available-for-sale investments or trading investments.

 

The Company classifies its investments in securities at the time of purchase into one of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The Company re-evaluates such classifications on a quarterly basis. Held-to-maturity investments would normally consist of debt securities that the Company has the intent and ability to retain until maturity. These securities are recorded at cost, as adjusted for the amortization of premiums and discounts. Available-for-sale investments are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale investments are classified as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and realized gains or losses are included in income. Trading securities would normally consist of securities that are acquired by the Company with the intent of selling in the near term. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with changes in unrealized holding gains and losses included in income and classified within other income (expenses), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. All the marketable securities that the Company held at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were trading securities.

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

There are three levels in the fair value hierarchy to prioritize inputs used to measure fair value giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets, and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, defined as follows:

 

Level 1 — Inputs that employ the use of quoted market prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market is considered to be the most reliable measure of fair value.

 

Level 2 — Inputs to the valuation methodology other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability. These observable inputs include directly-observable inputs and those not directly-observable, but are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

Level 3 — Inputs that are used to measure fair value when other observable inputs are not available. They should be based on the best information available, which may include internally developed methodologies that rely on significant management judgment and/or estimates.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were allowances of $967,160 and $290,891, respectively, for doubtful accounts.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Materials and spare parts inventory is primarily determined using the weighted average cost method. Finished goods is primarily determined using weighted average cost and specific identification method. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

F- 21
 

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The Company’s intangible assets are made up of patent rights and trademark acquired. Patent rights are amortized using the straight-line method over 3 years, its estimated period of benefit. Trademark has an indefinite life and is not subject to amortization. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had accumulated amortization of $36,861 and $27,960, respectively.

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of intangible assets periodically and take into account events or circumstances that warrant revised estimates of useful lives or that indicate that impairment exists. No material impairments of intangible assets have been identified during any of the periods presented.

 

RETIREMENT PLAN

 

The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan for eligible retirees. The measurement of liabilities related to the plan is based on the Company’s assumptions related to future events, including expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases, and employee withdrawal rate. The discount rate reflects the rate at which benefits could be effectively settled on the measurement date. Actual pension plan asset investment performance, as well as other economic experience such as discount rate and demographic experience, will either reduce or increase unamortized pension losses at the end of any fiscal year, which ultimately affects future pension costs.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue is comprised of product revenue, net of sales returns. Revenue is derived from the sale of projectors, as well as the related accessories. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users.

 

The Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale do not allow for product returns and it generally does not allow product returns other than under warranty. However, the Company grants limited rights to return product for certain large retailers and distributors. Estimates of expected future product returns are recognized at the time of sale based on analyses of historical return trends. Upon recognition, the Company reduces revenue and cost of sales for the estimated return. Return rates can fluctuate over time, are sufficiently predictable to allow the Company to estimate expected future product returns.

 

The Company generally provides 24 to 36 months warranty coverage on all of its products except when sold through a “Premier Education Partner” or sold to schools where the Company provides a 48 to 60 months warranty. The Company’s warranty provides for repair or replacement of the associated products during the warranty period. The Company establishes a liability for estimated product warranty costs at the time product revenue is recognized, if the liability is expected to be material. The warranty obligation is affected by product failure rates and the related use of materials, labor costs and freight incurred in correcting any product failure. Should actual product failure rates, use of materials, or other costs differ from the Company’s estimates, additional warranty liabilities could be required, which would reduce its gross profit.

 

F- 22
 

 

The Company offers sales incentives where the Company offers discounted products delivered by the Company to its resellers and distributors that are redeemable only if the resellers and distributors complete specified cumulative levels of revenue agreed to and written into their reseller and distributor agreements through an executed addendum. The resellers and distributors have to submit a request for the discounted products and cannot redeem additional discounts within 180 days from the date of the discount given on like products. The value of the award products as compared to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award is generally insignificant in relation to the value of the transactions necessary to earn the award. The Company estimates and records the cost of the products related to the incentive as marketing expense based on analyses of historical data. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount for such incentive were $0 and $32,143, respectively.

 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

 

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consists primarily of personnel related costs, sample costs and design fees.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”). If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per common share are computed by dividing net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net earnings (loss) per common share is determined using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. In periods when losses are reported, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding excludes common stock equivalents, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no potentially dilutive securities.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all transactions from December 31, 2014 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606 ).” The new guidance provides new criteria for recognizing revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures to provide greater insight into both revenue that has been recognized and revenue that is expected to be recognized in the future from existing contracts. Quantitative and qualitative information will be provided about the significant judgments and changes in those judgments that management made to determine the revenue that is recorded. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the provisions of the guidance and has not determined the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 23
 

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).” The new guidance addresses management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued. The standard will be effective for the first interim period within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect to early adopt this guidance and does not believe that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are summarized as follows (translated to U.S. dollars at balance sheet date exchange rates):

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Chinese Renminbi   $ 4,131,897     $ 1,782,320  
New Taiwanese Dollar     390,893       735,248  
Others     38,544       208,445  
                 
Total   $ 4,561,334     $ 2,726,013  

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had restricted cash of $1,280,744 and $1,014,539, respectively, which represents funds that have been set aside as required by certain financing agreements with various banks in Taiwan. All of the restricted cash was held in New Taiwanese Dollar and were not included in the table above.

 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had a cash balance of $6,493,257, of which approximately $5,150,000 was uninsured. The terms of these deposits are on demand to minimize risk. The Company has not incurred losses related to these deposits.

 

NOTE 3 – Marketable securities

 

The Company holds investments in marketable securities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s marketable securities currently consist only the common shares of K Laser Technology, Inc. a public traded company in Taiwan. These shares are measured at fair value based on active market quotations and are therefore classified as Level 1.

 

The following table represents EDI’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2014:

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Marketable securities   $ 185,559     $ -     $ -     $ 185,559  
                                 
Net assets   $ 185,559     $ -     $ -     $ 185,559  

 

F- 24
 

 

The following table represents EDI’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013:

 

    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
                         
Marketable securities   $ 2,648,655     $ -     $ -     $ 2,648,655  
                                 
Net assets   $ 2,648,655     $ -     $ -     $ 2,648,655  

 

Carrying amounts reported on the balance sheet for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximately fair value due to the short-term maturity of these instruments.

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Raw materials   $ 4,094,733     $ 2,730,159  
Work in progress     861,122       1,152,976  
Finished goods     4,725,679       5,291,926  
                 
Inventories, at cost     9,681,534       9,175,061  
Reserves for obsolete inventory     (1,293,928 )     (1,238,556 )
                 
Inventories, net   $ 8,387,606     $ 7,936,505  

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Buildings   $ 462,959     $ 474,072  
Leasehold improvements     59,140       63,759  
Machinery     86,199       91,615  
Office equipment     350,101       398,791  
Other equipment     1,879,148       1,926,880  
Construction in progress     873       106,809  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost     2,838,420       3,061,926  
Accumulated depreciation     (1,725,639 )     (1,945,081 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 1,112,781     $ 1,116,845  

 

The useful lives for buildings are 20 years, leasehold improvements generally range from 9 to 10 years, representing the applicable lease terms plus reasonably assured extensions, machinery, office and other equipment range from 3 to 10 years.

 

F- 25
 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Depreciation included in operating expenses   $ 200,089     $ 236,161  
Depreciation included in cost of revenues or inventories     6,295       10,726  
Amortization of intangible and other assets in operating expenses     138,553       205,315  
Amortization of intangible and other assets in cost of revenues or inventories     9,238       14,970  
                 
Total   $ 354,175     $ 467,172  

 

NOTE 6 – BORROWINGS

 

Short-Term Debt

 

Short-term debt consisted of the following bank loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Shang-Hai Commercial & Savings Bank   $ 940,055     $ 576,050  
Taiwan Business Bank     1,588,496       1,006,543  
First Commercial Bank     1,966,397       2,045,928  
Hua-Nan Commercial Bank     1,122,818       1,122,051  
Shin-Kong Commercial Bank     275,722       604,378  
Yun-Ta Commercial Bank     1,480,281       1,089,354  
DBS Bank     950,704       499,916  
Banhsin Bank     419,500       -  
SinaPac Bank     456,382       -  
Taishin Bank     315,956       -  
King’s Town Bank     252,765       335,514  
                 
Total short-term debt   $ 9,769,076     $ 7,279,734  

 

The weighted-average interest rates for the short-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were 2.13% and 2.01%, respectively.

 

The line of credit agreement with SinaPac expired in August 2014. The Company has subsequently repaid all outstanding balance to SinaPac Bank.

 

The Company obtained one-year line of credit agreements with banks listed above mainly to support the Company’s standby letter of credit. The lines are reviewed annually and due on demand. The line of credit permits the Company to borrow up to the credit limit on a revolving basis. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has unused credit of approximately $1,128,000.

 

F- 26
 

 

Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt consisted of the following bank loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Product financing arrangements   $ 1,207,318     $ 896,941  
Bank loans     1,224,329       1,006,543  
                 
Total     2,431,647       1,903,484  
Less: current maturities     (1,504,621 )     (1,579,713 )
                 
Total long-term debt   $ 927,026     $ 323,771  

 

The Company had product financing arrangements with Chailease Finance Co., Ltd. and IBT Leasing Co., Ltd. during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company accounted for the product financing arrangements as a borrowing as the Company sold the products in the transaction and agreed to repurchase the product concurrently. Principal and interest are due in monthly installments.

 

    Interest rate     Mature in     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
                         
Chailease Finance Co., Ltd.     2.73~2.88 %     2016     $ 1,139,388     $ 279,595  
IBT Leasing Co., Ltd.     13.48 %     2015       67,930       617,346  
                                 
Total product financing arrangements                   $ 1,207,318     $ 896,941  

 

Interest rates reflected in the above table represents effective interest rates as of December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred interest expenses from product financing arrangements of $76,240 and $99,507, respectively.

 

The Company also had following loans with banks at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Interest rate     Mature in     December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
                         
Bank of Panhsin     2.95 %     2016     $ 276,462     $ 335,514  
Taishin International Bank     3.26 %     2015       236,967       587,150  
Hua-Nan Commercial Bank     2.13~2.18 %     2017       710,900       83,879  
                                 
Total bank loans                   $ 1,224,329     $ 1,006,543  

 

Interest rates reflected in the above table represents rates at December 31, 2014. Principal and interest payments are due in monthly installments for all the bank loans.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s debt was guaranteed by the Company’s president. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has $1,280,744 and $1,014,539 of cash and cash equivalents set aside as the collateral for the bank loans and line of credits.

 

F- 27
 

 

Future minimum payments under existing long-term debt agreement for the years ending each of the following periods are as follows:

 

For the year ending
December 31,
  Amount  
2015   $ 1,504,621  
2016     848,037  
2017     78,989  
Total   $ 2,431,647  

 

NOTE 7 – RETIREMENT PLANS

 

Defined Contribution Plan

 

In compliance with Labor Pension Act (the “Pension Act”) in Taiwan, the Company have made monthly contributions equal to 6% of each employee’s monthly salary to employees’ pension accounts for employees in Taiwan. The plan under the Pension Act is deemed a defined contribution plan.

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

 

The Company has a defined benefit pension plan that covers all regular full-time employees in Taiwan that were hired prior to July 1, 2005. All employees hired after July 1, 2005 are only covered under the Pension Act. The defined benefit pension plan was regulated by the Labor Standards Law in Taiwan and provides benefits based on an employee’s length of service and average monthly salary for the six-month period prior to retirement. In compliance with the Labor Standards Law in Taiwan, the Company is required to set up an independent account in the Bank of Taiwan and to make legal contributions to the account on a monthly basis. The fund is solely managed by the relevant authority. The Company is precluded from making any investment strategies. The authority guarantees a minimum yearly return that is approximate to an annual average interest rate of a two-year fixed deposit. The authority has the option to deliver a bonus return which is no more than 6% of the end-of-the-year balance when it is appropriate to do so. The fair value of the plan assets at the measurement date is simply equivalent to the balance of the account at the measurement date.

 

Funded Status and Net Periodic Benefit Cost

 

The changes in benefit obligations and plan assets, and the funded status (included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption, “Other liabilities”) were as follows:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
Change in Benefit Obligations:                
Beginning balance   $ 286,297     $ 284,444  
Interest cost     4,927       4,521  
Actuarial loss     27,491       4,668  
Effect of currency exchange rates     (18,066 )     (7,336 )
                 
Projected benefit obligations ending balance   $ 300,649     $ 286,297  
                 
Change in Plan Assets:                
Beginning balance   $ 245,180     $ 237,755  
Actual return on plan assets     5,694       3,083  
Employer contributions     10,393       10,800  
Effect of currency exchange rates     (14,976 )     (6,458 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets ending balance   $ 246,291     $ 245,180  

 

F- 28
 

  

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the accumulated benefit obligation was $236,661 and $222,105, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation is the present value of pension benefits (whether vested or unvested) attributed to employee service rendered before the measurement date, and based on employee service and compensation prior to that date. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it includes no assumption about future compensation levels.

 

The net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
             
Interest cost   $ 5,887     $ 4,504  
Expected return on plan assets     (5,250 )     (4,442 )
Amortization of net loss     2,994       1,277  
                 
Net periodic benefit cost   $ 3,631     $ 1,339  

 

The changes in plan assets and projected benefit obligations which were recognized in our other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
             
Net loss during period   $ (26,725 )   $ (6,112 )
Less: amortization of loss     1,321       1,282  
                 
Total loss recognized in other comprehensive loss   $ (25,404 )   $ (4,830 )

 

Measurement Date and Assumptions

 

We generally determine our actuarial assumptions on an annual basis, with a measurement date of December 31. The following table presents our assumptions for pension benefit calculations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
             
Discount rate     1.88 %     1.75 %
Expected return on plan assets     2.00 %     2.00 %
Rate of compensation increase     2.00 %     2.00 %

 

Expected Benefit Payments and Funding

 

The Company contributes an amount equal to 2% of salaries paid each month to its pension funds, which are administered by the relevant authority and deposited in the authority’s name in the Bank of Taiwan. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company made total defined benefit pension contributions of $10,393 and $10,523, respectively.

 

F- 29
 

 

The following table presents the scheduled cash flows for expected employer contributions and future benefit payments:

 

    Pension benefits  
       
2015   $ 2,803  
2016     7,006  
2017     7,382  
2018     8,160  
2019     3,546  
2020 - 2024     75,385  
         
Total   $ 104,282  

 

NOTE 8 – INCOME TAXES

 

EDI is a Taiwanese company, which is subject to income tax in Taiwan. The Company operates through various subsidiaries in China, Mexico and United States. Income taxes have been provided based upon the tax laws and rates of the countries in which operations are conducted and income is earned.

 

The components of the income tax provision (benefit) for each of the periods presented below are as follows:

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
Current:                
Taiwan   $ 2     $ 111  
Other     2,902       9,760  
                 
Total tax provision (benefit)   $ 2,904     $ 9,871  

 

The effective income tax benefit differed from the computed “expected” income tax expense with effective income tax rate of 17% in Taiwan on loss before income taxes for the following reasons:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
             
Computed income tax benefit at statutory tax rate - Taiwan   $ (192,042 )   $ (50,021 )
Foreign tax rate differential     50,222       15,466  
Gain from valuation and disposal of financial assets     (780 )     (66,064 )
Nondeductible expense     11,985       7,708  
Changes in allowance on deferred tax assets     121,937       112,309  
Other adjustments     11,582       (9,527 )
                 
    $ 2,904     $ 9,871  

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company paid estimated income taxes of $33,244 and $32,671, respectively.

 

F- 30
 

 

Deferred income taxes are provided to reflect temporary differences in the basis of net assets for income tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax-effected temporary differences and tax loss carryforwards which comprise deferred taxes are as follows:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013  
Deferred tax assets:                
Reserves for inventory   $ 310,496     $ 286,963  
Allowance for doubtful accounts     750,429       538,782  
Basis difference for fixed assets and intangible     11,610       24,575  
Intercompany unrealized gross profit     50,334       50,332  
Deferred revenue     49,421       26,361  
Accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes     65,013       54,913  
Net operating loss carryforwards     2,009,693       2,565,605  
                 
Total deferred tax assets     3,246,996       3,547,531  
Valuation allowance     (3,246,996 )     (3,547,531 )
                 
Deferred tax assets, net   $ -     $ -  

 

At December 31, 2014, we had income tax net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $11 million. The NOL carryforwards expire from 2015 through 2024. The value of these carryforwards depends on our ability to generate taxable income. Because tax laws limit the time during which the net operating loss carryforwards may be applied against future taxes, if we fail to generate taxable income prior to the expiration dates we may not be able to fully utilize the net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes. The Company have had cumulative losses and there is no assurance of future taxable income, therefore, valuation allowances have been recorded to fully offset the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The valuation allowance decreased $300,535 during 2014, due primarily to the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $542,000 in 2014, partially offset by our net losses for the year and fluctuation of foreign exchange rate.

 

The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company operates and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

 

Jurisdiction     Tax Year  
Taiwan     2013  
China     2014  
United States of America     2011  
Mexico     2014  

 

NOTE 9 – EQUITY

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Cumulative foreign currency translation   $ 430,001     $ 518,329  
Unamortized actuarial and investment loss     (73,314 )     (47,910 )
                 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income   $ 356,687     $ 470,419  

 

On December 31, 2013, the Company sold 159,751 shares of treasury stock with the original repurchase cost of $202,885, for $18,760 proceeds. The Company charged the $184,125 difference between the repurchase and resale price to accumulated deficit.

 

F- 31
 

 

NOTE 10 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company sold a substantial portion of products to two customers (29% and 10%) in 2014 and one customer (14%) in 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, amount due from these customers included in accounts receivable was $2,446,240 and $800,002, respectively. The loss of the significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

The Company purchased a substantial portion of materials from two vendors (54% and 10%) in 2014 and one vendor (11%) in 2013. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, amounts due to these vendors included in accounts payable were $2,567,590 and $129,942, respectively. The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive.

 

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company leased its facilities in Taiwan from K Laser Technology, Inc. (“K Laser”), a major shareholder of the Company, on a month-to-month basis. Alex Kuo is the president of both the Company and K Laser. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company incurred rent expense of $266,093 and $319,936, respectively, for the lease from K Laser. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has $100,454 and $112,423, respectively, payable to K Laser for accrued rent, and other payments K Laser made on behalf of the Company.

 

NOTE 12 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Trademark

 

On April 16, 2009, Boxlight Inc, (“Boxlight”) one of the Company’s majority-owned subsidiaries, entered into a trademark license agreement with Herbert H. Myers whereby Boxlight agreed to pay Mr. Myers 15% of the quarterly net income of Boxlight. This payment shall continue until $1,250,000 is paid, upon which, the license fee shall drop to 10%. Upon reaching the aggregate sum of $2,500,000 or 10 years of licensing, whichever comes first, the trademark will be sold to Boxlight for $1. Through the period ended December 31, 2014, the Company has paid $32,580 related to this agreement.

 

In October 2014, Boxlight entered into an amendment to the trademark license agreement with Mr. Myers, where Mr. Myers agreed to sell the trademark at $250,000. Payment would be made through the issuance of shares of Boxlight Corporation, a third party, by dividing $250,000 by the initial price per share of shares of Boxlight Corporation’s common stock sold in the initial public offering of Boxlight Corporation on the date the registration statement is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Communion. Trademark cost of $250,000 is included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets under the caption, “Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization”, with the correspondent liability included under the caption “other liabilities”.

 

Letters of Credit

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various agreements requiring the Company to provide financial or performance assurance to third party vendors. These agreements are entered into primarily to support or enhance the creditworthiness of the Company, thereby facilitating the availability of sufficient credit to accomplish the Company’ intended business purpose. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had entered into letters of credit with balances of $511,610 that had not been presented to the banks as of December 31, 2013. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, lines of credit of $6,258,770 from banks were outstanding related to letters of credit issued to the vendors.

 

Operating leases

 

The Company has operating leases for its plant and office space. At December 31, 2014, the Company has no operating leases with remaining terms in excess one year.

 

F- 32
 

 

Boxlight Corporation Acquisition

 

On January 31, 2015, a majority of the Company’s shareholders entered into a purchase and option agreement with Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada company.

 

Under the terms of the purchase and option agreement, Boxlight Corporation will purchase a minimum of 82.3% of the outstanding shares of the Company for a purchase price equal to $7,283,132 multiplied by the percentage of the total number of the Company’s shares that Boxlight Corporation acquires. Such purchase price is payable in cash at closing. However, under the terms of the stock option agreement, the shareholders of the Company are obligated to exercise an option to purchase up to 270,000 shares of Boxlight Corporation’s Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at a cash option purchase price of $26.98 per share. Payment of the purchase price for the Company’s shares and exercise of the option and payment of the per share option price is to occur simultaneously with the date of the closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company; provided, that such closing must occur on or before March 31, 2015. Boxlight Corporation also agreed to purchase, within 30 days after consummation of this offering an additional 15.66% of Everest Technology Ltd. not owned by the Company for approximately $1,952,000 (RMB $12,000,000) in cash.

 

Upon closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company, all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will convert into a number of shares representing a market value of $16,460,000, based on the initial per share offering price Boxlight Corporation’s common stock sold to the public. Among other conditions, the closing of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of Boxlight Corporation’s common stock with the shares issued to the Company’s shareholders having a market value (based on the initial per share offering price of the shares offered in a registration statement to be filed by Boxlight Corporation) of not less than $16,460,000.

 

Immediately prior to the occurrence of a liquidity event, Boxlight Corporation shall issue transaction bonus shares to the Company’s employees. The allocation of the transaction bonus shares to the Company’s employees will be determined by the Company at its sole discretion. The number of transaction bonus shares shall be equal to 8% of Boxlight Corporation’s fully diluted common shares on the issuance date of the transaction bonus shares.

 

The consummation of Boxlight Corporation’s acquisition of the Company will occur simultaneously with the completion of Boxlight Corporation’s initial public offering.

 

F- 33
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    March 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)            
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 576     $ 546  
Restricted cash     28       17  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts     344       513  
Inventories, net of reserves     154       188  
Other current assets     94       125  
Total current assets     1,196       1,389  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     428       464  
Total assets   $ 1,624     $ 1,853  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 114     $ 100  
Short-term debt                
Other current liabilities     100       244  
Total current liabilities     214       344  
                 
Other liabilities     62       66  
Total liabilities     276       410  
                 
Equity:                
Common stock, approximately $0.0026 (NIS0.01) par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 13,900 shares issued and outstanding     -       -  
Additional paid-in capital     588       588  
Retained earnings     862       924  
Accumulated other comprehensive income     (102 )     (69 )
Total equity     1,348       1,443  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,624     $ 1,853  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 34
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    2015     2014  
(in thousands )                
Revenues   $ 834     $ 193  
Cost of revenues     729       172  
Gross profit     105       21  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative     99       148  
Research and development     40       36  
Depreciation and amortization     25       24  
Total operating expenses     164       208  
                 
Loss from operations     (59 )     (187 )
                 
Other expense:                
Interest expense     1       7  
Total other expenses     1       7  
                 
Loss before income taxes     (60 )     (194 )
Income tax expense     2       8  
Net loss   $ (62 )   $ (202 )
                 
Comprehensive loss:                
Net loss   $ (62 )   $ (202 )
Other comprehensive loss:                
Foreign currency translation adjustments loss     (33 )     (8 )
Total comprehensive loss   $ (95 )   $ (210 )

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 35
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    2015     2014  
(in thousands)                
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (62 )   $ (202 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     25       24  
Others             5  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     158       471  
Inventories     31       (9 )
Other current assets     30       32  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     16       (201 )
Other liabilities     (145 )     (153 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     53       (33 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment     -       (4 )
Net cash used in investing activities     -       (4 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Principal re-payments on long-term debt     -       (91 )
Net cash used in financing activities     -       (91 )
                 
Effect of currency exchange rates     (12 )     (3 )
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     41       (131 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     563       865  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 604     $ 734  
                 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 1     $ 1  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -     $ -  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 36
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Globisens Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in April, 2009 in Petah Tikva, Israel. The Company sells custom designed wireless mobile lab units and related accessories for science classrooms based on technology developed internally. The Company continues to develop and upgrade new generations for its products.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples include estimates of loss contingencies, including legal risks and exposures, product warranties, product life cycles, and product returns. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s primary functional currency is Israeli Shekels. The Company has translated its financial statements into U.S. dollars.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. The Company has translated its assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the year. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency.

 

The Company enters into transactions that are denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

There are three levels in the fair value hierarchy to prioritize inputs used to measure fair value giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets, and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, defined as follows:

 

Level 1 — Inputs that employ the use of quoted market prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market is considered to be the most reliable measure of fair value.

 

F- 37
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Level 2 — Inputs to the valuation methodology other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability. These observable inputs include directly-observable inputs and those not directly-observable, but are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

Level 3 — Inputs that are used to measure fair value when other observable inputs are not available. They should be based on the best information available, which may include internally developed methodologies that rely on significant management judgments and/or estimates.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, and other currently available evidence.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Materials and spare parts inventory is primarily determined using the weighted average cost method. Finished goods is primarily determined using weighted average cost and specific identification method. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and the markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee for the arrangement is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

F- 38
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carry forwards (“NOLs”). If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all transactions from March 31, 2015 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NOTE 2 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are summarized as follows (translated to U.S. dollars at balance sheet date exchange rates):

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
(in thousands)                
New Israeli Shekel   $ 400     $ 482  
Others     204       81  
                 
Total   $ 604     $ 563  

 

NOTE 3 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
(in thousands)            
Raw materials   $ 47     $ 43  
Finished goods     107       145  
                 
Inventories, net   $ 154     $ 188  

 

F- 39
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
(in thousands)            
Leasehold improvements   $ 24     $ 24  
Machinery     643       643  
Office equipment     24       24  
Vehicles     68       68  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost     759       759  
Accumulated depreciation     (243 )     (218 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 516     $ 541  
Currency translation     (88 )     (77 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 428     $ 464  

 

The useful lives for leasehold improvements generally range from 9 to 10 years and machinery, office and other equipment range from 3 to 10 years.

 

NOTE 5 – COMMITMENTS AND PLEDGES

 

Material Commitments

 

The Company entered into distribution contracts with a number of worldwide distributors which allow each distributor the exclusive right to distribute the Company’s products in the geographic area agreed upon for a period of five years. An agreement may be terminated earlier if the conditions specified in the agreement are not met.

 

According to the agreements, the distributor will purchase from the Company the desired quantity of products according to the price determined by the Company and subject to the conditions specified in the agreement.

 

In January 2012, the Company signed a contract with an Israeli company whereby the Company agreed to transfer production of the Company’s products to the manufacturer. The manufacturer purchased the majority of the product’s components and assembled the products in exchange for compensation as specified in the agreement.

 

The Company is entitled to receive 15% of the share capital in the manufacturer at zero cost. Until the day of signing the financial statements, the Company has not exercised the option and has no intention to exercise it in the known future. According to the Company’s management, the option has no significant value, therefore no cost was allocated to the option in the Company’s books. The agreement is for five years, but may be terminated earlier with the consent of both parties.

 

The Company entered into an agreement with an insurance company for indemnity damages incurred due to failure of customer debt repayment, pursuant to the conditions set forth in the insurance policy.

 

Lien

 

A lien has been placed on the sum of 28 thousand U.S. dollars in favor of a bank institution. 

 

F- 40
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Globisens Ltd.
Petah Tikva, Israel

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of GLOBISENS Ltd (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of income, retained earnings, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respect, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

 

/s/ ABOULAFIA CHEKROUN & Co

 

ABOULAFIA CHEKROUN & Co

Certified Public Accountants

Tel Aviv, Israel

February 25, 2015

 

F- 41
 

 

G LOBISENS L TD .

Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)   2014     2013  
             
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 563     $ 866  
Accounts receivable – trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts     513       794  
Inventories, net of reserves     188       157  
Other current assets     125       183  
Total current assets     1,389       2,000  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation     464       607  
Total assets     1,853       2,607  
                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                
                 
Current Liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 100     $ 285  
Short-term debt     -       149  
Other current liabilities     244       294  
Total current liabilities     344       728  
                 
Long-term debt, net of current portion     -       71  
Employee severance benefits     2       3  
Deferred taxes     64       73  
Total liabilities     410       875  
                 
Equity:                
                 
Common stock, approximately $0.0026 (NIS0.01) par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 13,900 shares issued and outstanding     -       -  
Additional paid-in capital     588       552  
Retained earnings     924       1,063  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (69 )     117  
Total equity     1,443       1,732  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,853     $ 2,607  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 42
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(in thousands)   2014     2013  
             
Revenues   $ 1,814     $ 2,996  
Cost of revenues     1,056       1,924  
Gross profit     758       1,072  
                 
Operating expenses:                
Research and development     188       140  
Marketing     317       294  
General and administrative     232       277  
Total operating expenses     737       711  
                 
Income from operations     21       361  
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     -       (64 )
Total other income (expense)     -       (64 )
                 
Income before income taxes     21       297  
Income tax expense     (5 )     (47 )
Net income   $ 16     $ 250  
                 
Comprehensive income:                
Net income   $ 16     $ 250  
Other comprehensive income:                
Foreign currency translation adjustments (loss) gain     (186 )     102  
Total comprehensive (loss) income   $ (170 )   $ 352  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 43
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Statement of Changes in Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(in thousands)   Common stock     Additional paid-in capital     Retained earnings     Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (**)     Total  
                               
Balance at December 31, 2012   $ -     $ 455     $ 977     $ 15     $ 1,447  
                                         
Investment return     -       76       (76 )     -       -  
Dividends distributed     -       -       (88 )     -       (88 )
Issue of options     -       21       -       -       21  
Comprehensive income     -       -       250       102       352  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2013   $ -     $ 552     $ 1,063     $ 117     $ 1,732  
                                         
Investment return     -       36       (36 )     -       -  
Dividends distributed     -       -       (119 )     -       (119 )
Issue of shares (*)     -       -       -       -       -  
Comprehensive loss     -       -       16       (186 )     (170 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ -     $ 588     $ 924     $ (69 )   $ 1,443  

 

(*) see note 8

 

(**) Translation adjustments are the Company’s only items of other comprehensive (loss) income.

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 44
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

(in thousands)   2014     2013  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 16     $ 250  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     90       75  
Loss (Gain) from others     (6 )     38  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable – trade     212       486  
Inventories     (51 )     421  
Other current assets     46       86  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (168 )     (400 )
Other liabilities     (26 )     143  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     113       1,099  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment     (4 )     (334 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (4 )     (334 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Dividends distributed     (119 )     (88 )
Principal re-payments on long-term debt     (208 )     (200 )
Net cash used in financing activities     (327 )     (288 )
                 
Effect of currency exchange rates     (85 )     33  
                 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (303 )     510  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     866       356  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 563     $ 866  
                 
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:                
Cash paid for interest   $ 7     $ 7  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 92     $ 162  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 45
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF OPERATIONS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Globisens Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in April, 2009 in Petah Tikva, Israel. The Company sells custom designed wireless mobile lab units and related accessories for science classrooms based on technology developed internally. The Company continues to develop and upgrade new generations for its products.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

Preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Examples include estimates of loss contingencies, including legal risks and exposures, product warranties, product life cycles, and product returns. Actual results and outcomes may differ from management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

FOREIGN CURRENCIES

 

The Company’s primary functional currency is Israeli Shekels. The Company has translated its financial statements.

 

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which it operates and is generally the currency in which the business generates and expends cash. The Company has translated its assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates for the year. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component. Foreign exchange gains and losses included in net income result from foreign exchange fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the Company’s functional currency.

 

The Company enters into transactions that are denominated in currencies other than its functional currency. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the results of operations as incurred.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

There are three levels in the fair value hierarchy to prioritize inputs used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets, and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, defined as follows:

 

Level 1 — Inputs that employ the use of quoted market prices (unadjusted) of identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market is considered to be the most reliable measure of fair value.

 

F- 46
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

Level 2 — Inputs to the valuation methodology other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability. These observable inputs include directly-observable inputs and those not directly-observable, but are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data through correlation or other means.

 

Level 3 — Inputs that are used to measure fair value when other observable inputs are not available. They should be based on the best information available, which may include internally developed methodologies that rely on significant management judgments and/or estimates.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects our best estimate of probable losses inherent in the accounts receivable balance. The Company determines the allowance based on known troubled accounts, historical experience, and other currently available evidence.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Materials and spare parts inventory is primarily determined using the weighted average cost method. Finished goods are primarily determined using weighted average cost and specific identification methods. Cost includes materials, labor, and manufacturing overhead related to the purchase and production of inventories.

 

The Company continuously reviews its inventory levels to identify slow-moving merchandise and markdowns necessary to clear slow-moving merchandise, which reduces the cost of inventories to its estimated net realizable value. Consideration is given to a number of quantitative and qualitative factors, including current pricing levels and the anticipated need for subsequent markdowns, aging of inventories, historical sales trends, and the impact of market trends and economic conditions. Estimates of markdown requirements may differ from actual results due to changes in quantity, quality and mix of products in inventory, as well as changes in consumer preferences, market and economic conditions.

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the lease term. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

 

LONG-LIVED ASSETS

 

Long-lived assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used or disposed of other than by sale are recognized based on the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of its carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee for the arrangement is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

F- 47
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

INCOME TAXES

 

An asset and liability approach is used for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between income tax and financial reporting and principally relate to recognition of revenue and expenses in different periods for financial and tax accounting purposes and are measured using currently enacted tax rates and laws. In addition, a deferred tax asset can be generated by net operating loss carry forwards (“NOLs”). If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company evaluated all transactions from December 31, 2014 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606 ).” The new guidance provides new criteria for recognizing revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance requires expanded disclosures to provide greater insight into both revenue that has been recognized and revenue that is expected to be recognized in the future from existing contracts. Quantitative and qualitative information will be provided about the significant judgments and changes in those judgments that management made to determine the revenue that is recorded. For nonpublic companies, the standard will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is only permitted to nonpublic companies by making the election of one of three available options with an effective date no earlier than December 15, 2016 (public entity effective date). The Company is currently assessing the provisions of the guidance and has not determined the impact of the adoption of this guidance on its financial statements.

 

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40).” The new guidance addresses management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the financial statements are issued. The standard will be effective for annual and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect to early adopt this guidance and does not believe that the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its financial statements.

 

F- 48
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 2 – CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Company that are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are summarized as follows (translated to U.S. dollars at balance sheet date exchange rates):

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
New Israeli Shekel   $ 522     $ 602  
Others     41       10  
                 
Total   $ 563     $ 612  

 

The management believes credit risk is mitigated by maintaining cash with high quality financial institutions.

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE -TRADE

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Israeli Customers   $ 32     $ 316  
Foreign Customers     481       478  
                 
Total   $ 513     $ 794  

 

The company has no allowance for bad debt.

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Raw materials   $ 43     $ -  
Finished goods     145       157  
                 
Inventories, net   $ 188     $ 157  

 

F- 49
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Leasehold improvements   $ 24     $ 24  
Machinery     574       643  
Office equipment     24       24  
Vehicles     61       68  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, at cost     683       759  
Accumulated depreciation     (90 )     (75 )
                 
      593       684  
Currency translation     (129 )     (77 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 464     $ 607  

 

The useful lives for leasehold improvements generally range from 9 to 10 years and machinery, office and other equipment range from 3 to 10 years, vehicles from 6 to 7 years.

 

NOTE 6 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Israeli suppliers   $ 49     $ 284  
Foreign suppliers     51       1  
    $ 100     $ 285  

 

F- 50
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 7 – OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Employees and institutions relating to employees   $ 34     $ 32  
Provision for vacation and recreation     14       13  
Income tax     2       23  
Accrued expenses     -       139  
Dividend payable     -       75  
Other tax institutions     24       -  
Advanced from customers     170       -  
Shareholders     -       12  
    $ 244     $ 294  

 

NOTE 8 – SHAREHOLDERS’ LOANS

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
                 
Shareholders’ loans   $ -     $ 220  
Current maturities     -       (149 )
    $ -     $ 71  

 

During 2010 and 2011, the Company raised a total of $570 from two foreign investors.

 

According to the agreements with the investors, it was decided that in exchange for the cash received, the loans will be repaid in full, and the Company will issue 22% of the Company’s shares to the investors.

 

Debt component and the equity component were calculated at their fair values on the issuance date (“the Package Value”).

 

The difference between the Package Value ($813) and the cash received ($570) was charged to a capital fund and credited to retained earnings over the loans’ lives.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company fully repaid the two loans to the two investors.

 

NOTE 9 – LIABILITIES FOR SEVERANCE PAY

 

The Company’s obligations for severance pay are calculated pursuant to Israel’s Severance Pay Law based on the most recent salary of the employees multiplied by the number of years of employment as of the Balance Sheet date and are presented on an undiscounted basis (the “Shut Down Method”) as a non-current liability.

 

The obligation is provided for by monthly deposits with insurance policies and by an accrual. The value of these policies is offset against the liability. The deposited funds may be withdrawn only upon the fulfillment of the obligation, pursuant to the Severance Pay Law in Israel or labor agreements. The value of the deposited funds is based on the cash surrender value of these policies and includes profits (or losses) accumulated to the Balance Sheet date.

 

F- 51
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 10 – DEFERRED TAXES

 

    Accumulated     Provision for     Property, plant and,     Accrued        
    Loss     Vacation     equipment     Expenses     Total  
Composition:                                        
Balance as of December 31, 2013   $ -     $ 2     $ (79 )   $ 6     $ (71 )
Credited to statement of operations     -       (2 )     8       (1 )     5  
Currency translation     -       -       7       1       8  
Balance as of December 31, 2014   $ -     $ -     $ (64 )   $ 6     $ (58 )
                                         
Under current assets                                     6  
                                         
Under noncurrent liabilities                                     (64 )
                                         
Net differed tax liability                                   $ (58 )

 

F- 52
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 11 – COMMITMENTS AND PLEDGES

 

Material Commitments

 

The Company entered into distribution contracts with a number of worldwide distributors which allow each distributor the exclusive right to distribute the Company’s products in a geographic area agreed upon for a period of five years. An agreement may be terminated earlier if the conditions specified in the agreement are not met.

 

According to the agreements, each distributor will purchase from the Company the desired quantity of products according to the price determined by the Company and subject to the conditions specified in the agreement.

 

In January 2012, the Company signed a contract with an Israeli company whereby the Company agreed to transfer production of the Company’s products to the manufacturer. The manufacturer purchased the majority of the product’s components and assembled the products in exchange for compensation as specified in the agreement.

 

The Company is entitled to receive 15% of the share capital in the manufacturer at zero cost. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has not exercised the option and has no intention to exercise it in the known future. According to the company’s management, the option has no significant value, therefore no cost was allocated to the option in the Company’s books. The agreement is for five years, but may be terminated earlier with the consent of both parties.

 

The Company entered into an agreement with an insurance company for indemnity damages incurred due to failure of customer debt repayment, pursuant to the conditions set forth in the insurance policy.

 

Lien

 

An unlimited lien has been placed on the Company’s vehicles in favor of the financing company.

 

NOTE 12 – SHARE CAPITAL

 

In September 2011, the Company and its major shareholder, entered into an agreement with a foreign investor, (the “First Investor”) whereby in exchange for two loans given by the First Investor totaling NIS 270 thousand, the Company issued 1,390 ordinary shares, representing 11.1% of the share capital of the Company at that time. The loans were granted for a period of five years, may not be redeemed early and bear interest at an annual rate of 4%.

 

According to the agreement, any dividend is subject to the first investor’s approval. In 2013 a dividend distribution in the amount of $88 was agreed to by all shareholders. Furthermore, as specified in the agreement, the first investor was given an option to increase his holdings in the Company by an additional 1,790 shares, subject to the marketing and sale of the Company’s products until April 2013.

 

During the years 2011-2013, the first investor distributed the Company’s products and was entitled to 620 Company shares.

 

In September 2011, the Company and founder entered into an agreement with another investor whereby in exchange for a loan made to the Company by the additional investor of $300, the Company issued the Additional Investor 1,390 ordinary shares, representing 10.0% of the share capital of the Company at that time. The loan was granted for a period of five years (but may be redeemed early) and bears an annual interest rate of 4%. According to the agreement, the Company cannot distribute dividends unless the loans have been fully repaid or by approval of all shareholders.

 

During October 2014 the Company issued 1,120 shares, 620 shares to the first investor, and 500 shares to a major shareholder.

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company fully repaid the two loans to the two investors.

 

F- 53
 

 

Globisens Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

(in thousands)

 

NOTE 13 – TAX ON INCOME

 

Preferred Enterprise

 

In February 2013, the Company received a ruling from the tax authorities confirming its eligibility as a preferred enterprise subject to the conditions and limitations stated in the decision.

 

In April 2013, the Company received approval from the Chief Scientist at the Ministry of Commerce and Industry for research and development activities as specified in the certificate.

 

The Company has not been assessed for tax purposes since its inception, and is therefore subject to tax assessment for the years since its incorporation.

 

Effective tax

 

The difference between the calculated tax on income, according to the statutory tax rate, and the income tax amount recorded in the Statement of Operations, is explained as follows:

 

    For the year ended  
    December 31,  
    2014     2013  
Profit before taxation   $ 21     $ 297  
Statutory tax rate     16 %     15 %
Calculated income tax expense per statutory tax rate   $ 3     $ 45  
Increase (decrease) in taxes on income generated by:                
Permanent differences   $ 2     $ 2  
Other allowances, net     -       -  
Total income tax expense   $ 5     $ 47  
                 
Average effective tax rate     23.8 %     15.8 %

 

NOTE 14 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATION

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company purchased a substantial portion of inventories from one vendor (61% in 2014 and 80% in 2013).

 

F- 54
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

(Unaudited)

 

   

March 31, 2015

    December 31, 2014  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 41,739     $ 32,013  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance     158,739       348,605  
Accounts receivable – related party     66,019       35,000  
Other current assets     21,777       11,643  
Total current assets     288,274       427,261  
                 
Other assets     10,447       8,047  
Total assets   $ 298,721     $ 435,308  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S DEFICIT                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 777,011     $ 780,295  
Lines of credit     45,000       45,000  
Customer prepayments     3,705       35,349  
Total current liabilities     825,716       860,644  
                 
Long-term debt     50,000       -  
Total liabilities     875,716       860,644  
                 
Member’s deficit     (576,995 )     (425,336 )
                 
Total liabilities and member’s deficit   $ 298,721     $ 435,308  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

 

F- 55
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Statements of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2015     2014  
             
Revenues   $ 223,056     $ 361,587  
Cost of goods sold     134,094       310,569  
Gross profit     88,962       51,018  
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative expenses     230,281       160,545  
Total operating expenses     230,281       160,545  
                 
Loss from operations     (141,319 )     (109,527 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (11,041 )     -  
Other income     701       -  
Total other income (expense)     (10,340 )     -  
                 
Net loss   $ (151,659 )   $ (109,527 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.

 

F- 56
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2014

(Unaudited)

 

   

March 31, 2015

   

March 31, 2014

 
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (151,659 )   $ (109,527 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Bad debt expense     4,240       -  
Loss on factoring of accounts receivable with recourse     8,972       -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     141,892       126,526  
Accounts receivable – related party     (31,019 )     8,265  
Other current assets     (10,134 )     (12,541 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (3,284 )     (165,846 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related party     -       8,905  
Customer prepayments     (31,644 )     89,318  
Net cash used in operating activities     (72,636 )     (54,900 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Deposit paid     (2,400 )     -  
Net cash used in operating activities     (2,400 )     -  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from factoring of accounts receivable with recourse     34,762       -  
Proceeds from line of credit     50,000       -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     84,762       -  
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash     9,726       (54,900 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     32,013       93,916  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 41,739     $ 39,016  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:                
                 
Interest paid   $ -     $ -  
Taxes paid   $ -     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 57
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis” or the “Company”) was formed as a limited liability company in September 2011 in Atlanta, Georgia, to provide solutions that enhance interactive learning in the business, government, and education markets. Genesis is a technology provider that facilitates effective communication in schools, training facilities and workplaces around the world. Genesis offers a wide range of integrated products that change the way individuals collaborate and learn. In the classroom, Genesis offers a wide range of integrated interactive solutions that transform the way teachers deliver lessons and assess progress. Genesis’ products include interactive whiteboard systems, interactive tables, interactive and standard projectors, audio systems, data loggers, software, assessment and student response systems.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The accompanying financial statements of Genesis have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted from these statements pursuant to such rules and regulations and, accordingly, they do not include all the information and notes necessary for comprehensive financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

In the opinion of the management of the Company, all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair statement of the results for the three month period have been made. Results for the interim period presented is not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for the entire fiscal year.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

Accounts receivable are stated at historical carrying amounts net of write-offs and allowance for doubtful accounts. The carrying amount of Genesis’ accounts receivable approximates fair value because of the short–term nature of the instruments.

 

Genesis routinely assesses the collectability of all material trade and other receivables. Genesis’ receivables consist primarily of receivables from customers of Genesis’ products. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no significant concentrations in customer accounts.

 

F- 58
 

 

The Company factors a portion of its invoices for certain customers with recourse to the Company and the Company incurred factoring fees of $8,972 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The invoiced amounts are reported as accounts receivable on Genesis’ balance sheet, generally, when the product is shipped to our customer until payment is received from the factor with a corresponding recourse liability for the amount owed in the event of uncollectability. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, represents management’s estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Genesis reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical payment trends, the age of receivables and knowledge of the individual customers. When the analysis indicates, management increases or decreases the allowance accordingly. However, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances might be required. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had allowances for doubtful accounts of $7,328 and $12,209, respectively.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION  

 

Revenue is comprised of product sales and service revenue.

 

Revenue from product sales is derived from the sale of projectors, interactive panels and related accessories. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users. The Company considers delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred.

 

Service revenue is comprised of product installation services and training services. These service revenues are normally entered into at the time products are sold. Service prices are established depending on product equipment sold and include a cost value for the estimated services to be performed based on historical experience. The Company outsources installation and training services to third parties and recognizes revenue upon completion of the services.

 

The Company evaluates the criteria outlined in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification Subtopic 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as revenue. Generally, when the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded at the gross amount. If the Company is not primarily obligated and amounts earned are determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed-payment schedule, or a combination of the two, the Company generally records the net amounts as revenue earned.

 

While the Company uses resellers and distributors to sell our products, our sales agreements do not contain any special pricing incentives, right of return or other post shipment obligations. The Company records customer prepayments for services to be performed or products to be delivered subsequent to year-end.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company is taxed as a limited liability company under the Internal Revenue Code. The income of the Company flows through to the members to be taxed at the member level rather than the corporate level. Accordingly, the Company has no tax liability.

 

Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions under the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the financial statements to comply with the provisions of this guidance.

 

F- 59
 

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions from March 31, 2015 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

There were various accounting standards and interpretations issued recently, none of which are expected to a have a material impact on our financial position, operations or cash flows.

 

NOTE 2 – LINE OF CREDIT

 

On May 21, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware (“LCC-Delaware) a Company under common control with Genesis. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly, and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full on May 21, 2015. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there is an outstanding balance of $45,000 advanced against this line.

 

NOTE 3 – LONG-TERM DEBT

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Boxlight Corporation. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly, and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full on January 15, 2018. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2015, there is an outstanding balance of $50,000 advanced against this line.

 

NOTE 4 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

On January 31, 2015, Boxlight Corporation, Vert Capital, and the former members of the Company entered into an agreement whereby Boxlight Corporation will acquire from Vert Capital all of the outstanding membership of the Company upon consummation of Boxlight Corporation’s initial public offering immediately following the acquisitions of Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwanese corporation, and Globisens. In connection with such transaction, other than one share of common stock of LCC-Delaware retained by Vert Capital, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of the Company will return to treasury all of their ownership equity in LCC-Delaware, and the former members of the Company will receive 1,000,000 shares of Boxlight Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock upon consummation of Boxlight Corporation’s initial public offering, which will automatically convert into 2,239,000 shares of Boxlight Corporation’s Class A common stock, or such other number of shares as will represent 4.0% of Boxlight Corporation’s “fully diluted common stock”, as defined in the agreement. If the offering is not consummated, no shares will be issued to the former members of the Company. Vert Capital is also Boxlight Corporation’s primary stockholder. As of March 31, 2015, the aforementioned transactions have not taken place.

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable lease agreement. The lease generally provides that the Company pay the taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to the property. Future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating lease during the years subsequent to March 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

2015     $ 38,998  
2016       52,362
2017       13,185  
Net minimum lease payments     $ 104,545  

 

Rent expense under operating leases was $11,855 and $1,042 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Facilities rent is reduced by sublease income of $12,682 and $10,569 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Future minimum sublease income for the years subsequent to March 31, 2015 are $19,449 and $26,181 for 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

As of March 31, 2015, Genesis had an accounts receivable balance of $66,019 due from Boxlight Corp., related to salaries paid by the Company on behalf of Boxlight Corp. The Company and Boxlight Corp. are managed by the same team.

   

F- 60
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Atlanta, Georgia

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Genesis Collaboration, LLC as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. Genesis Collaboration, LLC’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Genesis Collaboration, LLC as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC  
GBH CPAs, PC  
www.gbhcpas.com  
Houston, Texas  
March 27, 2015  

 

F- 61
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Balance Sheets

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 32,013     $ 93,916  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance     348,605       369,915  
Accounts receivable – related party     35,000       8,265  
Other current assets     11,643       -  
Total current assets     427,261       472,096  
                 
Other assets     8,047       8,047  
Total assets   $ 435,308     $ 480,143  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 780,295     $ 487,393  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related party     -       6,088  
Line of credit     45,000       -  
Customer prepayments     35,349       -  
Total liabilities     860,644       493,481  
                 
Members’ deficit     (425,336 )     (13,338 )
                 
Total liabilities and members’ deficit   $ 435,308     $ 480,143  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 62
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Statements of Operations

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    2014     2013  
             
Revenues   $ 2,902,856     $ 2,102,528  
Cost of goods sold     2,236,651       1,486,816  
Gross profit     666,205       615,712  
                 
Operating expenses:                
General and administrative expenses     1,064,794       710,630  
Total operating expenses     1,064,794       710,630  
                 
Loss from operations     (398,589 )     (94,918 )
                 
Other income (expense):                
Interest expense     (13,409 )     (3,829 )
Other income     -       75  
Total other income (expense)     (13,409 )     (3,754 )
                 
Net loss   $ (411,998 )   $ (98,672 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 63
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Statement of Changes in Members’ Deficit

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    Members’  
    Deficit  
       
Balance at December 31, 2012   $ 107,834  
         
Members’ distributions     (22,500 )
Net loss     (98,672
         
Balance at December 31, 2013     (13,338 )
         
Net loss     (411,998 )
         
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ (425,336 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 64
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

    December 31, 2014     December 31, 2013  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (411,998 )   $ (98,672 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Bad debt expense     5,335       6,874  
Loss on factoring of accounts receivable with recourse     8,647       -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (41,600 )     (259,690 )
Accounts receivable – related party     (26,735 )     (8,265 )
Other current assets     (11,644 )     -  
Other assets     -       (8,047 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     292,903       342,232  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related party     (6,088 )     6,088  
Customer prepayments     35,349       -  
Net cash used in operating activities     (155,831 )     (19,480 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from factoring of accounts receivable with recourse     48,928       -  
Proceeds from line of credit     45,000       -  
Members’ distributions     -       (22,500 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     93,928       (22,500 )
                 
Net decrease in cash     (61,903 )     (41,980 )
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     93,916       135,896  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 32,013     $ 93,916  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:                
                 
Interest paid   $ -     $ -  
Taxes paid   $ -     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F- 65
 

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2014

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis” or the “Company”) was formed as a limited liability company in September 2011 in Atlanta, Georgia, to provide solutions that enhance interactive learning in the business, government, and education markets. Genesis is a technology provider that facilitates effective communication in schools, training facilities and workplaces around the world. Genesis offers a wide range of integrated products that change the way individuals collaborate and learn. In the classroom, Genesis offers a wide range of integrated interactive solutions that transform the way teachers deliver lessons and assess progress. Genesis’ products include interactive whiteboard systems, interactive tables, interactive and standard projectors, audio systems, data loggers, software, assessment and student response systems.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

The Company considers all highly liquid short-term investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

Accounts receivable are stated at historical carrying amounts net of write-offs and allowance for doubtful accounts. The carrying amount of Genesis’ accounts receivable approximates fair value because of the short–term nature of the instruments.

 

Genesis routinely assesses the collectability of all material trade and other receivables. Genesis’ receivables consist primarily of receivables from customers of Genesis’ products. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no significant concentrations in customer accounts.

 

The Company factors a portion of its invoices for certain customers (approved by the third party factor) with recourse to the Company and the Company incurred factor fees of $8,647 and $-0- for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The invoiced amounts are reported as accounts receivable on Genesis’ balance sheet, generally, when the product is shipped to our customer until payment is received from the factor with a corresponding recourse liability for the amount owed in the event of uncollectability. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no outstanding factored receivables.

 

F- 66
 

 

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

 

Genesis’ reported balance of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, represents management’s estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Genesis reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical payment trends, the age of receivables and knowledge of the individual customers. When the analysis indicates, management increases or decreases the allowance accordingly. However, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances might be required. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,209 and $6,874 respectively.

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION

 

Revenue is comprised of product sales and service revenue.

 

Revenue from product sales is derived from the sale of projectors, interactive panels and related accessories. The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement consists of an order from its distributors, resellers or end users. The Company considers delivery to have occurred once title and risk of loss has been transferred.

 

Service revenue is comprised of product installation services and training services. These service revenues are normally entered into at the time products are sold. Service prices are established depending on product equipment sold and include a cost value for the estimated services to be performed based on historical experience. The Company outsources installation and training services to third parties and recognizes revenue upon completion of the services.

 

The Company evaluates the criteria outlined in FASB ASC Subtopic 605-45, Principal Agent Considerations, in determining whether it is appropriate to record the gross amount of product sales and related costs or the net amount earned as revenue. Generally, when the Company is primarily obligated in a transaction, is subject to inventory risk, has latitude in establishing prices and selecting suppliers, or has several but not all of these indicators, revenue is recorded at the gross amount. If the Company is not primarily obligated and amounts earned are determined using a fixed percentage, a fixed-payment schedule, or a combination of the two, the Company generally records the net amounts as revenue earned.

 

While the Company uses resellers and distributors to sell our products our sales agreements do not contain any special pricing incentives, right of return or other post shipment obligations. The Company recognizes revenue only when all of the criteria described above have been met:

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company is taxed as a limited liability company under the Internal Revenue Code. The income of the Company flows through to the members to be taxed at the member level rather than the corporate level. Accordingly, the Company has no tax liability.

 

Management has evaluated the Company’s tax positions under the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment to the financial statements to comply with the provisions of this guidance.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions from December 31, 2014 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

There were various accounting standards and interpretations issued recently, none of which are expected to a have a material impact on our financial position, operations or cash flows.

 

F- 67
 

 

NOTE 2 – REORGANIZATION

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period from January 1, 2013 through October 31, 2013, the Company’s owners consisted of Renova Partners, LLC, Operational Security Systems, Inc., Mark Elliott and John Cox, each owning a 25% interest. An operating agreement dated June 29, 2012 was entered into by the members such that the net profits or losses would be allocated pursuant to Section 704 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code. Each member’s capital account balance shall be equal to the result of subtracting (i) the sum of (x) the amount which such member is unconditionally obligated to contribute to the Company in the future, (y) such member’s share of the partner minimum gain and (z) such member’s share of the partnership minimum gain from (i) such member’s target amount at the end of such fiscal year.

 

On October 31, 2013, Genesis’ former members entered into an exchange agreement with Logical Choice Corporation (“LCC - Delaware”). The Genesis members exchanged their membership interests in Genesis for 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock in LCC - Delaware. LCC - Delaware is now the sole member of the Company. Accordingly, the Company’s operating agreement was amended such that the net profits or losses of the Company would be allocated according to LCC - Delaware’s sole ownership of Genesis.

 

NOTE 3 – LINE OF CREDIT

 

On May 21, 2014, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with LCC-Delaware. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full on May 21, 2015. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of December 31, 2014, there is an outstanding balance of $45,000 advanced against this line.

 

NOTE 4 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable lease agreement. The lease generally provides that the Company pay the taxes, insurance and maintenance expenses related to the property. Future minimum lease payments of the Company’s operating lease during the years subsequent to December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

2015   $ 50,853  
2016     52,362  
2017     13,185  
Net minimum lease payments   $ 116,400  

 

Rent expense under operating leases was $44,894 and $33,344 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Facilities rent is reduced by sublease income of $-0- and $4,023 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In 2014, Genesis had an accounts receivable balance of $35,000 due from Boxlight Corp., related to salaries paid by the Company on behalf of Boxlight Corp. The Company and Boxlight Corp. are managed by the same team.

 

In 2013, Genesis used Logical Choice Technologies, Inc. (“LCT”), a company 100% owned by LCC, to subcontract installation services. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had a payable to LCT in the amount of $6,088. Also during the year ended December 31, 2013, Genesis had an accounts receivable balance of $8,265 due from LCT, related to products that LCT purchased from the Company.

 

F- 68
 

 

NOTE 6 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On October 31, 2014, Vert Capital and LCC-Delaware, a subsidiary of Vert Capital, agreed, upon consummation of an initial public offering of Logical Choice Corporation – Nevada (“LCC-Nevada”) and immediately following the acquisitions of Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwanese Corporation, and Globisens, Ltd., an Israeli limited company, to contribute 100% of the membership interests in the Company to LCC-Nevada in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of LCC- Nevada’s Series B Preferred Stock. As part of such agreement, other than one share of common stock of LCC-Delaware to be retained by Vert Capital, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of the Company will return to the treasury of LCC-Delaware, all of their membership interests in LCC-Delaware in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of LCC- Nevada’s Series B Preferred Stock which shall be automatically converted immediately following completion of the initial public offering of LCC-Nevada into common stock representing 4.0% of LCC-Nevada’s outstanding and issuable common shares prior to the offering date.

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company entered into a line of credit agreement with Boxlight Corporation. The line of credit allows the Company to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed will accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full on three years from execution date. The assets of the Company have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 27, 2015, there is an outstanding balance of $50,000 advanced against this line.

 

F- 69
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Balance Sheets

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014

(Unaudited)

 

    March 31, 2015     December 31, 2014  
ASSETS                
Current assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,433     $ 378  
Receivables – related party     959       -  
Total current assets     2,392       378  
                 
Note receivable – related party     50,000       -  
Total assets   $ 52,392     $ 378  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 480,938     $ 383,519  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     82,902       41,678  
Short-term debt – related parties     449,179       275,076  
Total liabilities     1,013,019       700,273  
                 
Commitment and contingencies                
                 
Stockholders’ deficit:                
Preferred stock, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding     -       -  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 25,600,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,560       2,560  
Paid-in capital deficit     (25,000 )     (25,000 )
Accumulated deficit     (935,627 )     (674,895 )
Subscription receivable     (2,560 )     (2,560 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (960,627 )     (699,895 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 52,392     $ 378  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited financial statements.

 

F- 70
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Statement of Operations

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

(Unaudited)

 

Operating expenses:        
General and administrative expenses   $ 251,486  
Total operating expenses     251,486  
         
Interest expense, net     9,246  
         
Net loss   $ (260,732 )
         
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (0.01 )
Weighted average number of common share outstanding – basic and diluted     25,600,000  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited financial statements.

 

F- 71
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

(Unaudited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss   $ (260,732 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Receivables – related party     (959 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     97,419  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses – related parties     41,224  
Net cash used in operating activities     (123,048 )
         
Cash flows from investing activities:        
Advances to related party     (50,000 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (50,000 )
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Proceeds from short-term borrowings – related parties, net     174,103  
Net cash provided by financing activities     174,103  
         
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,055  
         
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period     378  
         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period     1,433  
         
Supplemental cash flows disclosures:        
Cash paid for interest   $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited financial statements.

 

F- 72
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Notes to Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Boxlight Corporation (formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation) (the “Company” or “Boxlight Parent”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on September 18, 2014 with its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia for the purpose of becoming a technology company that sells interactive educational products.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The unaudited financial statements of Boxlight Corporation and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America have been omitted from these statements pursuant to such rules and regulations and, accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes necessary for comprehensive financial statements and should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2014 contained elsewhere in this registration statement.

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each share-based compensation award at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value determined represents the cost for the award and is recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, as share-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Excess tax benefits, if any, are recognized as an addition to paid-in capital.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions from March 31, 2015 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs .” ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those annual periods, early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of ASU 2015-03 on the financial statements.

 

F- 73
 

 

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, the ability of the Company to obtain necessary equity financing to continue operations, and the attainment of profitable operations. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has incurred losses totaling $935,627 since inception, had a working capital deficit of $1,010,627 and has not yet generated any revenue from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

NOTE 3 – EQUITY

 

The Company issued 25,600,000 shares of its Class A common stock to various investors for $2,560. The Company received promissory notes from the investors in payment. These notes were due on March 31, 2015 and bear no interest until March 31, 2015. After March 31, 2015, the notes bear an interest of 12% per annum. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has not received payment on the notes, and $2,560 was recorded by the Company as a subscription receivable. Subsequent to March 31, 2015, the Company has received $1,785 from investors for these notes.

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Company’s articles of incorporation provides that the Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 preferred shares consisting of: 1) 2,500,000 shares of voting Series A preferred stock, with a par value of $1 per share; 2) 1,200,000 shares of voting Series B preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 3) 270,000 shares of voting Series C preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share; 4) 46,030,000 shares to be established by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement registering for the resale of the Company’s Series A common stock, all of the shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into the applicable numbers of Class A common stock. All of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into Class A common stock one year after the effective date of the Company’s registration statement in connection with a IPO of the Company’s Class A common stock.

 

Common Shares

 

In January 2015, the Company amended its article of incorporation to state that the Company’s common shares consists of: 1) 150,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 2) 50,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock. Class A and Class B common stock has the same rights except that Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share while Class B common stock has no voting rights. Currently, the Company has 25,600,000 shares Class A common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Adoption of the 2014 Stock Plan

 

On September 19, 2014, the Board approved the Company’s 2014 Stock Option Plan. The total number of underlying shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant to directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company under the plan is 15,000,000 shares.

 

NOTE 4 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

As of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company has 5,477,391 options to purchase the Company’s common stock outstanding with an exercise price of $0.02 per share, a term of 10 years and a vesting period over 3 years.

 

F- 74
 

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

 

Line of Credit - Vert Capital Corp.

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Vert Capital Corp., the Company’s majority shareholder. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from Vert Capital up to a maximum of $500,000 to complete its initial public offering (“IPO”) process. The advances from this agreement accrued interest at 10% per annum and are due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Vert Capital Corp. a first lien and security interest to all of its assets and properties. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $214,050 and $5,727, respectively.

 

Line of Credit - Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware, a company controlled by Vert Capital Corp. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware up to a maximum of $500,000 for a term of 3 years. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 10% per annum and are due on demand. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware a second lien and security interest to all of its assets and properties, subordinate to the Vert Capital line of credit agreement. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $185,129 and $10,129, respectively.

 

Convertible Note Payable

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $50,000. The note is due on April 30, 2015 and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly. The note is convertible to the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company’s common stock is public traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. The note holder may convert all but not less than all of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note upon the conversion date. As of March 31, 2015, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $50,000 and $1,027, respectively. On June 5, 2015, Mr. Elliot agreed to extend the note to September 30, 2015.

 

Other Payable

 

As of March 31, 2015, the Company has $66,019 payable to Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis”), a company controlled by Vert Capital Corp., for expenses paid by Genesis on behalf of the Company.

 

Line of Credit - Genesis

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company provided a line of credit to Genesis. The line of credit allows Genesis to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion. The funds when borrowed accrue interest at 10% per annum. Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly, and the outstanding principal is due in full three years from the execution date. The assets of Genesis have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has advanced $50,000 to Genesis against this line and accrued interest receivable of $959.

 

Warrant Agreement

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company granted Vert Capital Corp. warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5,000,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to 110% of the price per share of the Company’s IPO or, in the situation that the Company become a public trading company through reverse merger or other alternative methods, the volume weighted average price per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately after the Company becomes public. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019.

 

F- 75
 

 

NOTE 6 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCY

 

Agreements with Board of Directors

 

In March 2015, the Company entered into agreements with two new Board members. In consideration of their agreement to serve on the Company’s Board, the Company agreed to sell a number of common shares equal to 0.5% and 1.25%, respectively, of the Company’s fully-diluted common shares to these members. The numbers of the fully-diluted common shares are to be determined on a date no later than 2 business days prior to the effective date of a registration statement in connection with a IPO of the Company’s Class A commons stock. The purchase price per share will be $0.0001 per share. The issuance of these shares will be recorded after the IPO. Additionally, one of the directors will receive a fee of $50,000 per annum commencing after the completion of the IPO.

 

Option Agreement

 

On September 18, 2014, Genesis granted 900,000 of the Company’s options to its president and vice president with an exercise price of $0.02 per share. The options will vest quarterly over a three year period commencing on the first quarter ending subsequent to the IPO effective date. Upon the effective date of the IPO, the Company will acquires 100% of Genesis shares and record stock-based compensation expense through the vesting period.

 

Warrant Agreement

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company granted warrants to Lackamoola, LLC to purchase an aggregate of 150,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to 110% of the price per share of the Company’s IPO or, in the situation that the Company become a public trading company through reverse merger or other alternative methods, the volume weighted average price per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately after the Company becomes a publicly traded company. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019.

 

Acquisition of Boxlight

 

Effective as of January 31, 2015, the Company entered into stock purchase and option agreements with the shareholders of Everest Display Inc. and its subsidiaries (dba “Boxlight”).

 

Under the terms of the agreement with Boxlight’s majority shareholders, the Company will purchase a minimum of 82.3% of the outstanding share capital of Boxlight for a purchase price equal to $7,283,132 multiplied by the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares to be acquired. Such purchase price is payable in cash at closing. However, under the terms of a stock option agreement, the shareholders of Boxlight are obligated to exercise an option to purchase 270,000 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at a cash option purchase price of $26.98 per share, or an aggregate of $7,284,600. Payment of the purchase price for the Boxlight shares and exercise of the option and payment of the per share option price is to occur simultaneously with the closing of the Boxlight acquisition, provided that such closing must occur on or before June 30, 2015. The Company also agreed to purchase, within 30 days after consummation of the acquisition, an additional 15.66% of ETL, a subsidiary majority owned by Boxlight, not owned by the Company, for approximately $1,952,000 (RMB 12,000,000).

 

Upon closing of the Boxlight acquisition and the Company’s IPO, all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock, and together with additional shares of Class A common stock (representing 8% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued to Boxlight’s employees, will aggregate a total of 12,438,390 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, representing approximately 22.22% of the fully-diluted common stock. If the Company subsequently acquires more than 82.3% of the Boxlight shares, additional shares of Class A common stock would be issued up to a maximum number of shares (including those previously issued) equaling as much as 27% of the fully-diluted common stock immediately prior to this offering. Among other conditions, the closing of the acquisition of Boxlight is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of Company common stock in which the shares issued to the Boxlight shareholders have a market value of not less than $16,460,000. The consummation of the Boxlight acquisition will occur simultaneously with the completion of the initial public offering and immediately prior to the acquisitions of each of Globisens Ltd. (“Globisens”) and Genesis.

 

F- 76
 

 

Acquisition of Globisens

 

In October 2014, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Globisens from its shareholders. Globisens sells custom designed wireless mobile lab units and related accessories for science classrooms based on technology developed internally. Under the terms of the share purchase agreement with the shareholders of Globisens, the parties valued Globisens at $5,250,000, of which $2,500,000 is payable in cash at the closing, and the $2,750,000 balance is evidenced by a number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company determined by dividing $2,750,000 by the initial per share offering price, provided that such number of shares represent not less than 3.437% of fully diluted common stock. The closing of the acquisition of Globisens is to occur on the earlier of completion of the offering or June 30, 2015. The Globisens stockholders have agreed not to sell any of their shares for a minimum of two years following the closing.

 

Following the initial two-year period from the closing, to secure the value of their shares issued by the Company, the Globisens shareholders have a two year option to “put” all or a portion of such shares back to the Company at a price equal to the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public. However, in the event that at any time during the two-year put option period, all of the Company shares issued to the Globisens shareholders have either been registered for resale under the Securities Act, or may immediately be resold to the public without restriction pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and any or all of such shares have been sold at a price per share that equals or exceeds the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public under this prospectus, the dollar amount and number of shares that the Company may be obligated to purchase upon exercise of the put option shall be reduced by the dollar value of the number of shares that were sold by the Globisens shareholders. The Globisens shareholders are not obligated to sell any of the Company shares during the two-year put option period or thereafter; if they elect not to sell shares otherwise available for sale at a price equal to or above the initial per share offering price, the Company has the right, in lieu of repurchasing their shares upon exercise of the put option, to arrange for a third party to purchase (in a brokers transaction) or otherwise such shares at a price equal to or higher than the initial per share offering price, and, if the Globisens shareholders elect not to accept such offer to purchase, the put option and Company obligations thereunder will terminate.

 

Acquisition of Genesis

 

Effective as of September 30, 2014, Vert Capital’s inactive Delaware subsidiary distributed 100% of Genesis’s membership interests to Vert Capital, and on January 31, 2015, the Company, Vert Capital, and the former members of Genesis entered into an agreement whereby the Company will acquire from Vert Capital all of the outstanding equity of Genesis upon consummation of an initial public offering immediately following the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens. Genesis provides solutions that enhance interactive learning in the business, government, and education markets. In connection with such transaction, other than one share of common stock of the Delaware subsidiary retained by Vert Capital, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of Genesis will return to treasury all of their ownership equity in such Delaware subsidiary, and the former members of Genesis will receive 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock upon consummation of the initial public offering, which will automatically convert into 2,239,000 shares of Class A common stock, or such other number of shares as will represent 4.0% of the Company “fully diluted common stock.” If the offering is not consummated, no shares will be issued to the former members of Genesis. Genesis is owned by Vert Capital, which is also the Company’s primary stockholder. The Company will account for the acquisition of Genesis as a merger of entities under common control.

 

Following completion of this offering, the holders of Series A preferred stock in Vert Capital’s inactive Delaware subsidiary will be given the right to exchange their Series A preferred stock for 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock. Each share of Series A preferred stock will be convertible by the holder into one share of our Class A common stock commencing one year from the date of the issuance of the Series A preferred stock.

 

NOTE 7 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Line of Credit - Silverstein

 

On April 3, 2015, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Sy Silverstein, an individual. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained the line of credit for up to a maximum of $300,000 to complete its IPO process. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 12% per annum, along with a $10,000 documentation fee, and is due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. As of June 1, 2015, the outstanding principal balance was $90,000.

 

F- 77
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Boxlight Corporation (formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)
Atlanta, Georgia

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Boxlight Corporation (formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation) as of December 31, 2014 and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014. Boxlight Corporation’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Boxlight Corporation (formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation) as of December 31, 2014 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Boxlight Corporation will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, Boxlight Corporation has suffered losses from operations, has a net capital deficit, and has not yet generated any revenue from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC  
GBH CPAs, PC  
www.gbhcpas.com  
Houston, Texas  
April 20, 2015  

  

F- 78
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Balance Sheet

As of December 31, 2014

 

ASSETS        
Current assets:        
Cash   $ 378  
         
Total assets   $ 378  
         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 383,519  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses - related party     41,678  
Short-term debt     275,076  
Total liabilities     700,273  
         
Commitment and contingencies        
         
Stockholders’ deficit:        
Preferred stock, 50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding     -  
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 25,600,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,560  
Paid-in capital deficit     (25,000 )
Accumulated deficit     (674,895 )
Subscription receivable     (2,560 )
Total stockholders’ deficit     (699,895 )
         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit   $ 378  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 79
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Statement of Operations

For the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014

 

Operating expenses:        
General and administrative expenses   $ 668,217  
Total operating expenses     668,217  
         
Interest expense     6,678  
         
Net loss   $ (674,895 )
         
Net loss per common share – basic and diluted   $ (0.03 )
Weighted average number of common share outstanding – basic and diluted     22,430,476  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 80
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Statement of Changes in Stockholders Deficit

For the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014

 

                Paid-in              
    Series A Common Stock     Subscription     Capital     Accumulated        
    Shares     Amount     Receivable     Deficit     Deficit     Total  
                                     
Balance, September 18, 2014     -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Direct costs incurred for issuance of equity     -       -       -       (25,000 )     -       (25,000 )
Sale of common stock     25,600,000       2,560       (2,560 )     -       -       -  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       (674,895 )     (674,895 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2014     25,600,000     $ 2,560     $ (2,560 )   $ (25,000 )   $ (674,895 )   $ (699,895 )

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 81
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Statement of Cash Flows

For the Period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014

 

Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss   $ (674,895 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     383,519  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses - related party     41,678  
Net cash used in operating activities     (249,698 )
         
Cash flows from financing activities:        
Net proceeds from issuance of short-term debt     275,076  
Direct costs incurred for issuance of equity     (25,000 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     250,076  
         
Net increase in cash     378  
         
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period     -  
         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period   $ 378  
         
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:        
Cash paid for interest   $ -  
Cash paid for income taxes   $ -  
         
Non-cash financing activities:        
Receivable from sale of common stock   $ 2,560  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

 

F- 82
 

 

Boxlight Corporation

(formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation)

Notes to Financial Statements

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

THE COMPANY

 

Boxlight Corporation (formerly known as Logical Choice Corporation) (the “Company” or “Boxlight Parent”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on September 18, 2014 (inception) with its headquarters in Atlanta, Georgia.

 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

The financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

 

ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.

 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company estimates the fair value of each share-based compensation award at the grant date by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value determined represents the cost for the award and is recognized over the vesting period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award. As share-based compensation expense is recognized based on awards ultimately expected to vest. Excess tax benefits, if any, are recognized as an addition to paid-in capital.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The Company has evaluated all transactions from December 31, 2014 through the financial statement issuance date for subsequent event disclosure consideration.

 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

 

There were various accounting standards and interpretations issued recently, none of which are expected to a have a material impact on our financial position, operations or cash flows.

  

NOTE 2 – GOING CONCERN

 

These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which assumes the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. The continuation of the Company as a going concern is dependent upon the continued financial support from its shareholders, the ability of the Company to obtain necessary equity financing to continue operations, and the attainment of profitable operations. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has incurred losses totaling $674,895 since inception, had a working capital deficit of $699,895 and has not yet generated any revenue from operations. These factors raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. These financial statements do not include any adjustments to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

F- 83
 

 

NOTE 3 – EQUITY

 

During the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014, the Company incurred $25,000 as direct share issuance costs directly attributable to the Company’s proposed offering of its common stock.

 

During the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014, the Company issued 25,600,000 shares of its common stock to various investors for cash of $2,560. The Company received promissory notes from the investors for the proceeds. These notes were due on March 31, 2015 and bear no interest until March 31, 2015. After March 31, 2015, the notes bears an interest of 12% per annum. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has not received the proceeds from issuance of these shares and $2,560 was recorded by the Company as subscription receivable. Subsequent to December 31, 2014, the Company has received $1,785 from investors for these notes.

 

Common Shares

 

In January 2015, the Company amended its article of incorporation to state that the Company’s common shares consists of: 1) 150,000,000 shares of Class A voting common stock and 2) 50,000,000 shares of Class B non-voting common stock. Class A and Class B common stock has the same rights except that Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share while Class B common stock has no voting rights. Currently, the Company has 25,600,000 shares Class A common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Company’s article of incorporation provides that the Company’s preferred shares consists of: 1.) 2,500,000 shares of voting Series A preferred stock, with a par value of $1 per share; 2.) 1,200,000 shares of voting Series B preferred stock, with a par value of 0.0001 per share; 3.) 270,000 shares of voting Series C preferred stock, with a par value of 0.0001 per share.

 

Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement registering for the resale of the Company’s Series A common stock, all of the shares of Series B and Series C Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into the applicable numbers of Class A common stock. All of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into Class A common stock one year after the effective date of the Company’s registration statement in connection with a IPO of the Company’s Class A common stock.

 

Adoption of the 2014 Stock Plan

 

On September 19, 2014, the Board approved the Company’s 2014 Stock Option Plan. The total number of underlying shares of the Company’s common stock available for grant to directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company under the plan is 15,000,000 shares.

 

NOTE 4 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

During the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014, the Company granted its employees 5,477,391 options to purchase the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $0.02 per share and a term of 10 years, with vesting over a 3-year period. The options have an aggregated fair value of approximately $2 that was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Variables used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model include: (1) discount rate of 1.81% to 2.09% (2) expected life of 5.75 years, (3) expected volatility of 65% to 69%, and (4) zero expected dividends.

 

F- 84
 

 

NOTE 5 – RELATED PARTIES TRANSACTIONS

 

Line of Credit-Vert Capital Corp.

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Vert Capital Corp., the Company’s majority shareholder. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from Vert Capital up to a maximum of $500,000 to complete its initial public offering (“IPO”) process. The advances from this agreement accrued interest at 10% per annum and is due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Vert Capital Corp. a first lien and security interest to all of its assets and properties. As of December 31, 2014, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $77,550 and $1,125, respectively.

 

Line of Credit-Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware

 

On September 30, 2014, the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware, a company controlled by Vert Capital Corp. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit from Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware up to a maximum of $500,000 for a term of 3 years. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 10% per annum and is due on demand. In connection with this agreement, the Company granted Logical Choice Corporation-Delaware a second lien and security interest to all of its assets and properties, subordinate to the Vert Capital line of credit agreement. As of December 31, 2014, outstanding principal and accrued interest under this agreement were $197,526 and $5,553, respectively.

 

Other payable

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has $35,000 payable to Genesis Collaboration, LLC, a company controlled by Vert Capital Corp., for payroll expense paid by Genesis on behalf of the Company.

 

Warranty agreements

 

On November 7, 2014, the Company granted Vert Capital Corp. and Lackamoola, LLC warrants to purchase an aggregate of 5,150,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to 110% of the price per share of the Company’s initial public offering or, in the situation that the Company become a public trading company through reverse merger other alternative methods, the volume weighted average price per share for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately following the Company becomes public. These warrants expire on December 31, 2019.

 

NOTE 6 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCY

 

On September 18, 2014, Genesis granted 900,000 of the Company’s options to its president and vice president with an exercise price of $0.02 per share. The options will vest quarterly over a three year period commencing on the first quarter ending subsequent to the IPO effective date of the Company. Upon the effective date of IPO, the Company will acquires 100% of Genesis shares, and record stock-based compensation expense through the vesting period.

 

NOTE 7 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Acquisition of Boxlight

 

Effective as of January 31, 2015, the Company entered into stock purchase and option agreements with the shareholders of Everest Display Inc. and its subsidiaries (dba “Boxlight”).

 

Under the terms of the agreement with Boxlight’s majority shareholders, the Company will purchase a minimum of 82.3% of the outstanding share capital of Boxlight for a purchase price equal to $7,283,132 multiplied by the percentage of the total number of outstanding shares to be acquired. Such purchase price is payable in cash at closing. However, under the terms of a stock option agreement, the shareholders of Boxlight are obligated to exercise an option to purchase 270,000 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at a cash option purchase price of $26.98 per share, or an aggregate of $7,284,600. Payment of the purchase price for the Boxlight shares and exercise of the option and payment of the per share option price is to occur simultaneously with the closing of the Boxlight acquisition, provided that such closing must occur on or before June 30, 2015. The Company also agreed to purchase, within 30 days after consummation of the acquisition, the remaining 15.66% of ETL, a subsidiary majority owned by Boxlight, not owned by the Company, for approximately $1,952,000 (RMB 12,000,000).

 

F- 85
 

 

Upon closing of the Boxlight acquisition and this offering, all of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock, and together with additional shares of Class A common stock (representing 8% of the shares issuable upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued to Boxlight’s employees and the shares should be allocated at the sole discretion of the majority Boxlight shareholders in consideration for facilitating the transaction, will aggregate a total of 12,438,390 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, representing approximately 22.22% of the fully-diluted common stock. If the Company subsequently acquires more than 82.3% of the Boxlight shares, additional shares of Class A common stock would be issued up to a maximum number of shares (including those previously issued) equaling as much as 27% of the fully-diluted common stock immediately prior to this offering. Among other conditions, the closing of the acquisition of Boxlight is subject to the occurrence of a “liquidity event,” which includes completion of an initial public offering of Company common stock in which the shares issued to the Boxlight shareholders have a market value of not less than $16,460,000. The consummation of the Boxlight acquisition will occur simultaneously with the completion of the initial public offering and immediately prior to the acquisitions of each of Globisens Ltd. (“Globisens”) and Genesis Collaboration, LLC (“Genesis”).

 

Acquisition of Globisens

 

In October 2014, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Globisens from its shareholders. Globisens sells custom designed wireless mobile lab units and related accessories for science classrooms based on technology developed internally. Under the terms of the share purchase agreement with the shareholders of Globisens, the parties valued Globisens at $5,250,000, of which $2,500,000 is payable in cash at the closing, and the $2,750,000 balance is evidenced by a number of shares of Class A common stock of the Company determined by dividing $2,750,000 by the initial per share offering price, provided that such number of shares represent not less than 3.437% of fully diluted common stock. The closing of the acquisition of Globisens is to occur on the earlier of completion of the offering or June 30, 2015. The Globisens stockholders have agreed not to sell any of their shares for a minimum of two years following the closing.

 

Following the initial two-year period from the closing, to secure the value of their shares issued by the Company, the Globisens shareholders have a two year option to “put” all or a portion of such shares back to the Company at a price equal to the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public. However, in the event that at any time during the two-year put option period, all of the Company shares issued to the Globisens shareholders have either been registered for resale under the Securities Act, or may immediately be resold to the public without restriction pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and any or all of such shares have been sold at a price per share that equals or exceeds the initial offering price of our common stock sold to the public under this prospectus, the dollar amount and number of shares that the Company may be obligated to purchase upon exercise of the put option shall be reduced by the dollar value of the number of shares that were sold by the Globisens shareholders. The Globisens shareholders are not obligated to sell any of the Company shares during the two-year put option period or thereafter, if they elect not to sell shares otherwise available for sale at a price equal to or above the initial per share offering price, the Company has the right, in lieu of repurchasing their shares upon exercise of the put option, to arrange for a third party to purchase (in a brokers transaction) or otherwise such shares at a price equal to or higher than the initial per share offering price, and, if the Globisens shareholders elect not to accept such offer to purchase, the put option and Company obligations thereunder will terminate.

 

F- 86
 

 

Acquisition of Genesis

 

Effective as of September 30, 2014, Vert Capital’s inactive Delaware subsidiary distributed 100% of Genesis’s membership interests to Vert Capital, and on January 31, 2015, the Company, Vert Capital, and the former members of Genesis entered into an agreement whereby the Company will acquire from Vert Capital all of the outstanding equity of Genesis upon consummation of an initial public offering immediately following the acquisitions of Boxlight and Globisens. Genesis provides solutions that enhance interactive learning in the business, government, and education markets. In connection with such transaction, other than one share of common stock of the Delaware subsidiary retained by Vert Capital, each of Vert Capital and the four former members of Genesis will return to treasury all of their ownership equity in such Delaware subsidiary, and the former members of Genesis will receive 1,000,000 shares of the Company Series B Preferred Stock upon consummation of the initial public offering, which will automatically convert into 2,239,000 shares of Class A common stock, or such other number of shares as will represent 4.0% of the Company “fully diluted common stock.” If the offering is not consummated, no shares will be issued to the former members of Genesis. Genesis is owned by Vert Capital. The Company will account for the acquisition of Genesis as a merger of entities under common control.

 

Following completion of this offering, the holders of Series A preferred stock in Vert Capital’s inactive Delaware subsidiary will be given the right to exchange their Series A preferred stock for 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s Series A preferred stock. Each share of Series A preferred stock will be convertible by the holder into one share of our Class A common stock commencing one year from the date of the issuance of the Series A preferred stock.

 

Agreements with Board of Directors

 

In March 2015, the Company entered into agreements with two new members of Board of Directors. In consideration of their agreement to serve on the Company’s Board, the Company agreed to sell a number of common shares equals to 0.5% and 1.25%, respectively, of the Company’s fully-diluted common shares. The numbers of the fully-diluted common shares are to be determined on a date no later than 2 business days prior to the effective date of a registration statement in connection with a IPO of the Company’s commons stock. The purchase price per share will be $0.0001 per share. Additionally, one of the directors will receive a fee of $50,000 per annum commencing after the completion of the initial public offering.

 

Series A preferred stock

 

In 2013, Vert Capital formed Logical Choice Corporation – Delaware (“LCC DE”). In October 2013, LCC DE acquired, pursuant to an agreement and plan of merger, 100% of the capital stock of Logical Choice Technologies, Inc (“LCT”) in exchange for shares of Series A convertible preferred stock of LCC DE. In March 2015, Vert Capital, LCT’s minority stockholders, LCC DE and the Company entered into a stock transfer agreement. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to issue 2,500,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock of the Company to LCT’s former stockholders on the effective date of a registration statement in connection with a IPO of the Company’s common stock for the benefits they would have received from LCC DE.

 

Convertible Note Payable

 

On January 16, 2015, the Company issued a note to Mark Elliott, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, in the amount of $50,000. The note is due on April 30, 2015 and bears interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly. The note is convertible to the Company’s common stock at the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company’s common stock is public traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. The note holder may convert all but not less than all of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note upon conversion date.

 

Line of Credit

 

On January 15, 2015, the Company provided a line of credit to Genesis Collaboration, LLC. The line of credit allows Genesis Collaboration, LLC to borrow up to $500,000 for working capital and business expansion.  The funds when borrowed accrue interest at 10% per annum.  Interest accrued on any advanced funds is due monthly and the outstanding principal and any accrued interest are due in full three years from the execution date.  The assets of the Genesis Collaboration, LLC have been pledged as a security interest against any advances on the line of credit.  As of March 31, 2015, the Company has advanced $50,000 to Genesis Collaboration, LLC against this line.

 

On April 3, 2015 the Company entered into a Line of Credit Agreement with Sy Silverstein, an individual. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company obtained a line of credit up to a maximum of $300,000 to complete its IPO process. The advances from this agreement accrue interest at 12% per annum, along with a $10,000 documentation fee, and is due on the effective date of the Company’s IPO. As of April 15, 2015 the outstanding principal balance is $90,000.

  

F- 87
 

 

Shares

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 


 

Aegis Capital Corp

 

Until         , 2015, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 
 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered. The registrant will pay all expenses of the registration and sale of the shares of common stock, other than selling commissions and fees, stock transfer taxes and fees and expenses, if any, of counsel or other advisors to the selling stockholders. All of the amounts shown are estimates except the SEC registration fee.

 

    Amount  
SEC Registration Fee   $ 2,004.45  
*Printing and Engraving Expenses   $       
*Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees   $      
*Legal Fees and Expenses   $      
*Accounting Fees and Expenses   $      
*Miscellaneous Expenses   $      
         
*Total   $      

 

* Estimated

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

We are a Nevada corporation, and accordingly, we are subject to the corporate laws under the Nevada Revised Statutes. Article 9 of our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, Article 8 of our by-laws and the Nevada Revised Business Statutes, contain indemnification provisions.

 

Our Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that we will indemnify, in accordance with our by-laws and to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes or any other applicable laws, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, including an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of such person acting as a director or officer of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person. We will be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceedings initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board and (ii) the indemnification does no relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended, or rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. Indemnification shall include payment by us of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it’s ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

With respect to any derivative action or other action against the corporation or any of its directors, officers, underwriters, accountants, financial advisors, or attorneys, in which wrongdoing is alleged for which the corporation could be liable or with respect to which the corporation might have an indemnification obligation, no stockholder or former stockholder shall agree to pay, the corporation shall have no authority to pay to any plaintiff’s counsel, and no plaintiff’s counsel shall seek any legal fee, except a fee determined for actual time expended, charged at reasonable rates not exceeding those prevailing for ordinary commercial litigation, as agreed between the corporation and plaintiff’s counsel before commencement of the action, subject to customary periodic rate increases, of which plaintiff’s counsel shall advise the corporation in advance of any such increase. Plaintiff’s counsel shall provide the corporation, at least monthly, a report of the time expended each day by each of its professionals in connection with the action during the period reported upon, describing the activities in reasonable detail and the dollar amount chargeable in connection therewith, summaries of time and charges with respect to each professional for such period and since inception, and of out-of-pocket expenses incurred during such period and since inception. This provision cannot be amended except by affirmative vote of holders of more than 80% of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Our By-laws provide for indemnification with respect to third party actions and corporate actions, if such officer or director acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

83
 

 

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

 

The Company has sold within the past three years, the following securities which were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

In connection with the formation of the Company, on September 18, 2014, a total of 2,295,552 shares of Class A common stock were issued to Vert Capital Corporation in reliance on Section 4(a)(2).

 

On November 7, 2014, we issued to Vert Capital Corp., and a consultant five year warrants to purchase 738,881 shares of our Class B common stock, at an exercise price payable by warrant holders equal to 110% of the initial per share offering price of the shares being sold under this prospectus. Among other provisions, such warrants contain “cashless” exercise rights and prohibit the holder from selling any of the shares issuable upon exercise of such warrants for a period of not less than six months from the date of issuance. Such warrants were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

On January 16, 2015, we issued a convertible promissory note to Mark Elliott, in the amount of $50,000. Mr. Elliott may convert all but not less than all of the outstanding principal and interest due under this note into the Company’s common stock, at the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share or (ii) a discount of 20% to the trading price if the Company’s common stock is then publicly traded. The note was issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

  

Upon consummation of the offering contemplated by the prospectus included in this registration statement, the Company will issue shares of its capital stock, as follows:

 

  in exchange for 100% of the membership interest equity in Genesis, a total of 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock will be issued to the four former members of Genesis Collaboration LLC, which shall automatically be converted into         shares of Class A common stock or such other number of shares as shall represent 4.0% of the Company’s fully-diluted common stock ;
     
  an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock will be issued to Vert Capital Corp., to be held in trust for the benefit of the existing holders of Series A Preferred stock in LCC-Delaware; such 250,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock will automatically convert into 358,680 shares of class A Common stock on a date that is one year from the date of this prospectus.
     
  in exchange for 82.3% of the shares of Boxlight, a total of 270,000 shares of our Series C preferred stock will be issued to the selling Boxlight stockholders, which will automatically convert into           shares of our Class A common stock or such other number of shares as represents $16,460,000, based on the number of shares issued in this offering multiplied by the initial per share offering price our Class A common stock.
     
 

An additional        bonus shares of Boxlight Parent Class A common stock will be issued to certain of the former Boxlight stockholders, and Boxlight Parent has also agreed to grant employee stock options entitling the option holders to purchase upon full vesting, at the offering price of our Class A common stock, an additional 2,554,550 shares of our Class B common stock or such other number of shares as represents 5.0% of our fully diluted common stock. Class B common stock is identical to Class A common stock, except that Class B common stock carries no vote, other than as required by law .

     
  in exchange for 100% of the common shares of Globisens, a total of           shares of the Company’s Class A common stock will be issued to the Globisens stockholders, or such other number of shares as shall represent 3.3% of the Company’s fully-diluted common stock;

 

The above securities will be issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Upon completion of the offering contemplated by the prospectus included in this registration statement, the Company will issue to Vert Capital Corp. three year warrants to purchase 738,881 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $    per share, representing 110% of the initial per share offering price. Such warrants will be issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

In addition, in exchange for a transfer to a subsidiary of Everest Display of the “Boxlight” and “Boxlight Display” trademarks, the Company agreed to issue an additional 35,868 shares of its common stock to the current owner of such trademarks. Such shares will be issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

A list of exhibits filed herewith is contained in the exhibit index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements and financial statement schedules included in this Registration Statement.

 

84
 

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

85
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Lawrenceville, of the State of Georgia, on this 8th day of June, 2015.

 

  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By /S/ JAMES MARK ELLIOTT
    James Mark Elliott
    Chief Executive Officer

 

Signatures and Power of Attorney

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates stated. Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Mark Elliott and Sheri Lofgren or any of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power and substitution for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, any and all amendments and post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, including any registration statements or amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or any substitute therefor, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
/S/ JAMES MARK ELLIOTT   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman  

June 8, 2015

James Mark Elliott   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/S/ Henry (“Hank”) Nance   President and Chief Operating Officer  

June 8, 2015

Henry (“Hank”) Nance        
         
/S/ SHERI LOFGREN   Chief Financial Officer  

June 8, 2015

Sheri Lofgren   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/S/ MICHAEL POPE   Director  

June 8, 2015

Michael Pope        
         
/S/ TIFFANY KUO   Director  

June 8, 2015

Tiffany Kuo        

  

/S/ Robin Richards   Director  

June 8, 2015

Robin Richards      
         
/S/ Dr. Rudolph Crew   Director  

June 8, 2015

Dr. Rudolph Crew        

  

86
 

   

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.    Description of Exhibit
      
1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement †
      
3.1    Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
      
3.2    Bylaws
      
4.1    Form of Certificate of Designations of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
      
4.2    Form of Certificate of Designations of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
      
4.3    Form of Certificate of Designations of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
      
4.4    Form of Warrant Held by Vert Capital Corp.
      
4.5    Form of Warrant Held by Lackamoola, LLC
      
5.1    Opinion of Loeb & Loeb, LLP as to the legality of the securities being offered †
      
10.1    Share Purchase Agreement, by and among the majority shareholders of Everest Display, Inc., Boxlight Display, Inc., the registrant and Vert Capital Corp.
      
10.2    Option Agreement, by and among the majority shareholders of Everest Display, Inc., the registrant and Vert Capital Corp.
       
10.3    Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the shareholders of Globisens Ltd., Inc. and the registrant
       
10.4    Share Exchange Agreement, by and among Vert Capital Corporation and such other former members of Genesis Collaboration LLC, the Delaware subsidiary of the registrant and the registrant
        
10.5    Form of Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the registrant and certain founding shareholders of the registrant
        
10.6    Form of 4% Promissory Note payable to the registrant by certain founding shareholders of the registrant
        
10.7    Intellectual Property Asset Purchase and Assignment Agreement, by and among Herbert H. Myers, Boxlight, Inc., Boxlight Technologies Ltd. and the registrant
        
10.8    Employment Agreement effective as September 18, 2014, be and between James Mark Elliott and the registrant
        
10.9    2014 Stock Incentive Plan of the registrant
        
10.10    Employment Agreement between Sheri Lofgren and the registrant
        
10.11    Employment Agreement between Henry (“Hank”) Nance and the registrant
        
10.12    Line of Credit Agreement between Vert Capital Corp. and the registrant
        
10.13    Form of Distribution Agreement of Genesis Collaboration LLC †
        
10.14    Amendment to Share Purchase Agreement, by and among the majority shareholders of Everest Display, Inc., Boxlight Display, Inc., the registrant and Vert Capital Corp.

 

87
 

 

10.15    Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among the shareholders of Globisens Ltd., Inc. and the registrant
        
10.16    Stock Transfer Agreement by and among the registrant, Logical Choice Corporation (a Delaware Corporation),  Vert Capital Corp. and LCT Minority Stockholders †
        
10.17    Line of Credit Agreement between Logical Choice Corporation (a Delaware Corporation) and the registrant
        
10.18    Convertible Promissory Note dated January 16, 2015, issued to Mark Elliot
        
10.19    Line of Credit Agreement between Sy Silverstein and the registrant
        
10.20    Line of Credit Agreement between Genesis Collaboration LLC and the registrant
        
10.21    Letter of Agreement by and between Dr. Rudolph Crew and the registrant
        
10.22    Letter of Agreement by and between Robin D. Richards and the registrant
        
10.23    Agreement by and between Vert Capital Corp. and the registrant relating to the registrant’s right to participate in certain future acquisitions †
        
10.24    Amendment to Convertible Promissory Note dated January 16, 2015, issued to Mark Elliot
        
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant †
        
23.1    Consent of Loeb & Loeb LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1) †
        
23.2    Consent of GBH CPAs, PC
        
23.3    Consent of Aboulafia Chekroun & Co.
        
24.1    Power of Attorney (included in signature pages).

 

† To be filed by amendment.

 

88
 

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Of

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

The Articles of Incorporation of LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”) was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, 202 North Carson Street, Carson City, Nevada 89701, on September 18, 2014, as document no. 20140673158-67 and entity no. E0482222014-8, and was amended and restated on September 24, 2014 as Document Number 20140682180-22.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation on January 19, 2015, have unanimously adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable that the Articles of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to Section 78.403 of the Nevada Revised Statutes of the State of Nevada (the “ NRS ”) and have duly adopted this Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

In lieu of a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, Vert Capital Corp., the majority stockholder of the Corporation, provided its written consent in favor of this Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the provisions of NRS Sections 78.310 and 78.390.

 

The text of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated herein, shall read as follows:

 

First : The name of the Corporation is “ Boxlight Corporation .”

 

Second : The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Nevada is 311 South Division Street, in the city of Carson City, Nevada 89703. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada.

 

Third : The nature or purpose of the business to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the NRS.

 

Fourth : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Hundred Fifty Million (250,000,000) shares, each having a par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of:

 

(i) One Hundred and Fifty Hundred Million (150,000,000) shares of Class A voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”);

 

(ii) Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) and

 

(iii) Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Serial Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), to be designated at a future date.

 

 
 

 

The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Common Stock”).

 

A statement of the powers, designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock is as follows:

 

1. Common Stock .

 

(a) Dividends . Subject to the express terms of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid in cash or otherwise with respect to the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, upon the terms, and subject to the limitations, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may determine. Except for the voting rights referred to below, all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be of equal rank and shall be identical in all respects.

 

(b) Liquidation Rights . Subject to the express terms of any outstanding Preferred Stock, in the event of a Liquidation of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share in the distribution of any remaining assets available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock ratably in proportion to the total number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding.

 

(c) Voting Rights . The holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share in voting or consenting to the election of directors and for all other corporate purposes to the extent authorized by this Articles of Incorporation or the NRS. The Class B Common Stock shall have no voting rights and holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote or consent to the election of directors or with respect to any other matter submitted to the vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2. Serial Preferred Stock . Subject to approval by holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock to the extent such approval is required by its terms, the Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, by resolution or resolutions and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Nevada, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a) The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

(b) The rate of dividend, and whether (and if so, on what terms and conditions) dividends shall be cumulative (and if so, whether unpaid dividends shall compound or accrue) or shall be payable in preference or in any other relation to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock or any other series of the Preferred Stock;

 

2
 

 

(c) Whether that series shall have voting rights in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms and extent of such voting rights;

 

(d) Whether the shares must or may be redeemed and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption (including, without limitation, the dates upon or after which they must or may be redeemed and the price or prices at which they must or may be redeemed, which price or prices may be different in different circumstances or at different redemption dates);

 

(e) Whether the shares shall be issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange (including without limitation the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange or any terms for adjustment thereof);

 

(f) The amounts, if any, payable under the shares thereof in the event of the Liquidation of the Corporation in preference of shares of any other class or series and whether the shares shall be entitled to participate generally in distributions in the Common Stock under such circumstances;

 

(g) Sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase of the shares (the term “sinking fund” being understood to include any similar fund, however designated); and

 

(h) Any other relative rights, preferences, limitations and powers of that series.

 

FIFTH : At all meetings of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock of the Corporation owned by such stockholders of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereon shall decide any question, matter or proposal brought before such meeting unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, this Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

SIXTH :

 

1. Number of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, but such number shall in no case be less than one (1). Any such determination made by the Board of Directors shall continue in effect unless and until changed by the Board of Directors, but no such changes shall affect the term of any directors then in office.

 

2. Term of Office; Quorum; Vacancies . A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Subject to the By-laws, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office even though less than a quorum and shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

 

3
 

 

3. Removal . Subject to the By-laws, any director may be removed upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, voting together as a class, given at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

SEVENTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

 

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2) The directors shall have the power, subject to the terms and conditions of the By-laws, to make, adopt, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-laws.

 

(3) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the NRS, this Articles of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

EIGHTH :

 

1. Stockholder Meetings; Keeping of Books and Records . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Nevada as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the NRS) outside the State of Nevada at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

2. Special Stockholders Meetings . Special meetings of the Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President or the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of Stockholders owning a majority in amount of the Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

3. No Written Ballot . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

4
 

 

NINTH :

 

1. Limits on Director Liability . Directors of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director; provided that nothing contained in this Article NINTH shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, or as otherwise expressly provided in the NRS, or (iii) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. If the NRS is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then by virtue of this Article NINTH the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS, as so amended.

 

2. Indemnification .

 

(1) The Corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation and to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the NRS or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided , however , the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors and (ii) the indemnification does not relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended, or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this paragraph 2 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each person referred to herein.

 

(2) If a claim under paragraph 2(1) is not paid in full by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where any undertaking required by the By-laws of the Corporation has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the NRS and paragraph 2(1) for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the NRS, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

5
 

 

(3) Indemnification shall include payment by the Corporation of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification under this Article NINTH, which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such repayment.

 

(4) With respect to any derivative action or other action against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers, underwriters, accountants, financial advisors, or attorneys, in which wrongdoing is alleged for which the Corporation could be liable or with respect to which the Corporation might have an indemnification obligation, no stockholder or former stockholder shall agree to pay, the Corporation shall have no authority to pay to any plaintiff’s counsel, and no plaintiff’s counsel shall seek any legal fee, except a fee determined for actual time expended, charged at reasonable rates not exceeding those prevailing for ordinary commercial litigation, as agreed between the Corporation and plaintiff’s counsel before commencement of the action, subject to customary periodic rate increases, of which plaintiff’s counsel shall advise the Corporation in advance of any such increase. Plaintiff’s counsel shall provide the Corporation, at least monthly, a report of the time expended each day by each of its professionals in connection with the action during the period reported upon, describing the activities in reasonable detail and the dollar amount chargeable in connection therewith, summaries of time and charges with respect to each professional for such period and since inception, and of out-of-pocket expenses incurred during such period and since inception. This provision cannot be amended except by affirmative vote of holders of more than 80% of the Corporation’s outstanding shares.

 

3. Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power (but not the obligation) to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under this ARTICLE NINTH or the NRS.

 

4. Other Rights . The rights and authority conferred in this ARTICLE NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, By-laws, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

6
 

 

5. Additional Indemnification . The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by the NRS.

 

6. Effect of Amendments . Neither the amendment, change, alteration nor repeal of this ARTICLE NINTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by NRS, any modification of law, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE NINTH or the rights or any protection afforded under this ARTICLE NINTH in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

TENTH :

 

1. Corporate Opportunity . In recognition of the fact that the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders, acting in their capacities as such, currently engage in, and may in the future engage in, the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas and types of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with such persons, the provisions of this ARTICLE TENTH are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve such directors, officers and employees, acting in their capacities as such. Accordingly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation, in such capacity, shall have any obligation to the Corporation to refrain from competing with the Corporation, making investments in competing businesses or otherwise engaging in any commercial activity that competes with the Corporation. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall not have any right, interest or expectancy with respect to any such particular investments or activities undertaken by any of its directors, officers or stockholders, such investments or activities shall not be deemed wrongful or improper, and no such director, officer or stockholder shall be obligated to communicate, offer or present any potential transaction, matter or opportunity to the Corporation even if such potential transaction, matter or opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Corporation, could be taken by the Corporation, so long as such transaction, matter or opportunity did not arise solely and expressly by virtue of the director being a member of the Board of Directors or an officer or an employee of the Corporation (a “Restricted Opportunity”). In the event that any director, officer or stockholder, acting in his capacity as such, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, matter or opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation, but is not a Restricted Opportunity, such director, officer or stockholders, acting in their capacities as such, shall have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that such director, officer or stockholder, acting in his capacity as such, pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, and the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in such corporate opportunity. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered the opportunity to participate in, any corporate opportunity covered by, but not allocated to it pursuant to, this ARTICLE TENTH to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS.

 

7
 

 

2. Confidential Information . The provisions of this ARTICLE TENTH shall in no way limit or eliminate a director’s, officer’s or stockholder’s duties, responsibilities and obligations with respect to any proprietary information of the Corporation, including the duty to not disclose or use such proprietary information improperly or to obtain therefrom an improper personal benefit. Except as otherwise set forth in this ARTICLE TENTH, this ARTICLE TENTH shall not limit or eliminate the fiduciary duties of any director or officer or otherwise be deemed to exculpate any director or officer from any breach of his fiduciary duties to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Article TENTH amends or modifies, or will amend or modify, in any respect any written contractual arrangement between any stockholders of the Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Corporation and any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, or any applicable employment or non-competition agreement.

 

3. Amendment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Articles of Incorporation, this ARTICLE TENTH may only be amended (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock. Neither the termination, alteration, amendment or repeal (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) of this ARTICLE TENTH nor the adoption of any provision of this Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE TENTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE TENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this ARTICLE TENTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such termination, alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ELEVENTH : Subject to applicable law and the terms herein, the Corporation reserves the right to repeal, alter, change or amend any provision contained in this Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. No repeal, alteration or amendment of this Articles of Incorporation shall be made unless the same is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a resolution adopted by the directors then in office in accordance with the By-laws and applicable law and thereafter approved by the stockholders as provided in the NRS.

 

TWELFTH : The name and mailing address of the Corporation is as follows:

 

Logical Choice Corporation

c/o Vert Capital Corp.

10951 W. Pico Blvd. #204

Los Angeles, California 90064

 

Balance of this page intentionally left blank

 

8
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and as approved by the Board of Directors and sole stockholder of the Corporation on January 19, 2015.

 

  Logical Choice Corporation
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

OF

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

(a Nevada Corporation)

 

ARTICLE I OFFICES

 

Section 1.01. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Nevada shall be located at 311 South Division Street, Carson City. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

Section 1.02. Location of Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Nevada as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

Section 1.03. Corporate Seal . The board of directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal, Nevada.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.01. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors.

 

Section 2.02. Special Meetings; No Action Without A Meeting .

 

(a) Subject to the rights of stockholders set forth in the articles of incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer or, if there be no chairman of the board and no chief executive officer, by the president, and shall be called by the secretary upon written request of at least a majority of the board of directors. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting. Stockholders shall have no right to request or call a special meeting. Except as otherwise restricted by the articles of incorporation or applicable law, the board of directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders.

 

(b) No business shall be acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders except as set forth in the notice of the meeting.

 

(c) No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders called and noticed in the manner required by these bylaws.

 

Section 2.03. Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Nevada as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Nevada, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.04. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of the time, place and purpose or purposes of all meetings of the stockholders (whether annual or special) shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

 

Section 2.05. Waiver of Notice . Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders (however called or noticed, whether or not called or noticed, and whether before during or after the meeting) may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 2.06. Fixing Record Date .

 

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.07. List Of Stockholders . The secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

Section 2.08. Quorum; Adjourned Meetings .

 

(a) Unless the articles of incorporation provide for a different proportion, the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the articles of incorporation.

 

(b) If, however, a quorum is not represented, a majority of the voting power represented or the person presiding at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be represented. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may be transacted which might otherwise have been transacted at the adjourned meeting as originally called. When a stockholders’ meeting is adjourned to another time or place hereunder, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. However, if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to each stockholder of record as of the new record date. The stockholders present at a duly convened meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the departure of enough stockholders to leave less than quorum of the voting power.

 

Section 2.09. Vote Required . Except as otherwise provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes, or by the rules and regulations of the Bermuda Stock Exchange or any other applicable stock exchange, or by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.10. Voting of Stock . Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capitals stock having voting power held by such stockholder, subject to the modification of such voting rights of any class or classes of the corporation’s capital stock by the articles of incorporation. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 2.06 of these bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Nevada law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder.

 

Section 2.11. Proxies . At any meeting of stockholders, any holder of shares entitled to vote may designate, in a manner permitted by the laws of the State of Nevada, another person or persons to act as a proxy or proxies. If a stockholder designates two or more persons to act as proxies, then a majority of those persons present at a meeting has and may exercise all of the powers conferred by the stockholder, unless the stockholder’s designation of proxy provides otherwise. Every proxy shall continue in full force and effect until its expiration or revocation in a manner permitted by the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

Section 2.12. Nomination of Directors and Business at Annual Meetings .

 

(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the board of directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12; provided, however, that clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

 
 

 

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.12(a) of these bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the Nevada Revised Statutes, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in clause (iii) of the last sentence of this Section 2.12 (b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 2.12. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than seventy (70) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “ Solicitation Notice ”).

 

 
 

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the third sentence of Section 2.12 (b) of these bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board of directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

 

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.12. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

(f) For purposes of this Section 2.12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

Section 2.13. Inspectors of Election . There shall be appointed two inspectors of the vote. Such inspectors shall first take and subscribe an oath or affirmation faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability. Unless appointed in advance of any such meeting by the board of directors, such inspectors shall be appointed for the meeting by the presiding officer. No director or candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as such inspector. Such inspectors shall be responsibility for tallying and certifying each vote required to be tallied and certified by them as provided in the resolution of the board of directors appointing them or in their appointment by the person presiding at such meeting, as the case may be.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.14. Election of Directors . At all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected, except as otherwise set forth in any preferred stock designation (as defined in the articles of incorporation) with respect to the right of the holders of any class or series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the meeting, as provided for in Section 2.09 hereto. The election need not be by ballot unless any stockholder so demands before the voting begins. Except as otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation, any preferred stock designation, or these bylaws, all matters other than the election of directors submitted to the stockholders at any meeting, shall be decided by a majority of the votes case with respect thereto.

 

Section 2.15. [Reserved]

 

Section 2.16. Business at Special Meeting .

 

(a) Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

(b) Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.12 of these bylaws. In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the board of directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 2.12 (b) of these bylaws shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.16, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.16. Nothing in these bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

Section 2.17. Written Consent to Action by Stockholders . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these bylaws and the certification of incorporation, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.18. Procedure for Meetings .

 

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the board of directors, or, if a chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the chief executive officer, or, if the chief executive officer is absent, the president, or, if the president is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The secretary, or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary directed to do so by the chief executive officer or president, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b) Meeting of the stockholders shall be conducted pursuant to such reasonable rules of conduct and protocol as the board of directors may prescribe or, if no such rules are prescribed, in accordance with the most recent published edition of Roberts Rules of Order. Subject to such rules and regulations of the board of directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.01. General Powers . The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 3.02. Number, Term, Qualifications and Classification .

 

(a) The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the board of directors. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these bylaws.

 

 
 

 

(b) The directors shall be classified, with respect to the time for which they shall hold their respective offices, by dividing them into three classes, to be known as “Class I,” “Class II” and “Class III.” Each director shall hold office for a three-year term or until the next annual meeting of stockholders at which his or her successor is elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the directors of the class whose term of office expires at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, so that the term of office of only one class of directors shall expire at each annual meeting. The number of directors in each class, which shall be such that as near as possible to one-third and at least one-fourth (or such other fraction as required by the Nevada Revised Statutes) in number are elected at each annual meeting, shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board of directors and shall be increased or decreased by resolution of the board of directors, as may be appropriate whenever the total number of directors is increased or decreased.

 

Section 3.03. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Any vacancy on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors may be filled by a majority of the board of directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any vacancy on the board of directors that results from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, may be filled by a majority of the board of directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the board of directors is not classified, then any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his or her successor is duly elected and shall qualify. If the board of directors is classified, then each director of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors of such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy not resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall have the same remaining term as his or her predecessor. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

Section 3.04. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Nevada which has been designated by the board of directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the board of directors.

 

Section 3.05. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the authorized number of directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without the state of incorporation, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

 

Section 3.06. Meetings by Telephone Conference Call . Any member of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

 
 

 

Section 3.07. Notice .

 

(a) Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the board of directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages,, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(b) The transaction of all business at any meeting of the board of directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

Section 3.08. Quorum . Unless the articles of incorporation or statute requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Article 8 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the board of directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the board of directors in accordance with the articles of incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the board of directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

 

Section 3.09. Manner of Acting . At each meeting of the board of directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

Section 3.10. Compensation . By resolution of the board of directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors, and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefore.

 

Section 3.11. Presumption of Assent . A director of the corporation who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless (i) such director’s dissent or abstention therefrom shall be entered into the minutes of the meeting, (ii) such director shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (iii) such director shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, with return receipt requested to the secretary of the corporation not later than the first business day following the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who abstained or voted in favor of such action.

 

 
 

 

Section 3.12. Resignations . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to either the chief executive officer, president, a vice president, the secretary, or assistant secretary if any. The resignation shall become effective on giving of such notice, unless such notice specifies a later time for the effectiveness of such resignation.

 

Section 3.13. Written Consent to Action by Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 3.14. Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of preferred stock, if any, and except as otherwise provided in the Nevada Revised Statutes, any director may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (voting as a single class) excluding stock entitled to vote only upon the happening of a fact or event unless such fact or event shall have occurred.

 

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the board of directors and shall be at least a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a secretary. The board of directors may elect from among its members a chairman of the board and a vice chairman. The board of directors may also choose a president, chief operating officer, treasurer and controller or one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant controllers and assistant treasurers.

 

Section 4.02. Election, Term of Office and Qualifications . The board of directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a secretary and may also choose a president, chief operating officer, treasurer, controller, vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant controllers or assistant treasurers. In the event of failure to choose officers at an annual meeting of the board of directors, officers may be chosen at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Each such officer (whether chosen at an annual meeting of the board of directors to fill a vacancy or otherwise) shall hold his office until the next ensuing annual meeting of the board of directors, and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified, or until his death or until his resignation or removal in the manner provided in these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the articles of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

 

Section 4.03. Subordinate Officers, Etc . The board of directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

 

 
 

 

Section 4.04. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the board of directors or to the chief executive officer, the president or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

Section 4.05. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the chief executive officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the board of directors.

 

Section 4.06. Vacancies and Newly Created Offices . If any vacancy shall occur in any office by reason of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or any other cause, or if a new office shall be created, then such vacancies or newly created offices may be filled by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section 4.07. The Chairman of the Board . The chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, shall have the following powers and duties:

 

(a)     He shall preside at all stockholders’ meetings;

 

(b)     He shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors; and

 

(c)     He shall be a member of the executive committee, if any.

 

Section 4.08. The Chief Executive Officer and President . The chief executive officer shall be the president of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation; and in the absence of the chairman of the board and the vice chairman of the board, he/she shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the board of directors; he/she shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect.

 

In the absence of the chief executive officer or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, the president, if any, shall perform the duties of the chief executive officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the chief executive officer. The president shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

The chief executive officer, president or any vice president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

 
 

 

Section 4.09. The Vice Presidents . In the absence of the president or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.10. The Secretary .

 

(a) The secretary or his or her designee shall attend all meetings of the board of directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors and shall cause such records to be kept in a book kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He/she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or chief executive officer, under whose supervision he/she shall be. He/she shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he/she, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his/her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his/her signature.

 

(b) The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.11. The Chief Financial Officer .

 

(a) The chief financial officer shall be the chief financial officer and treasurer of the corporation and shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.

 

(b) He/she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and the board of directors, at its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of all his/her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

(c) Along with the chief executive officer, president or any vice president, he/she shall be authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

 
 

 

(d) If required by the board of directors, he/she shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his/her office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his/her death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his/her possession or under his/her control belonging to the corporation.

 

(e) The controller shall, in the absence of the chief financial officer or in the event of his/her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the board of directors shall be entitled to assign the title of treasurer to an officer of the corporation other than the chief financial officer, in which case the treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers (which may include some or all of the duties and powers enumerated above for the chief financial officer) as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.12. Salaries . The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the board of directors.

 

Section 4.13. Surety Bonds . In the case the board of directors shall so require, any officer or agent of the corporation shall execute to the corporation a bond in such sums and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors may direct, conditioned on the faithful performance of his duties to the corporation, including responsibility for negligence and for the accounting of all property, monies, or securities of the corporation which may come into his hands.

 

ARTICLE V EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS, BORROWING OF MONEY AND DESPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

 

Section 5.01. Execution of Instruments . Subject to any limitation contained in the articles of incorporation or these bylaws, the chief executive officer, president or any vice president, if any, may in the name and on behalf of the corporation, execute and delivery any contract, or other instrument authorized in writing by the board of directors. The board of directors may, subject to any limitation contained in the articles of incorporation or in these bylaws, authorize in writing any officer or agent to execute and deliver any contract or other instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

Section 5.02. Loans . No loan or advance shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation, no negotiable paper or other evidence of its obligation under any loan or advance shall be issued in its name, and no property of the corporation shall be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, transferred, or conveyed as security for the payment of any loan, advance, indebtedness or liability of the corporation, unless and except as authorized by the board of directors. Any such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

 
 

 

Section 5.03. Deposits . All monies of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks or trust companies or with such bankers or other depositories as the board of directors may select, or as from time to time may be selected by any officer or agent authorized to do so by the board of directors.

 

Section 5.04. Checks, Drafts, Etc. All notes, drafts, acceptances, checks, endorsements, and, subject to the provisions of these bylaws, evidences of indebtedness of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as the board of directors from time to time may determine. Endorsements for deposit to the credit of the corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be in such manner as the board of directors from time to time may determine.

 

Section 5.05. Bonds and Debentures . Every bond or debenture issued by the corporation shall be evidenced by an appropriate instrument which shall be signed by the chief executive officer, president or a vice president and by the secretary and sealed with the seal of the corporation. The seal may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. Where such bond or debenture is authenticated with the manual signature of an authorized officer of the corporation or other trustee designated by the indenture of trust or other agreement under which such security is issued, the signature of any of the corporation’s officer named thereon may be a facsimile. In case any officer who signed, or whose facsimile signature has been used on any such bond or debenture, shall cease to be an officer of the corporation for any reason before the same has been delivered by the corporation, such bond or debenture may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed it or whose facsimile signature has been used thereon has not ceased to be such an officer.

 

Section 5.06. Sale, Transfer, Etc. of Securities . Sales, transfers, endorsements, and assignments of stocks, bonds and other securities owned by or standing in the name of the corporation, and the execution and delivery on behalf of the corporation of any and all instruments in writing incident to any such sale, transfer, endorsement, or assignment, shall be effected by the chief executive officer, president, or by any vice president, together with the secretary, or by any officer or agent authorized to do so by the board of directors.

 

Section 5.07. Proxies . Proxies to vote with respect to stock of other corporations owned by or standing in the name of the corporation shall be executed and delivered on behalf of the corporation by the chief executive officer, president or any vice president and the secretary of the corporation, or by any officer or agent authorized to do so by the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE VI CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 6.01. Stock Certificates . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (i) the chief executive officer, the president, or a vice-president and (ii) the chief financial office or an assistant chief financial officer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Nevada Revised Statutes, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he/she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

 
 

 

Section 6.02. Transfer of Stock . Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Nevada.

 

Section 6.03. Regulations . Subject to the provision of Article IV, the board of directors may make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issuance, transfer, redemption and registration of certificates for stock of the corporation.

 

Section 6.04. Maintenance of Stock Ledger at Principal Place of Business . A stock ledger (or ledgers where more than one kind, class, or series of stock is outstanding) shall be kept at the principal place of business of the corporation, or at such other place as the board of directors shall determine, containing the names alphabetically arranged of original stockholders of the corporation, their addresses, their interest, the amount paid on their shares, and all transfer thereof and the number and class of stock held by each. Such stock ledgers shall at all reasonable hours be subject to inspection by persons entitled by law to inspect the same.

 

Section 6.05. Transfer Agents and Registrars . The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars with respect to the certificates representing stock of the corporation, and may require all such certificates to bear the signature of either or both. The board of directors may from time to time define the respective duties of such transfer agents and registrar. No certificate for stock shall be valid until countersigned by a transfer agent, if at the date appearing thereon the corporation had a transfer agent for such stock, and until registered by a registrar, if at such date the corporation had a registrar for such stock.

 

 
 

 

Section 6.06. Lost or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate for stock of the corporation in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost or destroyed, and the board of directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of the lost or destroyed certificate or his legal representatives, to give the corporation a bond in such form and amount as the board of directors may direct, and with such surety or sureties as may be satisfactory to the board, to indemnify the corporation and its transfer agents and registrars, if any, against any claims that may be made against it or any such transfer agent or registrar on account of the issuance of such new certificate. A new certificate may be issued without requiring any bond when, in the judgment of the board of directors, it is proper to do so.

 

Section 6.07. Issuance . Shares of the corporation’s authorized capital stock shall, subject to any provisions or limitations of the laws of the State of Nevada, the articles of incorporation or any contracts or agreements to which the corporation may be a party, be issued in such manner, at such times, upon such conditions and for such consideration as shall be prescribed by the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE VII EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

 

Section 7.01. Executive Committee . The board of directors may appoint an executive committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the board of directors. The executive committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the board of directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the Nevada Revised Statutes to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

 

Section 7.02. Other Committees . The board of directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the board of directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the board of directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the executive committee in these bylaws.

 

Section 7.03. Proceedings . The executive committee, and such other committees as may be designated hereunder by the board of directors may fix their own presiding and recording officer or officers and may meet at such place or places, at such time or times, and on such notice (or without notice) as it shall determine from time to time. Each committee may make rules for the conduct of its business as it shall from time to time deem necessary. It will keep a record of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the board of directors at the meeting of the board of directors next following.

 

Section 7.04. Quorum and Manner of Acting . At all meetings of the executive committee and of such other committees as may be designated hereunder by the board of directors, the presence of members constituting a majority of the total authorized membership of the committee shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. The members of the executive committee and of such other committees as may be designed thereunder by the board of directors shall act only as a committee, and the individual members thereof shall have no powers as such.

 

 
 

 

Section 7.05. Resignations . Any member of the executive committee and of such other committee as may be designated hereunder by the board of directors may resign at any time by delivering a written resignation to either the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or assistant secretary, or to the presiding officer of the committee of which he is a member, if any shall have been appointed and shall be in office. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect on delivery.

 

Section 7.06. Removal . The board of directors may, by resolutions adopted by a majority of the board of directors, at any time remove any member of the executive committee or of any other committee designated by it hereunder either for or without cause.

 

Section 7.07. Vacancies . If any vacancy shall occur in the executive committee or any other committee designated by the board of directors hereunder, by reason of disqualification, death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the remaining member(s), if any, shall, until the filling of such vacancy, constitute the then total authorized membership of the committee and continue to act. Any vacancy may be filled at any meeting of the board of directors or by the written consent to action by directors as permitted in accordance with Section 3.13.

 

Section 7.08. Compensation . The board of directors may allow a fixed sum and expenses of attendance to any member of the executive committee, or of any other committee designated by it hereunder, who is not an active salaried employee of the corporation for attendance at each meeting of said committee.

 

ARTICLE VIII INSURANCE AND OFFICER AND DIRECTOR CONTRACTS

 

Section 8.01. Indemnification: Third Party Actions . The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation (and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

 
 

 

Section 8.02. Indemnification: Corporate Actions . The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of the corporation (and, in the discretion of the board of directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

Section 8.03. Determination . To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. Any other indemnification under Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof, unless ordered by a court, shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02 hereof. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders.

 

Section 8.04. Advances . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

Section 8.05. Scope of Indemnification . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Sections 8.01, 8.02 and 8.04:

 

(a) Shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office; and

 

(b) In accordance with the Nevada Revised Statutes, the right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the articles of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

 

 
 

 

Section 8.06. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against any such liability.

 

Section 8.07. Officer and Director Contracts . No contract or other transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any corporation, partnership, association, or other organization in which one or more of the corporation’s directors or officers are directors, officers or have a financial interest, is either void or voidable solely on the basis of such relationship or solely because any such director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of directors or a committee thereof, which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the vote or votes of each director or officer are counted for such purpose if:

 

(a) The material facts of the relationship or interest are disclosed or known to the board of directors or committee and the board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum;

 

(b) The material facts of the relationship or interest is disclosed or known to the stockholders and they approve or ratify the contract or transaction in good faith by a majority vote of the shares voted at a meeting of stockholders called for such purpose or written consent of stockholder holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote (the votes of the common or interested directors or officers shall be counted in any such vote of the stockholders); or

 

(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation at the time it is authorized, approved, or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 

ARTICLE IX FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

ARTICLE X DIVIDENDS

 

Section 10.01. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the board of directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the articles of incorporation and applicable law.

 

 
 

 

Section 10.02. Reserves . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors may from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation or for such other purpose as the directors think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE XI NOTICES

 

Section 11.01. Notice To Stockholders . Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 2 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

Section 11.02. Notice To Directors . Unless otherwise provided in these bylaws, any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in Section 11.01, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

 

Section 11.03. Affidavit Of Mailing . An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

Section 11.04. Methods of Notice . It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

Section 11.05. Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

 
 

 

Section 11.06. Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under the Nevada Revised Statutes, any notice given under the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, the articles of incorporation or the bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII AMENDMENTS

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.05 of these bylaws or the provisions of the articles of incorporation, the board of directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the articles of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE XIII CHANGES IN NEVADA LAW

 

References in these bylaws to the laws of the State of Nevada or the NRS or to any provision thereof shall be to such law as it existed on the date these bylaws were adopted or as such law thereafter may be changed; provided that (i) in the case of any change which expands the liability of directors or officers or limits the indemnification rights or the rights to advancement of expenses which the corporation may provide in Article VIII, the rights to limited liability, to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses provided in the articles of incorporation and/or these bylaws shall continue as theretofore to the extent permitted by law; and (ii) if such change permits the corporation, without the requirement of any further action by stockholders or directors, to limit further the liability of directors or limit the liability of officers or to provide broader indemnification rights or rights to the advancement of expenses than the corporation was permitted to provide prior to such change, then liability thereupon shall be so limited and the rights to indemnification and the advancement of expenses shall be so broadened to the extent permitted by law.

 

 
 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF THE

SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 78.1955

OF THE NEVADA REVISED STATUTES

 

I, Sheri Lofgren, hereby certify that I am the Chief Financial Officer of BOXLIGHT CORPORATION (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the Nevada Revised Statutes, and further do hereby certify:

 

A. That pursuant to the authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Articles of Incorporation ”), the Board on March 31, 2015, adopted the following resolutions creating a series of preferred stock designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, none of which have been issued:

 

RESOLVED, that the Board designates the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting such series, and fixes the rights, powers, preferences, privileges and restrictions relating to such series in addition to any set forth in the Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

TERMS OF SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

B. Series A Preferred Stock

 

1. Designation and Number; Certain Definitions .

 

1.1 A series of Preferred Stock, designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), is hereby established. The number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be two hundred and fifty thousand (250,000) shares, and the stated value amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be One Dollar ($1.00) per share (the “ Stated Value ”).

 

1.2 Series A Preferred Stock is being issued to Vert Capital Corp., as trustee and escrow agent for certain of the former stockholders of Logical Choice Technologies, Inc. , a Georgia corporation (“ LCT ”) in order to replace shares of Series A Preferred Stock of LCT that was issued to such former stockholders of LCT pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 15, 2013 among LCT, LCT Holdings, Inc., Vert Capital Corp. and Cynthia Kaye (the “ Merger Agreement ”).

 

1.3 In order to facilitate the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation, Vert Capital Corp. and Logical Choice Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ LCC ”) have entered into a stock transfer agreement dated as of March 31, 2015 (the “ Transfer Agreement ”), to be effective on the “ IPO Effective Date ” (as defined in the Transfer Agreement).

 

1.4 On a date which shall be the later to occur of (a) the effectiveness of a registration statement registering for resale the “ Conversion Shares ” (hereinafter defined), or (b) one (1) year following the IPO Effective Date, all and not less than all of the 250,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into the applicable number of Conversion Shares and such Conversion Shares shall be distributed by the Corporation to the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit A to this Certificate of Designations.

 

1.5 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Corporation, $0.0001 par value per share, authorized for issuance pursuant to its Articles of Incorporation.

 

1
 

 

1.6 As used herein, the term “ Common Stock Event ” shall mean: (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, without consideration, payable to one or more stockholders in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock; (b) a subdivision (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock; or (c) a combination or consolidation (by reverse stock split) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

 

1.7 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Conversion Shares ” shall mean 250,000 shares of Common Stock, or such other number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to the adjustment provisions set forth in this Certificate of Designations.

 

1.8 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Holder ” shall mean one or more holder(s) of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

2. Rank . All shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall rank (i) senior to the Common Stock and any other class of securities which is specifically designated as junior to the Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, with the Common Stock, the “ Junior Securities ”); and (ii) junior to any other class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, including without limitation, the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, or any other Series of Preferred Stock hereafter created (collectively, the “ Senior Securities ”), in each case as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

3. Dividends . Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 3, the Series A Preferred Stock shall not pay a fixed or other dividend. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall, however, be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board, in an amount which shall be paid pro rata on the Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by the stockholders, where each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding (in lieu of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock) the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion in full of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The right to dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Series A Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest.

 

4. Liquidation Preference . In the event of a merger, sale (of substantially all assets or stock), any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, either (i) after any distribution or payment on Senior Securities, and (ii) before any distribution or payment shall be made to the Holders of the Common Stock, each Holder of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount (the “Liquidation Preference”) equal to (i) aggregate number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding multiplied by its $1.00 Stated Value per share; and (ii) any accrued but unpaid Dividends. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference, then the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably (together with holders of any Pari Passu Securities) in any distribution of cash generated by such assets in accordance with the respective amounts that would have been payable in such distribution as if the amounts to which the Holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock are entitled were paid in full.

 

5. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter submitted to the vote of stockholders of the Corporation. However, in the event of any proposed amendment to this Certificate of Designation that would adversely alter or change any preference or any relative or other right given to the Series A Preferred Stock, then and only then may the Series A Preferred Stock vote as a separate class with respect to such amendment.

 

6. Conversion .

 

6.1 Automatic Conversion .

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Certificate, express or implied, upon a date which shall be the later to occur of (a) the effectiveness of a registration statement that registers for resale the Conversion Shares is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), or (b) one (1) year following the IPO Effective Date all, and not less than all, of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall automatically , and without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the Holder, be converted into the Conversion Shares, on the basis of one (1) full Conversion Share for each one (1) full share of Series A Preferred Stock, but at all times, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 below. The foregoing is hereinafter defined as a “ Conversion Event .”

 

2
 

 

6.2 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange. and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time after the date upon which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued by the Corporation (the “ Original Issue Date ”), the number of Conversion Shares Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, then, in any such event, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change, or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

 

6.3 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . In the event that a Common Stock Event occurs at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the aggregate number of Conversion Shares into which the Series A Preferred Stock shall be converted immediately prior to such Common Stock Event shall, simultaneously with the occurrence of such Common Stock Event, shall be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. The Conversion Shares shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event.

 

6.4 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series A Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

 

6.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series A Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.

 

7. No Reissuance of Series A Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Series A Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

 

8. Redemption . The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

9. Notice . Except as may otherwise be provided for herein, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt of such notice or four business days after the mailing of such notice, if sent by registered mail, with postage pre-paid, addressed: (I) if to the Corporation, to the attention of its corporate secretary or to an agent of the Corporation designated as permitted by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended; (2) if to any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, to such holder at the address of such holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation (which may include the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent); or (3) to such other address as the Corporation or holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

 

3
 

 

10. Amendment . These Amended and Restated A11icles of Incorporation or any provision hereof may be amended by obtaining the affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose, or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the Georgia Business Corporation Code, of (i) a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, voting separate as a single class, (ii) the Majority Holders and (iii) with such other stockholder approval, if any, as may then be required pursuant to the Georgia Business Corporation Code and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

11. Limitation on Transfer .

 

11.1 The, sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, “ Transfer ”), directly or indirect, by any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, including (i) the use of the any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares (collectively, “ Capital Stock ”) as collateral for any borrowing, or (ii) the granting of purchase options to any other person or entity, shall be prohibited until the occurrence of a Conversion Event; provided, however, that a Transfer by a Holder of Capital Stock (certified by such Holder to the Corporation that such Transfer is for estate planning purposes), to (A) an immediate family member (child, sibling, spouse or parent); (B) a trust, corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability company that is an “affiliate” (at that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of such Holder; or (C) in the case of a Holder that is an entity, stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders of such Holder shall be permitted. To the extent of any permitted Transfer, the transferee of such transferred Capital Stock shall acquire the same subject to the provisions set forth herein.

 

11.2 In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration, then any new, substituted, or additional securities distributed to a Holder with respect to Capital Stock shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section II, to the same extent the Capital Stock is at such time covered by such provisions

 

11.3 In addition to any restrictive legend required under Rule 144, the certificate for each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Conversion Shares shall contain the following legend:

 

“Except in limited circumstances, the sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, ’ Transfer ”) of the shares represented by this certificate are restricted in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Designations of the Series A Preferred Stock, dated as of March 31, 2015, a copy of which is available at the offices of the Corporation.”

 

11.4 Any purported Transfer of any of the Capital Stock that is not in accordance with this Section shall be null and void, and shall not operate to transfer any right, title or interest in such Capital Stock to the purported transferee. Each Holder of Capital Stock agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to prohibit the Transfer of any Capital Stock to be made on its books unless the Transfer is permitted hereunder and has been made in accordance herewith.

 

12. Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiaries to, take any of the following corporate actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the Holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series A Preferred Stock (the “Series A Majority Holders”):

 

12.1 alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

12.2 issue any additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change pursuant to this Section 12 shall be effective to the extent that, by its te1ms, it applies to less than all of the Holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

4
 

 

13. Miscellaneous .

 

13.1 Cancellation of Series A Preferred Stock . If any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to this Series A Articles of Incorporation, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be canceled, shall return to the status of authorized, but unissued Series A Preferred Stock of no designated series, and shall not be issuable by the Corporation as Series A Preferred Stock.

 

13.2 Lost or Stolen Certificates . Upon receipt by the Corporation of (i) evidence of the lost, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Series A Preferred Stock Certificate(s) and (ii) (y) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, indemnity (without any bond or other security) reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or (z) in the case of mutilation, the Series A Preferred Stock Certificate(s) (surrendered for cancellation), the Corporation shall execute and deliver new Series A Preferred Stock Certificate(s) of like tenor and date. However, the Corporation shall not be obligated to reissue such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Series A Preferred Stock Certificate(s) if the Holder contemporaneously requests the Corporation to convert such Series A Preferred Stock.

 

13.3 Waiver . Notwithstanding any provision in this Articles of Incorporation to the contrary, any prov1s10n contained herein and any right of the Holders of Series A Preferred Stock granted hereunder may be waived as to all shares of Series A Preferred Stock (and the Holders thereof) upon the written consent of the Series A Majority Holders, unless a higher percentage is required by applicable law, in which case the written consent of the Holders of not less than such higher percentage of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be required.

 

13.4 Information Rights . So long as shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will deliver to each Holder of Series A Preferred Stock (i) unaudited annual financial statements to the Holders of Series A Preferred within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; (ii) and unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event and to the extent that such information is electronically available on the web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission (www.sec.gov), the Corporation need not separately furnish such documents to Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

13.4 Notices . Any notices required or permitted to be given under the terms hereof shall be sent by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or delivered personally, by nationally recognized overnight carries or by confirmed facsimile transmission, and shall be effective five days after being placed in the mail, if mailed, or upon receipt or refusal of receipt, if delivered personally or by nationally recognized overnight carrier or confirmed facsimile transmission, in each case addressed to a party. The addresses for such communications are (i) if to the Corporation to 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043; and (ii) if to any Holder to the address set forth under such Holder’s name on the execution page to the Merger Agreement, or such other address as may be designated in writing hereafter, in the same manner, by such person

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Series A Preferred Stock Certificate of Designations has been approved by and duly authorized by its Board of Directors and executed by the Corporation this 31 st day of March 2015.

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

By:  /s/ Sheri Lofgren  
  Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer  

 

5
 

 

Exhibit A

 

Boxlight Corp
Holders of Series A Preferred Stock
 
Name Numbers of
Series A
Preferred Stock
       
Kevin Shupenia     17,285       4.8192 %
Equity Partners     13,775       3.8404 %
Ronald Kaye, Jr.     8,872       2.4736 %
Mark Blood     8,149       2.2720 %
Alpine Consultants, Inc.     8,058       2.2467 %
Coggin Family Intervivos Tr., II     8,058       2.2467 %
Ronald Bertucci     7,422       2.0692 %
Crusader Printing, LLC     6,672       1.8603 %
Ralph Capasso     5,196       1.4485 %
Shelly R. DeJesus     4,956       1.3817 %
Paul Anthes     4,835       1.3480 %
Louise Bertucci     3,223       0.8987 %
Jay Forman     3,127       0.8717 %
Ronald Stewart     2,579       0.7189 %
Barbara Bisel     2,015       0.5617 %
Victor Bertucci     1,882       0.5246 %
Donald Bertucci     1,882       0.5246 %
Becky Milford     1,620       0.4516 %
Barbara Smith     1,620       0.4516 %
Jennifer Delling     1,620       0.4516 %
Louis Gelsomino     1,479       0.4123 %
James Anderson     1,442       0.4022 %
Dolores A Miller     1,209       0.3370 %
Arthur E Menna     1,209       0.3370 %

 

6
 

 

Boxlight Corp
Holders of Series A Preferred Stock
 
Name   Numbers of
Series A
Preferred Stock
       
Dorothy A Brayley     1,209       0.3370 %
Robert R Menna     1,209       0.3370 %
William J Menna     1,209       0.3370 %
Berton Revocable Living Trust     1,076       0.2999 %
Mario Bertucci     1,076       0.2999 %
Charlie Bertucci     1,076       0.2999 %
Bernie Colter     1,011       0.2820 %
Natalie and Kou Su JT TEN     967       0.2696 %
Jeff Delling     653       0.1820 %
Don Rosado     367       0.1022 %
Robert Meeks     367       0.1022 %
Patrick Ireland     367       0.1022 %
Charles Kaye     330       0.0921 %
Phillip Snelling     330       0.0921 %
Donna Ingram     330       0.0921 %
Ronald Jordan     322       0.0899 %
Pam Estabrooke     205       0.0573 %
Faith Deward     101       0.0281 %
Doug Druschel     101       0.0281 %
Elizabeth Kaye     89       0.0247 %
Cary Thornton     48       0.0135 %
James Lambert     17       0.0046 %
Elizabeth Atkins     8       0.0023 %
Jeff Boyden     8       0.0023 %
Kevin Brock     8       0.0023 %
Tina L. Combs     8       0.0023 %

 

7
 

 

Boxlight Corp
Holders of Series A Preferred Stock
 
Name   Numbers of
Series A
Preferred Stock
       
Kellyann Davis-Hutchens     8       0.0023 %
Danny Durham     8       0.0023 %
Wei Fang     8       0.0023 %
Doug Hutcheson     8       0.0023 %
Alan W. Johnson     8       0.0023 %
Anjana Vijay Patel     8       0.0023 %
James P. Schrader     8       0.0023 %
Randall Spear     8       0.0023 %
Jody A. Tate     8       0.0023 %
Averi M. Washington     8       0.0023 %
Charles Elliott     8       0.0023 %
Shere Lowery     8       0.0023 %
Steve Hatala     8       0.0023 %
Boxlight Corp - Treasury     227900       63.5386 %
                 
Totals:     358,680       100.0000 %

 

8
 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF THE
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION ___
OF THE NEVADA REVISED STATUTES

 

I, Mark Elliott, hereby certify that I am the Chief Executive Officer of Boxlight Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the Nevada Revised Statutes, and further do hereby certify:

 

That pursuant to the authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Articles of Incorporation ”), the Board on January 19, 2015, adopted the following resolutions creating a series of preferred stock designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, none of which have been issued:

 

RESOLVED, that the Board designates the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting such series, and fixes the rights, powers, preferences, privileges and restrictions relating to such series in addition to any set forth in the Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

TERMS OF SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

1. Definitions; Designation and Number.

 

1.1. Unless otherwise defined elsewhere herein, all capitalized terms used in this Certificate of Designation shall have the meaning as such terms are defined on Exhibit II attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

1.2. A series of Preferred Stock, designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), par value $0.0001 per share, is hereby established. The number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be one million two hundred thousand (1,200,000) shares.

 

1.3. The initial one million (1,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series B Preferred Stock ”) will be issued at the “ Exchange Date ”, as defined in and pursuant to the terms of an Exchange Agreement (the “ Genesis Exchange Agreement ”), dated January 31, 2015 and effective as of September 30, 2014 by, between and among the Corporation, Vert Capital Corp. (“ Vert ”), a Delaware corporation, Logical Choice Corporaiton, a Delaware corporation, Mark Elliott (“ Elliott ”), John Cox (“ Cox ”), Operational Security Systems, Inc. (“ OSS ”) and Renova Partners LLC (“ Renova ,” and, collectively, with Elliott, Cox and OSS, the “ Genesis Parties ,” and each, individually, a “ Genesis Party ”), as the former owners of 100% of the membership interests in Genesis Collaboration LLC, a Georgia limited liability company. The Exchange Date is referred to herein at the “ Original Issue Date .” On the Original Issue Date all of the shares of Original Series B Preferred Stock will issued at an original issue price of One Dollar ($1.00) per share (the “ Series B Original Issue Price ”). The remaining two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of authorized Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Preferred Dividend Stock ”) will be reserved and may only be issued as payment of dividends pursuant to Section 3 below.

 

- 1 -
 

 

1.4. On or before the Original Issue Date, and simultaneous with a Going Public Event (as defined in the Genesis Exchange Agreement attached hereto), the Corporation intends to consummate one or more acquisitions (collectively, the “ Acquisitions ”) of all or a majority of the capital stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other equity of one or more corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or other entities (each a “ Target Company ”) each of which, at the time of the Acquisition: (i) will not be an Affiliate (as defined in Exhibit II , attached hereto) of the Corporation or Vert; and (ii) will be engaged in the business of providing of products and services to schools and other Persons providing educational instruction to children and adults. The Corporation intends to consummate the Acquisitions of the Target Companies in exchange for cash, notes and shares of series of $0.0001 par value preferred stock of the Corporation which are authorized by separate certificates of designations to be filed in the future by the Corporation (the “ Acquisition Preferred Stock ”).

 

2. Rank. As to the payment of cash dividends or a distribution of assets upon a Liquidating Event (as defined in Exhibit II ), all shares of the Series B Preferred Stock shall rank (a) senior to the Corporation’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”) and any other class of securities which is specifically designated as junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, with the Common Stock, the “ Junior Securities ”); (b) pari passu with any then outstanding shares of the Corporation’s (i) $0.0001 par value Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”), (ii) Acquisition Preferred Stock, and (iii) series of preferred stock hereafter created which expressly state, by their terms, as on parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, (collectively, the “ Pari Passu Securities ”); and (iii) junior to any notes, convertible securities or class or series of capital stock of the Corporation which are hereafter issued for the purpose of consummating a Private Placement Financing (as defined in Section 6.3 , below) and are expressly ranked, by their terms, as senior to the Series B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Senior Securities ”).

 

3. Dividends. Each outstanding share of Original Series B Preferred Stock shall earn dividends equal to 6% per annum of its Series B Original Issue Price (as defined Section 1.1 , above), payable in cash or, at the Corporation’s option, in additional shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock valued at the Series B Original Issue Price. The dividends will accrue on a per diem basis, based on a 365 day year, and regardless of whether or not declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds legally available for payment of dividends; provided, however , that upon the occurrence of a Going Public Event prior to a Liquidating Event, any shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock: (a) which have previously been issued, will be cancelled; and (b) which have previously been earned, but have not yet been issued, will be deemed for all purposes to be forfeited.

 

4. Liquidation Preference. Upon a Liquidating Event (as defined in Exhibit II , attached hereto) which occurs prior to a Going Public Event (as defined in the Exchange Agreement), each share of Series B Preferred Stock will have an aggregate liquidation preference equal to its Series B Preferred Stock Original Issue Price plus all accrued dividends which have not previously been paid or distributed in cash or in additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as required by Section 3 , above).

 

- 2 -
 

 

 

5. Voting Rights. Except as expressly set forth to the contrary herein, the Series B Preferred Stock shall vote together (and not as a separate class) with any then outstanding shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Acquisition Preferred Stock. Each share of Common Stock will have one vote, and each then outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and other Acquisition Preferred Stock entitled to vote shall have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into it would be converted if it were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such vote (a “ Hypothetical Conversion ”). Each holder of a share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and the DGCL. If after a Hypothetical Conversion and after aggregating all shares of Common Stock into which shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder would be converted), a holder of shares of the Series B Preferred Stock would be deemed (solely of voting purposes) to own a fractional number of shares of Common Stock, then (solely of voting purposes) the fractional number of shares of Common Stock deemed owned by such holder of Series B Preferred Stock shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

6. Conversion.

 

6.1. Mandatory Conversion. Upon a occurrence of a Going Public Event (as defined in the Genesis Exchange Agreement), all, and not less than all, of the shares of Original Series B Preferred Stock (but no shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock which shall be fully cancelled) shall automatically (and without any further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Original Series B Preferred Stock) convert into the Series B Conversion Shares (as defined in Exhibit II , attached hereto) as computed immediately prior to the Going Public Event, and, thereafter, each holder of Original Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive its pro-rata portion of the Series B Conversion Shares. The pro-rata share of the Series B Conversion Shares of each holder of Original Series B Preferred Stock shall be determined by multiplying the total number of Series B Conversion Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which number of shares of Original Series B Preferred Stock held by such holder immediately prior to the Going Public Event (excluding any issued shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock) and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Original Series B Preferred Stock (excluding any issued shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock) held by all holders of Original Series B Preferred Stock immediately prior to the Going Public Event.

 

6.2. Optional Conversion.

 

6.2.1. Time. Beginning one (1) year after the Original Issue Date or upon an earlier Liquidating Event (as defined in Exhibit II ) (assuming no prior Going Public Event), each holder of Series B Preferred Stock will be entitled to elect to convert its shares of Series B Preferred Stock (excluding any issued shares of Series B Preferred Dividend Stock) into that number of shares of Common Stock as shall be determined by dividing the number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock which the holder desires to convert by the Series B Conversion Percentage, as computed at that time.

 

- 3 -
 

 

6.2.2. Information to be Provided. If the Corporation proposes a Liquidating Event, the Corporation will give the holders of Series B Preferred Stock not less than 10 days’ advance written notice of the proposed closing date or other date of proposed consummation of the Liquidating Event, which notice shall state reasonable details (including the Series B Conversion Percentage) sufficient to allow the holder to make an informed decision whether to voluntarily convert. The holder may make an election to convert by as set forth in Section 6.2.3 , below, and such optional conversion shall occur immediately prior to and contingent upon the closing or completion of the Liquidating Event. If at any time the Corporation determines that the proposed Liquidating Event shall not be consummated, the Series B Preferred Stock shall not be converted and the Corporation shall return the Series B Preferred Stock to the holder.

 

6.2.3. Method for Optional Conversion. In order to effect an optional conversion, a holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall: (i) fax (or otherwise deliver) a copy of a fully executed notice of conversion (a “ Notice of Conversion ”), in the form as attached hereto as Exhibit I , to the Corporation (Attention: Secretary) and (ii) surrender or cause to be surrendered the original certificates representing the Series B Preferred Stock being converted (the “ Series B Preferred Stock Certificates ”), duly endorsed. Upon receipt by the Corporation of the Notice of Conversion from a holder of Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall promptly send, via facsimile, a confirmation to such holder stating that the Notice of Conversion has been received, the date upon which the Corporation expects to deliver the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and the name and telephone number of a contact person at the Corporation regarding the conversion. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue shares of Common Stock upon a conversion unless either the Series B Preferred Stock Certificates are delivered to the Corporation as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation that such Series B Preferred Stock Certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and delivers the documentation to the Corporation required by Section 15.2 below.

 

6.3. Anti-Dilution Adjustment. In the event that, after the Original Issue Date and prior to consummation of a Going Public Event, the Corporation (a) sells any Common Stock at a price lower that the Series B Conversion Price (as then computed, including any prior adjustments pursuant to this Section) or issues (b) any Common Stock Equivalent (as defined in Exhibit II ) to an unaffiliated third party in connection with a private placement at a conversion price that is lower than the Series B Conversion Price (as then computed, including any prior adjustments pursuant to this Section), then such Series B Conversion Price shall be reduced to such lower per share price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment of the Series B Conversion Price will occur upon the sale of Acquisition Preferred Stock, Common Stock or other Common Stock Equivalents if sold: (x) in connection with the acquisition of all the securities or assets of a Target Company (as defined in Section 2.2(a) below); (y) in a Going Public Event; or (z) to an unaffiliated third party in connection with a Private Placement Financing (as defined in Exhibit II ), of any securities of the Corporation at an issue price equal to or greater than the Series B Conversion Price would be if then computed.

 

- 4 -
 

 

6.4. Reservation of Common Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

 

6.5. Fractional Shares. No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series B Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.

 

7. Limited Preemptive Right. In the event that the Corporation proposes to offer and issue additional Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents to Vert or any Affiliate of Vert (other than Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents currently issued to Vert or its Affiliate, each individual holder of Series B Preferred Stock will have a preemptive right to invest in such offering and issuance to the minimum extent necessary to maintain their pro rata ownership of the Fully Diluted Common Stock; provided, however , that this preemptive right will not apply to a proposed offering or issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents to be issued by the Corporation: (A) in connection with any acquisition of the securities or assets of another Target Company; (B) in a Going Public Event; or (C) to an unaffiliated third party in connection with a Private Placement Financing,.

 

8. Parity. The Series B Preferred Stock will have substantially identical provisions as the the Acquisition Preferred Stock; provided, however , that the Acquisition Preferred Stock may have different original issue prices and conversion percentages, will not have preemptive rights and certain of them may not require the payment of a dividend.

 

9. Reissuance of Series B Preferred Stock. No share or shares of Series B Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

 

10. Redemption. The Series B Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

11. Notice. Except as may otherwise be provided for herein, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given and received upon the earlier of receipt of such notice or four Business days after the mailing of such notice, if sent by registered mail, with postage pre-paid, addressed: (a) if to the Corporation, to the attention of its corporate secretary or to an agent of the Corporation designated as permitted by the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended; (b) if to any holder of Series B Preferred Stock, to such holder at the address of such holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation (which may include the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent); or (c) to such other address as the Corporation or holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

 

- 5 -
 

 

12. Amendment. This Certificate of Designation or any provision hereof may be amended by obtaining the affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose (or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the DGCL) of (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, and (ii) with such other stockholder approval, if any, as may then be required pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

13. Transfer Restrictions.

 

13.1. Lock Up Agreements. If In connection with any Going Public Event, the underwriter of the Corporation’s securities or any purchaser of securities issued by Vert requests that certain Genesis Parties agree, for a period of time, not to Transfer any or all of the shares of Common Stock issued to them upon the Going Public Event (the “ Restricted Stock ”), the Genesis Parties hereby covenant and agree that they shall each execute and deliver an agreement (a “ Lock-up Agreement ”), in form and content satisfactory to the Corporation’s Board (or the board of directors of the public company if the Going Public Event has been accomplished by a Reverse Merger (as defined as part of the definition of Going Public Event), pursuant to which, inter alia , each such Member or its assignees or nominees (the “ Lock-up Parties ”) shall agree not to effect any Transfer (except to members of its immediate family or trusts for the benefit of its immediate family members) of any shares of Restricted Stock then owned of record or beneficially by it for a period of one year after the consummation of the IPO or any other Going Public Event (the “ Lock-up Period ”), and that after the Lock-up Period, it will not sell more than 25% of the number of the shares of Restricted Stock during any three month period, unless (i) otherwise approved by the Corporation’s Board (or the board of directors of the public company if the Going Public Event has been accomplished by a Reverse Merger); or (ii) other shareholders are selling a greater percentage of the shares issued to them in connection with the IPO or other Going Public Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lock-up Parties shall not be required to execute a Lock-up Agreement unless each of Vert and the executive officers and directors of the Corporation and other stockholders owning more than 10% of the Fully Diluted Common Stock are also required to execute similar Lock-up Agreements containing substantially identical terms and conditions, including the period of restrictions on Transfer.

 

13.2. Legend. After the Lock-Up Period, any legend endorsed on a certificate pursuant to this Section 13 and the stop transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed and the Company shall promptly, upon request, issue a certificate without such legend to the holder thereof if: (a) such securities are eligible to be sold by the holder thereof in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (b) such securities are registered under the Securities Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act is available, or (c) such holder provides Company with an opinion of counsel for such holder, reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel for Company to the effect that a Transfer of such securities may be made without registration.

 

- 6 -
 

 

14. Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiaries to, take any of the following corporate actions without first obtaining the affirmative vote, at a meeting duly called for such purpose (or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the DGCL), of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class:

 

14.1. Adversely alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

 

14.2. issue any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, other than the Original Series B Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Dividend Stock; or

 

14.3. except in connection with a Private Placement Financings, issue any shares of Preferred Stock that rank senior to the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change pursuant to this Section 12 shall be effective to the extent that, by its terms, it applies to less than all of the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

15. Miscellaneous.

 

15.1. Cancellation of Series B Preferred Stock. If any shares of Series B Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, the shares so converted shall be canceled, shall return to the status of authorized, but unissued Series B Preferred Stock of no designated series, and shall not be issuable by the Corporation as Series B Preferred Stock.

 

15.2. Lost or Stolen Certificates. Upon receipt by the Corporation of (a) evidence of the lost, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Series B Preferred Stock Certificate(s) and (b) (i) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, indemnity (without any bond or other security) reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or (ii) in the case of mutilation, the Series B Preferred Stock Certificate(s) (surrendered for cancellation), the Corporation shall execute and deliver new Series B Preferred Stock Certificate(s) of like tenor and date. However, the Corporation shall not be obligated to reissue such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Series B Preferred Stock Certificate(s) if the holder contemporaneously requests the Corporation to convert such Series B Preferred Stock.

 

15.3. Waiver. Notwithstanding any provision in these Certificate of Designations to the contrary, any provision contained herein and any right of the holders of Series B Preferred Stock granted hereunder may be waived as to all shares of Series B Preferred Stock (and the holders thereof) upon the affirmative vote, at a meeting duly called for such purpose (or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the DGCL), of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, unless a higher percentage is required by applicable law, in which case the written consent of the holders of not less than such higher percentage of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall be required.

 

- 7 -
 

 

 

15.4. Information Rights. So long as shares of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will deliver to each holder of Series B Preferred Stock (a) unaudited annual financial statements to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; and (b) unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event and to the extent that such information is electronically available on the web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission ( www.sec.gov ), the Corporation need not separately furnish such documents to holders of the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Nevada that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of his own knowledge.

 

The undersigned has executed this certificate on                      , 2015.

 

   
  Mark Elliott, Chief Executive Officer

 

- 8 -
 

 

EXHIBIT I

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
CONVERSION NOTICE

 

Reference is made to the Certificate of Designations of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Certificate of Designations ”) of Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Corporation ”). In accordance with and pursuant to the Certificate of Designations, the undersigned hereby elects to convert the number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”), of the Corporation indicated below into shares of common stock, $0.0001 value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Corporation, as of the date specified below.

 

Date of Conversion:                                                                                                                                                 

 

Number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted:                                                                              

 

Share certificate no(s). of Series B Preferred Stock to be converted:                                                                     

 

Tax ID Number (if applicable):                                                                                                                              

 

Number of shares of Common Stock to be issued:                                                                                                 

 

Please issue the shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series B Preferred Stock are being converted in the following name and to the following address:

 

  Issue to:    
     
  Address:    
       
  Telephone Number:    
  Facsimile Number:    
  Name of Holder:    

 

  By:    
  Print Name:    
  Print Title:    
  Date:    

 

Account Number (if electronic book entry transfer):                                                                                                           

 

Transaction Code Number (if electronic book entry transfer):                                                                                            

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Certificate of Designations, the following terms will bear the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate” means (i) any individual who is a parent, spouse, sibling, or descendant of a party and (ii) any Person that is controlled by, controls or is under common control with a party, and for the purpose of this definition, “controlled by” , “controls” , and “under common control with” mean and refer to the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in New York City, New York are open for the general transaction of business.

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means all options, warrants, promissory notes, debentures, preferred stock (including the Series B Preferred Stock and all series of Acquisition Preferred Stock) and other instruments issued by the Corporation which are convertible into or exercisable for shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock.

 

“Liquidating Event” means either: (i) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or such of the Corporation’s subsidiaries the assets of which constitute all or substantially all the assets of the business of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (ii) a Sale of Control.

 

Person ” means any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business association, firm, joint venture, governmental agency or authority or any other for profit or not for profit legal or commercial entity.

 

“Private Placement Financing(s)” means any one or more private placements for cash of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation (including Common Stock Equivalents) in any transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Sale of Control” means the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, whether by merger, consolidation, tender offer or like combination, to any person who is not an affiliate of the Corporation or any of the Corporation’s Affiliates.

 

Series B Conversion Percentage ” is determined by dividing the number of shares of Original Series B Preferred Stock by the number of Series B Conversion Shares issuable at any specified time.

 

“Series B Conversion Price” is determined by multiplying the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Percentage.

 

Series B Conversion Shares ” means that number of shares of Common Stock as would equal four percent (4.0%) of the Fully Diluted Common Stock at any specified time.

 

Transfer ” means to sell, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise assign.

 

 
 

 

 

 

series c CErtificate of designations

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF THE
SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION ___
OF THE NEVADA REVISED STATUTES

 

I, Michael Pope, hereby certify that I am the Chief Financial Officer of Logical Choice Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the Nevada Revised Statutes, and further do hereby certify:

 

That pursuant to the authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Articles of Incorporation ”), the Board on [  ], 2015, adopted the following resolutions creating a series of preferred stock designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, none of which have been issued:

 

RESOLVED, that the Board designates the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting such series, and fixes the rights, powers, preferences, privileges and restrictions relating to such series in addition to any set forth in the Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

TERMS OF SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

ARTICLE I DESIGNATION AND NUMBER .

 

1.1 A series of Preferred Stock, designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”), par value $0.0001 per share, is hereby established. The number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be 270,000 shares (as adjusted, pursuant to Section Article IV, the “Authorized Shares”), and the stated value amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $26.98 (the “ Stated Value Per Share ”).

 

1.2 Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired a minimum of 82.3% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Everest Display, Inc. and may acquire additional common shares of Everest Display, Inc.

 

1.3 The Series C Preferred Stock is being issued pursuant to the terms of the Everest Option Agreement.

 

1.4 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Automatic Conversion Shares ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all of the Series C Preferred Stock into such Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; being that number of shares of Common Stock resulting from (a) multiplying the final percentage of the issued and outstanding common shares of Everest Display, Inc. acquired by the Company by Twenty Million ($20,000,000) Dollars, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Per Share Price; provided, that, the Automatic Conversion Shares shall represent not less than 20.575% and not more than 25.00% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Corporation.

 

1.5 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Everest Option Agreement ” shall mean the option agreement, dated as of [  ] , 2015 among the Corporation, K Laser Technology, Inc. and other parties thereto.

 

 
 

 

1.6 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” shall have the same meaning as the definition of “Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Parent” as set forth in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.7 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Holder ” shall mean one or more holder(s) of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1.8 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Majority Holders ” shall mean those persons who were issued a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the Everest Option Agreement to the extent that such persons continue to own capital stock in the Corporation.

 

1.9 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Share Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the share purchase agreement dated as of [  ] , 2015 among K Laser Technology, Inc., Boxlight Display, Inc., and the other Majority Shareholders (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), the Corporation and Vert Capital Corp.

 

1.10 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Liquidity Event ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.11 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Market Value ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.12 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Per Share Price ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.13 As used in this Certificate, the term “ IPO ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.14 The term “ Company ” as used in the Share Purchase Agreement and in the Option Agreement shall mean the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II RANK . All shares of the Series C Preferred Stock shall rank senior to (i) to the Corporation’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”) and any other class of securities which is specifically designated as junior to the Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, with the Common Stock, the “ Junior Securities ”); and (ii) pari passu with any other class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation hereafter created specifically ranking, by its terms, on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, including without limitation, 2,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 stated value per share, 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 stated value per share and all other shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation (other than the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued in series in connection with the “Acquisitions” of the “Target Companies,” as those terms are defined in the Everest Option Agreement, and to any notes, convertible securities or class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (including Preferred Stock) hereafter issued for the purpose of consummating any public or private financing (collectively, the “ Pari Passu Securities ”), in each case as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

ARTICLE III DIVIDENDS .

 

(a) The Holders shall be entitled to receive if, at the times set forth in this Section 0, cumulative annual dividends per share equal to six percent (6%) of the aggregate Liquidation Preference (hereinafter defined) of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. Accrual of such dividends shall be computed on a 365-day basis, and shall be payable in full when the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Corporation in the manner provided in paragraph (Article II) below. Such dividends shall be payable annually each anniversary of the issue date of the Series C Preferred Stock in additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and such dividends shall accrue whether or not declared and regardless of whether there are profits, surplus or other funds legally available for payment of dividends, and shall be earned or payable from and after the issue date of the Series C Preferred Stock. All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 0 shall be paid pro rata to the Holders entitled thereto. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock may not be declared, paid or set apart for payment, nor may the Corporation redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, if the Corporation is not solvent or would be rendered insolvent thereby.

 

 
 

 

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 0, the Series C Preferred Stock shall not pay a fixed or other dividend. The Holders shall, however, be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board, in an amount which shall be paid pro rata on the Common Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by the stockholders, where each Holder is to be treated for this purpose as holding (in lieu of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock) the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion in full of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The right to such dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to Holders by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest.

 

ARTICLE II LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE . In the event of a merger, sale (of substantially all assets or stock), any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, either (i) simultaneous with any distribution or payment on Pari Passu Securities, and (ii) before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Securities, each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) equal to (i) the product of (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, (B) the Stated Value Per Share and (C) a multiple of 3.71 plus (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference, then the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably (together with holders of any Pari Passu Securities) in any distribution of cash generated by such assets in accordance with the respective amounts that would have been payable in such distribution as if the amounts to which the Holders of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled were paid in full.

 

ARTICLE III VOTING RIGHTS . Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of each share of Series C Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders shall have no right to vote as a separate class on any matter submitted to vote by the stockholders of the Corporation, excluding, however, any proposed amendment that would alter any right given to the Series C Preferred Stock; in which event the Series C Preferred Stock may vote as a separate class with respect to such amendment. Holders shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock upon the election of directors and upon any other matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Fractional votes by the Holders shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by each Holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE IV CONVERSION .

 

4.1 Conversion Ratio . Each full share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Company Class A Common Stock of the Corporation, at any time, into that number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock at a conversion ratio per share of Series C Preferred Stock as shall be determined by dividing (A) the number of Authorized Shares, by (B) that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Automatic Conversion Shares (the “Series C Conversion Ratio”). Accordingly the initial conversion ratio (the “Conversion Ratio”), shall be determined by dividing one share of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Series C Conversion Ratio; provided, that, depending upon the final percentage of the “Existing Everest Shares” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) that is acquired by the Corporation the number of Conversion Shares (defined below) and the Series C Conversion Ratio shall result in all of the Conversion Shares having a Market Value of not less than Sixteen Million Four Hundred and Sixty Thousand ($16,460,000 Dollars, and shall result in all of the Conversion Shares representing not less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock and not more than 25.0% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event and to the extent that the Automatic Conversion Shares shall represent less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock (subject to increase, as provided above, if the Corporation acquires in excess of 82.3% of the Existing Everest Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement), upon the optional or automatic conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in addition to such Automatic Conversion Shares, the “ Adjustment Shares ” as defined in the Everest Option Agreement. In addition, if the product of multiplying the Per Share Price by the number of Automatic Conversion Shares shall result in a Market Value of less than $16,460,000 (subject to increase as provided above), the number of Automatic Conversion Shares shall similarly be subject to increase by the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock.

 

4.2 Optional Conversion . The Holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock may, at their option and at any time or from time to time, convert all or any portion of their shares of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock of the Corporation at any time or from time to time (an “ Optional Conversion ”). In order to effect an Optional Conversion, a Holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall: (i) fax (or otherwise deliver) a copy of the fully executed Notice of Conversion to the Corporation (Attention: Secretary) and (ii) surrender or cause to be surrendered the original certificates representing the Series C Preferred Stock being converted (the “ Series C Preferred Stock Certificates ”), duly endorsed, along with a copy of the Notice of Conversion as soon as practicable thereafter to the Corporation. Upon receipt by the Corporation of a facsimile copy of a Notice of Conversion from a Holder, the Corporation shall promptly send, via facsimile, a confirmation to such Holder stating that the Notice of Conversion has been received, the date upon which the Corporation expects to deliver the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and the name and telephone number of a contact person at the Corporation regarding the conversion. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue shares of Common Stock upon a conversion unless either the Series C Preferred Stock Certificates are delivered to the Corporation as provided above, or the Holder notifies the Corporation that such Series C Preferred Stock Certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and delivers the documentation to the Corporation.

 

4.3 Automatic Conversion . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, express or implied, but subject at all times to the adjustment provisions of Section 6.4 below, immediately following the occurrence of (i) a Liquidity Event and (ii) the exercise of the Option (as defined in the Option Agreement), all, and not less than all, of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the Holder, be converted (an “Automatic Conversion”) into that number of Automatic Conversion Shares having an aggregate Market Value of not less than $16,640,000, less the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock previously issued in connection with any one or more Optional Conversions contemplated by Section 4.2 above. Each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive his, her or its pro-rata portion of the Automatic Conversion Shares determined by the amount by which the number of shares of Common Stock into which all of such Holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio, bears to the total number of Automatic Conversion Shares.

 

 
 

 

Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time after the date upon which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued by the Corporation (the “ Original Issue Date ”), the shares of Company Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, then, in any such event, Holders shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change by a holder of the number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Series C Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change, or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

 

4.5 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . In the event that a Common Stock Event occurs at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series C Preferred Stock may be converted (the “ Conversion Shares ”) in effect immediately prior to such event shall, simultaneously with the occurrence of such Common Stock Event, shall be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. The Conversion Shares shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term “ Common Stock Event ” shall mean: (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, without consideration, payable to one or more stockholders in additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock; (b) a subdivision (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock; or (c) a combination or consolidation (by reverse stock split) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

 

4.6 Adjustment of Series C Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall, at any time after the Original Issue Date and prior to a Liquidity Event, issue additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock or Preferred Stock that is convertible into shares of Common Stock, then the Series C Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be adjusted concurrently with such issue, so that the Series C Preferred Stock shall continue to represent not less than twenty percent (20%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Company.

 

4.8 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Company Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

 

 
 

 

4.9 Fractional Shares . No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series C Preferred Stock by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.

 

ARTICLE V NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK . No share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

 

ARTICLE VI REDEMPTION . The Series C Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

ARTICLE VII NOTICE . Except as may otherwise be provided for herein, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt of such notice or four business days after the mailing of such notice, if sent by registered mail, with postage pre-paid, addressed: (1) if to the Corporation, to the attention of its corporate secretary or to an agent of the Corporation designated as permitted by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended; (2) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation (which may include the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent); or (3) to such other address as the Corporation or Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

 

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT . This Certificate of Designation or any provision hereof may be amended by obtaining the affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose, or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the Nevada Revised Statutes, of (i) a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting separate as a single class, and (ii) with such other stockholder approval, if any, as may then be required pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE IX LIMITATION ON TRANSFER .

 

9.1 The, sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, “Transfer”), directly or indirect, by any Holder or holder of the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock, including (i) the use of the any shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares (collectively, “Capital Stock”) as collateral for any borrowing, or (ii) the granting of purchase options to any other person or entity, shall be prohibited until 180 days from the date of this Certificate of Designation; provided, however , that a Transfer by a holder of Capital Stock (a “Capital Stock Holder”), (certified by such Capital Stock Holder to the Corporation that such Transfer is for estate planning purposes), to (A) an immediate family member (child, sibling, spouse or Company); (B) a trust, corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability Corporation that is an “affiliate” (at that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of such Capital Stock Holder; or (C) in the case of a Capital Stock Holder that is an entity, stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders of such Capital Stock Holder shall be permitted. To the extent of any permitted Transfer, the transferee of such transferred Capital Stock shall acquire the same subject to the provisions set forth herein.

 

9.2 In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, or other change affecting the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration, then any new, substituted, or additional securities distributed to a Holder with respect to Capital Stock shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section Article IX, to the same extent the Capital Stock is at such time covered by such provisions.

 

 
 

 

9.3 In addition to any restrictive legend required under Rule 144, the certificate for each share of Series C Preferred Stock and Conversion Shares shall contain the following legend:

 

“Except in limited circumstances, the sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, “ Transfer ”) of the shares represented by this certificate are restricted in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Designations of the Series C Preferred Stock, dated January __, 2015, a copy of which is available at the offices of the Corporation.”

 

9.4 Any purported Transfer of any of the Capital Stock that is not in accordance with this Section Article IX shall be null and void, and shall not operate to transfer any right, title or interest in such Capital Stock to the purported transferee. Each Holder of Capital Stock agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to prohibit the Transfer of any Capital Stock to be made on its books unless the Transfer is permitted hereunder and has been made in accordance herewith.

 

ARTICLE X PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS .

 

So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiaries to, take or agree to take any of the following corporate actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the Holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Majority Holders ”):

 

10.1 alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock in excess of 270,000 Shares; or

 

10.2 issue any shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Persons, other than to Option Holders pursuant to the Option Agreement; or create or authorize the creation of or issue any shares of Preferred Stock or any other security convertible or exercisable for any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

ARTICLE XI CO-SALE RIGHTS .

 

11.1 If a Holder proposes to sell any shares of its Series C Preferred Stock (the “Selling Holder”) then the Selling Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “Notice”) to each of the other Holders at least 30 days prior to the closing of such sale. The Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed sale including, without limitation, the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be transferred, the nature of such sale, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee.

 

 
 

 

11.2 Each other Holder (the “Participating Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to such Selling Holder within 15 days of the Notice, to participate in such sale of Series C Preferred Stock on the same terms and conditions. Such notice shall indicate the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock such Participating Holder wishes to sell.

 

(a) Each Participating Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to such Selling Holder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock which such Participating Holder elects to sell.

 

(b) The stock certificate or certificates that the Participating Holder delivers to such Selling Holder shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Notice, and the Selling Holder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Participating Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Participating Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Participating Holder exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, such Selling Holder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Series C Preferred Stock held by Selling Holder unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Selling Holder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Participating Holder on the same terms and conditions specified in the Notice.

 

(c) To the extent that the Participating Holders do not elect to participate in the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock held by such Selling Holder subject to the Notice, such Selling Holder may enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the sale of such Series C Preferred Stock within thirty (30) days of such agreement on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the transferor than those described in the Notice. Any proposed sale on terms and conditions materially more favorable than those described in the Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed sale of any of the Series C Preferred Stock by a Selling Holder, shall again be subject to the co-sale rights of the Participating Holders and shall require compliance by a Selling Holder with the procedures described in this Section 13.

 

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS .

 

12.1 Cancellation of Series C Preferred Stock . If any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be canceled, shall return to the status of authorized, but unissued Series C Preferred Stock of no designated series, and shall not be issuable by the Corporation as Series C Preferred Stock.

 

12.2 Lost or Stolen Certificates . Upon receipt by the Corporation of (i) evidence of the lost, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) and (ii) (y) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, indemnity (without any bond or other security) reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or (z) in the case of mutilation, the Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) (surrendered for cancellation), the Corporation shall execute and deliver new Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) of like tenor and date. However, the Corporation shall not be obligated to reissue such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) if the Holder contemporaneously requests the Corporation to convert such Series C Preferred Stock.

 

 
 

 

12.3 Waiver . Notwithstanding any provision in these Certificate of Designations to the contrary, any provision contained herein and any right of the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock granted hereunder may be waived as to all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (and the Holders thereof) upon the written consent of the Series C Majority Holders, unless a higher percentage is required by applicable law, in which case the written consent of the Holders of not less than such higher percentage of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be required.

 

12.4 Information Rights . So long as shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will deliver to each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock (i) unaudited annual financial statements to the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; (ii) and unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event and to the extent that such information is electronically available on the web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission ( www.sec.gov ), the Corporation need not separately furnish such documents to Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Balance of this page intentionally left blank – signature page follows

 

 
 

 

The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Nevada that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of his own knowledge.

 

The undersigned has executed this certificate on [  ], 2015.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 
 

 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
OF LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

Date: November 7, 2014

 

This certifies that VERT CAPITAL CORP. , a Delaware corporation (“ Vert ”), or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the Warrant (this “ Warrant ”) represented by this Warrant Certificate (this “ Warrant Certificate ”), which entitles Vert or any subsequent holder of this Warrant (each a “ Holder ”), subject to the provisions contained herein, to purchase from LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 2.1 herein, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein, at the Exercise Price of one hundred and ten (110%) percent of the IPO Price or APO Trading Price (as defined), subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Alternative Public Company: means any publicly traded corporation listed on a Recognized Securities Exchange that is a party to an APO transaction with the Company.

 

APO: means a reverse merger or alternative public offering, in which either (a) the Company shall be merged with a newly formed subsidiary of a Public Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation of such merger, pursuant to which the holders of Company Common Stock and other Company securities shall receive a majority of the Common Stock and securities of the Alternative Public Company, or (b) shares of Company Common Stock and other outstanding Company securities shall be exchanged for securities of the Alternative Public Company.

 

APO Trading Price: the volume weighted average price per share of shares of Company Common Stock, as traded on any Recognized Securities Exchange for the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately following an APO.

 

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day : any day that is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in the jurisdiction in which the principal office of the Company is located.

 

Cashless Exercise : the meaning set forth in Clause (1) of Section 2.4.

 

 
 

 

Closing : the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement.

 

Common Stock : the voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company or the Alternative Pubiic Company, as applicable.

 

Company : Logical Choice Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

 

Company Formation Documents: the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 24, 2014, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended from time to time..

 

Effective Date: the date that the Registration Statement shall be declared effective by the SEC.

 

Effective Issuance Price : the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

Excess Tender Amount : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

ex-date : when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first Business Day after the record date, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange (for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Warrant and any related agreements, including Nasdaq) it shall mean the first date on which the Common Stock trade regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Fair Market Value was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Exercise Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Exercise Price : the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Expiration Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Fair Market Value :

 

(i) In the case of Common Stock means the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for one share of such Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, it shall mean the closing sale price of such security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions on the BSX or other Recognized Securities Exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

(ii) In the case of cash, the amount thereof.

 

(iii) In the case of other property, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for such property, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

 
 

 

Fully Diluted Basis : on the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or consummation of the APO, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be outstanding after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of this Warrant and all other outstanding securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, and the exercise of all outstanding Rights to Purchase Common Stock, in each case, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

Holder : from time to time, the holder(s) of this Warrant.

 

IPO : the initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement and prospectus declared effective by the SEC.

 

IPO Price: the initial price per share set forth in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement under which Common Stock of the Company is offered to the public in connection with the IPO.

 

Nasdaq: the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

 

Person : any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Premium Per Pro Forma Share : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Qualifying Employee Stock : the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

 

Recognized Securities Exchange. any one of the Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE:Amex, the OTC Markets, or any other United States or any foreign stock exchange that constitutes the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

Registration Statement: a registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form for registering securities under the Securities Act) as filed by the Company with the SEC in connection with the IPO.

 

Registrable Securities : means this Warrant and the Common Stock issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by Vert or they are sold to other Persons) until (i) they are sold outside of the United States in accordance with the rules and regulations of the BSX, (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iii) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act)and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.

 

 
 

 

Reorganization Event : the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

Rights to Purchase Securities : means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company or the Alternative Public Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Common Stock that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a shareholders rights plan.

 

sale : the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Underlying Common Stock : the Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

Voting Securities : means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company having power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE; EXERCISE OF WARRANT AND EXPIRATION OF WARRANT.

 

2.1. Exercise Price . Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including all of the adjustment provisions hereof, the Holder hereof shall be entitled upon exercise of this Warrant to purchase an aggregate of FIVE MILLION (5,000,000) shares of Underlying Common Stock upon exercise the Warrant made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof, at an exercise price (the “ Exercise Price ”) equal to one hundred and ten (110%) percent of either:

 

(1) the IPO Price; or

 

(2) the APO Trading Price

 

as applicable.

 

2.2. Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant shall be exercisable in whole or in part from time to time on any Business Day (each, an “ Exercise Date ”) beginning on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, in the manner provided for herein, provided that the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least 10 days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

 
 

 

2.3. Expiration of Warrants . This Warrant shall expire and the rights of the Holder of this Warrant to purchase Underlying Common Stock shall terminate at the close of business on December 31, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

2.4. Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price . In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options:

 

(1) having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by Holder upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

(2) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise.

 

To the Extent that the Holder shall elect to exercise this Warrant through a Cashless Exercise, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A) = the closing price of the Class B Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (2) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder.

 

 
 

 

Upon surrender of this Warrant in conformity with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to transfer to the Holder of such Warrant appropriate evidence of ownership of any shares of Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including any money) to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed in, or payable to the order of, such name or names as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 4.7. Upon payment of the Exercise Price therefor, a Holder shall be deemed to own and have all of the rights associated with any Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including money) to which it is entitled pursuant to this Warrant upon the surrender of this Warrant in accordance herewith. If the Holder shall direct that such securities be registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such direction shall be tendered in conjunction with a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, and any other reasonable evidence of authority that may be required by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, in lieu of (and in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligation with respect to) the issuance of shares of Underlying Common Stock contemplated by this Section 2.4, and in lieu of (and in full satisfaction of the Holder’s obligation with respect to) the payment of the Exercise Price as contemplated by this Section 2.4, if the Holder so indicates on the duly executed form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant when exercising this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder an amount in cash equal to the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of such shares of Underlying Common Stock as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise minus the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise be payable under this Section 2.4.

 

2.5. Compliance with the Securities Laws .

 

(a) This Warrant may not be exercised (and the Company shall be under no obligation to process any exercise), and no Underlying Common Stock may be sold, transferred pledged,, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition, a “ Transfer ”), except in compliance with this Section 2.5.

 

(b) A Holder may exercise this Warrant if it or he is either a “Qualified Investor” within the meaning of Regulation 1.7 of Section I of the Listing Regulations of BSX, or an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively. The Holder may Transfer this Warrant or any and all of his or its Underlying Common Stock to either (i) a transferee that is a non-U.S. resident and (if required by the rules of the BSX) is a Qualified Investor, (ii) a transferee that is an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively, or (iii) any transferee if the Underlying Common Stock have been registered for resale under the Securities Act.

 

(c) In addition to the foregoing, a Holder may exercise this Warrant and may Transfer this Warrant or his or its Underlying Common Stock Securities in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or in any transaction that is registered under the Securities Act.

 

 
 

 

3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

3.1. Registration . If at any time the Company registers or intends to register under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or other Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.

 

4. ADJUSTMENTS.

 

4.1. Adjustments upon Certain Transactions .

 

(a) The Exercise Price and the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in the event the Company (i) pays a dividend or makes any other distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock solely in Common Stock or Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock, or (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock into a smaller number of shares. In such event, the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision or combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive the number of Common Stock that such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events described above, had the Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the happening of such event or any record date with respect hereto.

 

In addition, upon an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted (without rounding) so that it shall equal the product of the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Stock so issuable immediately thereafter. Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 

 
 

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

Ob = shares outstanding before the transaction in question

Oa = shares outstanding after the transaction in question

Ua = Ub x Oa / Ob

Pa = Pb x Ob / Oa

 

4.2. Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a) If the Company shall fix a record date for the payment of a dividend or the making of a distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock, including Common Stock and/or Common Stock (other than one covered by Section 4.1), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the record date for such dividend or distribution shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date less the Fair Market Value of the cash, securities (excluding Common Stock that is the same class of securities for which this Warrant would be exercisable immediately after such distribution or dividend taking into account the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4) or other property paid per share in such dividend or distribution, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(2), the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by Section 4.2(a)(2) can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before ex-date

D = Fair Market Value of the dividend or distribution made per share of Common Stock

Ua = Ub x M / (M – D) Pa = Pb x (M – D) / M

 

 
 

 

4.3. Tender Offers . If a publicly-announced tender offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and tendering holders of Common Stock is paid aggregate consideration having a Fair Market Value when paid which exceeds the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock acquired in such tender offer as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced (such excess, the “ Excess Tender Amount ”), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the tender offer expires shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the last trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced less the Premium Per Pro Forma Share, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced. As used herein, “Premium Per Pro Forma Share” means (x) the Excess Tender Amount divided by (y) the number of Common Stock outstanding at expiration of the tender offer after giving pro forma effect to the purchase of shares in the tender offer. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4.3, the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment. For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before the tender offer is announced

E = Excess Tender Amount (the aggregate premium paid in the tender offer) Pr = Premium Per Pro Forma Share

Oa = Shares outstanding after giving effect to tender offer

Pr = E / Oa

Ua = Ub x M / (M – Pr) Pa = Pb x (M – Pr) / M

 

 
 

 

4.4. Consolidation, Merger or Sale . If any consolidation, merger or similar extraordinary transaction of the Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, shall be effected (a “ Reorganization Event ”), and in connection with such Reorganization Event, the Common Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for or become the right to receive cash, securities or other property, then, as a condition of such Reorganization Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive on exercise of this Warrant, for an aggregate price equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Underlying Common Stock underlying this Warrant as in effect immediately before such transaction (subject to adjustment thereafter as contemplated by the succeeding sentence), the same kind and amount of cash, securities or other property as it would have had the right to receive if it had exercised this Warrant immediately before such transaction and been entitled to participate therein. In the event of any such Reorganization Event, the Company shall make appropriate provision to ensure that applicable provisions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, the provisions of this Article 4) shall thereafter be binding on the other party to such transaction (or the successor in such transaction) and applicable to any securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company will not effect any such Reorganization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Company) resulting from such Reorganization Event or the entity purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder of this Warrant, executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver the cash, securities or property deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall notify the Holder of this Warrant of any such proposed Reorganization Event reasonably prior to the consummation thereof so as to provide such Holder with a reasonable opportunity prior to such consummation to exercise this Warrant in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a transaction which requires notice to be given to the holders of Common Stock of the Company, the Holder of this Warrant shall be provided the same notice given to the holders of other Common Stock of the Company.

 

4.5. Securities Issuances .

 

(a) If the Company shall issue:

 

(i) any additional Common Stock, or rights or options to acquire any such Common Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into any Common Stock in connection with the Company raising additional equity capital for cash (an “ Equity Issuance ”), including the issuance of any Common Stock upon exercise of any warrants issued in connection with the closing of any Equity Issuance; or

 

(ii) any additional Common Stock, or rights or options to acquire any such Common Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into any Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of the securities, assets or business of any other Person (an “ Acquisition Issuance ”),

 

 
 

 

then, and in either event, the Company shall issue to the Holder of this Warrant at the closing of such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, an additional warrant (in each case, an “ Additional Warrant ”), exercisable for twenty percent (20%) of the sum of

 

(1)  the aggregate number Common Stock issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(2) the aggregate number of Common Stock issuable after the date of closing such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance in respect of conversions of convertible debt or convertible preferred securities issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(3) the aggregate number of Common Stock issuable after the date of closing such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance in respect of the exercise of any warrant, option or right to purchase Common Stock issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(4) the aggregate number of shares of underlying Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Additional Warrant.

 

The exercise price for such Additional Warrant (or portion thereto) shall be equal to the Effective Issuance Price for such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance.

 

(b) For purposes of this Warrant, “ Qualifying Employee Stock ” means (i) rights and options issued in the ordinary course of business under employee benefits plans and any Common Stock issued after the date hereof upon exercise of such rights and options and (ii) restricted stock and restricted stock units issued after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business under employee benefit plans and Common Stock issued after the date hereof in settlement of any such restricted stock units.

 

4.6. Full-Ratchet Adjustment for Lower Revaluations . In the case of (a) any issuance of Common Stock, rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for Common Stock (other than (i) Qualifying Employee Stock and (ii) Common Stock underlying rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, in each case that are issued and outstanding on the date hereof), or (b) the amendment to or change in the exercise, conversion or exchange price of such securities, in each case for an Effective Issuance Price lower than the Exercise Price (in each case, other than issuances, amendments or changes covered by Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4), the Exercise Price for this Warrant and the Exercise Price for all additional Warrants issued pursuant to Section 4.5 shall be further reduced to an amount equal to the Effective Issuance Price.

 

 
 

 

As used herein, the “ Effective Issuance Price ” shall be:

 

(i) with respect to Common Stock issued for cash the per share amount of the net cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Stock;

 

(ii) with respect to Common Stock issued for other consideration, the

 

Fair Market Value of the net consideration calculated on a per share basis;

 

(iii) with respect to any option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Stock, whether direct or indirect and whether or not conditional or contingent, the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such option, warrant or right divided by the number of Common Stock into which such option, warrant or right is exercisable at time of issuance, plus (b) the per share amount of the exercise price to the extent paid in cash and per share Fair Market Value of the exercise price if paid in other consideration; and

 

(iv) with respect to securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, the net consideration per security paid for such securities (to the extent paid in cash) or the net Fair Market Value of the consideration per security paid for such securities if the price for such securities is paid in other consideration, as of the date of their issuance divided by the number of Common Stock for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Exercise Price of this Warrant shall in no event be increased pursuant to this Section 4.6.

 

4.7. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Board, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.

 

4.8. Notice of Adjustment . Prior to the consummation of any transaction, action or other event that would trigger an adjustment (or right to adjustment) under this Section 4, the Company shall mail to the Holder by first class mail, postage prepaid, no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to such consummation notice of such transaction, action or other event, along with reasonable details with respect thereto. Whenever the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly mail by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder notice of such adjustment or adjustments and shall deliver a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price after such adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such adjustment was made.

 

 
 

 

5. WARRANT TRANSFER BOOKS.

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at its principal office a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of this Warrant Certificate and of transfers or exchanges of this Warrant Certificate as herein provided.

 

At the option of the Holder, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at such office, and upon payment of the charges hereinafter provided. Whenever this Warrant Certificate is so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver the Warrant Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits, as the Warrant Certificate surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

If this Warrant Certificate is surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange it shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate.

 

The Warrant Certificate when duly endorsed in blank shall be deemed negotiable and when this Warrant Certificate shall have been so endorsed, the Holder hereof may be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing therewith as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights represented hereby, or to the transfer hereof on the register of the Company, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such register, the Company shall treat the registered Holder hereof as the owner for all purposes. No such transfer shall be registered until the Company has been supplied with the aforementioned instruments of transfer and any other such documentation as the Company may reasonably require.

 

 
 

 

6. WARRANT HOLDER.

 

6.1. Right of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Warrant are vested in the Holder hereof, and the Holder, without the consent of the Company, may, on such Holder’s own behalf and for such Holder’s own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or otherwise in respect of, such Holder’s right to exercise or exchange this Warrant in the manner provided herein or any other obligation of the Company under this Warrant.

 

7. COVENANTS.

 

7.1. Reservation of Common Stock for Issuance on Exercise of Warrants . The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre- emptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of all Warrants issuable hereunder plus such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of other outstanding warrants, options and rights (whether or not vested), the settlement of any forward sale, swap or other derivative contract, and the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities or other instruments convertible into Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock. The Company covenants that all Common Stock which shall be issuable shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

7.2. Notice of Dividends . At any time when the Company declares any dividend on its Common Stock, it shall give notice to the Holder of this Warrant of any such declaration not less than 15 days prior to the related record date for payment of the dividend so declared.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1. Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay all transfer, stamp and other similar taxes that may be imposed in respect of the issuance or delivery of this Warrant or in respect of the issuance or delivery by the Company of any securities upon exercise of this Warrant with respect thereto. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue of any certificate for Common Stock or other securities underlying this Warrant or payment of cash to any Person other than the Holder of this Warrant Certificate surrendered upon the exercise or purchase of this Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Company shall not be required to issue any stock certificate to pay any cash until such tax or charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due. The Company and the Holder agree that the issuance and exercise of this Warrant is a capital transaction and not a compensatory transaction, and any Holder who is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes hereby represents that the Common Stock would, if owned by such Holder, be capital assets in its hands for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

8.2. Surrender of Certificates . Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for exercise or purchase shall, if surrendered to the Company, be promptly cancelled and destroyed and shall not be reissued by the Company.

 

 
 

 

8.3. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Warrant Certificates . If (a) a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Company or (b) the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the Warrant Certificate, and there is delivered to the Company such appropriate affidavit of loss, applicable processing fee and a corporate bond of indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange for such mutilated Warrant Certificate or in lieu of such destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and for a like aggregate number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section 8.3, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses in connection therewith.

 

Any new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 8.3 in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be subject to the same terms as this Warrant.

 

The provisions of this Section 8.3 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of a mutilated, destroyed lost, or stolen Warrant Certificate.

 

8.4. Notices . Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made when mailed if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder of this Warrant at such Holder’s address shown on the register of the Company and to the Company at its principal address, addressed to the Secretary of the Company, in each case or such other address as shall have been furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery.

 

8.6. Applicable Law . This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

8.7. Amendments . (a) The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant without the approval of the Holder in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and, in each case, which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holder.

 

(b) In addition to the foregoing, with the consent of the Holder, the Company may modify this Warrant for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holder hereunder.

 

8.8. Headings . The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

*******************************

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by Logical Choice Corporation, by order of its Board of Directors, this 7th day of November 2014.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF EXERCISE

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant.)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase ________ Common Stock, in the form of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Warrant Shares”), of Logical Choice Corporation in accordance with the Warrant Certificate, and in accordance with the terms set forth below.

 

By checking the appropriate paragraph election, the undersigned hereby exercises the Warrant , as follows:.

 

________[check if applicable]          Having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the undersigned upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by the undersigned upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

________[check if applicable]        By) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise, payable in cash or other same-day funds; or

 

_______ [check if applicable] The undersigned is electing to receive a cash payment in lieu of Common Stock (and the payment of the Exercise Price) on the terms and conditions specified in the last paragraph of Section 2.4 in the within Warrant Certificate

 

The undersigned requests that said Warrant Shares be registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below.

 

If said number of Warrant Shares is less than all of the shares of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of the Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

Dated: __________    
  Name
    (Please Print)

 

   
(Insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Holder)  
  Address  
   
   
  Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate and must be guaranteed by a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Warrant Holder.

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below all of the right of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below:

 

Names of 
Assignees
  Address  

Social Security 
or other Identifying 
Number of Assignee(s)

 

Number of Shares Represented by the Portion of this Warrant
to be Assigned

             
             
             

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                     the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of                             maintained for that purpose, with full power of substitution in he premises.

 

Date:                                 

 

*  
  (Signature of Owner)
   
   
  (Street Address)
   
   
  (City)                                              (State)                         (Zip Code)
   
  Signature Guaranteed By:
   
   

 

 

* The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a financial institution satisfactory to the Company.

 

 
 

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

OF LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

Date: November 7, 2014

 

This certifies that LACKAMOOLA, LLC. , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Lackamoola ”), or registered assigns, is the registered holder of the Warrant (this “ Warrant ”) represented by this Warrant Certificate (this “ Warrant Certificate ”), which entitles Lackamoola or any subsequent holder of this Warrant (each a “ Holder ”), subject to the provisions contained herein, to purchase from LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), such number of shares of common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 2.1 herein, subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein, at the Exercise Price of one hundred and ten (110%) percent of the IPO Price or APO Trading Price (as defined), subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events specified herein.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1. DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in this Warrant, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Alternative Public Company: means any publicly traded corporation listed on a Recognized Securities Exchange that is a party to an APO transaction with the Company.

 

APO : means a reverse merger or alternative public offering, in which either (a) the Company shall be merged with a newly formed subsidiary of a Public Company, with the Company as the surviving corporation of such merger, pursuant to which the holders of Company Common Stock and other Company securities shall receive a majority of the Common Stock and securities of the Alternative Public Company, or (b) shares of Company Common Stock and other outstanding Company securities shall be exchanged for securities of the Alternative Public Company.

 

APO Trading Price: the volume weighted average price per share of shares of Company Common Stock, as traded on any Recognized Securities Exchange for the twenty (20) consecutive Trading Days immediately following an APO.

 

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day : any day that is not a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in the jurisdiction in which the principal office of the Company is located.

 

Cashless Exercise : the meaning set forth in Clause (1) of Section 2.4.

 

 
 

 

Closing : the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement.

 

Common Stock : the voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company or the Alternative Pubiic Company, as applicable.

 

Company : Logical Choice Corporation, a Nevada corporation.

 

Company Formation Documents: the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 24, 2014, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, as the same may be amended from time to time..

 

Effective Date: the date that the Registration Statement shall be declared effective by the SEC.

 

Effective Issuance Price : the meaning set forth in Section 4.6.

 

Excess Tender Amount : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

ex-date : when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first Business Day after the record date, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange (for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Warrant and any related agreements, including Nasdaq) it shall mean the first date on which the Common Stock trade regular way on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market from which the Fair Market Value was obtained without the right to receive such issuance or distribution.

 

Exercise Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Exercise Price : the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Expiration Date : the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Fair Market Value :

 

(i) In the case of Common Stock means the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for one share of such Common Stock, as determined by the Board in good faith, provided that if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, it shall mean the closing sale price of such security (or, if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the closing bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average closing bid and the average closing ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions on the BSX or other Recognized Securities Exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

 
 

 

(ii) In the case of cash, the amount thereof.

 

(iii) In the case of other property, the amount which a willing buyer would pay a willing seller in an arm’s-length transaction for such property, as determined by the Board in good faith.

 

Fully Diluted Basis : on the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or consummation of the APO, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that would be outstanding after giving effect to the conversion, exchange or exercise of this Warrant and all other outstanding securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, and the exercise of all outstanding Rights to Purchase Common Stock, in each case, whether or not presently convertible, exchangeable or exercisable.

 

Holder : from time to time, the holder(s) of this Warrant.

 

IPO : the initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement and prospectus declared effective by the SEC.

 

IPO Price: the initial price per share set forth in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement under which Common Stock of the Company is offered to the public in connection with the IPO.

 

Nasdaq : the Nasdaq Stock Exchange.

 

Person : any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Premium Per Pro Forma Share : the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Qualifying Employee Stock : the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.

 

Recognized Securities Exchange . any one of the Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE:Amex, the OTC Markets, or any other United States or any foreign stock exchange that constitutes the principal securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.

 

Registration Statement: a registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form for registering securities under the Securities Act) as filed by the Company with the SEC in connection with the IPO.

 

Registrable Securities : means this Warrant and the Common Stock issuable under this Warrant. Registrable Securities shall continue to be Registrable Securities (whether they continue to be held by Lackamoola or they are sold to other Persons) until (i) they are sold outside of the United States in accordance with the rules and regulations of the BSX, (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (iii) they shall have otherwise been transferred (including pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act)and new securities not subject to transfer restrictions under any federal securities laws and not bearing any legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company, all applicable holding periods shall have expired, and no other applicable and legally binding restriction on transfer by the holder thereof shall exist.

 

 
 

 

Reorganization Event : the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

 

Rights to Purchase Securities : means options, warrants and rights issued by the Company or the Alternative Public Company (whether presently exercisable or not) to purchase Common Stock that are convertible or exchangeable (whether presently convertible or exchangeable or not) into or exercisable (whether presently exercisable or not) for Voting Securities but, for the avoidance of doubt, not including a shareholders rights plan.

 

sale : the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

 

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Underlying Common Stock : the Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

Voting Securities : means the Common Stock and any other securities of the Company or the Alternative Public Company having power generally to vote in the election of members of the Board.

 

2. EXERCISE PRICE; EXERCISE OF WARRANT AND EXPIRATION OF WARRANT.

 

2.1. Exercise Price . Subject to the terms of this Warrant, including all of the adjustment provisions hereof, the Holder hereof shall be entitled upon exercise of this Warrant to purchase an aggregate of ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND (150,000) shares of Underlying Common Stock upon exercise the Warrant made on or prior to the date of exercise hereof, at an exercise price (the “ Exercise Price ”) equal to one hundred and ten (110%) percent of either:

 

(1) the IPO Price; or

 

(2) the APO Trading Price

 

as applicable.

 

2.2. Exercise of Warrant . This Warrant shall be exercisable in whole or in part from time to time on any Business Day (each, an “ Exercise Date ”) beginning on the date hereof and ending on the Expiration Date, in the manner provided for herein, provided that the Holder shall provide notice to the Company of such Exercise Date at least 10 days prior to such Exercise Date, which notice requirement may be waived by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

 
 

 

2.3. Expiration of Warrants . This Warrant shall expire and the rights of the Holder of this Warrant to purchase Underlying Common Stock shall terminate at the close of business on December 31, 2019 (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

2.4. Method of Exercise; Payment of Exercise Price . In order to exercise this Warrant, the Holder hereof must surrender this Warrant to the Company, with the form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant duly executed. With respect to payment of the Exercise Price, the Holder shall have two options:

 

(1) having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Holder upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by Holder upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

(2) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise.

 

To the Extent that the Holder shall elect to exercise this Warrant through a Cashless Exercise, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A)= the closing price of the Class B Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;
     
  (B)= the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X)= the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

   

Any such payment of the Exercise Price pursuant to clause (2) above shall be payable in cash or other same-day funds. Upon the surrender of this Warrant following one or more partial exercises, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant of the same tenor representing the number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised, shall promptly be issued and delivered to the Holder.

 

 
 

 

Upon surrender of this Warrant in conformity with the foregoing provisions, the Company shall instruct its transfer agent to transfer to the Holder of such Warrant appropriate evidence of ownership of any shares of Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including any money) to which the Holder is entitled, registered or otherwise placed in, or payable to the order of, such name or names as may be directed in writing by the Holder, and shall deliver such evidence of ownership and any other securities or property (including any money) to the Person or Persons entitled to receive the same, together with an amount in cash in lieu of any fraction of a share as provided in Section 4.7. Upon payment of the Exercise Price therefor, a Holder shall be deemed to own and have all of the rights associated with any Underlying Common Stock or other securities or property (including money) to which it is entitled pursuant to this Warrant upon the surrender of this Warrant in accordance herewith. If the Holder shall direct that such securities be registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such direction shall be tendered in conjunction with a signature guarantee from an eligible guarantor institution participating in a signature guarantee program approved by the Securities Transfer Association, and any other reasonable evidence of authority that may be required by the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, in lieu of (and in full satisfaction of the Company’s obligation with respect to) the issuance of shares of Underlying Common Stock contemplated by this Section 2.4, and in lieu of (and in full satisfaction of the Holder’s obligation with respect to) the payment of the Exercise Price as contemplated by this Section 2.4, if the Holder so indicates on the duly executed form on the reverse of or attached to this Warrant when exercising this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder an amount in cash equal to the excess of the aggregate Fair Market Value of such shares of Underlying Common Stock as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise minus the aggregate Exercise Price that would otherwise be payable under this Section 2.4.

 

2.5. Compliance with the Securities Laws .

 

(a) This Warrant may not be exercised (and the Company shall be under no obligation to process any exercise), and no Underlying Common Stock may be sold, transferred pledged,, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of (any such sale, transfer or other disposition, a “ Transfer ”), except in compliance with this Section 2.5.

 

(b) A Holder may exercise this Warrant if it or he is either a “Qualified Investor” within the meaning of Regulation 1.7 of Section I of the Listing Regulations of BSX, or an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively. The Holder may Transfer this Warrant or any and all of his or its Underlying Common Stock to either (i) a transferee that is a non-U.S. resident and (if required by the rules of the BSX) is a Qualified Investor, (ii) a transferee that is an “accredited investor” or a “qualified institutional buyer,” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Rule 144A under the Securities Act, respectively, or (iii) any transferee if the Underlying Common Stock have been registered for resale under the Securities Act.

 

(c) In addition to the foregoing, a Holder may exercise this Warrant and may Transfer this Warrant or his or its Underlying Common Stock Securities in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act or in any transaction that is registered under the Securities Act.

 

 
 

 

3. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

3.1. Registration . If at any time the Company registers or intends to register under the Securities Act, any Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or other Voting Securities on a registration statement under the Securities Act, or grants any demand or piggyback registration rights to any other holder of Common Stock, Rights to Purchase Securities or any other securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock or shares of Voting Securities, the Company shall offer to the Holder of this Warrant to register the Registrable Securities of such Holder on no less favorable terms and conditions and/or enter into an agreement on customary terms and conditions with the Holder of this Warrant granting to such Holder pari passu registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities of such Holder, as applicable.

 

4. ADJUSTMENTS.

 

4.1. Adjustments upon Certain Transactions .

 

(a) The Exercise Price and the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted in the event the Company (i) pays a dividend or makes any other distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock solely in Common Stock or Common Stock, (ii) subdivides its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock, or (iii) combines its outstanding Common Stock or Common Stock into a smaller number of shares. In such event, the number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to the record date of such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such subdivision or combination shall be adjusted so that the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to receive the number of Common Stock that such Holder would have owned or have been entitled to receive after the happening of any of the events described above, had the Warrant been exercised immediately prior to the happening of such event or any record date with respect hereto.

 

In addition, upon an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.1, the Exercise Price for each share of Common Stock payable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted (without rounding) so that it shall equal the product of the Exercise Price immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, and the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Stock so issuable immediately thereafter. Such adjustment shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event.

 

 
 

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

Ob = shares outstanding before the transaction in question

Oa = shares outstanding after the transaction in question

Ua = Ub x Oa / Ob

Pa = Pb x Ob / Oa

 

4.2. Dividends and Distributions .

 

(a) If the Company shall fix a record date for the payment of a dividend or the making of a distribution with respect to any of its Common Stock, including Common Stock and/or Common Stock (other than one covered by Section 4.1), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the record date for such dividend or distribution shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date less the Fair Market Value of the cash, securities (excluding Common Stock that is the same class of securities for which this Warrant would be exercisable immediately after such distribution or dividend taking into account the adjustments pursuant to this Article 4) or other property paid per share in such dividend or distribution, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if the Common Stock is then traded on a Recognized Securities Exchange, the last trading day) before the ex-date. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 4.2(a)(2), the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

 

(b) For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by Section 4.2(a)(2) can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before ex-date

D = Fair Market Value of the dividend or distribution made per share of Common Stock

Ua = Ub x M / (M – D) Pa = Pb x (M – D) / M

 

 
 

 

4.3. Tender Offers . If a publicly-announced tender offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries for all or any portion of the Common Stock shall expire and tendering holders of Common Stock is paid aggregate consideration having a Fair Market Value when paid which exceeds the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock acquired in such tender offer as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced (such excess, the “ Excess Tender Amount ”), then the Exercise Price to be in effect after the tender offer expires shall be determined (without rounding) by multiplying (x) the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock as of the last trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced less the Premium Per Pro Forma Share, and the denominator of which shall be the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day, or, if applicable, trading day before the date on which such tender offer is first publicly announced. As used herein, “Premium Per Pro Forma Share” means (x) the Excess Tender Amount divided by (y) the number of Common Stock outstanding at expiration of the tender offer after giving pro forma effect to the purchase of shares in the tender offer. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price pursuant to this Section 4.3, the total number of Common Stock purchaseable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be such number of shares (calculated to the nearest thousandth) purchaseable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately before such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment. For avoidance of doubt, the adjustment contemplated by this section can be expressed by formula as follows:

 

Ub = shares underlying this Warrant before the adjustment

Ua = shares underlying this Warrant after the adjustment

Pb = exercise price per share before the adjustment

Pa = exercise price per share after the adjustment

M = Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock as of the last Business Day (or, if applicable, trading day) before the tender offer is announced

E = Excess Tender Amount (the aggregate premium paid in the tender offer) Pr = Premium Per Pro Forma Share

Oa = Shares outstanding after giving effect to tender offer

Pr = E / Oa

Ua = Ub x M / (M – Pr) Pa = Pb x (M – Pr) / M

 

 
 

 

4.4. Consolidation, Merger or Sale . If any consolidation, merger or similar extraordinary transaction of the Company with another entity, or the sale of all or substantially all of its assets, or any recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, shall be effected (a “ Reorganization Event ”), and in connection with such Reorganization Event, the Common Stock shall be converted into or exchanged for or become the right to receive cash, securities or other property, then, as a condition of such Reorganization Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive on exercise of this Warrant, for an aggregate price equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Underlying Common Stock underlying this Warrant as in effect immediately before such transaction (subject to adjustment thereafter as contemplated by the succeeding sentence), the same kind and amount of cash, securities or other property as it would have had the right to receive if it had exercised this Warrant immediately before such transaction and been entitled to participate therein. In the event of any such Reorganization Event, the Company shall make appropriate provision to ensure that applicable provisions of this Warrant (including, without limitation, the provisions of this Article 4) shall thereafter be binding on the other party to such transaction (or the successor in such transaction) and applicable to any securities thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant. The Company will not effect any such Reorganization Event unless, prior to the consummation thereof, the successor entity (if other than the Company) resulting from such Reorganization Event or the entity purchasing such assets shall assume by written instrument reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder of this Warrant, executed and mailed or delivered to the Holder at the last address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company, the obligation to deliver the cash, securities or property deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Company shall notify the Holder of this Warrant of any such proposed Reorganization Event reasonably prior to the consummation thereof so as to provide such Holder with a reasonable opportunity prior to such consummation to exercise this Warrant in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a transaction which requires notice to be given to the holders of Common Stock of the Company, the Holder of this Warrant shall be provided the same notice given to the holders of other Common Stock of the Company.

 

4.5. Securities Issuances .

 

(a) If the Company shall issue:

 

(i) any additional Common Stock, or rights or options to acquire any such Common Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into any Common Stock in connection with the Company raising additional equity capital for cash (an “ Equity Issuance ”), including the issuance of any Common Stock upon exercise of any warrants issued in connection with the closing of any Equity Issuance; or

 

(ii) any additional Common Stock, or rights or options to acquire any such Common Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into any Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company of the securities, assets or business of any other Person (an “ Acquisition Issuance ”),

 

 
 

 

then, and in either event, the Company shall issue to the Holder of this Warrant at the closing of such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, an additional warrant (in each case, an “ Additional Warrant ”), exercisable for twenty percent (20%) of the sum of

 

(1) the aggregate number Common Stock issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(2) the aggregate number of Common Stock issuable after the date of closing such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance in respect of conversions of convertible debt or convertible preferred securities issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(3) the aggregate number of Common Stock issuable after the date of closing such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance in respect of the exercise of any warrant, option or right to purchase Common Stock issued in connection with such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance, plus

 

(4) the aggregate number of shares of underlying Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Additional Warrant.

 

The exercise price for such Additional Warrant (or portion thereto) shall be equal to the Effective Issuance Price for such Equity Issuance or Acquisition Issuance.

 

(b) For purposes of this Warrant, “ Qualifying Employee Stock ” means (i) rights and options issued in the ordinary course of business under employee benefits plans and any Common Stock issued after the date hereof upon exercise of such rights and options and (ii) restricted stock and restricted stock units issued after the date hereof in the ordinary course of business under employee benefit plans and Common Stock issued after the date hereof in settlement of any such restricted stock units.

 

4.6. Full-Ratchet Adjustment for Lower Revaluations . In the case of (a) any issuance of Common Stock, rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into, or exercisable for Common Stock (other than (i) Qualifying Employee Stock and (ii) Common Stock underlying rights or options to acquire Common Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, in each case that are issued and outstanding on the date hereof), or (b) the amendment to or change in the exercise, conversion or exchange price of such securities, in each case for an Effective Issuance Price lower than the Exercise Price (in each case, other than issuances, amendments or changes covered by Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4), the Exercise Price for this Warrant and the Exercise Price for all additional Warrants issued pursuant to Section 4.5 shall be further reduced to an amount equal to the Effective Issuance Price.

 

 
 

 

As used herein, the “ Effective Issuance Price ” shall be:

 

(i) with respect to Common Stock issued for cash the per share amount of the net cash proceeds received by the Company for such Common Stock;

 

(ii) with respect to Common Stock issued for other consideration, the Fair Market Value of the net consideration calculated on a per share basis;

 

(iii) with respect to any option, warrant or other right to acquire Common Stock, whether direct or indirect and whether or not conditional or contingent, the sum of (A) the Fair Market Value of the aggregate consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such option, warrant or right divided by the number of Common Stock into which such option, warrant or right is exercisable at time of issuance, plus (b) the per share amount of the exercise price to the extent paid in cash and per share Fair Market Value of the exercise price if paid in other consideration; and

 

(iv) with respect to securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock, the net consideration per security paid for such securities (to the extent paid in cash) or the net Fair Market Value of the consideration per security paid for such securities if the price for such securities is paid in other consideration, as of the date of their issuance divided by the number of Common Stock for which such securities are convertible or exchangeable.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Exercise Price of this Warrant shall in no event be increased pursuant to this Section 4.6.

 

4.7. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant. Instead, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Board, on the Business Day or, if applicable, trading day immediately prior to the date of exercise.

 

4.8. Notice of Adjustment . Prior to the consummation of any transaction, action or other event that would trigger an adjustment (or right to adjustment) under this Section 4, the Company shall mail to the Holder by first class mail, postage prepaid, no later than ten (10) Business Days prior to such consummation notice of such transaction, action or other event, along with reasonable details with respect thereto. Whenever the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or the Exercise Price is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly mail by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder notice of such adjustment or adjustments and shall deliver a certificate of a firm of independent public accountants selected by the Board (who may be the regular accountants employed by the Company) setting forth the number of Common Stock or other stock or property issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price after such adjustment, setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment and setting forth the computation by which such adjustment was made.

 

 
 

 

5. WARRANT TRANSFER BOOKS.

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at its principal office a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of this Warrant Certificate and of transfers or exchanges of this Warrant Certificate as herein provided.

 

At the option of the Holder, this Warrant Certificate may be exchanged at such office, and upon payment of the charges hereinafter provided. Whenever this Warrant Certificate is so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute and deliver the Warrant Certificates that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

All Warrant Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same obligations, and entitled to the same benefits, as the Warrant Certificate surrendered for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

If this Warrant Certificate is surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange it shall (if so required by the Company) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of this Warrant Certificate.

 

The Warrant Certificate when duly endorsed in blank shall be deemed negotiable and when this Warrant Certificate shall have been so endorsed, the Holder hereof may be treated by the Company and all other persons dealing therewith as the absolute owner hereof for any purpose and as the Person entitled to exercise the rights represented hereby, or to the transfer hereof on the register of the Company, any notice to the contrary notwithstanding; but until such transfer on such register, the Company shall treat the registered Holder hereof as the owner for all purposes. No such transfer shall be registered until the Company has been supplied with the aforementioned instruments of transfer and any other such documentation as the Company may reasonably require.

 

 
 

 

6. WARRANT HOLDER.

 

6.1. Right of Action . All rights of action in respect of this Warrant are vested in the Holder hereof, and the Holder, without the consent of the Company, may, on such Holder’s own behalf and for such Holder’s own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company suitable to enforce, or otherwise in respect of, such Holder’s right to exercise or exchange this Warrant in the manner provided herein or any other obligation of the Company under this Warrant.

 

7. COVENANTS.

 

7.1. Reservation of Common Stock for Issuance on Exercise of Warrants . The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available, free from pre- emptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issue upon exercise of this Warrant as herein provided, such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of all Warrants issuable hereunder plus such number of Common Stock as shall then be issuable upon the exercise of other outstanding warrants, options and rights (whether or not vested), the settlement of any forward sale, swap or other derivative contract, and the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities or other instruments convertible into Common Stock or rights to acquire Common Stock. The Company covenants that all Common Stock which shall be issuable shall, upon such issue, be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

 

7.2. Notice of Dividends . At any time when the Company declares any dividend on its Common Stock, it shall give notice to the Holder of this Warrant of any such declaration not less than 15 days prior to the related record date for payment of the dividend so declared.

 

8. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

8.1. Payment of Taxes . The Company shall pay all transfer, stamp and other similar taxes that may be imposed in respect of the issuance or delivery of this Warrant or in respect of the issuance or delivery by the Company of any securities upon exercise of this Warrant with respect thereto. The Company shall not be required, however, to pay any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue of any certificate for Common Stock or other securities underlying this Warrant or payment of cash to any Person other than the Holder of this Warrant Certificate surrendered upon the exercise or purchase of this Warrant, and in case of such transfer or payment, the Company shall not be required to issue any stock certificate to pay any cash until such tax or charge has been paid or it has been established to the Company’s satisfaction that no such tax or other charge is due. The Company and the Holder agree that the issuance and exercise of this Warrant is a capital transaction and not a compensatory transaction, and any Holder who is not a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes hereby represents that the Common Stock would, if owned by such Holder, be capital assets in its hands for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

 

 
 

 

8.2. Surrender of Certificates . Any Warrant Certificate surrendered for exercise or purchase shall, if surrendered to the Company, be promptly cancelled and destroyed and shall not be reissued by the Company.

 

8.3. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Warrant Certificates . If (a) a mutilated Warrant Certificate is surrendered to the Company or (b) the Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of the Warrant Certificate, and there is delivered to the Company such appropriate affidavit of loss, applicable processing fee and a corporate bond of indemnity as may be required by it to save it harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company that the Warrant Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange for such mutilated Warrant Certificate or in lieu of such destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate, a new Warrant Certificate of like tenor and for a like aggregate number of shares of Underlying Common Stock, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Warrant Certificate under this Section 8.3, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and other expenses in connection therewith.

 

Any new Warrant Certificate executed and delivered pursuant to this Section 8.3 in lieu of a destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Warrant Certificate shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be subject to the same terms as this Warrant.

 

The provisions of this Section 8.3 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights or remedies with respect to the replacement of a mutilated, destroyed lost, or stolen Warrant Certificate.

 

8.4. Notices . Any notice, demand or delivery authorized by this Warrant shall be sufficiently given or made when mailed if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Holder of this Warrant at such Holder’s address shown on the register of the Company and to the Company at its principal address, addressed to the Secretary of the Company, in each case or such other address as shall have been furnished to the party giving or making such notice, demand or delivery.

 

8.6. Applicable Law . This Warrant and all rights arising hereunder shall be governed by the internal laws of the British Virgin Islands.

 

8.7. Amendments . (a) The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant without the approval of the Holder in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with regard to matters or questions arising hereunder which the Company may deem necessary or desirable and, in each case, which shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holder.

 

(b) In addition to the foregoing, with the consent of the Holder, the Company may modify this Warrant for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Warrant or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holder hereunder.

 

8.8. Headings . The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

*******************************

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by Logical Choice Corporation, by order of its Board of Directors, this 7th day of November 2014.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF EXERCISE

(To be executed upon exercise of Warrant.)

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the Warrant represented by this Warrant Certificate, to purchase ________ Common Stock, in the form of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Warrant Shares”), of Logical Choice Corporation in accordance with the Warrant Certificate, and in accordance with the terms set forth below.

 

By checking the appropriate paragraph election, the undersigned hereby exercises the Warrant , as follows:.

 

________[check if applicable]       Having the Company withhold, from the total number of Common Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the undersigned upon such exercise, that lower number of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with an aggregate Fair Market Value as of the last Business Day prior to such exercise equal to a purchase price for such Common Stock that would otherwise be payable by the undersigned upon such exercise based upon the Exercise Price then in effect (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), or

 

________[check if applicable]       By) payment in full of the Exercise Price then in effect for the shares of Underlying Common Stock as to which this Warrant is submitted for exercise, payable in cash or other same-day funds; or

 

_______ [check if applicable]       The undersigned is electing to receive a cash payment in lieu of Common Stock (and the payment of the Exercise Price) on the terms and conditions specified in the last paragraph of Section 2.4 in the within Warrant Certificate

 

The undersigned requests that said Warrant Shares be registered in such names and delivered, all as specified in accordance with the instructions set forth below.

 

If said number of Warrant Shares is less than all of the shares of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder, the undersigned requests that a new Warrant Certificate representing the remaining balance of the Warrants evidenced hereby be issued and delivered to the undersigned unless otherwise specified in the instructions below.

 

Dated: __________  
  Name
    (Please Print)

 

   
(Insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Holder)  
  Address  
   
   
  Signature (Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Warrant Certificate and must be guaranteed by a bank, stockbroker, savings and loan association or credit union meeting the requirements of the Warrant Holder.

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned registered holder of the within Warrant Certificate hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the Assignee(s) named below all of the right of the undersigned under the within Warrant Certificate, with respect to the number of Warrants set forth below:

 

Names of
Assignees
  Address  

Social Security
or other Identifying
Number of Assignee(s)

 

Number of Shares Represented by the Portion of this Warrant
to be Assigned

             
             
             

 

and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                     the undersigned’s attorney to make such transfer on the books of                             maintained for that purpose, with full power of substitution in he premises.

 

Date:                                 

 

*  
  (Signature of Owner)
   
   
  (Street Address)
   
   
  (City)                                              (State)                         (Zip Code)
   
  Signature Guaranteed By:
   
   

 

 

* The signature must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever, and must be guaranteed by a financial institution satisfactory to the Company.

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

Execution Copy

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

BOXLIGHT DISPLAY INC.,

 

THE MAJORITY SHAREHOLDERS,

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION,

 

K LASER TECHNOLOGY, INC

 

as Shareholders’ Representative

 

and

 

VERT CAPITAL CORP.

 

January 31, 2015

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
ARTICLE I. SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS   2
       
1.1 Certain Defined Terms   2
1.2 Everest Group Capitalization   3
1.3 Sale of Subject Shares   4
1.4 Purchase of Subject Shares; Purchase Price   4
1.5 Closing   4
1.6 Liquidity Event   5
1.7 Directors and Officers   6
       
ARTICLE II. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES   7
       
2.1 Purchase of ETL Minority Shares   7
2.2 Option Agreement   7
2.3 EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares   7
       
ARTICLE III. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING PARTIES   8
       
3.1 Due Organization and Qualification   8
3.2 Authority to Execute and Perform Agreements   8
3.3 Ownership of Shares   8
3.4 Tax Matters   8
3.5 Compliance with Laws; Permits   9
3.6 No Breach   9
3.7 Litigation   10
3.8 Employment Matters   10
3.9 Contracts   10
3.10 Title to Assets   10
3.11 Intellectual Property   10
3.12 Third Party Products   11
3.13 Customer and Supplier Lists   12
3.14 Operation of the Business   12
3.15 Financial Statements   12
3.17 No Broker   13
       
ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER, PARENT AND VERT   13
       
4.1 Due Organization   13
4.2 Ownership   13
4.3 Authority Relative to this Agreement and Transaction Documents   13
4.4 No Broker   14
4.5 Ownership   14
4.6 Title to Assets   14
4.7 Litigation   14
4.8 Financial Statements   14
4.9 Investigation by Purchaser; Company’s Liability   15
4.10 Investment Purpose   15
4.11 Reliance on Exemptions   16

 

( i )
 

 

Table of Contents

 

    Page
ARTICLE V. ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS   16
       
5.1 Expenses of Agreement   16
5.2 Employment Agreements   16
5.3 EDI Employee Stock Option Plan   16
5.4 Further Assurances   16
5.5 Examinations and Investigations   16
5.6 Access to Records   16
5.7 Information for Liquidity Event   17
5.8 Conduct of the Business   17
5.9 TIC Approval   17
5.10 Target Companies Acquisitions   17
5.11 Protective Provisions   18
5.12 Listing Requirement   18
5.13 Sale of Common Stock at IPO   18
5.14 Liquidity Event.   18
       
ARTICLE VI. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   18
       
6.1 Approval by the TIC   19
6.2 Liquidity Event   19
6.3 Employment Agreements.   19
6.4 Employee Transaction Bonus Share   19
6.5 EDI Employee Stock Option Plan   19
6.6 Target Companies Acquisitions   19
6.7 Injunctions; Illegality   19
6.8 Covenants   19
       
ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION   19
       
7.1 Survival   19
7.2 Obligation of Selling Parties to Indemnify   20
7.3 Obligation of Parent, Purchaser and Vert to Indemnify   20
7.4 Notice of Third Party Claims to Indemnifying Party   20
7.5 Notice of Claims   21
7.6 Limitations on Indemnity Obligations; Methods of Payment   21
       
ARTICLE VIII. SHAREHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE   22
       
8.1 Shareholders’ Representative   22
8.2 Actions of the Shareholders’ Representative   23
       
ARTICLE IX. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.   23
       
ARTICLE X. GENERAL PROVISIONS   23
       
10.1 Publicity   23
10.2 Notices   23
10.3 Entire Agreement   23
10.4 Waivers and Amendments   23
10.5 Exhibits and Schedules   23
10.6 Headings   23
10.7 Counterparts   23
10.8 Construction and Interpretation   24

 

( ii )
 

 

Table of Contents

 

      Page
10.9 Assignment   24
10.10 Specific Performance   24
10.11 Parties in Interest   24
10.12 Severability   24
10.13 Governing Law; Forum   24

 

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A-1 to A-4 Existing Everest and Subsidiary Security Holders
Exhibit B Subsidiaries
Exhibit C Form of Employment Agreements
Exhibit D Form of Amendment to Agreement for Participating Minority Shareholders

 

( iii )
 

 

SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 31, 2015 (the “ Execution Date ”), is made and entered into by and among:

 

A. K LASER TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Taiwan corporation, (“ K Laser ”). Pursuant to ARTICLE VIII and for the purposes of ARTICLES I, II, V, VI, VIII and X, K Laser shall be appointed as the Shareholders’ Representative (the “ Shareholders’ Representative ”) by the Selling Parties (as hereinafter defined);

 

B. the other Persons who are listed as Majority Shareholders (as hereinafter defined) on Exhibit A-1 ;

 

C. 寶萊特科技股份有限公司 (BOXLIGHT DISPLAY, INC.) , a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan (the “ Purchaser ”);

 

D. LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, United States (the “ Parent ”); and

 

E. VERT CAPITAL CORP ., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States (“ Vert ”).

 

K Laser and the other Persons who are listed on Exhibit A-1 as record owners of a majority of the outstanding share capital of EVEREST DISPLAY INC. , a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan (“ Everest ”), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Majority Shareholders .”

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Everest Group (as hereinafter defined) is engaged in, among other things, the business of manufacturing developing and selling education products and services (the “ Business ”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Selling Parties (as defined below) and the Purchaser desire to consummate a transaction with Purchaser, pursuant to which the Selling Parties (as defined below) shall sell, and the Purchaser shall acquire from the Selling Parties (as defined below), the Subject Shares (as defined below); and

 

WHEREAS , the Parent is the owner of 100% of the share capital of the Purchaser and will benefit from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS , Vert has agreed to give the warranties set out in ARTICLE IV and to undertake certain other obligations as set out in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS , upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in the Option Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Parent has granted to the Majority Shareholders and the Participating Minority Shareholders (as hereinafter defined) an opportunity to invest in the Parent.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE I.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF SHARES AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

1.1 Certain Defined Terms:

 

(a) GUANG FENG INTERNATIONAL LTD. , a corporation formed under the laws of American Samoa (“ Guang Feng ”); EVEREST TECHNOLOGY LTD., a corporation organized under the laws of the PRC (“ ETL ”); BOXLIGHT, INC. , a Washington State (U.S.) corporation (“ Boxlight USA ”); BOXLIGHT LATINOAMERICA S.A. DE C.V. , a corporation organized under the laws of Mexico (“ Boxlight Mexico ”), and BOXLIGHT LATINOAMERICA SERVICIOS S.A. DE C.V., a corporation organized under the laws of Mexico (“ BLS ”) are all direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Everest, as set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof, and are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Subsidiaries ”;

 

(b) LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the “ Parent ” or “ LCC ”) is the owner of 100% of the share capital of the Purchaser;

 

(c) Everest and the Subsidiaries are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Everest Group ”;

 

(d) K Laser is the record and beneficial owner of 35.66% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Everest;

 

(e) the Majority Shareholders and all other record or beneficial holders of any share capital of Everest and/or any share capital of any Subsidiary member of the Everest Group are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Everest Group Shareholders;

 

(f) The “ Subject Shares ” shall mean all of the issued and outstanding common or ordinary shares of Everest that are owned of record and beneficially at the Closing by the Majority Shareholders and the Participating Minority Shareholders who will in the future execute this Agreement;

 

(g) The Majority Shareholders and the Participating Minority Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Selling Parties;

 

(h) The shareholders of Everest as of the Execution Date shall be referred to herein as the “ Everest Shareholders ”; and

 

(i) The Majority Shareholders, the Participating Minority Shareholders, the Purchaser, Parent, Vert and, with respect to its role as Shareholders’ Representative for the purposes of ARTICLES I, II, V, VI, VIII and X, the Shareholders’ Representative are sometimes individually referred to as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined shall also have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth on Annex I hereto.

 

- 2 -
 

 

1.2 Everest Group Capitalization.

 

(a) Current Everest Capitalization . As at the date of this Agreement and, (unless otherwise approved in advance and in writing by the Parent or as contemplated by this Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing Date), Everest is authorized by its Articles of Incorporation to issue a total of 100,000,000 ordinary shares of which:

 

(i) an aggregate of 33,000,000 Everest ordinary or common shares are issued and outstanding (the “ Existing Everest Shares ”),

 

(ii) K Laser is the record and beneficial owner of 35.66 % of the Existing Everest Shares,

 

(iii) the Subject Shares represent 82.3 % of the total issued and outstanding Existing Everest Shares, provided, that, prior to the Closing, such percentage may be increased upon the addition of any Participating Minority Shareholders executing this Agreement, and,

 

(iv) the remaining 5,839,513 issued and outstanding Existing Everest Shares (the “ Minority Everest Shares ”) are owned of record by the Everest shareholders, other than the Majority Shareholders (the “ Minority Everest Shareholders ”).

 

(b) Existing Everest Security Holders . The record and beneficial owners of the Subject Shares and the number of Existing Everest Shares owned by each such Selling Party is set forth on Exhibit A-1 annexed hereto and made a part hereof. The record and beneficial holders as of the Execution Date (collectively, “ Existing Everest Option Holders ”) of all outstanding stock options and warrants (collectively, the “ Existing Everest Options ”) to purchase shares of Everest and/or share capital of any Subsidiary, and the number of shares of Everest and/or share capital of any Subsidiary issuable to each Existing Everest Option Holder upon exercise of their respective Existing Everest Options (collectively, the “ Existing Everest Option Shares ”) is set forth on Exhibit A-2 annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(c) Subsidiaries . Everest (which is engaged in the manufacturing, software development, R&D and sales of technology products worldwide) owns 100% of the share capital of Guang Feng. Guang Feng owns 53.03% of the share capital of ETL. Guang Feng and ETL are engaged in manufacturing and servicing the technology products. Guang Feng (i) owns 99.6% of the share capital of Boxlight USA and, on the Closing Date, subject to its purchase of 0.4% of the equity of Boxlight USA owned by Nance, will own 100% of the share capital of Boxlight USA, (ii) owns 100% of the share capital of Boxlight Mexico, and (iii) owns 100% of the share capital of BLS. Boxlight USA, Boxlight Mexico and BLS are primarily engaged in sales, marketing, service and logistics for the Boxlight products in the United States, Mexico and Latin America.

 

(d) Existing Subsidiary Security Holders . As at the date of this Agreement and, (unless otherwise approved in advance and in writing by Parent or as contemplated by this Agreement, immediately prior to the Closing Date), (i) each Subsidiary is authorized by its Articles of Incorporation to issue a total number of ordinary shares set forth on Exhibit A-3 annexed hereto and made a part hereof and (ii) Exhibit A-3 sets forth the number of issued and outstanding ordinary or common shares of each of the Subsidiaries (the “ Existing Subsidiary Shares ”). Exhibit A-4 also sets forth, by individual Subsidiary, (i) the number of issued and outstanding Existing Subsidiary Shares owned directly by Everest or another Subsidiary, (ii) the names of holders and the number of the remaining issued and outstanding Existing Subsidiary Shares, if any, that are owned of record by such holders, other than Everest or another Subsidiary, and (iii) the record and beneficial holders as of the Execution Date (collectively, “ Subsidiary Option Holders ”) of all outstanding stock options and warrants (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Options ”) to purchase shares of the Subsidiaries and the number of shares of the Subsidiaries issuable to each Subsidiary Option Holder upon exercise of their respective Subsidiary Options (collectively, the “ Subsidiary Option Shares ”).

 

- 3 -
 

 

(e) Everest Group Shares . The Existing Everest Shares and the Existing Subsidiary Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Everest Group Shares.

 

(f) Everest Group Notes . The record and beneficial owners of the all notes, debentures and other evidences of Indebtedness issued by any member of the Everest Group (whether or not convertible into Everest Group Shares (the “ Note Holders ”) and the principal amount of all notes, debentures and other evidences of Indebtedness owed to each such Note Holder is set forth on Exhibit A-4 annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

1.3 Sale of Subject Shares.

 

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the applicable laws of Taiwan, including the rules and regulations of the Taiwan Investment Commission (the “ TIC” ), at the Closing, the Selling Parties shall sell, transfer, convey and assign (collectively, “ Transfer ”) to the Purchaser all, and not less than all, of the Subject Shares.

 

(b) At the Closing, the Selling Parties shall cause to be delivered to the Purchaser share certificates evidencing all of the Subject Shares, duly endorsed for transfer.

 

1.4 Purchase of Subject Shares; Purchase Price.

 

(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the applicable laws of Taiwan, including the rules and regulations of the TIC, on the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall purchase from the Selling Parties, all and not less than all, of the Subject Shares.

 

(b) The Parties hereto agree that 100% of the Everest Group shall be valued at (USD) Seven Million, Two Hundred Eighty Three Thousand, One Hundred and Thirty Two (USD $7,283,132) Dollars (the “ Everest Valuation ”) representing the consolidated book value of the Everest Group on 30 September 2013. Accordingly, at the Closing, the Purchaser shall pay for the Subject Shares a purchase price equal to the amount determined by multiplying (i) the Subject Shares Percentage by (ii) the Everest Valuation (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(c) The Purchase Price for the Subject Shares shall be paid at the Closing in full by (i) wire transfer of immediately available funds to one or more bank accounts designated by the Shareholders’ Representative, which bank accounts may be the escrow accounts of a bank in Taiwan (the “ Escrow Agent ”) designated by the Shareholders’ Representative, or (ii) in such other manner as shall be designated by the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

1.5 Closing . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the closing of the sale and purchase of the Subject Shares and related transactions under the Option Agreement referred to herein (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m., Taiwan time, immediately after the consummation of a “ Liquidity Event ” defined herein and after satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all conditions to the Closing set forth herein (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all such conditions), unless this Agreement has been terminated pursuant to its terms or unless another time or date is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The Closing shall be held at the offices of White & Case, attorneys at law, and United States counsel to the Everest Group and the Majority Shareholders in Palo Alto, California, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, and the actual date of the Closing is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date. ” Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Liquidity Event and the Closing do not occur prior to 31 March 2015, the Shareholders’ Representative shall have the option to terminate this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to between the Shareholders’ Representative, the Purchaser and the Parent.

 

- 4 -
 

 

1.6 Liquidity Event . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Liquidity Event ” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the events set forth below on or before the Closing Date:

 

(a) the sale, in a firm commitment underwritten public offering led by a nationally recognized underwriting firm pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, of Parent Common Stock (an “ IPO ”) and such firm commitment underwritten public offering covering all of the following elements: (i) at least USD ten million ($10,000,000) Dollars of Parent Common Stock shall have been offered and sold to the public; (ii) following such IPO, the Common Stock of the Parent shall be listed or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange; the Nasdaq Stock Market System or any other national securities exchange acceptable to the Majority Holders (each a “ National Securities Exchange ”); (iii) immediately prior to such IPO, the Option Shares issued under the Option held by the Selling Parties under the Option Agreement shall be converted into shares of Parent Common Stock, which shall be the Company Class A Common Stock (as defined in the Option Agreement), having a Market Value of at least Sixteen Million Four Hundred and Sixty Thousand Dollars ($16,460,000), representing at least 82.3% of $20,000,000; (iv) immediately prior to such IPO, the Option Shares shall represent at least 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent, representing 82.3% of 25%, (v) immediately prior to such IPO, the EDI Employees shall hold the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares; and (vi) immediately prior to such IPO, Parent shall have established the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan pursuant to Section 5.3 and the Option Agreement; or

 

(b) the Parent effecting a merger or share exchange with an inactive or primarily inactive public company (“ PubCo ”) whose Common Stock (“ PubCo Common Stock ”) is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on a National Securities Exchange (a “ Reverse Merger Transaction ”), as a result of which (i) the stockholders of the Parent (including the Option Holders as defined in the Option Agreement, upon exercise of the Option) will own in excess of 80% of the outstanding common stock of PubCo; (ii) immediately prior to a Reverse Merger Transaction, the Option Shares issued under the Option held by the Selling Parties under the Option Agreement shall be converted into shares of Parent Common Stock, which shall be Company Class A Common Stock, having a Market Value of at least twenty million Dollars ($20,000,000); (iii) immediately prior to such Reverse Merger Transaction, the EDI Employees shall hold the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares; and (iv) immediately prior to such Reverse Merger Transaction, Parent shall have established the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan pursuant to Section 5.3 and the Option Agreement and Pubco shall have agreed to assume the obligations of Parent under the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan; or

 

(c) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Parent, whether by merger, consolidation, tender offer or like combination, to any Person who is not an Affiliate of the Parent or any of the Parent’s Affiliates (a “ Sale of Control Transaction ”), provided, that (i) immediately prior to a Sale of Control Transaction, the Option Shares issued under the Option held by the Selling Parties under the Option Agreement shall be converted into shares of Parent Common Stock, which shall be Company Class A Common Stock, having a Market Value of at least twenty million Dollars ($20,000,000); (ii) immediately prior to such Sale of Control Transaction, the EDI Employees shall hold the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares; and (iii) immediately prior to such Sale of Control Transaction, Parent shall have established the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan pursuant to Section 5.3 and the Option Agreement and the acquirer shall have agreed to assume the obligations of Parent under the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan.

 

- 5 -
 

 

In the case of either a Reverse Merger Transaction or a Sale of Control Transaction, the rights and obligations set forth under this Agreement, the Option Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (including the obligation to pay to the Purchase Price) must be assumed by either PubCo, in the case of a Reverse Merger Transaction, or the acquirer, in the case of a Sale of Control Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the final terms and conditions of any Reverse Merger Transaction or Sale of Control Transaction proposed to be entered into by the Parent on or before the Closing Date shall be subject to the prior approval and consent of the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

As used in this Section 1.6:

 

(i) the term “ Market Value ” shall mean the product of multiplying the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock of Parent or PubCo (as applicable) to be issued to the Selling Parties upon exercise of the Option under the Option Agreement (after giving effect to the conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Parent preferred stock (as defined in the Option Agreement), including Series C Preferred Stock issued to such Selling Parties) by either (i) the initial offering price per share set forth in the final prospectus relating to an IPO, (ii) the per share purchase price payable to all stockholders of the Parent in connection with a Sale of Control Transaction, or (iii) the closing price of the PubCo Common Stock as traded on a National Securities Exchange at the time of consummation of a Reverse Merger Transaction (each, the “ Per Share Price ”).

 

(ii) the term “ Majority Holders ” shall mean those Selling Parties who collectively would own a majority of the Subject Shares.

 

1.7 Directors and Officers.

 

(a) Within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, the board of directors of Everest (the “ Everest Board of Directors ”) shall consist of a minimum of seven (7) members, of which, after the resignation of the members, as applicable, the Purchaser shall have the right to nominate four (4) members for election to the Everest Board of Directors (the “ Purchaser Everest Designees ”) and the Shareholders’ Representative shall have the right to nominate three (3) members for election to the Everest Board of Directors (the “ Majority Shareholder Everest Designees ”) who shall be acceptable to Purchaser in its reasonable discretion; it being acknowledged and agreed that Alex Kuo, Mark Elliot and either of Hank Nance or Patrick Henry shall be acceptable Majority Shareholders Designees (the “ Everest Board Elections ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, pending the resignations and election of the Purchaser Everest Designees, from and after the Closing Date, the Everest Board of Directors shall not take any action unless the same shall have been approved in advance in writing by the Purchaser or a representative of Vert.

 

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the Everest Board Elections, all Parties shall take all necessary actions, so as to cause the board of directors for each Subsidiary (the “ Subsidiary Board of Directors ”) to consist of a minimum of seven (7) members, of which the Purchaser shall have the right to nominate and/or designate four (4) members for election to such Subsidiary Board of Directors (the “ Purchaser Subsidiary Designees ”) and the Shareholders’ Representative shall have the right to nominate and/or designate three (3) members for election to such Subsidiary Board of Directors (together with the Majority Shareholder Everest Designees, the “ Majority Shareholder Designees ”) who shall be acceptable to Purchaser; it being acknowledged and agreed that Alex Kuo, Mark Elliot and either of Hank Nance or Patrick Henry shall be acceptable Majority Shareholders Designees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pending the resignations and election of the Purchaser Subsidiary Designees, from and after the Closing Date, the Subsidiary Board of Directors shall not take any action unless the same shall have been approved in advance in writing by the Purchaser or a representative of Vert.

 

- 6 -
 

 

(c) So long as the Selling Parties hold at least five percent (5%) of the fully-diluted Common Stock of the Parent following any Liquidity Event, the Shareholders’ Representative shall have the right to designate the Majority Shareholder Designees. For the duration of the period of restrictions on Transfer (as defined in the Option Agreement), unless otherwise consented to by the Shareholders’ Representative, the Purchaser may not increase the size of the Board of Directors or take any other action that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the rights of the Majority Shareholders, as exercised by the Shareholders’ Representative, hereunder. The officers of Everest immediately prior to the Closing Date shall be retained following the Closing Date; provided, that persons designated by Purchaser shall be appointed as the Chief Financial Officer of Everest and each of its Subsidiaries. The officers and directors of Everest and each Subsidiary shall serve as set forth in their respective employment agreement, or if no such agreement exists, until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified in accordance with the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws of Everest.

 

ARTICLE II.
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

2.1 Purchase of ETL Minority Shares . Within thirty (30) days upon occurrence of, and using the proceeds from, a Liquidity Event, Parent shall purchase from K Laser International Co., Ltd. (“ K Laser International ”), for RMB 12.0 million in cash, all of the equity capital in ETL owned by K Laser International, representing a total of 15.66% of the issued and outstanding share capital of ETL.

 

2.2 Option Agreement . On the Execution Date, the Majority Shareholders and the Parent shall enter into an option agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) under which the Majority Shareholders shall be granted an unconditional option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock of the Parent, and containing such other terms and conditions as shall be acceptable to the Parties (the “ Option Shares ”). In the event and to the extent that there shall be any one or more Participating Minority Shareholders who shall execute this Agreement or a Participating Amendment, as a condition thereto, such Participating Minority Shareholder shall also execute and become a party to the Option Agreement. At the Closing, all of the Selling Parties shall exercise the Option in accordance with its terms.

 

2.3 EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares . Immediately prior to the occurrence of any Liquidity Event, Parent shall issue to the EDI Employees the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares, in the amounts for each EDI Employee as determined by the Shareholders’ Representative in its sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares are not subject to any lock-up agreement or restrictions on Transfer and are not counted as a part of the Selling Parties Parent Shares.

 

- 7 -
 

 

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLING PARTIES

 

Each of the Selling Parties, do hereby severally and not jointly represent and warrant to Purchaser and the Parent as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to another date), as follows, provided, however, that each such representations and warranties are (i) where indicated, are qualified by the Knowledge of such Selling Parties, and (ii) qualified by the disclosure schedules of Selling Parties, which set forth certain disclosures concerning Selling Parties (provided that any fact or item disclosed with respect to one representation or warranty shall be deemed to be disclosed with respect to each other representations or warranty, but only to the extent that the applicability of such fact or item with respect to such other representation or warranty can reasonably be inferred from the disclosure with respect to such fact or item contained in the disclosure schedules of Selling Parties). As used in this ARTICLE III, the term “ Everest and Subsidiaries ” means the individual or collective reference to Everest and each of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.

 

3.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Everest and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation as set forth on Schedule 3.1 annexed hereto, and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets, properties and business and to carry on the Business as now conducted, except where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries. Everest is qualified to transact business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or location of its property requires such qualification, except where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries.

 

3.2 Authority to Execute and Perform Agreements . Each of the Selling Parties has the full legal right and power and all authority and approval required to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement, and all other Transaction Documents ” to which such Selling Party is a party and to perform fully its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which the Selling Parties are a party and the consummation by Selling Parties of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been or will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary individual and corporate action, and no other proceedings on the part of Selling Parties are necessary to authorize this Agreement and the Transaction Documents or to consummate the transactions so contemplated. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents have all been or will be duly executed and delivered and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Purchaser and (where applicable) the Parent and the other Selling Parties, are the valid and binding obligations of Selling Parties enforceable against Selling Parties in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

3.3 Ownership of Shares .

 

The Selling Parties are the record and beneficial owners of all and not less than all of the Subject Shares; all of the statements set forth in Section 1.2 of this Agreement in respect of the capitalization of Everest and its Subsidiaries are true and correct in all material respects; and all of the Subject Shares are owned by the Selling Parties free and clear of all Encumbrances and may be transferred pursuant to this Agreement without restriction of any kind, other than as provided in the United States federal or state securities laws.

 

3.4 Tax Matters .

 

(a) The tax identification number for Everest and each Subsidiary is listed on Schedule 3.4(a).

 

(b) All Tax Returns with respect to Everest that are required to be filed before the Closing Date, have been or will be filed, the information provided on such Tax Returns is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects, and all Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns have been or will be paid in full, to the extent that a failure to file such Tax Returns or pay such Taxes, or an inaccuracy in such Tax Returns, could reasonably result in Parent being liable for any material Taxes or could give rise to a lien on Everest Common Stock.

 

- 8 -
 

 

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4(c), there is no pending or, to the Selling Parties’ Knowledge, threatened action, audit, proceeding, or investigation by any taxing authority with respect to the assessment or collection of Taxes of Everest and Subsidiaries.

 

3.5 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a) Everest and Subsidiaries have not received written notice from any Governmental Authority that Everest or its Subsidiaries is currently in violation of any Laws or Orders. To Selling Parties’ Knowledge, Everest and Subsidiaries have not violated Laws, which violation has had or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries, as the case may be. To the Knowledge of Selling Parties, Everest and Subsidiaries have not made any illegal payment to officers or employees of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority, or made any illegal payment to customers for the sharing of fees or to customers or suppliers for rebating of charges, or engaged in any other reciprocal practices that violate any Laws, or made any illegal consideration to purchasing agents or other representatives of customers in respect of sales made or to be made by Everest and Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, there are no facts that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) could result in Everest and Subsidiaries being in violation of any Law which has a Material Adverse Effect on Everest.

 

(b) Except to the extent already obtained by Everest and Subsidiaries, no Permit is material for the conduct of the Business.

 

(c) To the Knowledge of Selling Parties, neither the Selling Parties nor any other Person associated with or acting on behalf of the Business has directly or indirectly (x) made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other payment to any Person, private or public, domestic or foreign, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services (i) in violation of any Law, or (ii) to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns, (y) violated any applicable export control, money laundering or anti-terrorism Law, or otherwise taken any action that would be in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (z) established or maintained any fund or asset with respect to the Business that has not been recorded in its books and records.

 

3.6 No Breach . The Selling Parties’ execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not violate, conflict with or otherwise result in the material breach or violation of any of the terms and conditions of, result in a modification of the effect of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) a default under (a) Everest and Subsidiaries’ articles of incorporation or bylaws; (b) any Contract to which Everest and Subsidiaries is a party; (b) any Law or Order against, or binding upon or applicable to Selling Parties or their assets; or (d) any Permit.

 

- 9 -
 

 

3.7 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , there are no outstanding Orders against or involving the operations of the Business, or Everest and Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7, none of the Selling Parties is now, nor have any of them been during the one (1) year prior to the date hereof, a party to or, to Selling Parties’ Knowledge threatened (in writing) with any Legal Proceeding applicable to the operations of the Business of Everest and Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7, there is no active dispute with any Person under Contract with Selling Parties in connection with the operations of the Business of Everest and Subsidiaries. None of the Legal Proceedings set forth on Schedule 3.7, individually or together with any other, is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7, to Selling Parties’ Knowledge, there is no fact, event or circumstance that may give rise to any Legal Proceeding that would be required to be set forth on Schedule 3.7 if currently pending or threatened in writing. There are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to Selling Parties’ Knowledge, threatened in writing that would give rise to any right of indemnification on the part of any past or present director or officer of Everest and Subsidiaries or the heirs, executors or administrators of such director or officer against Everest and Subsidiaries or any successor to the Business.

 

3.8 Employment Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8, Everest and Subsidiaries is not a party to any employment agreement, work-for-hire agreement or collective bargaining agreement. To the Selling Parties’ Knowledge, there are no union organizational efforts or activities in existence or threatened by any labor organization to organize the employees of Everest and Subsidiaries. There are no strikes, lockouts or other labor activities in existence or, to the Selling Parties Knowledge, threatened.

 

3.9 Contracts . All of the Material Contracts individually having a value in excess of US$50,000 that is binding upon Everest and Subsidiaries that are set forth on (or required to be set forth on) Schedule 3.9 and on other Schedules hereto have been delivered or made available to Parent (or where a Contract is other than in writing, Schedule 3.9 contains summary of the material terms of such Contract). Except as set forth on Schedule 3.9, to the Selling Parties’ Knowledge each of such Contracts are valid, subsisting agreements, in full force and effect and binding upon the parties thereto in accordance with their terms.

 

3.10 Title to Assets . Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10, Everest and Subsidiaries own outright and have good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their respective assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances. On the Closing Date, all of the assets and properties of Everest and Subsidiaries shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances, except Permitted Encumbrances.

 

3.11 Intellectual Property .

 

(a) Schedule 3.11(a) sets forth, with respect to Everest and Subsidiaries, a complete and accurate list of all material Intellectual Property which is owned, licensed, leased or otherwise used by Everest in conducting the Business.

 

(b) Schedule 3.11(b) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all agreements, other than immaterial agreements or agreements with fees of less than $5,000, to which Everest and Subsidiaries is a party or otherwise bound (i) granting or obtaining any right to use or practice any rights under any Intellectual Property other than, in the latter case, off the shelf, commercially available software, or (ii) restricting the rights of Everest and Subsidiaries to use any Intellectual Property, including license agreements, development agreements, distribution agreements, settlement agreements, consent to use agreements, and covenants not to sue (collectively, the “ License Agreements ”). To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, the License Agreements are valid and binding obligations of all parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and there exists no event or condition which will result in a material violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice of lapse of time or both) a material default by any party under any such License Agreement. Everest and Subsidiaries has not licensed or sublicensed its rights in any Intellectual Property other than pursuant to the License Agreements.

 

- 10 -
 

 

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.11(c):

 

(i) Everest and Subsidiaries or its Affiliates owns, or has a valid right to use, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances, all of the Intellectual Property. Everest and Subsidiaries is listed in the records of the appropriate United States, state, or foreign registry as the sole current owner of record for each application and registration listed on Schedule 3.11(c).

 

(ii) The Intellectual Property owned by Everest and Subsidiaries, and to the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, any Intellectual Property used by Everest and Subsidiaries, is subsisting and has not been cancelled, expired, or abandoned.

 

(iii) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Selling Parties threatened, claim, suit, arbitration or other adversarial Legal Proceeding before any court, agency, arbitral tribunal, or registration authority in any jurisdiction (A) involving the Intellectual Property owned by Everest and Subsidiaries, or, to the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, the Intellectual Property licensed to Everest and Subsidiaries, (B) alleging that the activities or the conduct of the Business do, or will, infringe upon, violate or constitute the unauthorized use of the intellectual property rights of any third party or (C) challenging the ownership, use, validity, enforceability or registrability of any Intellectual Property owned by Everest and Subsidiaries.

 

(iv) To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, the conduct of the Business does not infringe upon (either directly or indirectly such as through contributory infringement or inducement to infringe) any Intellectual Property rights owned or controlled by any third party. To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, no third party is misappropriating, infringing, or violating any Intellectual Property owned or used by Everest and Subsidiaries and no such claims, suits, arbitration or other adversarial proceedings which have been brought against any third party by Everest and Subsidiaries remain unresolved.

 

(v) The Selling Parties have taken commercially appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of its trade secrets. To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, no trade secrets have been disclosed or authorized to be disclosed to any third party other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement or agreements including such protections. To the Knowledge of the Selling Parties, no party to any non-disclosure agreement relating to its trade secrets is in breach or default thereof.

 

(d) The consummation of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in the material loss or impairment of Purchaser’s right to own or use any of the Intellectual Property, nor will it require the consent of any Regulatory Authority or third party in respect of any such Intellectual Property.

 

3.12 Third Party Products . Schedule 3.12 sets forth a true and complete list of all material products or services of Everest and Subsidiaries, which relate to the Business, currently being developed, sold or offered for sale by Everest and Subsidiaries which have been developed for Everest and Subsidiaries by Persons other than Everest and Subsidiaries or its Affiliates (the “ Third Party Products ”), and such Persons are either (i) the copyright, trademark and/or patent proprietor of all such Third Party Products and to Selling Parties’ Knowledge has caused appropriate notices of copyright, trademark or patent to be included in all Third Party Products, or (ii) holds a valid license, sub-license or related Contract with respect to such Third Party Products.

 

- 11 -
 

 

3.13 Customer and Supplier Lists .

 

(a) Attached to Schedule 3.13(a) is a true and correct list of the Key Customers and Key Suppliers as of September 30, 2013. Everest and Subsidiaries have not licensed, sold or granted any rights to any Person to use any of such lists.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(b), to Selling Parties’ Knowledge, there has been no written notice that any customer or supplier of the Business: (i) intends to terminate its agreements with Everest and Subsidiaries, or otherwise materially and adversely modify its relationship with Everest and Subsidiaries, or (ii) that the acquisition of Everest Common Stock by Purchaser will materially and adversely affect the relationships of Purchaser (as successor to the Business) with such customers or suppliers.

 

3.14 Operation of the Business . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 or in connection with this Agreement, Everest and Subsidiaries has not since September 30, 2013:

 

(a) except for content or Equipment or inventory acquired in the Ordinary Course, made any acquisition of any assets, properties, capital stock or business of any other Persons with a purchase price in excess of $50,000 or made any commitments to do any of the foregoing;

 

(b) except in the Ordinary Course, made any sale, assignment, transfer or license of any Intellectual Property;

 

(c) except in the Ordinary Course, terminated, entered into or amended, or agreed to enter into or amend, any Contract required to be disclosed on Schedule 3.9;

 

(d) except in the Ordinary Course, hired, or agreed to hire, any Person to perform services in connection with the Business; entered into or amended, or agreed to enter into or amend, any employment agreement of any employee; made or agreed to make any payment or commitment to pay severance or termination pay to any of its officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents or other representatives;

 

(e) except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, suffered or incurred any material damage, destruction or loss not covered by insurance materially adversely affecting the assets, properties, business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Business;

 

(f) except as would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, failed to make any payment to any creditor of the Business as such obligations become due and payable; and

 

(g) except in the Ordinary Course, established or increased any bonus, commission, insurance, retention, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit sharing, stock option (including the granting of stock options, performance awards or restricted stock awards) or other employee benefit plan or arrangement, increased any salary or otherwise increased the compensation payable to or to become payable to any employee, other than annual increases commensurate with past practice.

 

3.15 Financial Statements . The Selling Parties have supplied Parent with (i) the unaudited consolidated financial statements of Everest and Subsidiaries, consisting of its consolidated balance sheet, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows, for the two fiscal years then ended (the “ Annual Financial Statements ”), and (ii) the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements consisting of its consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows, September 30, 2013 and October 15, 2014, (the “ Interim Financial Statements ”). The Annual Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements (A) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP or International Financial Accounting Standards (“ IFAS ”), (B) reflect, in all material respects, all assets, liabilities and results of operations of Everest and Subsidiaries as at and for the fiscal periods applicable thereto as required in accordance with GAAP or IFAS, and (C) except that the Interim Financial Statement do not include footnotes and schedules applicable to the Annual Financial Statements as required by GAAP or IFAS and are subject to annual audit adjustments which, in the case of the October 15, 2014 Interim Financial Statements, shall not be material.

 

- 12 -
 

 

3.16 Condition of Equipment . Except for items which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the computers, servers and other material machinery and equipment used by Everest and Subsidiaries in the operation of the Business (the “Equipment”) is in satisfactory operating condition and reasonably sufficient to enable Everest and Subsidiaries to conduct its Business in the Ordinary Course.

 

3.17 No Broker . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary has acted for or on behalf of Selling Parties in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or similar fee or other commission in connection therewith based on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Selling Parties or any action taken by Selling Parties.

 

ARTICLE IV.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER, PARENT AND VERT

 

Purchaser, Parent and Vert jointly and severally represent and warrant to Selling Parties, as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to another date) and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

 

4.1 Due Organization . Each of Purchaser, Parent and Vert is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation as set forth on Schedule 4.1 annexed hereto, and has the corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets, properties and business and to carry on its business as now conducted, except where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries. Each of Purchaser, Parent and Vert is qualified to transact business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or location of its property requires such qualification, except where such failure would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Everest and Subsidiaries.

 

4.2 Ownership . Purchaser is a corporation newly formed by the Parent for the sole purpose of entering to this Agreement and consummating the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Transaction Documents. Vert is the sole stockholder of Parent and Parent is the sole stockholder of Purchaser.

 

4.3 Authority Relative to this Agreement and Transaction Documents . Each of Parent, Purchaser and Vert has the full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any Transaction Document to which each is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party by Parent, Purchaser or Vert and the consummation by Purchaser, Parent and Vert of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of Parent, Purchaser and Vert is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions so contemplated. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent, Purchaser and Vert and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by Selling Parties, constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Parent, Purchaser and Vert enforceable against Purchaser, Parent and Vert in accordance with its terms subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

- 13 -
 

 

4.4 No Broker . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.4, no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary has acted for or on behalf of Purchaser, Parent or Vert in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or similar fee or other commission in connection therewith based on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with Purchaser, Parent or Vert or any action taken by Purchaser, Parent or Vert.

 

4.5 Ownership . All of the issued and outstanding ordinary or common shares of the Purchaser are and at the Closing Date shall be owned by Parent and all of the shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Parent is owned by Vert.

 

4.6 Title to Assets . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6, Parent and Purchaser own outright and have good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their respective assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the Closing Date, all of the assets and properties of Parent and Purchaser shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances.

 

4.7 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7 there are no outstanding Orders against or involving Parent or Purchaser. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, neither the Parent nor the Purchaser is now, nor have any of them been during the one (1) year prior to the date hereof, a party to or, threatened (in writing) with any Legal Proceeding applicable to Parent or Purchaser. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, there is no active dispute with any Person under Contract with Parent or Purchaser. None of the Legal Proceedings set forth on Schedule 4.7, individually or together with any other, is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect on Parent or Purchaser. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.7, there is no fact, event or circumstance that may give rise to any Legal Proceeding that would be required to be set forth on Schedule 4.7 if currently pending or threatened in writing. There are no Legal Proceedings pending or threatened in writing that would give rise to any right of indemnification on the part of any past or present director or officer of Parent or Purchaser or the heirs, executors or administrators of such director or officer against Parent or Purchaser or any successor to the Parent or Purchaser.

 

4.8 Financial Statements . The Parent has supplied, and will, prior to the Closing, supply the Selling Parties with (i) true and complete copies of all agreements, registration statements, financial information and other documentation required to be executed or filed with the SEC in connection with consummating any one or more Liquidation Event, and (ii) a letter of valuation of the Parent and its Target Companies (as defined in the Option Agreement) by Wellington Shields & Company or other reputable investment bankers. Any financial statements of the Parent and its Target Companies (A) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP or IFAS, (B) reflect all assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Parent and its Target Companies as at and for the fiscal periods applicable thereto as required in accordance with GAAP or IFAS, and (C) except that an interim financial statement does not include footnotes and schedules applicable to the Annual Financial Statements as required by GAAP or IFAS and are subject to annual audit adjustments which are and shall not be material.

 

- 14 -
 

 

4.9 Investigation by Purchaser; Company’s Liability . Purchaser and Parent have conducted their own independent investigation, verification, review and analysis of the business, operations, assets, liabilities, results of operations, financial condition, technology and prospects of Everest and its Subsidiaries, which investigation, review and analysis was conducted by Parent, Purchaser and their Affiliates and, to the extent Parent and Purchaser deemed appropriate, by Parent’s or Purchaser’s Representatives. Parent and Purchaser each acknowledge that they and their Representatives have been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, premises and records of Everest and its Subsidiaries and the audit workpapers of the Everest’s auditors for such purpose. In entering into this Agreement, Parent and Purchaser acknowledge that they have relied solely upon the aforementioned investigation, review and analysis and not on any factual representations or opinions of Everest or any of Everest’s representatives (except the specific representations and warranties of the Selling Parties set forth in Article III), and Parent and Purchaser acknowledge and agree, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, that:

 

(a) none of the Selling Parties, Everest, any of Everest’s Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, stockholders, members, employees, Affiliates, controlling Persons, agents, advisors, representatives or any other Person makes or has made any oral or written representation or warranty, either express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of (i) any of the information set forth in management presentations relating to Everest or its Subsidiaries made available to Parent, Purchaser, their Affiliates or their Representatives, in materials made available in any “data room” (virtual or otherwise), including any cost estimates delivered or made available, financial projections or other projections, in presentations by the management of Everest or any Subsidiary, in “break-out” discussions, in responses to questions submitted by or on behalf of Parent, Purchaser, their Affiliates or their Representatives, whether orally or in writing, in materials prepared by or on behalf of Everest, or in any other form (such information, collectively, “ Due Diligence Materials ”), or (ii) any information delivered or made available pursuant to Section 5.1(a) or (iii) the pro-forma financial information, projections or other forward-looking statements of Everest or any of the Subsidiaries, in each case in expectation or furtherance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(b) none of the Selling Parties, Everest, any of the Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders, members, Affiliates, controlling Persons, agents, advisors, representatives or any other Person shall have any liability or responsibility whatsoever to Parent, Purchaser or any of their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, controlling Persons, agents or representatives on any basis (including in contract, tort or equity under federal or state securities Laws or otherwise) based upon any information provided or made available, or statements made (including set forth in management summaries relating to Everest provided to Parent or Purchaser, in materials furnished in Everest’s on-line data site, in presentations by Everest’s management or otherwise), to Parent, Purchaser or their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, controlling Persons, advisors, agents or representatives (or any omissions therefrom); and

 

(c) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Selling Parties make no representation or warranty regarding any third party beneficiary rights or other rights which Parent or Purchaser might claim under any studies, reports, tests or analyses prepared by any third parties for Everest or any of its Affiliates, even if the same were made available for review by Parent, Purchaser or their Representatives.

 

4.10 Investment Purpose . Purchaser is acquiring the Subject Shares for its own account for investment only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act of 1933; provided, however, that by making the representations herein, Purchaser reserves the right to dispose of the Subject Shares at any time in accordance with or pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such Subject Shares or an available exemption under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

- 15 -
 

 

4.11 Reliance on Exemptions . Each of Parent, Purchaser and Vert expressly acknowledge and understand that the Subject Shares are being offered and sold in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Selling Parties are relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and Parent, Purchaser or Vert’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of Parent, Purchaser and Vert set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of Purchaser to acquire the Subject Shares.

 

ARTICLE V.
ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

5.1 Expenses of Agreement . The Parties to this Agreement shall each bear their respective direct and indirect expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are consummated, including, but not limited to, all fees and expenses of brokers, agents, representatives, counsel and accountants.

 

5.2 Employment Agreements .

 

(a) On the Closing Date, Parent shall enter into employment agreements with Mark Elliott and Hank Nance in substantially the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Executive Employment Agreements ”).

 

(b) On the Closing Date, Everest shall enter into employment agreements with other executive officers and other key technical employees who are listed on Schedule 5.2(b) hereto (the “ Key Employees ”), all upon such terms and conditions as shall be acceptable to each respective Key Employee and the Board of Directors of Everest.

 

5.3 EDI Employee Stock Option Plan . On or before the Closing Date, the Parent shall establish a stock option plan solely for the benefit of employees of the Everest Group, pursuant to which inter alia, such individuals shall be issued stock option grants of Parent convertible into the Company Class A Common Stock that represent on an aggregate basis five percent (5%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent and which vests annually in equal installments over a four (4) year period (commencing one year after the Closing Date) (the “ EDI Employee Stock Option Plan ”). The allocation of initial stock option grants to be issued under the EDI Employee Stock Option Plan shall be determined in good faith jointly by Parent and the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

5.4 Further Assurances . Each of the Parties shall execute such documents and other papers and perform such further acts as may reasonably be required or desirable to carry out the provisions hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the Parties shall use its reasonable efforts to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of the conditions to Closing.

 

5.5 Examinations and Investigations . Purchaser and Parent acknowledges that prior to the Closing Date, Purchaser and Parent was entitled to, through its employees and representatives, make such investigations of the Business of the Everest Group and such examination of the books, records and financial condition of the Business as Purchaser and Parent reasonably considered necessary.

 

5.6 Access to Records . For a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date, each Party agrees to provide the other party, at such other party’s expense, with reasonable access to the books and records of the other party related to the Business after the Closing Date for the purpose of preparing tax returns, defending claims or other reasonable business purposes.

 

- 16 -
 

 

5.7 Information for Liquidity Event .

 

(a) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Selling Parties, including Everest and its Subsidiaries, shall provide the Purchaser and its authorized representatives such information, financial or otherwise, relating to the Selling Parties, Everest or its Subsidiaries that is reasonably required under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for the purpose of enabling the Purchaser and its Parent to prepare for an IPO or other Liquidity Event. In such connection, if required under Regulation S-X and Regulation D, as promulgated under the Securities Act, following the Execution Date, the Selling Parties shall furnish to the Parent the audited consolidated financial statements of Everest and Subsidiaries, consisting of its consolidated balance sheet, as of December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and the consolidated statement of operations and consolidated statement of cash flows, for the three fiscal years then ended (the “ Audited Financial Statements ”). The auditing cost for the Audited Financial Statements and for the three fiscal years then ended shall be borne in the manner provided in Section 5.15 below.

 

(b) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Purchaser and Parent shall provide to K Laser and its authorized representatives reasonable and timely access to information, financial or otherwise, necessary in order to satisfy the requirements for K Laser’s legal and internal compliance obligations, including, but not limited to (i) true and complete copies of all agreements, registration statements, financial information and other documentation required to be executed or filed with the SEC in connection with consummating any one or more Liquidation Event, and (ii) a letter of valuation of the Parent and its Target Companies (as defined in the Option Agreement) by Wellington Shields & Company or other reputable investment bankers.

 

(c) Each of the Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all information obtained in regard to this Section 5.7 and shall not make or allow any use of such information other than for the purposes of this Section 5.7. However, such Party may allow access to such information to his/its accountants, lawyers, partners, limited partners, members, managers and financial advisors provided that they are bound by an agreement of confidentiality. This section shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

5.8 Conduct of the Business .

 

(a) From the date hereof until the earlier of Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement, Everest and its Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to carry on the Business in the Ordinary Course and substantially in the same manner as currently conducted.

 

(b) From the date hereof until the Closing Date, Everest and its Subsidiaries may take any action in the Ordinary Course. For any such actions not in the Ordinary Course, Everest or its Subsidiaries must first provide advance written notice to the Purchaser.

 

5.9 TIC Approval . Before the Closing Date, Parent and Purchaser shall use their respective best efforts to obtain all approvals from any applicable Governmental or Regulatory Authority, including, without limitation, the foreign investment approval from the TIC, to purchase the Subject Shares from the Selling Parties by the Parent via its one hundred percent (100%) owned Taiwan subsidiary, the Purchaser.

 

5.10 Target Companies Acquisitions . Parent and Purchaser agree that all of the terms granted by Parent and Purchaser in connection with the “Acquisitions” of the “Target Companies” (as those terms are defined in the Option Agreement) will not be more favorable to the Target Companies or their direct or indirect equity holders than the terms granted by Parent and Purchaser to the Selling Parties in this Agreement and in the Option Agreement. In such connection, at least 5 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall provide to the Shareholders’ Representative and counsel to the Selling Parties, true and complete copies of all agreements relating to such Acquisitions of Target Companies.

 

- 17 -
 

 

5.11 Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, Parent shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiaries to, take or agree to take any of the following corporate actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock:

 

(a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

 

(b) issue any shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Persons other than to Option Holders pursuant to the Option Agreement; or

 

(c) create or authorize the creation of or issue any shares of preferred stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall be effective if approved by holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock to the extent that, by its terms, it applies to no less than all of the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding.

 

5.12 Listing Requirement . In connection with any IPO or Reverse Merger Transaction, Parent shall comply with all obligations and requirements to maintain the listing of Parent Common Stock on a National Securities Exchange for the duration of one hundred and eighty (180) days after the expiration of the period of restrictions on Transfer (as defined in the Option Agreement).

 

5.13 Sale of Common Stock at IPO . Vert and the Parent agree that no holders of Parent Common Stock other than the Parent shall be entitled to sell their Parent Common Stock in the IPO.

 

5.14 Liquidity Event. Vert and the Parent each agree to use their collective and commercially reasonable efforts to consummate a Liquidity Event contemplated by this Agreement, and in such connection, Vert and the Parent each agree to pay all costs and expenses of consummating such Liquidity Event (including an IPO), other than the audit and accounting fees for Everest and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as to which 50% of such fees, up to a maximum of $15,000, shall be paid by Everest and Subsidiaries. The balance of the audit fees for Everest and its consolidated Subsidiaries and all other related auditing fees for the IPO shall be paid by the Parent or Vert. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document shall constitute a guaranty by either the Parent or Vert that any Liquidity Event shall be consummated or otherwise cause either of the Parent or Vert to be deemed to be a statutory “underwriter” under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

ARTICLE VI.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

The respective obligations of each of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to the satisfaction and waiver in writing at or before the Closing Date of each of the following conditions by: (i) in relation to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.3(b), the Parent; (ii) in relation to Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3(a), Sections 6.4 and 6.5, the Selling Parties; and (iii) in relation to Sections6.7, and 6.8, the Party in whose favor the applicable covenant applies:

 

- 18 -
 

 

6.1 Approval by the TIC . Before the Closing Date, Parent and Purchaser shall have obtained all approvals from any applicable Governmental or Regulatory Authority, including, without limitation, the foreign investment approval from the TIC, to purchase the Subject Shares from the Selling Parties by the Parent via its one hundred percent (100%) owned Taiwan subsidiary, the Purchaser.

 

6.2 Liquidity Event . A Liquidity Event shall have occurred.

 

6.3 Employment Agreements.

 

(a) On the Closing Date, Parent shall have entered into the Executive Employment Agreements pursuant to Section 5.2(a).

 

(b) On the Closing Date, Everest shall have entered into employment agreements with the Key Employees pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

 

6.4 Employee Transaction Bonus Share . Parent shall have issued to the EDI Employees the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares pursuant to Section 2.3.

 

6.5 EDI Employee Stock Option Plan . The EDI Employee Stock Option Plan shall have been established pursuant to Section 5.3 and the Option Agreement.

 

6.6 Target Companies Acquisitions . At least 5 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, Parent shall have provided to the Shareholders’ Representative and counsel to the Selling Parties, true and complete copies of all agreements relating to such Acquisitions of Target Companies.

 

6.7 Injunctions; Illegality . No court or other Governmental or Regulatory Authority shall have issued, enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced any Law or Order (that is final and non-appealable and that has not been vacated, withdrawn or overturned) restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

6.8 Covenants . Each Party shall have performed or complied with in all material respects all covenants and obligations of this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by such Party on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE VII.
INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1 Survival . All representations and warranties of Selling Parties, Parent and Purchaser shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the Closing hereunder, and all such representations and warranties shall thereafter terminate and expire with respect to any theretofore unasserted claim one (1) year following the Closing Date (and no claim for indemnification shall thereafter be made arising from any breaches of any such representations or warranties). All covenants and agreements respectively made by Selling Parties, Purchaser and Parent in this Agreement to be performed after the Closing Date shall survive the Closing and will remain in full force and effect thereafter until (a) in the case of all covenants and agreements that have specified terms or periods, until the expiration of the terms or periods specified therein; and (b) in the case of all other covenants and agreements that do not have specified terms or periods, until the fulfillment thereof.

 

- 19 -
 

 

7.2 Obligation of Selling Parties to Indemnify . Subject at all times to the provisions of Section 7.6 of this Agreement, from and after the Closing, the Selling Parties shall severally (as provided herein), but not jointly, indemnify, defend and hold harmless Vert, the Purchaser and the Parent and their directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and assigns (each, a “ Parent Indemnified Party ”) from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, or expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) (collectively, “ Losses ”) sustained or incurred by such Parent Indemnified Party relating to, caused by or resulting from:

 

(a) any breach of any representation or warranty of Selling Parties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or schedule delivered by Selling Parties pursuant to this Agreement, and as provided in Schedule 7.2(a) annexed hereto and made a part hereof; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure to satisfy, any covenant or obligation of Selling Parties in this Agreement or in any other certificate or document delivered by Selling Parties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.3 Obligation of Parent, Purchaser and Vert to Indemnify . From and after the Closing, the Parent, the Purchaser and Vert shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Selling Parties and the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and assigns of the Everest Group (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any Losses sustained or incurred by such Seller Indemnified Parties relating to, caused by or resulting from:

 

(a) any breach of any misrepresentation or warranty of Parent or Purchaser contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or schedule delivered by Parent or Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure to satisfy, any covenant or obligation of Parent or Purchaser in this Agreement or in any other certificate or document delivered by Purchaser or Parent pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.4 Notice of Third Party Claims to Indemnifying Party . If any Party (the “ Indemnitee ”) receives notice of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding from a Person not a party to this Agreement with respect to which another Party (or Parties) to this Agreement is obligated to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ” and in the case of Selling Parties, a “ Seller Indemnifying Party ” and in the case of the Purchaser or the Parent, the “ Purchaser Indemnifying Parties ”) pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 7.3, the Indemnitee shall promptly give the Indemnifying Party notice thereof. Such notice shall describe the claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (or a reasonable estimate, as applicable) of the Loss that has been or may reasonably be sustained by the Indemnitee. The Indemnifying Party may elect to compromise or defend, at such Indemnifying Party’s own expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, any such matter involving the asserted Liability of the Indemnitee. The failure to provide such notice will not affect any rights hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced thereby. If the Indemnifying Party elects to compromise or defend such asserted Liability, it shall within thirty (30) days (or sooner, if the nature of the asserted Liability so requires) notify the Indemnitee of its intent to do so, and the Indemnitee shall cooperate, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, in the compromise of, or defense against, any such asserted Liability. In such case the Indemnitee may participate, at its own expense, in such defense. In the event that the Indemnitee determines in good faith that a conflict of interest exists or that there are defenses, claims or counterclaims available to the Indemnitee that are not available to the Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnitee shall have the option of obtaining its own counsel for such claim at the Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to compromise or defend against the asserted Liability, or fails to notify the Indemnitee of its election as herein provided, the Indemnitee may at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, pay, compromise or defend such asserted Liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnitee may settle or compromise any claim without the consent of the other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Indemnifying Party chooses to defend any claim, the Indemnitee shall make available to the Indemnifying Party any books, records or other documents within its control that are reasonably necessary or appropriate for such defense.

 

- 20 -
 

 

7.5 Notice of Claims . In the case of a claim for indemnification hereunder that is not a third party claim covered by Section 7.4 hereof, upon determination by an Indemnitee that it is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall deliver notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of such claim for indemnification and the amount (or a reasonable estimate, as applicable) of the Loss that has been or may reasonably be sustained by the Indemnitee (the “ Indemnification Notice ”). Upon the Indemnification Notice having been given to the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall have forty-five (45) days in which to notify the Indemnitee in writing (the “ Dispute Notice ”) that the amount of the claim for indemnification is in dispute, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of such dispute. In the event that a Dispute Notice is not given to the Indemnitee within the required forty-five (45) days, the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay the Indemnitee the amount set forth in the Indemnification Notice within sixty (60) days after the date that the Indemnification Notice had been given to the Indemnifying Party. In the event that a Dispute Notice is timely given to an Indemnitee, the Parties hereto shall have thirty (30) days to resolve any such dispute. In the event that such dispute is not resolved by such Parties within such period, the Parties shall have the right to pursue all available remedies to resolve such dispute.

 

7.6 Limitations on Indemnity Obligations; Methods of Payment .

 

(a) Exclusive Remedy. Except with respect to any claims arising under Sections 1.3, 1.4 and 1.6, indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any and all claims under this Agreement.

 

(b) Basket. There shall be no recovery for claims under Sections 7.2(a) or 7.3(a) (except in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentation) unless and until (i) any individual claim or series of related claims is greater than $15,000 (the “ De Minimis Amount ”), in which case the claiming Party shall be entitled to recover for all such Losses in connection with such claim or series of related claims (including the De Minimis Amount) and (ii) the aggregate amount of Losses of the Indemnitee that may be claimed thereunder exceeds USD $200,000 (the “ Threshold ”), and once such Threshold has been reached, the Indemnifying Parties shall be liable to the Indemnitees for the amount of Losses in excess of the Threshold.

 

(c) Cap . The maximum aggregate recovery for all claims of the Parent Indemnified Parties under the Transaction Documents (other than for fraud, which shall be limited to the consideration actually received) shall be limited to Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000).

 

(d) Individual Limitations . In addition, in the event and to the extent that the Seller Indemnifying Parties shall be liable to indemnify the Parent Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Agreement, such Dollar amounts shall only be payable to the Parent Indemnified Parties, (i) by returning to the Parent an amount equal to the amount for which the Seller Indemnifying Parties is liable in the form of such number of shares of the Series C Preferred Stock that are purchased by the Selling Parties upon exercise of the option referred to in the Option Agreement (valued at $100 per share), that each Seller Indemnifying Party actually received under such Option Agreement (in the aggregate for all claims); or (ii) if the Series C Preferred Stock held by such Seller Indemnifying Party has been converted to Parent Common Stock, an amount of Parent Common Stock equal to the amount for which the Seller Indemnifying Parties is liable valued at the thirty (30) day trailing average on a National Securities Exchange of such Parent Common Stock or, in the instance of a Sale of Control Transaction, the per share price paid in such Sale of Control Transaction. In no event shall such Seller Indemnifying Party pay, by return of such shares, more than such Seller Indemnifying Party’s pro rata share of the claim.

 

- 21 -
 

 

(e) Payment of Claims to Seller Indemnified Parties . In the event and to the extent that the Purchaser Indemnifying Parties shall be liable to indemnify the Seller Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Agreement, such Dollar amounts shall be paid to the Seller Indemnified Parties in cash.

 

(f) Insurance; Tax Benefits . In the event and to the extent that the Seller Indemnifying Parties shall be liable to indemnify the Parent Indemnified Parties pursuant to this Agreement, such Dollar amounts shall be reduced by any proceeds from insurance or tax benefits received by the Parent Indemnified Parties.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
SHAREHOLDERS’ REPRESENTATIVE

 

8.1 Shareholders’ Representative .

 

(a) The Selling Parties, by adopting this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, hereby irrevocably appoint and constitute K Laser as the Shareholders’ Representative for and on behalf of the Selling Parties, with the authority (i) to perform the obligations of the Shareholders’ Representative set forth in this Agreement and the Option Agreement, (ii) to give and receive notices and communications, (iii) to agree to, negotiate, enter into and provide amendments and supplements to and waivers in respect of this Agreement and the Option Agreement, (iv) to retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants and other experts, and incur any other reasonable expenses, in connection with, and to take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Shareholders’ Representative for the accomplishment of, any or all of the foregoing. K Laser hereby accepts its appointment as the Shareholders’ Representative. Such agency may be changed by the holders of a majority in interest of the shares of Everest of the Selling Parties from time to time upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice to all of the Selling Parties and to Parent and Purchaser. No bond shall be required of the Shareholders’ Representative. Notices or communications to or from the Shareholders’ Representative to Parent shall constitute notice to or from each of the Selling Parties, except for notices related to any action for which the Selling Parties’ consent is required under the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. Each Selling Party agrees to receive correspondence from the Shareholders’ Representative, including in electronic form.

 

(b) The Shareholders’ Representative shall not be liable for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Shareholders’ Representative while acting in good faith and without negligence and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith and absence of negligence. The Selling Parties shall severally (and not jointly), according to each Selling Parties’ pro-rata interest in the shares of Everest, indemnify the Shareholders’ Representative and hold it harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Shareholders’ Representative and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of his duties hereunder. No provision of this Agreement shall require the Shareholders’ Representative to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the exercise or performance of any of its powers, rights, duties or privileges under this Agreement on behalf of any Selling Parties. The Shareholders’ Representative may in good faith rely conclusively upon the information, reports, statements and opinions prepared or presented by counsel or other professionals retained by it, and any action taken by the Shareholders’ Representative based on such reliance shall be deemed conclusively to have been taken in good faith.

 

- 22 -
 

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions in this ARTICLE VIII, or any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or the Option Agreement, the Shareholders’ Representative shall only have the power or authority to act with respect to matters pertaining to the Selling Parties as a group and not matters pertaining to an individual Selling Party (for example but not by way of limitation, an action against an individual Selling Party for his, her or its individual breach of a covenant in this Agreement), and the powers conferred on the Shareholders’ Representative herein and in the Option Agreement shall not authorize or empower the Shareholders’ Representative to do or cause to be done any action (including by amending, modifying or waiving any provision of this Agreement or the Option Agreement) that (i) results in the amounts payable hereunder to any Selling Party being distributed in any manner other than as permitted pursuant to this Agreement and the Option Agreement, (ii) alters the consideration payable to any Selling Party pursuant to this Agreement or the Option Agreement, or (iii) adds to or results in an increase of any Selling Party’s indemnity or other obligations or liabilities under this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any change to the nature of the indemnity obligations), in each case with respect to clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 8.1(c), without first obtaining the prior written approval of the Selling Parties.

 

8.2 Actions of the Shareholders’ Representative . Except for decisions, acts, consents or instructions that contravene Section 8.1(c), a decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholders’ Representative shall constitute a decision of all of the Selling Parties and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each and every Selling Party, and the other Parties to this Agreement may rely upon any decision, act, consent or instruction of the Shareholders’ Representative as being the decision, act, consent or instruction of each and every Selling Party.

 

ARTICLE IX.
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

ARTICLE X.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

10.1 Publicity . No publicity release or announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be issued without advance approval of the form and substance thereof by Shareholders’ Representative and the Purchaser, except as may otherwise be required by Law (in which case the Party making such release or announcement will provide concurrent or, if practicable, prior notice to the other Parties hereto).

 

10.2 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made on (a) delivery thereof, if by hand; (b) upon receipt, if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested); (c) on the second Business Day following deposit, if sent by a recognized overnight delivery service; or (d) upon transmission, if sent by facsimile transmission (in each case with receipt verified by electronic confirmation), in each case as follows:

 

(i) if to Parent, Purchaser or Vert, to: (ii) if to Selling Parties or Shareholders’ Representative, to:
   

Boxlight Display, Inc. and

Logical Choice Corporation

 
c/o Vert Capital Corp. K Laser Technology, Inc.
10951 W. Pico Blvd. STE 204 No. 1, Li Hsin Road VI Science-Based Indurstrial Park, Hsinchu, Taiwan
Los Angeles, CA 90064 Attention: Alex Kuo, Chairman
Telephone: (310) 785-6600 Telephone: + 886 3 577 0316
Facsimile No.: (310) 785-6616 Facsimile No.: + 886 3 563 8430
Attn: Michael Pope, Managing Director  
   
with a copy to: with a copy to:
   
CKR Law LLP Chen & Lin Attorney at Law

1330 Avenue of the Americas

35th floor

Bank Tower,12th Floor, 205 Tun Hwa North Road, Taipei, Taiwan 105
New York, NY 10019 Attn: Grace Yu, Esq.
Attention: Stephen A. Weiss Phone: 886-2-27150270
Telephone: (212) 400-6900 Direct Dial: 886-2-27150270
Cell Phone: (917) 797-0015 Fax: 886-2-25147510
Email: sweiss@ckrlaw.com Email: graceyu@chenandlin.com
   
  White & Case LLP
  3000 El Camino Real
  5 Palo Alto Square, 9th Floor
 

Attention: Eric Hwang

Phone: 650-213-0388

Email: eric.hwang@whitecase.com

 

provided , that each Party hereto shall promptly notify the other Parties hereto of any change in its contact information in accordance with this Section 10.2, which revised contact information shall thereafter be for purposes of this Section 10.2 until further revised.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and the Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the purchase of the Subject Shares and related transactions and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

10.4 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any Party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any Party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

10.5 Exhibits and Schedules . The Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

10.6 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

- 23 -
 

 

10.8 Construction and Interpretation . The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been freely negotiated and shall be deemed to have been drafted by the Parties jointly. Accordingly, no court should construe any provision for or against any Party as a result of such Party being involved in the drafting of this Agreement.

 

10.9 Assignment . No Party may assign or delegate all or any portion of its rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that Parent or Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any of its Affiliates or to any successor to all or a portion of the assets of Parent or Purchaser, provided that if such Affiliate(s) fails to fully and timely perform any of such obligations, Parent or Purchaser, as the case may be, shall fully and promptly perform such obligations as if it were a Party hereto.

 

10.10 Specific Performance . The Parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any jurisdiction permitted under this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

10.11 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

10.12 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to, or the court making such a determination shall, modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the effect that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

10.13 Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America. The Parties hereto do hereby consent and submit to the venue and jurisdiction of the state or federal courts residing in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for such matters of disputes, and further agree that, in the event of any action or suit as to any matters of dispute among the Parties, service of process may be made upon the other Party by mailing a copy of the summons and/or complaint to the other Party at the address set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parties may seek equitable relief, or enforce any final judgment of any such federal or state court residing in the State of Delaware, in any other jurisdiction in any manner provided by applicable law.

 

Balance of page left blank – signature pages to follow

 

- 24 -
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Parent: LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
   
  By:

/s/ Mark Elliott 

  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: CEO

 

Purchaser:

寶萊特科技股份有限公司

 

(BOXLIGHT DISPLAY, INC.)

 

  By: /s/ Mark Elliott 

  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chairman

 

Vert: VERT CAPITAL CORP.
   
  By:

/s/ Michael Pope

  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: Managing Director

 

Majority Shareholders:

K LASER TECHNOLOGY INC.

 

in its capacity as Majority Shareholder and for the purpose of ARTICLES I, II, V, X, VI, VIII and X, as Shareholders’ Representative

 

  By:

/s/ Alex Kuo

  Name: Alex Kuo
  Title: Chairman

 

 
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

林慶龍

 

  By:

/s/ 林慶龍 

  Name: 林慶龍

 

- 2 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

林秀淩

 

  By:

/s/ 林秀淩

  Name: 林秀淩

 

- 3 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

唐逸中

 

  By:

/s/ 唐逸中

  Name: 唐逸中

 

- 4 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

陳際榮

 

  By:

/s/ 陳際榮

  Name: 陳際榮

 

- 5 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

呂世傑

 

  By:

/s/ 呂世傑

  Name: 呂世傑

 

- 6 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

瑜得科技股份有限公司

 

(ULTMOST TECHNOLOGY CORP.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 7 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

英屬維京群島商貝斯通有限公司

 

(BEST TONE ASSOCIATES LTD.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 8 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

英屬維京群島商新界科技有限公司

 

(NEWEDGE TECHNOLOGY LTD.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 9 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

瑜得電子有限公司

 

(ULTMOST ELECTRONIC LTD.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

- 10 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

香港華得電子有限公司

 

(CLAVIS LTD.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 11 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

英屬維京群島商MW CAPITAL INC.

 

(MW CAPITAL INC.)

 

  By:

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

- 12 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders: OTHER SELLING PARTIES
   
  By:  
  Name:  

 

- 13 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

李美慧

 

  By: /s/ 李美慧 
  Name: 李美慧

 

- 14 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

吳清課

 

  By: /s/ 吳清課 
  Name: 吳清課

 

- 15 -
 

 

Majority Shareholders:

OTHER SELLING PARTIES

 

賴榮秀

 

  By: /s/ 賴榮秀 
  Name: 賴榮秀

 

- 16 -
 

 

Annex I

 

Definitions

 

(a) Certain Defined Terms

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The Majority Shareholders are an Affiliate of Everest.

 

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in Taipei, Taiwan and New York City, New York are open for the general transaction of business.

 

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, or corresponding provisions of future laws.

 

Contract ” means any legally binding contract, agreement, license, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, commitment, work order, task order, purchase order, statement of work, understanding or other arrangement, whether, express or implied, written or oral.

 

control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock or ordinary shares of a Person.

 

Common Stock Equivalents ” means any convertible notes, convertible debentures, warrants or options (including Option Shares issuable under the Option Agreement or stock options issued under Parent’s Stock Option Plan) or other securities of Parent that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, Common Stock of the Parent.

 

Dollar ,” “ USD ,” or “ $ ” shall mean United States dollars.

 

EDI Employees ” means the employees of Everest or any of its subsidiaries who shall receive the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares as determined by the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares ” means the aggregate number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent issued to the EDI Employees pursuant to Section 2.3 in an amount that is equal to the number of shares constituting eight percent (8%) of the Selling Parties Parent Shares as allocated among EDI Employees by the Shareholders’ Representative in its sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, the EDI Employee Transaction Bonus Shares shall be in addition to, and not part of, the Selling Parties Parent Shares and shall be issued as Company Class A Common Stock.

 

Employment Agreements ” mean the Executive Employment Agreements and any employment agreements listed in Schedule 5.2(b).

 

Encumbrances ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, claim, option, easement, deed of trust, right-of-way, encroachment, restriction on transfer (such as a right of first refusal or other similar rights), defect of title or charge of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, on any of the assets, properties or securities of Everest, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction.

 

- 17 -
 

 

Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent ” shall mean (i) all shares of Common Stock of Parent or PubCo Common Stock issued and outstanding and (ii) issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of all outstanding shares of preferred stock or exercise of all options and warrants to purchase Common Stock, including, without limitation, after giving pro forma effect to the issuance of securities issuable pursuant to signed definitive acquisition agreements in connection with the acquisitions of the equity securities of Everest, “Globisens” and “Genesis” and the exercise of the “Option”, as those terms are defined in the Option Agreement, and immediately prior to giving effect to any Liquidity Event; provided, however, that Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent shall not mean or include any “ Adjustment Shares ” of the Parent as referred to and defined in the Option Agreement, or any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of the Parent or PubCo issued or issuable in connection with (i) an IPO, (ii) any private placement of securities of Parent under Rule 144 (a “ Private Placement ”) resulting in the issuance of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents; provided, that the net proceeds of such Private Placement shall be (A) directed to the Everest Group, or (B) used in relation another Target Acquisition acceptable to the Stockholders’ Representative, or (iii) retained by existing stockholders of PubCo in connection with a Reverse Merger Transaction.

 

GAAP ” shall mean U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as are in effect from time to time applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

 

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, department, official, regulator, quasi-governmental authority, or other instrumentality of the United States, Taiwan or any foreign country or any domestic or foreign state, county, city, town, borough, village, district or other political subdivision and shall include any stock exchange, quotation service and FINRA.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed, whether short- or long-term, inclusive of any prepayment penalties or termination charges.

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all of the following items: (i) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) and any reissue, continuation, continuation-in-part, division, revision, extension or reexamination thereof; (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and Selling Parties names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iii) copyrights, registered or unregistered and copyrightable works; (iv) domain names; (v) mask works; (vi) all registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing; (vii) trade secrets, including those trade secrets defined in the Uniform Trade Secrets Act and under corresponding foreign statutory and common law, and confidential information (including ideas, formulae, compositions, know-how, manufacturing and production processes and techniques, research and development information, drawings, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, financial, business and marketing information and plans, and customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and related information); (viii) computer software and software systems (including data compilations, databases and related documentation); (ix) rights of publicity, persona rights or other rights to use indicia of any Person’s personality; (x) licenses or other agreements to or from third parties regarding the foregoing; and (xi) all copies and tangible embodiments of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).

 

Key Customers ” mean the 10 largest customers of the Business by Dollar value for the twelve (12) month period ending December 31, 2013.

 

Key Suppliers ” mean the 10 largest suppliers of the Business by Dollar value for the twelve (12) month period ending December 31, 2013.

 

- 18 -
 

 

Knowledge ” means (a) with respect to the Selling Parties, the actual knowledge (without due inquiry) of any of one Mark Elliot, Henry Nance or Alex Kuo, (b) with respect to Purchaser or Parent, Adam Levin, Michael Pope and Sheri Lofgren, and (c) with respect to the individuals in (a) and (b), after due inquiry.

 

Laws ” (or “ Law ” where the context requires) shall mean applicable international, multinational, national, foreign, federal, state, municipal, local (or other political subdivision) or administrative law, constitution, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, requirement, standard, policy, or guidance having the force of law, treaty, judgment, order, injunction, award and decree of any kind of nature whatsoever including any judgment or principle of common law.

 

Legal Proceeding ” means any action, suit, litigation, investigation or judicial, administrative or arbitration inquiry or proceeding.

 

Liability ” means any Liability, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, known or unknown, (whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether secured or unsecured, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any Liability for Taxes, other governmental charges or lawsuits brought, whether or not of a kind required by GAAP to be set forth on a financial statement.

 

Material Adverse Effect means (a) when used in connection with Everest or any Subsidiary, any event, change or effect that is material and adverse to (i) the Business, or (ii) the ability of Everest or such Subsidiary to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement; and (b) when used in connection with Parent or Purchaser, any event, change or effect that is material and adverse to (i) the property, business, operations, assets (tangible and intangible) or financial condition of Parent or Purchaser, taken as a whole, or (ii) the ability of Parent or Purchaser to perform any of its material obligations under this Agreement.

 

In either event, “Material Adverse Effect” shall exclude any event, change or effect resulting from: (1) any change in economic conditions directly affecting the industry of the Business or the economy generally (provided that in such case the effects shall not have a unique or materially disproportionate impact on the Business), (2) a change that results directly from the announcement or pendency of the transactions contemplated hereunder or any action taken by such party in good faith in connection with fulfilling its obligations hereunder, (3) changes in Laws or Orders or interpretations thereof or changes in accounting requirements or principles or any other change or effect arising out of or relating to any proceeding or Order before a Governmental or Regulatory Authority, (4) changes affecting industries, markets or geographical areas in which Everest or the Subsidiaries conduct their respective businesses, (5) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any actions by the Parties taken pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (6) conduct by the Selling Parties, Everest or any of the Subsidiaries (i) not prohibited under Section 5, (ii) prohibited under Section 5 for which Parent or Purchaser gave its prior written consent or (iii) prohibited under Section 5, which, if taken by the Selling Parties, Everest or any of the Subsidiaries, would have prevented or mitigated any resulting material adverse effect on the results of operations or financial condition of the Everest and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (7) any natural disaster or any acts of terrorism, sabotage, military action, armed hostilities or war (whether or not declared) or any escalation or worsening thereof, whether or not occurring or commenced before or after the date of this Agreement, and (8) any action required to be taken under any Law or Order or any existing Contract by which Everest or any of the Subsidiaries (or any of their respective properties) is bound.

 

Material Contract ” means each Contract to which Everest is a party which requires the payment during the term thereof in excess of $50,000.

 

- 19 -
 

 

Order ” means any enforceable award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency, other Governmental or Regulatory Authority or by any arbitrator.

 

Ordinary Course ” means, with respect to any Person, in the ordinary course of that Person’s business consistent with past practice, including as to the quantity, quality and frequency.

 

Participating Minority Shareholders ” means those Minority Everest Shareholders who wish to participate in the sale of their Minority Everest Shares along with the Majority Shareholders in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Following the date of this Agreement but before the Closing Date, such Minority Everest Shareholders shall participate in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by entering into an amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit D (the “ Participating Amendment ”), whereupon such Minority Everest Shareholder shall adopt and be bound by the terms and conditions of the Transaction Documents. Upon the valid entry into a Participating Amendment by a Minority Everest Shareholder, the Parties agree that such Minority Everest Shareholder shall be allowed, and the Parties shall do anything reasonably necessary to allow, such Minority Everest Shareholder to participate in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

Permits ” means permits, certificates, licenses, orders, franchises, authorizations and approvals issued or granted by Governmental or Regulatory Authorities.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means (i) liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or not yet delinquent and liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by any appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established, (ii) liens to secure obligations to landlords, lessors or renters under leases or rental agreements, (iii) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or similar programs mandated by applicable legal requirements, (iv) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property, (v) liens consisting of zoning, building code or planning restrictions or regulations, easements, Permits, restrictive covenants, encroachments, rights-of-way and other restrictions or limitations on the use of real property or irregularities in, or exceptions to, title thereto, (vi) mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other like liens arising in the Ordinary Course securing amounts that are not past due, and (vii) licenses to third Persons, including but not limited to the License Agreements.

 

Person ” shall mean any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business association, firm, joint venture, governmental agency or authority or any similar entity.

 

RMB ” shall mean the currency of the People’s Republic of China.

 

Selling Parties Parent Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent that is equal to the product the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent and the Selling Parties’ Percentage.

 

Series C Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Option Agreement.

 

Subject Shares Percentage ” shall mean the percentage that results from dividing the number of Subject Shares by the number of Existing Everest Shares.

 

Tax Returns ” shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, claims for refund, forms, estimates, information returns and statements required to be filed in respect of any Taxes to be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with any Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

- 20 -
 

 

Taxes ” (or “ Tax ” where the context requires) means all federal, state, county, local, foreign and other taxes (including, without limitation, income, profits, windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Section 59A of the Code), premium, disability, registration, license, alternative or add-on minimum, stamp, value added, goods and services, estimated, excise, sales, use, occupancy, gross receipts, franchise, ad valorem, severance, capital levy, production, transfer, withholding, employment, social security, unemployment compensation, payroll-related and property taxes, import duties and other governmental charges and assessments, including any Liability of Selling Parties for the unpaid Taxes of any Person under Treas. Reg. §1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, or foreign law) as transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise), whether or not measured in whole or in part by net income, and including deficiencies, interest, additions to tax or interest and penalties with respect thereto relating to the assets, business or property of Selling Parties with respect to any period or arising out of the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

Transaction Documents ” shall mean the collective reference to this Agreement, the Option Agreement, all Exhibits to this Agreement and all other certificates and instruments to be executed and delivered by the Parties on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the Employment Agreements.

 

Treasury Regulations ” shall mean the regulations promulgated under the Code (or corresponding future Law), or corresponding future regulations.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires:

 

(i) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” (or similar terms) are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

(ii) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

 

(iii) all terms defined in this Agreement have their defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

 

(iv) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

 

(v) if any action is to be taken by any party hereto pursuant to this Agreement on a day that is not a Business Day, such action shall be taken on the next Business Day following such day;

 

(vi) references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns; and

 

(vii) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise.

 

- 21 -
 

 

ExhibitS A-1

 

Capitalization of Everest and EVEREST GROUP

   

EVEREST DISPLAY INC.

MAJORITY SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

   

 
 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

Item   Number of Units
Existing Everest Options   0
Existing Everest Option Shares   0

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A-3

 

Name   Paid-in Capital
Guang Feng International Ltd.   USD 7,806,691.25
Everest Technology Ltd.   RMB 45,618,170.49
Boxlight, Inc.   USD 3,645,839.04
Boxlight Latinoamerica S.A. De C.V.   Pesos 50,000.00
Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios De C.V.   Pesos 50,000.00

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

 

Guang Feng International Ltd.
 
Shareholders        
Name   Paid in Capital   %
EVEREST DISPLAY INC.   7,806,691.25   100%

 

Subsidiary Options        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Note        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Everest Technology Ltd.

 

Shareholders        
Name   Paid in Capital(RMB)   %
Guang Feng International Ltd.   24,189,491.08   53.03%
K LASER INTERNATIONAL CO. LTD.   7,142,893.14   15.69%
无锡新区创新创业投资集团有限公司   2,857,066.02   6.263%
无锡创业投资集团有限公司   2,857,066.02   6.263%
无锡高新技术风险投资股份有限公司   8,571,654.24   18.790%

 

Subsidiary Options        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Note        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

 
 

 

Boxlight, Inc.

 

Shareholders        
Name   Paid in Capital   %
Guang Feng International Ltd.   USD 3,645,839.04   100%

 

Subsidiary Options        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Note        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Boxlight Latinoamerica S.A. De C.V.

 

Shareholders        
Name   Paid in Capital   %
Guang Feng International Ltd.   Pesos 50,000.00   100%

 

Subsidiary Options        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Note        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios De C.V.
 
Shareholders        
Name   Paid in Capital   %
Guang Feng International Ltd.   Pesos 50,000.00   100%

 

Subsidiary Options        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

Note        
Name of Holders   Number of Units   %
N/A   0   N/A

 

 
 

 

Exhibit B

 

Subsidiaries

 

WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES

 

Guang Feng International Ltd.

Boxlight, Inc.

Boxlight Latinoamerica S.A. De C.V.

Boxlight Latinoamerica Servicios De C.V.

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), effective as of [_____], 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation, with an address at c/o Vert Capital Corp., 10951 W. Pico Blvd. STE 204, Los Angeles, CA 90064 (the “ Parent Corporation ”) and [NAME] , an individual (the “ Senior Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of [____], 2013, by and among the Parent Corporation, K Laser Technology, Inc., K Laser International Co., LTD., Alex Kuo, Henry Nance, Boxlight Display, Inc., and other persons who have executed the Share Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), the Parent Corporation shall acquire shares of capital stock of Everest Display Inc. and its subsidiaries; and

 

WHEREAS , the Parent Corporation wishes to employ and retain the services of the Senior Executive following the Closing Date (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and the Senior Executive desires to enter into such employment and services, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto intending to be bound hereby, it is hereinafter agreed as follows:

 

1. Term. The Parent Corporation hereby employs the Senior Executive, and the Senior Executive hereby accepts such employment, for the term commencing on Effective Date and, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 5 hereof, continuing through [___________] (the “ Initial Term ”); provided , however , that beginning on the first day immediately following the expiration date of the Initial Term, and on each subsequent anniversary of such day, such term shall be automatically extended by an additional one (1)-year period (each such period, an “ Additional Term ”), unless, at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term or the applicable Additional Term, the Company or the Senior Executive shall have given notice to the other party that it or he does not desire to extend the term of this Agreement, in which case, the term of employment hereunder shall terminate as of the end of the Initial Term or any Additional Term, as applicable (the Initial Term and any Additional Terms, if applicable, being hereinafter sometimes called the “ Term of Employment ”). The Senior Executive shall perform the services specified herein, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. This Agreement may be extended only upon the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

 
 

 

2. Duties and Responsibilities.

 

a. General . During the Term of Employment, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Senior Executive shall serve as the [POSITION] of the Parent Corporation, performing such duties and responsibilities as are customarily attendant to such position with respect to the business of the Parent Corporation and such other duties and responsibilities as may from time to time be assigned to the Senior Executive by the Board of Directors of the Parent Corporation (the “ Board ”) consistent with such position. During the Term of Employment, to the extent requested by the Board, the Senior Executive shall also serve as a director of the Parent Corporation and, to the extent requested by the Board, a director or officer of any of the direct or indirect parent or subsidiary companies of the Parent Corporation, in each case without additional compensation.

 

b. Time . The Senior Executive shall devote 100% of his professional and business time, attention and energy to the business of the Parent Corporation and its subsidiaries, other than reasonable time spent engaging in or serving charitable, civic, community, educational or religious organizations as he may select, so long as such service does not interfere in the performance of the Senior Executive’s duties hereunder.

 

c. Conflict of Interest . The Senior Executive agrees to refrain from any interest, of any kind whatsoever, in any business competitive to the Parent Corporation’s business, and further acknowledges that he will not engage in any conflict of interest.

 

d. Business Opportunities The Senior Executive covenants and agrees that if, during the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive shall access, directly or indirectly, an investment or business opportunity that is directly or indirectly related to the business of the Parent Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Business Opportunity ”), the Senior Executive shall submit full details of such Business Opportunity to the Board, and such Business Opportunity shall be the sole property of the Parent Corporation.

 

3. Compensation.

 

a. General . Any compensation under this Section 3 may be increased to better reflect the Senior Executive’s position and experience immediately following a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), as approved by the Board in its discretion.

 

b. Base Salary . During the Term of Employment, the Parent Corporation shall pay to the Senior Executive a base salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of [AMOUNT] Dollars ($[ ]).

 

c. Incentive Option Grant . The Parent Corporation shall grant to the Senior Executive, on the Effective Date, non-qualified stock options to purchase [NUMBER] ([ ]) shares of Parent Corporation common stock (the “ Incentive Option ”) at a purchase price per share equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board) of a share of such stock on the grant date of the Incentive Option. The Incentive Option will become exercisable in equal annual installments on the first four anniversaries of the Effective Date, provided that the Senior Executive is continuously actively employed by the Parent Corporation through each such applicable anniversary date. The Incentive Option shall be governed by the applicable stock incentive plan and the stock option award agreement between the Senior Executive and the Parent Corporation and in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and such plan and/or award agreement, the plan and the award agreement shall govern.

 

 
 

 

d. Bonus . In addition to the foregoing, the Senior Executive shall be eligible to receive a discretionary performance bonus (each a “ Performance Bonus ”) payable in such amounts and on such occasions as shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board based on its evaluation of the Senior Executive’s achievement of performance goals established by the Board and communicated to the Senior Executive.

 

e. Payroll Policies . The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll policies of the Parent Corporation with respect to its executive officers, in effect from time to time during the Term of Employment, which shall at least be on a monthly basis.

 

f. Term Renewal . If the Term of Employment shall be extended beyond the Initial Term, the Base Salary shall be as mutually agreed between the Senior Executive and the Parent Corporation.

 

g. Discretionary Increase in Base Salary . In addition, the Board, in its discretion, shall have the right at any time to increase (but not decrease) the Base Salary.

 

4. Fringe Benefits.

 

a. Benefit Plans . In addition to the other compensation payable to the Senior Executive hereunder, during the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive shall be eligible to participate in any employee benefit plans and programs generally provided by the Parent Corporation to its senior employees from time to time (other than those provided pursuant to separately negotiated individual employment agreements or arrangements), which shall include a group medical plan, subject to, and to the extent the Senior Executive is eligible for, the respective terms of such benefit plans and programs.

 

b. Expenses . During the Term of Employment, the Parent Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Senior Executive, upon submission of appropriate documentation by him, for all out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, hotel accommodations, and other business expenses incurred by him in performing his duties under this Agreement, in accordance with Parent Corporation policy.

 

c. Vacation . During the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks paid vacation per calendar year, pro-rated for any partial year of employment, in accordance with Parent Corporation policies.

 

d. Insurance . During the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive shall be entitled to participate in any group insurance plan, including health insurance, term life insurance, and disability insurance policies (collectively, “ Corporation Plans ”) from time to time maintained by the Parent Corporation; provided that such insurance can be obtained on economically reasonable terms. The Parent Corporation agrees to pay or reimburse the full amount of Senior Executive premium’s for disability, accident, death and dismemberment and/or life insurance coverage in the Corporation Plans. Should the Corporation not have an applicable Corporation Plan, the Senior Executive shall be reimbursed for any economically reasonable health and welfare insurance premiums paid by the Senior Executive.

 

 
 

 

e. Corporation Car . During the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive will have exclusive use of an automobile provided by the Parent Corporation. For so long as the Senior Executive is employed by the Parent Corporation during the Term of Employment, the Parent Corporation will make the monthly payments on such automobile and provide the Senior Executive with a gas card. Such benefits shall be subject to all applicable tax withholding and reporting and applicable Parent Corporation policies.

 

5. Termination; Change of Control .

 

a. Death . If the Senior Executive shall die prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Parent Corporation shall have no further obligation hereunder, other than to pay to the Senior Executive’s estate the amount of the Senior Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of his death, plus any accrued but unpaid Performance Bonus for fiscal year(s) ending prior to the Senior Executive’s death and subject to Section 5(f) . Such payment shall be made promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the date of death to the Senior Executive’s estate.

 

b. Disability . If prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Senior Executive shall be prevented, during a continuous period of ninety (90) days, from performing his duties hereunder by reason of “disability,” the Parent Corporation may terminate the Term of Employment and the employment of the Senior Executive, in which event the Senior Executive shall receive: (i) his Base Salary accrued to the date upon which any determination of disability shall have been made as hereinafter provided, and continuing until the date on which disability income payments commence under the Parent Corporation’s long term disability plan (or the beginning of Social Security disability income, if sooner), which Base Salary payment shall be reduced by the amount of any disability income payments the Senior Executive may receive in connection with such occurrence of disability under any policy or plan carried or maintained by or on behalf of the Parent Corporation and under which the Senior Executive is a beneficiary or participant, and (ii) any accrued but unpaid Performance Bonus for fiscal year(s) ending prior to the date of such termination. Such payments shall be made to the Senior Executive in accordance with the Parent Corporation’s normal payroll policies and schedule, commencing no later than thirty (30) days following the date of such termination.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the Senior Executive shall be deemed to have become disabled when the Board, upon the diagnosis of a reputable, licensed physician of the Board’s choice, shall have determined that the Senior Executive shall have become unable to perform, with or without reasonable accommodation, his duties under this Agreement due to a physical or mental incapacity or to infirmity, provided that such incapacity shall have continued uninterrupted for a period of not less than ninety (90) days.

 

c. Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Parent Corporation shall have the right to terminate the Term of Employment and the employment of the Senior Executive for “Cause,” as defined below, in which case, the Term of Employment shall thereupon terminate effective upon such termination, and, subject to Section 5(f) , upon such termination, neither the Parent Corporation nor any subsidiary or affiliate thereof shall have any further obligation to the Senior Executive or his estate, except that the Parent Corporation will pay to the Senior Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, to his estate, within thirty (30) days after the date of such termination, an amount equal to the Senior Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of termination. In the event of termination of the Senior Executive’s employment for Cause, neither the Parent Corporation nor any subsidiary of the Parent Corporation shall be obligated to pay, and the Senior Executive shall not be entitled to receive, any Performance Bonus. In addition, in such event, the Incentive Option, and any and all other Parent Corporation stock-based awards, that have not been exercised by the Senior Executive or are otherwise outstanding shall be immediately cancelled.

 

 
 

 

 

For the purposes hereof, the term “ Cause ” shall mean and be limited to a discharge by the Parent Corporation resulting from any one of the following:

 

(i) the Senior Executive’s conviction of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude,

 

(ii) a breach by the Senior Executive of his fiduciary duties to the Parent Corporation, or

 

(iii) the Senior Executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful polices or directives established by the Board;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) above, the Board shall have first given written notice thereof to the Senior Executive on each occasion describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach, failure or refusal, and such breach, failure or refusal shall remain uncured for a period of twenty (20) days following the Senior Executive’s receipt of each such notice.

 

d. Termination Without Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in this Agreement, the Parent Corporation may terminate the Term of Employment and the employment of the Senior Executive at any time without Cause (a “ Non-Cause Termination ”); provided that the Parent Corporation shall pay to the Senior Executive severance pay equal to one full year’s Base Salary then in effect (the “ Severance Payment ”), payable in equal monthly installments in accordance with the Parent Corporation’s payroll practices over the twelve (12)-month period immediately following such Non-Cause Termination, commencing no later than thirty (30) days following the date of such Non-Cause Termination. In the event of any Non-Cause Termination, the remaining unvested Incentive Option granted to the Senior Executive shall immediately vest.

 

e. Other Reasons for Termination . The Senior Executive may terminate the Term of Employment and his employment with the Parent Corporation at any time either (A) upon thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to the Parent Corporation with Good Reason (“ Termination With Good Reason” ), or (B) upon ninety (90) days’ advance written notice to the Parent Corporation without Good Reason (“ Termination Without Good Reason ”).

 

As used herein, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean: (a) a material reduction in the scope of the Senior Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities with the Parent Corporation in effect as of the Effective Date, which reduction is not remedied by the Parent Corporation within twenty (20) days after notification to the Parent Corporation containing a reasonably detailed description of such reduction; or (b) the Parent Corporation’s breach of any material obligation owed to the Senior Executive under this Agreement, including any Base Salary or Performance Bonus payment obligations; provided that the Senior Executive has given the Parent Corporation written notice thereof describing in reasonable detail the alleged reduction or breach within thirty days (30) days after the occurrence of such alleged reduction or breach, and the Parent Corporation has failed to cure such reduction or breach within a period of forty-five (45) days following receipt of such notice.

 

 
 

 

In the event of a Termination With Good Reason or a Termination Without Good Reason, by the Senior Executive, the Parent Corporation shall pay to the Senior Executive, or in the event of his death following such termination, to his estate, the amount of the Senior Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of termination. In the event of a Termination With Good Reason, the Parent Corporation shall additionally pay to the Senior Executive severance pay equal to one full year’s Base Salary then in effect. The amount set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph shall be paid in full within thirty (30) days of the date of termination of employment, and the amount set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph shall be paid in equal monthly installments in accordance with the Parent Corporation’s payroll practices over the twelve (12)-month period immediately following the Termination With Good Reason, commencing no later than thirty (30) days following the date of such Termination With Good Reason. In the event of any Termination With Good Reason, the remaining unvested Incentive Option granted to the Senior Executive shall immediately vest.

 

e. No Additional Rights . All of the Senior Executive’s rights to any compensation, benefits, bonuses or severance from the Parent Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates after termination of the Term of Employment shall cease upon such termination, except for any employee benefits to which the Senior Executive is entitled upon such termination in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable employee benefit plans of the Parent Corporation or as specifically described in this Section 5.

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive

 

a. Confidential Information . The Senior Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Parent Corporation he may receive certain information, knowledge and data concerning the business and affairs of the Parent Corporation (and, for all purposes of this Section 6, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates) or pertaining to any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, organization, entity or other person which the Parent Corporation may do business with during the Term of Employment, which is not in the public domain, including but not limited to trade secrets, employee records, names and lists of suppliers and customers, programs, statistics, processes, techniques, pricing, marketing, software and designs, or any other matters, and all other confidential information of the Parent Corporation (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Confidential Information ”), which the Parent Corporation intends, and makes reasonable good faith efforts, to protect from public disclosure. The Senior Executive understands that such Confidential Information is confidential, and he agrees not to, directly or indirectly, reveal or disclose or otherwise use or make accessible such Confidential Information, except (i) as may be required by the Senior Executive’s proper performance of his duties under this Agreement; (ii) to the extent that such Confidential Information becomes generally known to and available for use by the general public by lawful means and other than as a result of the Senior Executive’s acts or omissions or (iii) to the extent required by law, regulation or court order.

 

b. Return of Information and Property . At such time as the Senior Executive shall cease to be employed by the Parent Corporation or at any other time the Parent Corporation may request, he shall promptly deliver and surrender to the Parent Corporation all Confidential Information, papers, memoranda, notes, records, reports, sketches, specifications, designs and other documents (including those in computer-readable form), writings (and all copies thereof), and other property belonging to or embodying the Confidential Information of the Parent Corporation, whether produced by him or otherwise coming into his possession or control by or through his employment hereunder, and the Senior Executive agrees that all such materials and property will at all times remain the exclusive property of the Parent Corporation.

 

 
 

 

c. Non-Competition Agreement. The Senior Executive acknowledges that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 6 are essential to protect the business, goodwill, trade secrets and confidential information of the Parent Corporation and are appropriate in scope and the business of the Parent Corporation is conducted in the United States[1] (the “ Territory ”). The Senior Executive covenants and agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of the Senior Executive’s termination of employment under any circumstances (the “ Restricted Period ”), the Senior Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in any activity in the Territory that competes with the business conducted by the Parent Corporation; (ii) render any services to any person in the Territory for use in competing with the business conducted by the Parent Corporation; or (iii) have an interest in any person engaged in any business in the Territory that competes with the business conducted by the Parent Corporation, in each case, in any capacity, whether as a partner, member, officer, director, manger, principal, agent, trustee or consultant or any other relationship or capacity; provided , however , that the Senior Executive’s ownership solely as an investor of 5% or less of the outstanding securities of any class of publicly traded securities of any company shall not, by itself, be considered to violate this Section 6(c) ; or (iv) interfere with business relationships (whether formed heretofore or hereafter) between the Parent Corporation and its customers, clients, suppliers, investors or other business relations or prospects.

 

d . Agreement Not to Solicit . For so long as the Senior Executive shall be employed with the Parent Corporation and for the Restricted Period following the termination of such employment for any reason, the Senior Executive shall not, either directly or indirectly, through any person, firm, association, corporation, partnership, agency or other business entity or person with which he is now or may hereafter become associated, (i) solicit for employment or otherwise cause or induce any present or future employee of the Parent Corporation to leave the employ of the Parent Corporation to accept employment with the Senior Executive or with such person, firm, association, corporation, partnership, agency or other business entity or person, or (ii) solicit any person or entity which is a customer or client of the Parent Corporation for the purpose of directly or indirectly furnishing services competitive with the Parent Corporation.

 

e. Scope . The Parent Corporation and the Senior Executive acknowledge that the time, scope, geographic area and other provisions of this Section 6 have been specifically negotiated by sophisticated commercial parties and agree that they consider the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable and necessary for the protection of the interests of the Parent Corporation, but that if any such restriction or covenant is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be void because it is too broad in any respect, then, in each such case, such restriction or covenant, or any portion thereof, shall be considered to be amended to the extent necessary to make it valid and enforceable, and the court shall specifically have the right to restrict the business or geographical scope of any such restriction or covenant to any portion of the business or geographic areas described therein to the extent the court deems such restriction or covenant to be necessary to cause such restriction or covenant to be valid and enforceable, and, in any such event, such restriction or covenant shall be enforced to the extent so permitted, and the remaining restrictions and covenants herein contained shall, nevertheless, remain fully effective. The Senior Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and covenants contained in this Section 6 shall be construed for all purposes to be separate and independent from any other restriction or covenant, whether in this Agreement or otherwise, and shall each be capable of being reduced in application or severed without prejudice to the other restrictions and covenants or to the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

f. Specific Performance . The Senior Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of Section 6 of this Agreement would be inadequate and that any such breach would cause irreparable damage to the Parent Corporation, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, the Senior Executive agrees that, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Parent Corporation shall be entitled to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent any such breach or attempted breach, and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond or other security, or a showing of irreparable harm or lack of an adequate remedy at law, in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or any other equitable relief.

 

7. Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance. The Parent Corporation shall indemnify the Senior Executive for actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Senior Executive as an officer or director of the Parent Corporation to the full extent authorized by law; provided , however , that the Parent Corporation shall not indemnify the Senior Executive for any liabilities or losses incurred by the Senior Executive as a result of or in connection with a cause of action by the Senior Executive against the Parent Corporation or its affiliates or their respective directors, officers, agents, representatives or employees. The Parent Corporation will promptly advance to the Senior Executive expenses incurred or to be incurred by him, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, to defend any indemnification-eligible proceeding prior to its final disposition, after receipt by the Parent Corporation of a written request from the Senior Executive for such advance, together with documentation reasonably acceptable to the Board, subject to an undertaking by the Senior Executive to pay back any advanced amounts for which it is determined that the Senior Executive was not entitled to indemnification. If the Senior Executive has any knowledge of any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, as to which the Senior Executive may request indemnity under this provision, the Senior Executive shall give the Parent Corporation prompt written notice thereof. The Parent Corporation shall be entitled to assume the defense of any such proceeding, and the Senior Executive shall cooperate with such defense. Throughout the Term of Employment and for at least six years thereafter, the Parent Corporation shall maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and to cover the Senior Executive thereunder.

 

8. Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits that may be considered nonqualified deferred compensation under Code Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean such a separation from service. The determination of whether and when a separation from service has occurred for purposes of this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the presumptions set forth in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations. For purposes of Code Section 409A, the Senior Executive’s right to receive any installment payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

9. Construction and Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by, or invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under, any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any other jurisdiction, and the parties undertake to implement all efforts which are necessary, desirable and sufficient to amend, supplement or substitute all and any such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with enforceable and valid provisions in such jurisdiction which would produce as nearly as may be possible the result previously intended by the parties without renegotiation of any material terms and conditions stipulated herein.

 

 
 

 

10. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Parent Corporation and its successors and assigns and the Senior Executive and the Senior Executive’s heirs, executors, administrators, and successors; provided that the services provided by the Senior Executive under this Agreement are of a personal nature, and the Senior Executive may not sell, convey, assign, delegate, transfer or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of the rights, claims, powers, interests or obligations of the Senior Executive under this Agreement, except that any death payments otherwise due the Senior Executive shall be payable to the estate of the Senior Executive; provided further that the Parent Corporation may assign this Agreement to, and all rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, any subsidiary or affiliate of the Parent Corporation or any person, firm or corporation resulting from the reorganization of the Parent Corporation or succeeding to the business or assets of the Parent Corporation by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

11. Withholding Taxes. All amounts payable hereunder shall be subject to the withholding of all applicable taxes and deductions required by any applicable law.

 

12. Duration. Notwithstanding the Term of Employment, this Agreement shall continue for so long as any obligations remain under this Agreement.

 

13. Survival. The provisions of Sections 6 through 22 of this Agreement shall survive and shall continue to be binding upon the Senior Executive and the Parent Corporation notwithstanding the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.

 

14. Amendment; Modification; Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be modified, amended or waived only in a document signed by the parties hereto and referring specifically hereto, and no handwritten changes to this Agreement will be binding unless initialed by each party. No course of conduct or course of dealing or failure or delay by any party hereto in enforcing or exercising any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Parent Corporation’s right to terminate the Term of Employment for Cause) shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or be deemed to be an implied waiver of any similar or dissimilar requirement, provision or condition of this Agreement at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Pursuit by either party of any available remedy, either in law or equity, or any action of any kind, does not constitute waiver of any other remedy or action. Such remedies and actions are cumulative and not exclusive.

 

15. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and terminates and supersedes any and all prior agreements, understandings and representations, whether written or oral, by or between the parties hereto or their affiliates which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. The Senior Executive acknowledges that no representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or obligations, oral or written, have been made other than those expressly stated herein, and that he has not relied on any other representations, warranties, promises, covenants, agreements or obligations in signing this Agreement.

 

16. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations thus created between the parties hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

 
 

 

17. Jurisdiction; Venue. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6(f) in connection with equitable remedies, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court sitting in the City of Wilmington, Delaware over any suit, action, dispute or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and each of the parties agrees that any action relating in any way to this Agreement must be commenced only in the courts of the State of Delaware, federal or state. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted or not prohibited by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably consents to the service of process in any suit, action or proceeding by sending the same by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier service, to the address of such party indicated in Section 22 . With respect to any order obtained in accordance with this Section 17 , any party hereto may enforce such order in any court having personal jurisdiction over the party against whom the order shall be enforced.

 

18. Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or other legal proceeding is brought for the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the other party or parties upon final judgment on the merits reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees for any appeal and costs incurred in bringing such suit or proceeding.

 

19. Headings . All descriptive headings of the several Sections or Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and same instrument. Facsimile and PDF signatures hereto shall have the same validity as original signatures hereto.

 

21. Representations and Warranties . Senior Executive represents and warrants to Parent Corporation that (i) Senior Executive is under no contractual or other restriction or obligation which is inconsistent with his execution of this Agreement or performance of his duties hereunder, (ii) Senior Executive has no physical or mental disability that would hinder his performance of his duties under this Agreement, with or without reasonable accommodation, and (iii) he has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his choosing in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

22. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified mail, by personal delivery or by overnight courier to (i) the Senior Executive at his residence (as set forth in Parent Corporation’s corporate records) or (ii) to the Parent Corporation at its principal office (as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement), or to such other address as shall be furnished in writing by either party to the other party, and shall be effective upon receipt, if by personal delivery, three (3) business days after mailing, if sent by certified mail or one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier (provided that any notice of change of address shall be effective only when actually received by the other party).

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  Parent Corporation:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE, INC.
     
  By:

 

  Name: Adam Levin
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Senior Executive:
     
  By:

 

  Name: [NAME]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Amendment to Agreement for Participating Minority Shareholders

 

[NONE]

 

 
 

 

 

Execution Copy

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION,

 

THE MAJORITY SHAREHOLDERS,

 

K LASER TECHNOLOGY, INC.

 

as Shareholders’ Representative,

appointed pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement

 

and

 

VERT CAPITAL CORP.

 

January 31, 2015

 

 
 

 

Table of Contents

 

        Page
         
ARTICLE I OPTION TO PURCHASE OPTION SHARES   1
     
  1.1 The Option, the Option Shares and Additional Preferred Stock   1
  1.2 Exercise of the Option   2
  1.3 Option Price    2
  1.4 Closings   2
         
ARTICLE II AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES   3
     
  2.1 Proposed Acquisitions and Issuance of Acquisition Securities   3
  2.2 Required Consent   7
  2.3 Certain Definitions   7
  2.4 Agreements, Filings, Financial and Other Information   7
  2.5 Lock Up Agreements   7
  2.6 Stock Options   7
  2.7 Approvals   7
  2.8 Registration Rights   8
  2.9 Change of Name   8
         
ARTICLE III GENERAL PROVISIONS   8
     
  3.1 Publicity   8
  3.2 Notices   9
  3.3 Entire Agreement   9
  3.4 Incorporation by Reference   9
  3.5 Waivers and Amendments   9
  3.6 Exhibits and Schedules   10
  3.7 Headings   10
  3.8 Counterparts   10
  3.9 Construction and Interpretation   10
  3.10 Assignment   10
  3.11 Parties in Interest   10
  3.12 Severability   10
  3.13 Specific Performance   10
  3.14 Governing Law; Forum   10

 

List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit A List of Majority Shareholders
Exhibit B Series C Certificate of Designations
Exhibit C Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
Exhibit D Capitalization of the Company

 

(i)
 

 

OPTION PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

OPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 31, 2015, is made and entered into by and among:

 

K LASER TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Taiwan corporation (“ K Laser ”); the other Persons who are listed as the shareholders of EVEREST DISPLAY, INC. , a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan (“ EDI ”) on Exhibit A (“ Majority Shareholders ”); the Participating Minority Shareholders (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement); LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a corporation organized under the laws of State of Nevada, USA (the “ Company ” or the “ Parent ”) and VERT CAPITAL CORP. , a corporation organized under the laws of State of Delaware, USA (the “ Vert ”).

 

K Laser, the other Persons who are listed as Majority Shareholders on Exhibit A , and the Participating Minority Shareholders (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Option Holders .”

 

K Laser shall be appointed as Shareholders’ Representative pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in a share purchase agreement, dated as of January 31, 2015 (the “ Share Purchase Agreement ”) among the Option Holders, the Company, K Laser Technology, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan, Boxlight Display Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan and Vert, whereby the Option Holders have agreed to sell to the Company and the Company has agreed to purchase from the Option Holders, the “ Subject Shares ”; and

 

WHEREAS , upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement the Company has agreed to grant to the Option Holders an option to make an investment in shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I

OPTION TO PURCHASE OPTION SHARES

 

1.1 The Option, the Option Shares and Additional Preferred Stock.

 

(a) Option . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, for USD$10.00 and other good and valuable consideration, the Company hereby grants unto the Option Holders an irrevocable and unconditional right and option (the “ Option ”) to purchase, an aggregate number of (i) shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Designations annexed hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof (the “ Series C Certificate of Designations ”)) authorized in the Series C Certificate of Designations to be issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (ii) such additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock as shall be required to be issued to pay the dividends, if any, paid or payable on outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Option Shares ”).

 

(b) Terms of the Option Shares . The Option Shares shall have the rights, privileges, designations and preferences of the Series C Preferred Stock of the Company that are set forth in the Series C Certificate of Designations.

 

1
 

 

1.2 Exercise of the Option.

 

(a) Exercise of the Option . At the Closing (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) and upon the payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement on the Closing Date: (i) each of the Option Holders shall automatically exercise the Option in full, and the Option shall be deemed to be automatically exercised in full by each of the Option Holders, with no partial exercise of the Option permitted, and (ii) , upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designation) all of the Option Shares shall automatically convert into that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the Automatic Conversion Shares (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designation).

 

(b) Method of Exercise of Option . On the Closing Date, the Company or the “Purchaser” under the Share Purchase Agreement shall make payment of the Purchase Price in cash pursuant to such Share Purchase Agreement, each Option Holder shall pay his or its pro-rata portion of the Option Price referred to in Section 1.3 below to the Company in cash.

 

(c) Allocation of Option Shares . Upon exercise of the Option, the Option Shares shall be issued to each of the Option Holders in accordance with Schedule 1.2(c) of this Agreement.

 

1.3 Option Price.

 

(a) Upon exercise of the Option pursuant to Section 1.2(a), the Option Holders, as a group, shall pay the Company a purchase price equal to the Purchase Price (the “ Option Price ”).

 

(b) Each Option Holder shall pay his, her or its allocable pro-rata share of the Option Price in accordance with either Section 1.2(b)(i) or Section 1.2(b)(ii) above, depending upon the method by which the Purchase Price is paid by the Purchaser or the Company. The Option Price for each Option Holder shall be calculated by multiplying the total Option Price by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of the Subject Shares sold to the Company under the Share Purchase Agreement by each Option Holder, and (y) the denominator of which is the number representing all of the Subject Shares sold by the Option Holders to the Company under the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

(c) The Option Price shall be paid by each of the Option Holders, either in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company, or by application of such Option Holder’s allocable portion of the Purchase Price from the sale of the Subject Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement, in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.2(b)(ii) above.

 

1.4 Closings.

 

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, exercise of the Option and the closing of the issuance and sale and the purchase of the Option Shares and related transactions under this Option Agreement (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m., Taiwan time, on a date which shall be simultaneous with the Closing Date of the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement. The Closing shall be held at the offices of White & Case, attorneys at law, and United States counsel to the Everest Group and the Option Holders in Palo Alto, California, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, and the actual date of the Closing is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date. ” Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Closing of the exercise of the Option be earlier than or later than the Closing Date under the Share Purchase Agreement, and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the “ Shareholders Representative ” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), in no event shall such Closing of the exercise of the Option be later than the March 31, 2015 “ Outside Closing Date ” under the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

2
 

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement and this Agreement shall be subject to the simultaneous closings of the Share Purchase Agreement and this Option Agreement, including the payment of the Purchase Price under the Share Purchase Agreement, the payment of the Option Price and the exercise in full of the Option.

 

Article II

AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

2.1 Proposed Acquisitions and Issuance of Acquisition Securities. The Parties hereto acknowledge that Vert and the Company represent and warrant to the Option Holders as follows:

 

(a) Capitalization of the Company . As at the date of this Agreement, the Company is authorized by its Restated Articles of Incorporation in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto, to issue an aggregate of two hundred and fifty million (250,000,000) shares of capital stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of which two hundred million (200,000,000) shares are designated as common stock, of which one hundred and fifty million (150,000,000) shares are designated as Class A voting common stock (the “ Company Class A Common Stock ”) and fifty million (50,000,000) shares are designated as Class B non-voting common stock (the “ Company Class B Common Stock ” and together with the Company Class A Common Stock, the “ Company Common Stock ”) and fifty million (50,000,000) shares are designated as preferred stock (the “ Company Preferred Stock. ” The Company Common Stock and the Company Preferred Stock is collectively referred to as the “ Company Capital Stock ”). As at the date of this Agreement, the record and beneficial owners of the Company Capital Stock and number of shares and class of Company Capital Stock owned by each of the Persons who are set forth on Exhibit D annexed hereto and made a part hereof. As at the date of this Agreement, an aggregate of (i) twenty-five million six hundred thousand (25,600,000) shares of Company Class A Common Stock are issued and no Company Class B Common Stock is issued.

 

(b) Acquisition of Globisens . As of the date of this Agreement, the Company has entered into a share exchange agreement to acquire, immediately following consummation of a Liquidity Event, 100% of the share capital of Globisens, Ltd., an Israeli corporation (“ Globisens ”) in consideration for the payment of $2,500,000 in cash, plus the issuance of $2,750,000 of Company Common Stock, (valued at the initial per share price of Company Common Stock issued in the Company IPO) but in no event less than four and 375/1000 percent (4.375%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) on the date of the Liquidity Event. The closing of the acquisition of Globisens shall occur promptly following the acquisition by the Company of the Subject Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement and the exercise of the Option and issuance of the Option Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c) Acquisition of Genesis . As at the date of this Agreement, Vert has assigned and transferred 100% of the membership interests in Genesis Collaboration LLC , a Georgia limited liability Company (“ Genesis ”) to the Company and the Company has agreed to issue to the four former members of Genesis 1,000,000 shares of Series B preferred stock of the Company (the “ Series B Preferred Stock which is automatically convertible into four percent (4%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) on the date of the Liquidity Event. The closing of the acquisition of Genesis shall occur promptly following the acquisition by the Company of the Subject Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement and the exercise of the Option and issuance of the Option Shares pursuant to this Agreement, and the acquisition of Globisens contemplated by Section 2.1(b) above.

 

3
 

 

(d) Issuance of Series A Conversion Shares . Following consummation of the Company IPO, the Company intends to issue to a trustee designated by Vert, a total of 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock which is to be converted into 2,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock (the “ Series A Conversion Shares ”). Following the registration of the Series A Conversion Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such 2,500,000 Series A Conversion Shares shall be issued to former employees and stockholders of an Affiliate of Vert, subject to a one year restriction on resale of such shares of Series A Conversion Shares.

 

(e) Conversion of the Option Shares . As set forth in the Series C Certificate of Designation, upon the consummation of the Company IPO, the shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company to be issued to the Option Holders shall have a minimum “ Market Value ” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) of not less than $16,460,000, represent not less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company and be the Company Class A Common Stock. In the event that the Subject Shares and any additional Everest Existing Shares purchased by the Company under the Share Purchase Agreement are in excess of 82.3% of the Existing Everest Shares, then the number of shares of Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock issued to the Option Holders and other Everest Display shareholders shall be increased to a maximum of 25% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock.

 

(f) Closing of Acquisitions . To avoid potential adverse accounting treatment, for all purposes of the Share Purchase Agreement, this Agreement and the transaction documents relating to the Genesis and Globisens acquisitions, the acquisition of the Subject Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement shall be consummated on the Closing Date prior to the acquisitions of Genesis and Globisens.

 

(g) Fully-Diluted Common Stock . Based on (i) the Subject Shares purchased by the Company under the Share Purchase Agreement represents 82.3% of the 33,000,000 Existing Everest Shares (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), and (ii) the acquisitions of Genesis, EDI and Globisens are consummated, immediately following a Liquidity Event (but excluding shares of Company Common Stock or warrants issued in connection with the Company IPO or other Liquidity Event), the outstanding Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company would be as follows:

 

Stockholder Group   Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock  
    No. of Shares     %  
                 
Vert Capital Corp.     16,000,000       28.584 %
Other Investors     9,600,000       17.150 %
Stock Purchase Warrants     5,150,000       9.200 %
Logical Choice Technologies Former Stockholders     2,500,000       4.466 %
Logical Choice Corporation Employee Stock Option Pool     5,300,000       9.468 %
Everest Display, Inc. Majority Stockholders Option Shares     9,986,500       17.841 %(*)
Everest Display, Inc. Stock Option Pool     2,554,550       4.564 %
Everest Display, Inc. Transaction Bonus Shares     798,920       1.427 %
Globisens Stockholders     1,847,000       3.300 %
Genesis Collaboration, LLC Former Members     2,239,000       4.000 %
Fully-Diluted Common Stock     55,975,970       100.000 %
Everest Display Inc. Majority Stockholders                
Additional Adjustment Shares (see Section 2.1(i) below)     1,653,000          
Total Fully-Diluted Common Stock, as Adjusted     57,628,970          

 

(*) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event, the shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock issued to the Everest Display Inc. Majority Stockholders shall have a minimum “ Market Value ” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) of not less than $16,460,000, represent not less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company and be the Company Class A Common Stock. In the event that the Subject Shares and any additional Everest common shares purchased by the Company under the Share Purchase Agreement are in excess of 82.3% of the Existing Everest Shares, then the number of shares of Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock issued to the Option Holders and other Everest Display shareholders shall be increased to a maximum of 25% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock.

 

4
 

 

(h) Transaction Bonus Shares . In addition to the Option Shares, on the Closing Date, the Company shall issue to the Option Holders additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock representing eight (8.0%) percent of the number of the “ Conversion Shares ” referred to below (the “ Transaction Bonus Shares ”).

 

(i) Adjustment Shares . Based on the Company’s acquisition of 82.3% of the Existing Everest Shares, the shares of Company Class A Common Stock issued to the Option Holders upon conversion of the Option Shares (the “ Conversion Shares ”) should represent 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company having a minimum Market Value of not less than $16,460,000 and the Transaction Bonus Shares should represent 8% of the number of the Conversion Shares, so that the total number of Conversion Shares and Transaction Bonus Shares to be issued to the Option Holders on and immediately following the Closing Date should represent an aggregate of 22.221% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock. Since based on the timing of the acquisitions, the above Conversion Shares and Transaction Bonus Shares only represent a total of 19.268% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock, at Closing the Option Holders shall receive upon conversion of their Option Shares additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock representing 2.953% of the Fully-Diluted Common stock, as adjusted.  By multiplying the Closing Fully-Diluted Common Stock by a factor of 1.02953 (100.000% plus an additional 2.953%) results in an additional 1,653,000 shares of Company Class A Common Stock (the “ Adjustment Shares ”).   In addition, the Option Holders are to receive stock option entitling them to purchase additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock representing five (5%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Company as at the Closing Date. Accordingly, the Everest Display Stock Option Pool shall be increased by 244,249 shares of Company Class A Common Stock to represent 5.0% of the 55,975,970 shares of Fully Diluted Common Stock.

 

(j) Issuance of Class B Common Stock . All shares of Company Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of stock options in the Logical Choice Corporation Employee Stock Option Pool and the Everest Display Stock Option Pool shall be issued as shares of Company Class B Common Stock. The Company Class A Common Stock and the Company Class B Common Stock shall rank equally and be identical in all respects, except that the holders of Company Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote for or consent to the election of directors or with respect to any other matters submitted to the vote or consent of stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding any provision under this Agreement to the contrary, the Conversion Shares, Transaction Bonus Shares and Adjustment Shares (shall be issued as Company Class A Common Stock by the Company and shall be entitled to vote for or consent of stockholders of the Company. With respect to the Class B Common Stock issuable upon exercise of stock options granted in the Logical Choice Corporation Employee Stock Option Pool and the Everest Display Stock Option Pool, such shares of Class B Common Stock (collectively, the “ Option Pool Shares ”) shall, following the Company’s IPO, be registered for resale under the Securities Act on a short Form S-8 registration statement and therefore publicly tradable on the National Securities Exchange.

 

5
 

 

(k) Additional Acquisitions of Target Companies . Prior or subsequent to the Closing and a Liquidity Event, in order to enhance shareholder value, in addition to the acquisitions of Genesis and Globisens, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to consummate one or more acquisitions (collectively, the Acquisitions ) of all or a majority the capital stock or other equity of one or more corporations or limited liability companies which are not Affiliates of the Company or Vert (each, individually, a “ Target Company ” and, collectively, the “ Target Companies ”) and which are engaged in the Business.

 

(l) Acquisition Securities . As used in this Agreement, the term “ Acquisition Securities ” shall mean and include all Company Common Stock, convertible notes or convertible debentures of the Company, all shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to the Option Holders under this Option Agreement and all other shares of Acquisition Preferred Stock, if any, that may be issued prior to or become issuable contemporaneously with the date of consummation of the Liquidity Event in connection with the acquisition of the assets, securities or businesses of any other Person.

 

(m) Other Adjustments .

 

(i) In the event and to the extent that any of the Acquisitions of the Target Companies referred to above shall not occur or the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent at the time of the Liquidity Event shall be other than the estimated 55,975,970 shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent referred to above, the number of Automatic Conversion Shares (as defined in the Series C Certificate of Designations) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the number of shares equal to the product of the Selling Parties’ Percentage and the then-outstanding number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent. In addition, in the event that the Company shall at any time on or after the Closing Date subdivide (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares, the number of Automatic Conversion Shares will be proportionately adjusted to reflect the number of shares equal to the product of the Selling Parties’ Percentage and the then-outstanding number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent. If the Company at any time on or after the Closing Date combines (by combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the number of Automatic Conversion Shares will be proportionately adjusted to reflect the number of shares equal to the product of the Selling Parties’ Percentage and the then-outstanding number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent. If the Company enters into signed definitive acquisition agreements in connection with the Acquisitions of the Target Companies, the number of Automatic Conversion Shares will be proportionately adjusted to reflect the number of shares equal to the product of the Selling Parties’ Percentage and the sum of the number of shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent then-outstanding and all Acquisition Securities issuable pursuant to such signed definitive acquisition agreements.

 

6
 

 

(ii) Any adjustment under this Section 2.1(m) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(iii) Upon the occurrence of any adjustment under this Section 2.1(m), the Company shall notify the Option Holders in accordance with Section 3.2 of such adjustment and provide to the Option Holders the relevant documents containing the details of such adjustment, including, but not limited to the official stock ledger of the Company.

 

2.2 Required Consent . Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other provision of the Share Purchase Agreement or this Option Agreement to the contrary, the final terms and conditions of any Reverse Merger Transaction or Sale of Control Transaction proposed to be entered into by the Company on or before the Closing Date shall be subject to the prior approval and consent of the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

2.3 Certain Definitions . As used in this Option Agreement, capitalized terms used in this Agreement, but not otherwise defined elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Share Purchase Agreement or the Series C Certificate of Designations.

 

2.4 Agreements, Filings, Financial and Other Information . On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall furnish to the Option Holders and their authorized representatives reasonable and timely access to information, financial or otherwise, necessary in order to satisfy the requirements for the Option Holders’ legal and internal compliance obligations, including, but not limited to (i) true and complete copies of all agreements, registration statements, financial information and other documentation required to be executed or filed with the SEC in connection with consummating any one or more Liquidity Event, and (ii) a letter of valuation of the Company and its Target Companies by Wellington Shields & Company or other reputable investment bankers.

 

2.5 Lock Up Agreements . In connection with any IPO (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) or a Reverse Merger Transaction, if the underwriter of Company securities requests that certain existing stockholders of Company agree, for a period of time, not to sell, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise assign (collectively, “ Transfer ”) a portion of the equity securities owned by them, the Option Holders do hereby covenant and agree that they shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause those persons who hold five percent or more of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent (the “ Principal Shareholders ”) to execute and deliver an agreement, in form and content satisfactory to the board of directors of Company, pursuant to which, inter alia , the Principal Shareholders or their assignees or nominees (the “ Lock-up Parties ”) shall agree not to effect any Transfer (except to members of their immediate families or trusts for the benefit of such family members) of any shares of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent or Series C Preferred Stock then owned of record or beneficially by them for such period of time as shall be specified in such agreement (the “ Lock-up Agreement ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lock-up Parties shall only be required to execute a Lock-up Agreement if (i) Vert, and the executive officers and directors of the Company and the other shareholders of the Company are also required to execute Lock-up Agreements containing substantially identical terms and conditions, including, but not limited to, the period of restrictions on Transfer; and (ii) the period of restrictions on Transfer does not exceed 180 days from the date of such Lock-up Agreement.

 

2.6 Stock Options . On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall establish a stock option plan solely for the benefit of employees of the Everest Group, pursuant to which inter alia , such individuals may be issued stock option grants of the Company that represent on an aggregate basis five (5%) percent of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Parent and which vests annually in equal installments over a four (4) year period (commencing one year after the Closing Date). The allocation of initial stock option grants to be issued thereunder shall be determined in good faith jointly by the Company and the Shareholders’ Representative.

 

7
 

 

2.7 Approvals . Each of the conditions to closing in Section 6 of the Share Purchase Agreement shall have been satisfied or waived in writing at or before the Closing Date under the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

2.8 Registration Rights. Following consummation of the IPO, in the event and to the extent that the Company intends to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock of the Company for the account of any other stockholder of the Company (a “ Resale Registration Statement ”), not later than thirty days prior to the filing of such Resale Registration Statement with the SEC, the Company shall give prompt written notice to the Holders of its intention to do so. Unless waived in writing by any Holder, the Company shall offer to the Holders to cause not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of all shares of Common Stock of the Company that are and will be included in such Resale Registration Statement to consist of shares of Common Stock that are be held of record and beneficially by the Holders, including those held as a result of, or issuable upon, the conversion or exercise of the Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Registrable Securities ”). In such connection, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be registered under the Securities Act with the other securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, including, if necessary, by filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the Resale Registration Statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto. There is no limitation on the number of such Resale Registration Statements to which the Holders are entitled to participate in pursuant to this Section 2.8; provided, that the Holders as well as all other Persons participating in such Resale Registration Statement shall provide appropriate indemnification to the Company with respect to any disclosures made therein with respect to such Holder(s). All such Registrable Securities shall, however, be subject to the limitations on transfer set forth in Section 11 of the Certificate of Designations.

 

In addition to, and not in lieu of the above, but subject at all times to the prior written approval or consent of the managing underwriter in connection with the Company’s IPO, the Company shall use its good faith efforts to include in the registration statement related to such IPO, (the “IPO Registration Statement”) up to 30% of the Registrable Securities owned by Holders; provided, that (a) such Holders are not officers, directors or owners of more than 9.9% of the Registrable Securities then owned by all Holders, and (b) all such Registrable Securities included in such IPO Registration Statement do not exceed 7.5% of the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon automatic conversion of the Option Shares.

 

2.9 Change of Name . Following the execution of this Agreement but prior to the consummation of the Company IPO, the Company will change its corporate name to Boxlight Corporation .

 

Article III

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

3.1 Publicity . No publicity release or announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be issued without advance approval of the form and substance thereof by the Parties, except as may otherwise be required by Law (in which case the party making such release or announcement will provide concurrent or, if practicable, prior notice to the other Parties hereto).

 

8
 

 

3.2 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made on (a) delivery thereof, if by hand; (b) upon receipt, if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested); (c) on the second Business Day following deposit, if sent by a recognized overnight delivery service; or (d) upon transmission, if sent by facsimile transmission (in each case with receipt verified by electronic confirmation), in each case as follows:

 

(i) if to Company or Vert, to:

 

Boxlight Display, Inc. and

Logical Choice Corporation

c/o Vert Capital Corp.

10951 W. Pico Blvd. STE 204

Los Angeles, CA 90064

Telephone: (310) 785-6600

Facsimile No.: (310) 785-6616

Attn: Adam Levin, CEO

(ii) if to Option Holders or to Shareholders’ Representative, to:

 

K Laser Technology, Inc.

No. 1, Li Hsin Road VI Science-Based Indurstrial Park, Hsinchu, Taiwan

Attention: Alex Kuo, Chairman

Telephone:+ 886 3 577 0316

Facsimile No: + 886 3 563 8430

   

with a copy to:

 

CKR Law LLP

1330 Avenue of the Americas,

35th floor

New York, NY 10019

Attention: Stephen A. Weiss

Telephone: (212) 400-6900

Cell Phone: (917) 797-0015

Email: sweiss@ckrlaw.com

 

 

with copies to:

 

Chen & Lin Attorney at Law

Bank Tower,12 th Floor, 205 Tun Hwa North Road,

Taipei, Taiwan 105

Attn: Grace Yu, Esq.

Phone:  886-2-27150270

Direct Dial: 886-2-25147510

Email: graceyu@chenandlin.com

 

White & Case

3000 El Camino Real

5 Palo Alto Square, 9th Floor

Palo Alto, CA  94306

Attn: Eric Hwang

Phone: 650-213-0388

Email: eric.hwang@whitecase.com

 

provided , that each party hereto shall promptly notify the other Parties hereto of any change in its contact information, which revised contact information shall thereafter be for purposes of this Section 3.2 until further revised.

 

3.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and the Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the purchase of the Merger and related transactions and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

3.4 Incorporation by Reference . All of the representations and warranties of the Parties contained in the Share Purchase Agreement and all of their respective covenants and agreement contained therein, are hereby incorporated by this reference into this Agreement, and may be relied upon by the Party or Parties for whose benefit such representations, warranties, covenants or agreement were given.

 

3.5 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

9
 

 

3.6 Exhibits and Schedules . The Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

3.7 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

3.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

3.9 Construction and Interpretation . The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been freely negotiated and shall be deemed to have been drafted by the Parties jointly. Accordingly, no court should construe any provision for or against any party as a result of such party being involved in the drafting of this Agreement.

 

3.10 Assignment . No party may assign or delegate all or any portion of its rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties to this Agreement.

 

3.11 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

3.12 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to, or the court making such a determination shall, modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the effect that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

3.13 Specific Performance . The Parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to seek an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any jurisdiction permitted under this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

3.14 Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America. The Parties hereto do hereby consent and submit to the venue and jurisdiction of the state or federal courts residing in the state of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for such matters of disputes, and further agree that, in the event of any action or suit as to any matters of dispute among the Parties, service of process may be made upon the other party by mailing a copy of the summons and/or complaint to the other party at the address set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parties may seek equitable relief, or enforce any final judgment of any such federal or state court residing in the state of Delaware, in any other jurisdiction in any manner provided by applicable law.

 

Balance of page left blank – signature pages to follow

 

10
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Company: LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott 
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: CEO
     
Vert: VERT CAPITAL CORP
     
  By: /s/ Michael Pope
  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: Managing Director
     
Option Holders: K LASER TECHNOLOGY INC.
     
  By: /s/ Alex Kuo 
  Name: Alex Kuo
  Title: Chairman

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
 

林慶龍

     
  By: /s/ 林慶龍 
     
  Name: 林慶龍

 

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  林秀淩
     
  By: /s/ 林秀淩 
     
  Name: 林秀淩

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  唐逸中
     
  By: /s/ 唐逸中 
     
  Name: 唐逸中

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  陳際榮
     
  By: /s/ 陳際榮 
     
  Name: 陳際榮

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  呂世傑
     
  By: /s/ 呂世傑 
     
  Name: 呂世傑

  

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
     
  瑜得科技股份有限公司
     
  (ULTMOST TECHNOLOGY CORP.)
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
     
  英屬維京群島商貝斯通有限公司
     
  (BEST TONE ASSOCIATES LTD.)
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  英屬維京群島商新界科技有限公司
   
  (NEWEDGE TECHNOLOGY LTD.)
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
     
  瑜得電子有限公司
     
 

(ULTMOST ELECTRONIC LTD.)

     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  香港華得電子有限公司
   
  (CLAVIS LTD.)
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  英屬維京群島商 MW CAPITAL INC.
   
  (MW CAPITAL INC.)
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  
     
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
     
  By:  
     
  Name:  

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  李美慧
     
  By: /s/ 李美慧  
     
  Name: 李美慧

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  吳清課
     
  By: /s/ 吳清課 
     
  Name: 吳清課

 

 
 

 

Option Holders: OTHER OPTION HOLDERS
   
  賴榮秀
     
  By: /s/ 賴榮秀  
     
  Name: 賴榮秀

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

list of Majority shareholders

 

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit B

 

series c CErtificate of designations

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF THE
SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION ___
OF THE NEVADA REVISED STATUTES

 

I, Michael Pope, hereby certify that I am the Chief Financial Officer of Logical Choice Corporation (the “ Corporation ”), a corporation organized and existing under the Nevada Revised Statutes, and further do hereby certify:

 

That pursuant to the authority expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “ Articles of Incorporation ”), the Board on [  ], 2015, adopted the following resolutions creating a series of preferred stock designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, none of which have been issued:

 

RESOLVED, that the Board designates the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting such series, and fixes the rights, powers, preferences, privileges and restrictions relating to such series in addition to any set forth in the Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

TERMS OF SERIES C CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

ARTICLE I DESIGNATION AND NUMBER .

 

1.1 A series of Preferred Stock, designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”), par value $0.0001 per share, is hereby established. The number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be 270,000 shares (as adjusted, pursuant to Section Article IV, the “Authorized Shares”), and the stated value amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $26.98 (the “ Stated Value Per Share ”).

 

1.2 Pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, the Company acquired a minimum of 82.3% of the issued and outstanding common shares of Everest Display, Inc. and may acquire additional common shares of Everest Display, Inc.

 

1.3 The Series C Preferred Stock is being issued pursuant to the terms of the Everest Option Agreement.

 

1.4 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Automatic Conversion Shares ” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all of the Series C Preferred Stock into such Common Stock upon the occurrence of a Liquidity Event; being that number of shares of Common Stock resulting from (a) multiplying the final percentage of the issued and outstanding common shares of Everest Display, Inc. acquired by the Company by Twenty Million ($20,000,000) Dollars, and (b) dividing the product thereof by the Per Share Price; provided, that, the Automatic Conversion Shares shall represent not less than 20.575% and not more than 25.00% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Corporation.

 

1.5 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Everest Option Agreement ” shall mean the option agreement, dated as of [  ] , 2015 among the Corporation, K Laser Technology, Inc. and other parties thereto.

 

 
 

 

1.6 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” shall have the same meaning as the definition of “Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Parent” as set forth in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.7 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Holder ” shall mean one or more holder(s) of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

1.8 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Majority Holders ” shall mean those persons who were issued a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of the Everest Option Agreement to the extent that such persons continue to own capital stock in the Corporation.

 

1.9 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Share Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the share purchase agreement dated as of [  ] , 2015 among K Laser Technology, Inc., Boxlight Display, Inc., and the other Majority Shareholders (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), the Corporation and Vert Capital Corp.

 

1.10 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Liquidity Event ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.11 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Market Value ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.12 As used in this Certificate, the term “ Per Share Price ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.13 As used in this Certificate, the term “ IPO ” shall have the meaning as such term is defined in the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

1.14 The term “ Company ” as used in the Share Purchase Agreement and in the Option Agreement shall mean the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II RANK . All shares of the Series C Preferred Stock shall rank senior to (i) to the Corporation’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”) and any other class of securities which is specifically designated as junior to the Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, with the Common Stock, the “ Junior Securities ”); and (ii) pari passu with any other class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation hereafter created specifically ranking, by its terms, on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock, including without limitation, 2,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 stated value per share, 1,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, $1.00 stated value per share and all other shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation (other than the Series C Preferred Stock) to be issued in series in connection with the “Acquisitions” of the “Target Companies,” as those terms are defined in the Everest Option Agreement, and to any notes, convertible securities or class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (including Preferred Stock) hereafter issued for the purpose of consummating any public or private financing (collectively, the “ Pari Passu Securities ”), in each case as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

 

ARTICLE III DIVIDENDS .

 

(a) The Holders shall be entitled to receive if, at the times set forth in this Section 0, cumulative annual dividends per share equal to six percent (6%) of the aggregate Liquidation Preference (hereinafter defined) of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock. Accrual of such dividends shall be computed on a 365-day basis, and shall be payable in full when the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Corporation in the manner provided in paragraph (Article II) below. Such dividends shall be payable annually each anniversary of the issue date of the Series C Preferred Stock in additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and such dividends shall accrue whether or not declared and regardless of whether there are profits, surplus or other funds legally available for payment of dividends, and shall be earned or payable from and after the issue date of the Series C Preferred Stock. All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 0 shall be paid pro rata to the Holders entitled thereto. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock may not be declared, paid or set apart for payment, nor may the Corporation redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, if the Corporation is not solvent or would be rendered insolvent thereby.

 

 
 

 

(b) Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 0, the Series C Preferred Stock shall not pay a fixed or other dividend. The Holders shall, however, be entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by the Board, in an amount which shall be paid pro rata on the Common Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by the stockholders, where each Holder is to be treated for this purpose as holding (in lieu of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock) the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion in full of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock. The right to such dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to Holders by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest.

 

ARTICLE II LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE . In the event of a merger, sale (of substantially all assets or stock), any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, either (i) simultaneous with any distribution or payment on Pari Passu Securities, and (ii) before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Securities, each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount (the “ Liquidation Preference ”) equal to (i) the product of (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, (B) the Stated Value Per Share and (C) a multiple of 3.71 plus (ii) any accrued but unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay in full the Liquidation Preference, then the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably (together with holders of any Pari Passu Securities) in any distribution of cash generated by such assets in accordance with the respective amounts that would have been payable in such distribution as if the amounts to which the Holders of outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock are entitled were paid in full.

 

ARTICLE III VOTING RIGHTS . Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have a number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of each share of Series C Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Holders shall have no right to vote as a separate class on any matter submitted to vote by the stockholders of the Corporation, excluding, however, any proposed amendment that would alter any right given to the Series C Preferred Stock; in which event the Series C Preferred Stock may vote as a separate class with respect to such amendment. Holders shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock upon the election of directors and upon any other matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Fractional votes by the Holders shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by each Holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE IV CONVERSION .

 

4.1 Conversion Ratio . Each full share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Company Class A Common Stock of the Corporation, at any time, into that number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock at a conversion ratio per share of Series C Preferred Stock as shall be determined by dividing (A) the number of Authorized Shares, by (B) that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Automatic Conversion Shares (the “Series C Conversion Ratio”). Accordingly the initial conversion ratio (the “Conversion Ratio”), shall be determined by dividing one share of the Series C Preferred Stock by the Series C Conversion Ratio; provided, that, depending upon the final percentage of the “Existing Everest Shares” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement) that is acquired by the Corporation the number of Conversion Shares (defined below) and the Series C Conversion Ratio shall result in all of the Conversion Shares having a Market Value of not less than Sixteen Million Four Hundred and Sixty Thousand ($16,460,000 Dollars, and shall result in all of the Conversion Shares representing not less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock and not more than 25.0% of the Fully-Diluted Company Common Stock.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event and to the extent that the Automatic Conversion Shares shall represent less than 20.575% of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock (subject to increase, as provided above, if the Corporation acquires in excess of 82.3% of the Existing Everest Shares under the Share Purchase Agreement), upon the optional or automatic conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, in addition to such Automatic Conversion Shares, the “ Adjustment Shares ” as defined in the Everest Option Agreement. In addition, if the product of multiplying the Per Share Price by the number of Automatic Conversion Shares shall result in a Market Value of less than $16,460,000 (subject to increase as provided above), the number of Automatic Conversion Shares shall similarly be subject to increase by the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock.

 

4.2 Optional Conversion . The Holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock may, at their option and at any time or from time to time, convert all or any portion of their shares of Series C Preferred Stock into Common Stock of the Corporation at any time or from time to time (an “ Optional Conversion ”). In order to effect an Optional Conversion, a Holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall: (i) fax (or otherwise deliver) a copy of the fully executed Notice of Conversion to the Corporation (Attention: Secretary) and (ii) surrender or cause to be surrendered the original certificates representing the Series C Preferred Stock being converted (the “ Series C Preferred Stock Certificates ”), duly endorsed, along with a copy of the Notice of Conversion as soon as practicable thereafter to the Corporation. Upon receipt by the Corporation of a facsimile copy of a Notice of Conversion from a Holder, the Corporation shall promptly send, via facsimile, a confirmation to such Holder stating that the Notice of Conversion has been received, the date upon which the Corporation expects to deliver the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion and the name and telephone number of a contact person at the Corporation regarding the conversion. The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue shares of Common Stock upon a conversion unless either the Series C Preferred Stock Certificates are delivered to the Corporation as provided above, or the Holder notifies the Corporation that such Series C Preferred Stock Certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and delivers the documentation to the Corporation.

 

4.3 Automatic Conversion . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, express or implied, but subject at all times to the adjustment provisions of Section 6.4 below, immediately following the occurrence of (i) a Liquidity Event and (ii) the exercise of the Option (as defined in the Option Agreement), all, and not less than all, of the then issued and outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of the Corporation or the Holder, be converted (an “Automatic Conversion”) into that number of Automatic Conversion Shares having an aggregate Market Value of not less than $16,640,000, less the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock previously issued in connection with any one or more Optional Conversions contemplated by Section 4.2 above. Each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive his, her or its pro-rata portion of the Automatic Conversion Shares determined by the amount by which the number of shares of Common Stock into which all of such Holder’s shares of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted pursuant to the Conversion Ratio, bears to the total number of Automatic Conversion Shares.

 

 
 

 

Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time after the date upon which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued by the Corporation (the “ Original Issue Date ”), the shares of Company Class A Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, then, in any such event, Holders shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change by a holder of the number of shares of Company Class A Common Stock into which such shares of Series C Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, reorganization, merger, exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or other change, or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

 

4.5 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . In the event that a Common Stock Event occurs at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series C Preferred Stock may be converted (the “ Conversion Shares ”) in effect immediately prior to such event shall, simultaneously with the occurrence of such Common Stock Event, shall be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate. The Conversion Shares shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term “ Common Stock Event ” shall mean: (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, without consideration, payable to one or more stockholders in additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock; (b) a subdivision (by stock split, reclassification or otherwise) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock; or (c) a combination or consolidation (by reverse stock split) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares of Common Stock.

 

4.6 Adjustment of Series C Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall, at any time after the Original Issue Date and prior to a Liquidity Event, issue additional shares of Company Class A Common Stock or Preferred Stock that is convertible into shares of Common Stock, then the Series C Conversion Price and the Conversion Ratio shall be adjusted concurrently with such issue, so that the Series C Preferred Stock shall continue to represent not less than twenty percent (20%) of the Fully-Diluted Common Stock of Company.

 

4.8 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock such number of its shares of Company Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Company Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation.

 

 
 

 

4.9 Fractional Shares . No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series C Preferred Stock by a Holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.

 

ARTICLE V NO REISSUANCE OF SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK . No share or shares of Series C Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be canceled, retired and eliminated from the shares which the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

 

ARTICLE VI REDEMPTION . The Series C Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

 

ARTICLE VII NOTICE . Except as may otherwise be provided for herein, all notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt of such notice or four business days after the mailing of such notice, if sent by registered mail, with postage pre-paid, addressed: (1) if to the Corporation, to the attention of its corporate secretary or to an agent of the Corporation designated as permitted by the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended; (2) if to any Holder, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the stock record books of the Corporation (which may include the records of the Corporation’s transfer agent); or (3) to such other address as the Corporation or Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

 

ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENT . This Certificate of Designation or any provision hereof may be amended by obtaining the affirmative vote at a meeting duly called for such purpose, or written consent without a meeting in accordance with the Nevada Revised Statutes, of (i) a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, voting separate as a single class, and (ii) with such other stockholder approval, if any, as may then be required pursuant to the Nevada Revised Statutes and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE IX LIMITATION ON TRANSFER .

 

9.1 The, sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, “Transfer”), directly or indirect, by any Holder or holder of the Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock, including (i) the use of the any shares of Series C Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares (collectively, “Capital Stock”) as collateral for any borrowing, or (ii) the granting of purchase options to any other person or entity, shall be prohibited until 180 days from the date of this Certificate of Designation; provided, however , that a Transfer by a holder of Capital Stock (a “Capital Stock Holder”), (certified by such Capital Stock Holder to the Corporation that such Transfer is for estate planning purposes), to (A) an immediate family member (child, sibling, spouse or Company); (B) a trust, corporation, partnership, limited partnership or limited liability Corporation that is an “affiliate” (at that term is defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of such Capital Stock Holder; or (C) in the case of a Capital Stock Holder that is an entity, stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders of such Capital Stock Holder shall be permitted. To the extent of any permitted Transfer, the transferee of such transferred Capital Stock shall acquire the same subject to the provisions set forth herein.

 

9.2 In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, or other change affecting the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration, then any new, substituted, or additional securities distributed to a Holder with respect to Capital Stock shall be immediately subject to the provisions of this Section Article IX, to the same extent the Capital Stock is at such time covered by such provisions.

 

 
 

 

9.3 In addition to any restrictive legend required under Rule 144, the certificate for each share of Series C Preferred Stock and Conversion Shares shall contain the following legend:

 

“Except in limited circumstances, the sale, offer to sell, contract to sell, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer (collectively, “ Transfer ”) of the shares represented by this certificate are restricted in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Designations of the Series C Preferred Stock, dated January __, 2015, a copy of which is available at the offices of the Corporation.”

 

9.4 Any purported Transfer of any of the Capital Stock that is not in accordance with this Section Article IX shall be null and void, and shall not operate to transfer any right, title or interest in such Capital Stock to the purported transferee. Each Holder of Capital Stock agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to prohibit the Transfer of any Capital Stock to be made on its books unless the Transfer is permitted hereunder and has been made in accordance herewith.

 

ARTICLE X PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS .

 

So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, nor shall it permit any of its subsidiaries to, take or agree to take any of the following corporate actions (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent) of the Holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Majority Holders ”):

 

10.1 alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock in excess of 270,000 Shares; or

 

10.2 issue any shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Persons, other than to Option Holders pursuant to the Option Agreement; or create or authorize the creation of or issue any shares of Preferred Stock or any other security convertible or exercisable for any equity security having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

ARTICLE XI CO-SALE RIGHTS .

 

11.1 If a Holder proposes to sell any shares of its Series C Preferred Stock (the “Selling Holder”) then the Selling Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “Notice”) to each of the other Holders at least 30 days prior to the closing of such sale. The Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed sale including, without limitation, the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be transferred, the nature of such sale, the consideration to be paid, and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee.

 

 
 

 

11.2 Each other Holder (the “Participating Holder”) shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to such Selling Holder within 15 days of the Notice, to participate in such sale of Series C Preferred Stock on the same terms and conditions. Such notice shall indicate the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock such Participating Holder wishes to sell.

 

(a) Each Participating Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to such Selling Holder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock which such Participating Holder elects to sell.

 

(b) The stock certificate or certificates that the Participating Holder delivers to such Selling Holder shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Notice, and the Selling Holder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Participating Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Participating Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Participating Holder exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, such Selling Holder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Series C Preferred Stock held by Selling Holder unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Selling Holder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Participating Holder on the same terms and conditions specified in the Notice.

 

(c) To the extent that the Participating Holders do not elect to participate in the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock held by such Selling Holder subject to the Notice, such Selling Holder may enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the sale of such Series C Preferred Stock within thirty (30) days of such agreement on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the transferor than those described in the Notice. Any proposed sale on terms and conditions materially more favorable than those described in the Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed sale of any of the Series C Preferred Stock by a Selling Holder, shall again be subject to the co-sale rights of the Participating Holders and shall require compliance by a Selling Holder with the procedures described in this Section 13.

 

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS .

 

12.1 Cancellation of Series C Preferred Stock . If any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to this Certificate of Designations, the shares so converted or redeemed shall be canceled, shall return to the status of authorized, but unissued Series C Preferred Stock of no designated series, and shall not be issuable by the Corporation as Series C Preferred Stock.

 

12.2 Lost or Stolen Certificates . Upon receipt by the Corporation of (i) evidence of the lost, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) and (ii) (y) in the case of loss, theft or destruction, indemnity (without any bond or other security) reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, or (z) in the case of mutilation, the Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) (surrendered for cancellation), the Corporation shall execute and deliver new Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) of like tenor and date. However, the Corporation shall not be obligated to reissue such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Series C Preferred Stock Certificate(s) if the Holder contemporaneously requests the Corporation to convert such Series C Preferred Stock.

 

 
 

 

12.3 Waiver . Notwithstanding any provision in these Certificate of Designations to the contrary, any provision contained herein and any right of the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock granted hereunder may be waived as to all shares of Series C Preferred Stock (and the Holders thereof) upon the written consent of the Series C Majority Holders, unless a higher percentage is required by applicable law, in which case the written consent of the Holders of not less than such higher percentage of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be required.

 

12.4 Information Rights . So long as shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation will deliver to each Holder of Series C Preferred Stock (i) unaudited annual financial statements to the Holders of Series C Preferred Stock within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; (ii) and unaudited quarterly financial statements within 45 days of the end of each fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event and to the extent that such information is electronically available on the web site of the Securities and Exchange Commission ( www.sec.gov ), the Corporation need not separately furnish such documents to Holders of the Series C Preferred Stock.

 

Balance of this page intentionally left blank – signature page follows

 

 
 

 

The undersigned declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Nevada that the matters set forth in this certificate are true and correct of his own knowledge.

 

The undersigned has executed this certificate on [  ], 2015.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

   

 
 

 

Exhibit C

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Of

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

The Articles of Incorporation of LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION (the “Corporation”) was filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, 202 North Carson Street, Carson City, Nevada 89701, on September 18, 2014, as document no. 20140673158-67 and entity no. E0482222014-8, and was amended and restated on September 24, 2014 as Document Number 20140682180-22.

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation on January 19, 2015, have unanimously adopted a resolution proposing and declaring advisable that the Articles of Incorporation be amended and restated in its entirety pursuant to Section 78.403 of the Nevada Revised Statutes of the State of Nevada (the “ NRS ”) and have duly adopted this Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.

 

In lieu of a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, Vert Capital Corp., the majority stockholder of the Corporation, provided its written consent in favor of this Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the provisions of NRS Sections 78.310 and 78.390.

 

The text of the Articles of Incorporation, as amended and restated herein, shall read as follows:

 

First : The name of the Corporation is “ Boxlight Corporation .”

 

Second : The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Nevada is 311 South Division Street, in the city of Carson City, Nevada 89703. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company of Nevada.

 

Third : The nature or purpose of the business to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the NRS.

 

Fourth : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Two Hundred Fifty Million (250,000,000) shares, each having a par value of $0.0001 per share, consisting of:

 

(i) One Hundred and Fifty Hundred Million (150,000,000) shares of Class A voting Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”);

 

(ii) Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Class B non-voting common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”) and

 

(iii) Fifty Million (50,000,000) shares of Serial Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), to be designated at a future date.

 

 
 

 

The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Common Stock”).

 

A statement of the powers, designations, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock is as follows:

 

1. Common Stock .

 

(a) Dividends . Subject to the express terms of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, dividends may be paid in cash or otherwise with respect to the Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, upon the terms, and subject to the limitations, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may determine. Except for the voting rights referred to below, all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be of equal rank and shall be identical in all respects.

 

(b) Liquidation Rights . Subject to the express terms of any outstanding Preferred Stock, in the event of a Liquidation of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to share in the distribution of any remaining assets available for distribution to the holders of Common Stock ratably in proportion to the total number of shares of Common Stock then issued and outstanding.

 

(c) Voting Rights . The holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote per share in voting or consenting to the election of directors and for all other corporate purposes to the extent authorized by this Articles of Incorporation or the NRS. The Class B Common Stock shall have no voting rights and holders of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote or consent to the election of directors or with respect to any other matter submitted to the vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2. Serial Preferred Stock . Subject to approval by holders of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock to the extent such approval is required by its terms, the Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, by resolution or resolutions and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Nevada, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

 

The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a) The number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

(b) The rate of dividend, and whether (and if so, on what terms and conditions) dividends shall be cumulative (and if so, whether unpaid dividends shall compound or accrue) or shall be payable in preference or in any other relation to the dividends payable on any other class or classes of stock or any other series of the Preferred Stock;

 

2
 

 

(c) Whether that series shall have voting rights in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms and extent of such voting rights;

 

(d) Whether the shares must or may be redeemed and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption (including, without limitation, the dates upon or after which they must or may be redeemed and the price or prices at which they must or may be redeemed, which price or prices may be different in different circumstances or at different redemption dates);

 

(e) Whether the shares shall be issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange (including without limitation the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange or any terms for adjustment thereof);

 

(f) The amounts, if any, payable under the shares thereof in the event of the Liquidation of the Corporation in preference of shares of any other class or series and whether the shares shall be entitled to participate generally in distributions in the Common Stock under such circumstances;

 

(g) Sinking fund provisions, if any, for the redemption or purchase of the shares (the term “sinking fund” being understood to include any similar fund, however designated); and

 

(h) Any other relative rights, preferences, limitations and powers of that series.

 

FIFTH : At all meetings of stockholders, each stockholder shall be entitled to vote, in person or by proxy, the shares of voting stock of the Corporation owned by such stockholders of record on the record date for the meeting. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person or by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote thereon shall decide any question, matter or proposal brought before such meeting unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, this Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

SIXTH :

 

1. Number of Directors . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, but such number shall in no case be less than one (1). Any such determination made by the Board of Directors shall continue in effect unless and until changed by the Board of Directors, but no such changes shall affect the term of any directors then in office.

 

2. Term of Office; Quorum; Vacancies . A director shall hold office until the annual meeting for the year in which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Subject to the By-laws, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Any vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by a majority of the Board of Directors then in office even though less than a quorum and shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

 

3
 

 

3. Removal . Subject to the By-laws, any director may be removed upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors, voting together as a class, given at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders.

 

SEVENTH : For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided:

 

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

(2) The directors shall have the power, subject to the terms and conditions of the By-laws, to make, adopt, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-laws.

 

(3) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the NRS, this Articles of Incorporation, and any By-laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-laws had not been adopted.

 

EIGHTH :

 

1. Stockholder Meetings; Keeping of Books and Records . Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Nevada as the By-laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the NRS) outside the State of Nevada at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

2. Special Stockholders Meetings . Special meetings of the Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, may be called by the President or the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, and shall be called by the Secretary at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of Stockholders owning a majority in amount of the Common Stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

3. No Written Ballot . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-laws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

4
 

 

NINTH :

 

1. Limits on Director Liability . Directors of the Corporation shall have no personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a fiduciary duty as a director; provided that nothing contained in this Article NINTH shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law, or as otherwise expressly provided in the NRS, or (iii) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. If the NRS is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then by virtue of this Article NINTH the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS, as so amended.

 

2. Indemnification .

 

(1) The Corporation shall indemnify, in accordance with the By-laws of the Corporation and to the fullest extent permitted from time to time by the NRS or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the Corporation, by reason of his acting as a director or officer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (and the Corporation, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, may so indemnify a person by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation in any other capacity for or on behalf of the Corporation) against any liability or expense actually and reasonably incurred by such person in respect thereof; provided , however , the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an officer or director in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (i) such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors and (ii) the indemnification does not relate to any liability arising under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended, or any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder. Such indemnification is not exclusive of any other right to indemnification provided by law or otherwise. The right to indemnification conferred by this paragraph 2 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each person referred to herein.

 

(2) If a claim under paragraph 2(1) is not paid in full by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where any undertaking required by the By-laws of the Corporation has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the NRS and paragraph 2(1) for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the NRS, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

5
 

 

(3) Indemnification shall include payment by the Corporation of expenses in defending an action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification under this Article NINTH, which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make such repayment.

 

(4) With respect to any derivative action or other action against the Corporation or any of its directors, officers, underwriters, accountants, financial advisors, or attorneys, in which wrongdoing is alleged for which the Corporation could be liable or with respect to which the Corporation might have an indemnification obligation, no stockholder or former stockholder shall agree to pay, the Corporation shall have no authority to pay to any plaintiff’s counsel, and no plaintiff’s counsel shall seek any legal fee, except a fee determined for actual time expended, charged at reasonable rates not exceeding those prevailing for ordinary commercial litigation, as agreed between the Corporation and plaintiff’s counsel before commencement of the action, subject to customary periodic rate increases, of which plaintiff’s counsel shall advise the Corporation in advance of any such increase. Plaintiff’s counsel shall provide the Corporation, at least monthly, a report of the time expended each day by each of its professionals in connection with the action during the period reported upon, describing the activities in reasonable detail and the dollar amount chargeable in connection therewith, summaries of time and charges with respect to each professional for such period and since inception, and of out-of-pocket expenses incurred during such period and since inception. This provision cannot be amended except by affirmative vote of holders of more than 80% of the Corporation’s outstanding shares.

 

3. Insurance . The Corporation shall have the power (but not the obligation) to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under this ARTICLE NINTH or the NRS.

 

4. Other Rights . The rights and authority conferred in this ARTICLE NINTH shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Articles of Incorporation, By-laws, agreement, contract, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

6
 

 

5. Additional Indemnification . The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by the NRS.

 

6. Effect of Amendments . Neither the amendment, change, alteration nor repeal of this ARTICLE NINTH, nor the adoption of any provision of this Articles of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by NRS, any modification of law, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE NINTH or the rights or any protection afforded under this ARTICLE NINTH in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

 

TENTH :

 

1. Corporate Opportunity . In recognition of the fact that the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders, acting in their capacities as such, currently engage in, and may in the future engage in, the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas and types of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Corporation through its continued contractual, corporate and business relations with such persons, the provisions of this ARTICLE TENTH are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve such directors, officers and employees, acting in their capacities as such. Accordingly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation, in such capacity, shall have any obligation to the Corporation to refrain from competing with the Corporation, making investments in competing businesses or otherwise engaging in any commercial activity that competes with the Corporation. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation shall not have any right, interest or expectancy with respect to any such particular investments or activities undertaken by any of its directors, officers or stockholders, such investments or activities shall not be deemed wrongful or improper, and no such director, officer or stockholder shall be obligated to communicate, offer or present any potential transaction, matter or opportunity to the Corporation even if such potential transaction, matter or opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Corporation, could be taken by the Corporation, so long as such transaction, matter or opportunity did not arise solely and expressly by virtue of the director being a member of the Board of Directors or an officer or an employee of the Corporation (a “Restricted Opportunity”). In the event that any director, officer or stockholder, acting in his capacity as such, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, matter or opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for the Corporation, but is not a Restricted Opportunity, such director, officer or stockholders, acting in their capacities as such, shall have no duty to communicate or offer such corporate opportunity to the Corporation and shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that such director, officer or stockholder, acting in his capacity as such, pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Corporation, and the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in such corporate opportunity. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered the opportunity to participate in, any corporate opportunity covered by, but not allocated to it pursuant to, this ARTICLE TENTH to the fullest extent permitted by the NRS.

 

7
 

 

2. Confidential Information . The provisions of this ARTICLE TENTH shall in no way limit or eliminate a director’s, officer’s or stockholder’s duties, responsibilities and obligations with respect to any proprietary information of the Corporation, including the duty to not disclose or use such proprietary information improperly or to obtain therefrom an improper personal benefit. Except as otherwise set forth in this ARTICLE TENTH, this ARTICLE TENTH shall not limit or eliminate the fiduciary duties of any director or officer or otherwise be deemed to exculpate any director or officer from any breach of his fiduciary duties to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Article TENTH amends or modifies, or will amend or modify, in any respect any written contractual arrangement between any stockholders of the Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Corporation and any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, or any applicable employment or non-competition agreement.

 

3. Amendment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Articles of Incorporation, this ARTICLE TENTH may only be amended (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the Voting Stock. Neither the termination, alteration, amendment or repeal (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) of this ARTICLE TENTH nor the adoption of any provision of this Articles of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE TENTH shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE TENTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this ARTICLE TENTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such termination, alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ELEVENTH : Subject to applicable law and the terms herein, the Corporation reserves the right to repeal, alter, change or amend any provision contained in this Articles of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. No repeal, alteration or amendment of this Articles of Incorporation shall be made unless the same is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a resolution adopted by the directors then in office in accordance with the By-laws and applicable law and thereafter approved by the stockholders as provided in the NRS.

 

TWELFTH : The name and mailing address of the Corporation is as follows:

 

Logical Choice Corporation

c/o Vert Capital Corp.

10951 W. Pico Blvd. #204

Los Angeles, California 90064

 

Balance of this page intentionally left blank

 

8
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed and this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and as approved by the Board of Directors and sole stockholder of the Corporation on January 19, 2015.

 

  Logical Choice Corporation
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit D

 

CAPITALIZATION OF

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

(A Nevada Corporation)

 

Name of Owners of Company Class A Common Stock   Share No.  
VERT CAPITAL CORPORATION     16,000,000  
The Following Persons and Entities Designated by Vert Capital Corporation:        
Lackamoola, LLC     320,000  
Elliot Weiss     30,000  
Herbert Myers (in exchange for relinquishing Boxlight Trademark     250,000  
Westbourne Holdings Ltd.     2,250,000  
Gross Children Family Trust II     2,000,000  
CAELLM Ventures LLC     1,500,000  
Huston Barnet, Inc.     1,250,000  
Roma Ventures, LLC     1,000,000  
Forbes Henry, LLC     1,000,000  
Name of Owners of Company Class B Common Stock     0  
         
Total     25,600,000  
         
Name of Owners of Series A Preferred Stock   Share No.  
Logical Choice Corporation (Delaware)     1,588,464  
Approximately 50 former minority stockholders of Logical Choice Technologies, Inc., a Georgia corporation, now inactive (shares to be issued post-IPO)     911,536  
Total     2,500,000  
         
Name of Owners of Series B Preferred Stock   Share No.  
The four former members of Genesis Collaboration LLC:        
Mark Elliot     401,550  
John Cox     401,550  
OSS     401,550  
Renova     401,550  
Total     1,606,200  

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE 1.2(c)

 

Allocation of the Option Shares and Conversion Shares

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

Execution Copy

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

GLOBISENS SHAREHOLDERS

GLOBISENS LTD.,

 

and

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

As of October 21, 2014

 

 
 

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of October 21, 2014, by and among (i) DOVI BRUKER, an individual (“ Bruker ” or the “ Majority Globisens Shareholder ”) and the other individuals who have executed this Agreement on the signature page hereof (each a “ Minority Globisens Shareholder ” and collectively, the “ Minority Globisens Shareholders ”); (ii) GLOBISENS LTD., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Israel (“ Globisens ” or the “ Company ”); and (iii) LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (“ LCC ” or the “ Buyer ”).

 

The Majority Globisens Shareholder and the Minority Globisens Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred as the Globisens Shareholders ” or “ Sellers . ” The Globisens Shareholders are hereinafter sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Selling Parties ” and the Globisens Shareholders, the Company and the Buyer are sometimes individually referred to as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them as set forth on Annex I , annexed hereto. It is agreed and acknowledged that each of the Globisens Shareholders is entering into this Agreement severally and not jointly with the other Globisens Shareholders.

 

WHEREAS , the Company is engaged in, among other things, the business of designing, developing and selling education technology products and services (the “ Business );

 

WHEREAS , upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Globisens Shareholders and the board of directors of the Company desire to cause to consummate a transaction with the Buyer, pursuant to which the Globisens Shareholders, as collective owners of 100% of the Company’s outstanding capital stock, will sell all their shareholdings of the Company at the Closing (as defined below) in consideration for Five Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($5,250,000), payable in the manner hereinafter described (the “ Transaction ”); and

 

WHEREAS , upon the terms, in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Buyer is willing to acquire all Shares in the Company.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.

THE TRANSACTION

 

1.1 Globisens Capitalization.

 

(a) As of the date of this Agreement, the Globisens Shareholders own 13,901 Ordinary Shares 0.01(NIS) par value per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) which represent of record and beneficially One Hundred Percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company, as described in the capitalization table attached hereto as Annex A and made a part hereof (the “ Capitalization Table ”). As used in this Agreement, the term “ Fully-Diluted Company Shares ” shall mean the collective reference to (i) all issued and outstanding Company Ordinary Shares, (ii) all issued and outstanding Company preferred or preference shares (if any), (iii) all Ordinary Shares as may be issuable upon the exercise of all warrants, stock options or other rights granted to any Person to purchase such Company Ordinary Shares, and (iv) all Company Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon conversion into Company Ordinary Shares of notes, debentures, preferred stock or other securities convertible into such Company Ordinary Shares.

 

 
 

 

1.2 Acquisition of Subject Globisens Shares.

 

(a) On the “ Closing Date ” (herein defined), the Buyer shall acquire from the Globisens Shareholders, in consideration for the payment of aggregate amount of USD Five Million ($5,250,000) Dollars (the “ Purchase Price ”), an aggregate of Thirteen Thousand Nine Hundred and One (13,901) Company Ordinary Shares representing One Hundred One Percent (100%) of the Fully-Diluted Company Shares (the “ Subject Globisens Shares ”). At the Closing (as defined hereinafter) Buyer shall purchase (i) from Bruker a total of 8,693 Ordinary Shares, representing 62.54% of the Subject Shares, and (ii) from the Minority Globisens Shareholders, as follows: (A) from Benjamin Kaufman (“ Kaufman ”) a total of 2,780 Ordinary Shares, representing 20.00% of the Subject Shares, (B) from Alejandro Jose Merikanskas Halpern (“ AJ Halpern ”) a total of 1,005 Ordinary Shares, representing 7.23% of the Subject Shares, (C) from Arturo Leon Merikanskanskas Halpern (“ AL Halpern ”) a total of 1,005 Ordinary Shares, representing 7.23% of the Subject Shares, and (D) from Judith Anat Herzog (“ Herzog ”) a total of 417 Ordinary Shares, representing 3.00% of the Subject Shares. Accordingly, Bruker shall be entitled to 62.54% of the Purchase Price, Kaufman shall be entitled to 20.00% of the Purchase Price, AJ Halpern shall be entitled to 7.23% of the Purchase Price, AL Halpern shall be entitled to 7.23% of the Purchase Price and Herzog shall be entitled to 3.00% of the Purchase Price (for each such Globisens Shareholders, the “ Pro Rata Entitlement ”).

 

(b) At the closing of the Buyer’s purchase of the Subject Globisens Shares on the Closing Date (the “ Closing ”) and against payment of the Purchase Price, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer share certificates evidencing all of the Subject Globisens Shares, and upon the due transfer of the Subject Globisens Shares, Buyer shall be registered at the Company’s Registrar of Shareholders as the legal owner of the Subject Globisens Shares having good and marketable title to the Subject Globisens Shares, free and clear of all Encumbrances, other than as set forth in Section 1.4 below and the Pledge granted hereunder.

 

 
 

 

1.3 Purchase Price and Payment . The Purchase Price shall be payable to the Globisens Shareholders in full on the Closing Date as follows:

 

(a) The sum of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand ($2,500,000) Dollars (“ Closing Cash Consideration ”) shall be paid at Closing in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts designated by each Globisens Shareholder (which shall be distributed among such shareholders according to Annex A hereto) according to their Pro Rata Entitlement ; it being understood by the Parties that (i) the Closing Cash Consideration shall be paid out of the net proceeds of the “ Buyer IPO ” described below and (ii) Buyer shall at all times, ensure sufficient funds to be paid upon exercise of the Put Option (described below); and

 

 (b) The sum of Two Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand ($2,750,000) Dollars shall be paid at Closing by delivery and transfer of an aggregate of Two Million Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($2,750,000) Dollars of common stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Buyer Common Stock ”). On the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver and transfer for the benefit of each of the Globisens Shareholders its applicable “Pro Rata Entitlement” of Buyer Common Stock as detailed in Annex A attached hereto. Such applicable Buyer Common Stock shall be delivered to a trustee designated according to the ITA (as defined below) (the “ Common Stock Trustee) , that number of shares of the Buyer Common Stock as shall be determined by dividing (i) (USD) $2,750,000, by (ii) the per share price at which shares of Buyer Common Stock is initially offered to the public in the Buyer IPO (the “ Buyer Shares ”); provided, however , that in no event shall the Buyer Shares represent less than 3.437% of the issued and outstanding “ Buyer Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” (herein defined) immediately prior to the Buyer IPO, based on a (USD) Eighty Million Dollar ($80,000,000) valuation of all Buyer Fully-Diluted Common Stock immediately prior to the Buyer IPO (the “ Market Valuation ”). In the event that for any reason, the Market Valuation in the Buyer IPO shall be less than (USD) $80,000,000, the percentage of the Buyer Fully-Diluted Common Stock represented by the Buyer Shares shall be proportionately increased. The term “ Buyer Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” shall mean the collective reference to (i) all issued and outstanding Buyer Common Stock, (ii) all issued and outstanding Buyer preferred or preference shares (if any), (iii) all Common Stock as may be issuable upon the exercise of all warrants, stock options or other rights granted to any Person to purchase such Buyer Common Stock, and (iv) all Buyer Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion into Buyer Common Stock of notes, debentures, preferred stock or other securities convertible into such Buyer Common Stock.

 

(c) Upon execution of this Agreement Buyer shall wire transfer to Company’s bank account an amount of $44,000 (the Primary Company’s Expenses ) in order to pay for the Company’s expenses incurred for the preparation of the “Required Financial Statements” (defined below) through June 30, 2014 and the Pre-Ruling ( as defined below). In the event that the Buyer shall require a review of the September 30, 2014 quarterly financial statements of the Company or an audit of the Company’s fiscal year 2014 financial statements for the Buyer IPO as part of the “Required Financial Statements” (defined herein), the costs of the review or audit of such Required Financial Statements shall be borne by the Buyer.

 

 
 

 

1.4 Put Option; Lock Up Agreement and Trustee Instructions Agreement.

 

(a) In order to secure the value of the Buyer Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.4 , on the Closing Date the Buyer shall grant to the Globisens Shareholders an option (the “ Put Option ”), exercisable at any time during the two (2) year period, commencing after two (2) years following the Closing Date and ending four (4) years following the Closing Date (the “ Put Option Period ”), to cause the Buyer to redeem and repurchase all or a portion of the Buyer Shares from each of Globisens Shareholders according to their Pro Rata Entitlement, at a price for each Buyer Share made subject to such Put Option based on a (USD) Two Million Seven Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($2,750,000) Dollars value for all of such Buyer Shares (the “ Put Option Price ”). The Put Option may be exercised at any time or from time to time, during the Put Option Period, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Buyer given by Bruker as a representative of the Globisens Shareholders (the “ Representative” ) on behalf of the Globisens Shareholders.

 

(b) From the Closing Date to and for two (2) years thereafter and until the commencement of the Put Option Period (the “ Lock Up Period ”), unless otherwise approved by the Buyer and the managing underwriter of the Buyer Common Stock in connection with the Buyer IPO (the “ Underwriter ”), the Globisens Shareholders shall not sell, transfer, hypothecate or assign (collectively, “ Transfer ”) any of their Buyer Shares. Upon the commencement of the Put Option Period, there shall be no restrictions on Transfer of the Buyer Shares.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Agreement, in the event that at any time during the Put Option Period all of the Buyer Shares (i) shall have been registered for resale under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or may immediately be resold to the public without restriction pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (either, the “ Salable Shares ”), and (ii) any or all of such Salable Shares have been sold by the Globisens Shareholders at a price per Buyer Share that equals or exceeds the initial per share offering price in which shares of Buyer Common Stock were sold to the public in the Buyer IPO (the “ IPO Offering Price ”), the dollar amount and number of Buyer Shares that Buyer is obligated to purchase upon exercise of the Put Option shall be reduced by the dollar value of the number of Salable Shares that were sold by the Globisens Shareholders. For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) the initial per share offering price in which shares of Buyer Common Stock were sold to the public in the Buyer IPO is $5.00 and the number of Buyer Shares is 550,000 Buyer Shares (valued at $2,750,000) and (y) the number of Salable Shares sold by Globisens Shareholders is 300,000 Buyer Shares sold at a price of $7.50 per share (valued at $2,250,000), then the Put Option may only be exercised for 100,000 additional Buyer Shares for $5.00 per share, or $500,000. The remaining 150,000 Buyer Shares would be retained by the Globisens Shareholders.

 

Nothing contained in this Section 1.4(c) shall require Globisens Shareholders to sell Salable Shares at or above the IPO Offering Price during the Put Option Period; provided, however, that, if any of the Globisens Shareholders elects, either at the commencement of or during the Put Option Period, not to sell otherwise Salable Shares at or above the IPO Offering Price, in lieu of the Buyer being required to repurchase the Buyer Shares upon exercise of the Put Option, the Buyer or its Affiliates may at any time during the Put Option Period, either prior to or following exercise of such Put Option, shall have the right to arrange for a third party to purchase in a brokers transaction or otherwise such Salable Shares at a price equal, to or higher than the IPO Offering Price; in which event, if the Globisens Shareholder(s) shall not sell their Salable Shares to such third party for cash at the IPO Offering Price, or at a higher price as shall be offered, the Put Option shall expire.

 

 
 

 

(d) In order to secure the exercise of the Put Option and the payment thereunder, on the Closing Date, (i) the Buyer shall deliver to Arad & Co. Trust Ltd. attn: Lior Kwintner, Esq. 1 Kermenitzki St., Tel-Aviv 6789901, Israel (the “ Trustee ”) the applicable share certificates and executed Transfer Deeds evidencing 100% of the Subject Globisens Shares purchased by the Buyer at the Closing and (ii) execute a deed of first priority pledge in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(ii) (the “Deed of Pledge” or the Pledge” ). The Trustee shall hold the Transfer Deeds and Subject Globisens Shares certificates under a Trustee Instructions Agreement among the Globisens Shareholders, the Company, the Buyer and the Trustee, in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit 1.4(b) and made a part hereof (the “ Trustee Instructions Agreement ”). Such Trustee Instructions Agreement shall provide, inter alia, that in the event that the Put Option shall be exercised and the Buyer shall, within thirty (30) days from the exercise of the Put Option, fail to redeem and repurchase the Buyer Shares for the full Put Option Price (“ Buyer Repurchase Failure ”) then and in such event all Subject Globisens Shares shall be returned and transferred by the Trustee to the Globisens Shareholders free and clear of all Encumbrances according to their Pro Rata Entitlement.

 

(e) It is clarified agreed and understood that in any event, including upon the return and transfer of the Subject Globisens Shares according to the immediate preceding Section 1.4(d), the Globisens Shareholders shall always retain the full cash portion of the Purchase Price paid at the Closing. In no event shall the number of Subject Globisens Shares that are subject to the Put Option be reduced if there shall be a Buyer Repurchase Failure. Additionally, the Trustee Instructions Agreement shall provide that upon timely payment of the Put Option Price or upon the expiration of the Put Option, all of the certificates evidencing the Subject Globisens Shares and related Transfer Deeds shall be promptly returned by the Trustee to the Buyer.

 

(c) Subject to the requirements of the tax laws of the State of Israel, if the Put Option is exercisable, but not exercised during the Put Option Period, the Buyer Shares shall continue to be held by the Common Stock Trustee until the expiration of four (4) years from the Closing Date.

 

1.5 Closing .

 

(a) Time and Place of the Closing; Buyer IPO . The closing of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on a date (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be immediately following the Buyer’s consummation of its initial public offering on The NASDAQ Stock Market or the NYSE:American Stock Exchange of Buyer Common Stock (the “ Buyer IPO ”) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) that is declared effective by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”). The Closing shall take place at the offices of the counsel to the Buyer or remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures as the Buyer and the Globisens Shareholders mutually agreed upon, in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing Date shall occur on or before March 31, 2015 (the “ Outside Closing Date ”), unless such Outside Closing Date shall be extended by mutual written agreement of Representative and the Buyer.

 

 
 

 

(b) Required Financial Statements . In connection with the Buyer IPO, the Sellers shall cause the Company to deliver to the Buyer:

 

(i) by a date which shall be not later than September 30, 2014, the audited balance sheet, statement of operations, statement of cash flows and statement of stockholders equity of the Company as at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and for the two fiscal years the ended (the “ 2012 and 2013 Financial Statements ”);

 

(ii) if required under Regulation D and Regulation S-X, as promulgated under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, following the date of this Agreement, the audited balance sheet, statement of operations, statement of cash flows and statement of stockholders equity of the Company as at December 31, 2014 and for the fiscal year the ended (the “ 2014 Financial Statement ” and together with the 2012 and 2013 Financial Statements, the “ Audited Financial Statements ”); and

 

(iii) the comparative unaudited financial statements of the Company for the comparative nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (the “ Unaudited Financial Statements ”), which Unaudited Financial Statements shall be updated by the Company to a date which shall be 45 days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement

 

The Audited Financial Statements and the Unaudited Financial Statements are collectively referred to in this Agreement as the “ Required Financial Statements ”). Such Required Financial Statements shall include a balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows and the Audited Financial Statements shall be accompanied by the audit report of an accounting firm that is qualified to audit financial statements of United States publicly traded companies.

 

(c) Tax Pre-Ruling. The Transaction contemplated herein is subject to the grant prior to the Closing Date of a tax pre-ruling by the ITA according to Section 104H of the Israeli Income Tax Act (the “ Pre-Ruling ”). The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that there is no assurance that such Pre-Ruling shall be granted.

 

(d) Deliveries and Transactions at the Closing . At the Closing, the following transactions shall occur simultaneously (no transaction shall be deemed to have been completed or any document delivered until all such transactions have been completed and all required documents delivered):

 

(i) Share Transfer Deed . Share Transfer Deed in respect of the Subject Globisens Shares, effectuating the transfer thereof to the Buyer, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(i) , shall be signed by the each Globisens Shareholder and the Buyer (the “ Deed ”); according to Section 1.4(b), Buyer shall sign a new transfer Deed to be deposited with the Trustee;

 

 
 

 

(ii) Deed of Pledge . Deed of Pledge and certificates to be dully issued to the Registrar of Pledges in Israel, in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(ii) , shall be executed by the applicable parties. Buyer shall provide certified and notarized copies (from its state of incorporation) of (i) Buyer’s certificate of incorporation, and (ii) Buyer’s Good Standing certificate, valid as of Closing Date;

 

(iii) Share Certificates; Registration . The Company shall provide the Buyer with a validly executed share certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d) (iii), in the name of Buyer reflecting the Subject Globisens Shares being purchased by the Buyer on the Closing Date, and the Company shall register the allotment of such Shares in the Company’s shareholders register including an indication of the pledge of such shares, together with completed notice of such issuance to the Israeli Registrar of Companies acceptable for filing after the Closing.

 

(iv) Board Resolutions . The Company shall provide the Buyer with a copy of duly executed resolutions of the Board, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(iv ), by which, inter alia (a) the Board recommends to the Company’s shareholders to replace the current Articles of Association of the Company with the Amended Articles (as defined below), (b) the board authorizes the sale and transfer of the Subject Globisens Shares in accordance with and subject to, the terms of this Agreement (at the Closing).

 

(v) Shareholders Resolution. The Company shall provide Buyer with a copy of duly executed resolutions of the Company’s shareholders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(v) , by which, inter alia, the resolutions of the Board referred to in Section 1.5(b)(iv) shall have been approved,

 

(vi) Amended Articles. The Shareholders resolution referred to in Exhibit 1.5(b)(v) shall also approve (A) replacing the current Articles of Association of the Company with new Articles of Association (“ Amended Articles”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(vi) and (B) the terms of Bruker’s new Employment Agreement.

 

(vii) Required Financial Statements . The Company shall have previously timely provided the Buyer with the Required Financial Statements.

 

(viii) Pre-Ruling; Withholding Tax . The Tax Pre-Ruling shall have been granted by the Israeli income tax authorities (“ ITA ”) and each Globisens Shareholders shall provide Buyer and the Company with a duly issued written confirmation from the Israeli income tax authorities (“ ITA ”) of an exemption from deduction at source with respect to the Buyer Shares portion of the Purchase Price.

 

(ix) Payment of the Closing Cash Consideration . The Buyer will pay the Closing Cash Consideration ($2,500,000) to each of Globisens Shareholders according to Annex A by wire transfer of immediately available funds to each Globisens Shareholder bank account, in accordance with the details specified for each such shareholder in Exhibit 1.5 (d) (ix) (“ Transfer Instructions ”).

 

 
 

 

(x) Delivery of Buyer Common Stock . Buyer shall deliver to each Globisens Shareholder, stock certificates registered in the name of each of the Globisens Shareholders or the Common Stock Trustee and evidencing his or its Pro Rata Entitlement of Buyer Common Stock. The Buyer Common Stock shall be accompanied by a separate stock power, duly executed in blank by each Globisens Shareholder, to be delivered by the Common Stock Trustee to the Buyer if the Put Option is exercised pursuant to Section 1.4 of this Agreement. Similarly, the Buyer Shares shall be delivered to the Common Stock Trustee to be held pursuant to Section 1.4(c) of this Agreement.

 

(xi) Employment of Bruker. On the Closing Date, Dovi Bruker and the Company shall amend Bruker’s employment terms and enter into a new employment agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.5(d)(xi) (the “ Bruker Employment Agreement ”).

 

(xii) Execution of Agreements . The agreements and documents attached hereto as Exhibits, shall have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto

 

(e) It is agreed that all Annexes and/or Exhibits which are not attached to this Agreement upon signing, shall be completed by the Parties and be attached hereto until Closing.

 

ARTICLE II.

INTERIM PERIOD

 

2.1 Conduct of the Company . Except as (i) is expressly contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) may be required by applicable law, or (iii) may be agreed in advance and in writing, between Buyer and the Representative of the Globisens Shareholders, or, if under applicable law the decision is taken solely at the Board level, the approval of the directors appointed by Bruker, until the expiration of the Put Option, the Company shall conduct its business in the ordinary course and, to the extent consistent therewith, shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business organizations and relationships with customers, suppliers, legal counsel, distributors, creditors, lessors, unions, employees and business associates in all material respects. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, subject to the exceptions set forth in clauses (i) through (iii) above, from the Closing Date until the earlier of (a) the payment according to the Put Option or (b) the expiration of the Put Option (the “ Interim Period ”), without the prior written approval of the Representative, the Company shall not:

 

(a) amend or otherwise modify its Amended Articles;

 

(b) (i) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire any of its share capital or other securities, (ii) issue, sell, pledge, dispose of or encumber any share capital, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for any share capital, or (iii) split, combine or reclassify any of its share capital (iii) register any transfer of the Subject Globisens Shares or new Encumbrance of such Shares (other than to the benefit of Globisens Shareholders according to the terms of this Agreement);

 

(c) merge or consolidate with, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any business or any corporation, partnership, joint venture, association or other business organization or division thereof; or effect an acquisition of shares or assets (including by way of merger) of another company;

 

 
 

 

(d) sell, lease, license or otherwise distribute or dispose of any material assets or property, except the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e) (i) incur, assume, guarantee or modify any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $100,000, individually or in the aggregate, or (ii) create, incur or suffer to exist any Encumbrance upon any of its assets or properties in excess of $100,000, individually or in the aggregate, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(f) transfer or license to any third party or otherwise extend, amend or modify any rights to any Company IP, other than non-exclusive licenses to the extent such licenses are an integral part of the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business or pursuant to any Company Contract (that has been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof);

 

(g) change the manufacturer/production facility of the Company;

 

(h) increase the size of the Board or change the composition of the Board;

 

(i) effect any dissolution, liquidation or other winding up of the Company or the cessation of all or a substantial part of the business of the Company;

 

(j) except for a material breach by Bruker of his obligations and agreement under the Bruker Employment Agreement, appoint or remove the Company’s CEO;

 

(k) change or and/or effect any deviation therefrom from the 2 year annual operating plan and budget previously furnished by the Company to the Buyer.

 

(l) declare or pay any cash dividends or make any cash distributions to its shareholders .

 

2.2 Other Definitions . Unless otherwise defined in the body of this Agreement, all other capitalized terms shall have the same meaning as they are defined on Annex I , annexed to this Agreement and made a part hereof.

 

ARTICLE III.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND BRUKER

 

Each of the Company and Bruker (collectively, the “ Article III Parties ”) do hereby jointly and severally make the following representations and warranties to the Buyer; provided, however, that except for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 (all of which shall survive the Closing), all of the other representations and warranties of the Company and Bruker shall terminate as at the Closing Date and be of no further force or effect. The representations and warranties of the Company and Bruker contained in Sections 3.1 through 3.3 shall survive Closing indefinitely.

 

 
 

 

3.1 Due Organization and Qualification . The Company is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Israel and has the power and lawful authority to own, lease and operate its assets, properties and business and to carry on its Business as now conducted. The Company is qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or location of its property requires such qualification.

 

3.2 Authority to Execute and Perform Agreements . The Company has the full legal right and power and all authority and approval required to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents” and to perform fully its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party and the consummation by the Selling Parties of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary Company’s corporate actions. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents have all been duly executed and delivered and are the valid and binding obligations of the Article III Parties enforceable against them in accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency or other similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

3.3 Ownership of Company Ordinary Shares .

 

(a) According to the Capitalization Table attached hereto, the Globisens Shareholders are or until the Closing shall be, the record and beneficial owner of all and not less than all of the Company Shares; and the Subject Globisens Shares represent and will represent one hundred percent (100%) of the Fully-Diluted Company Ordinary Shares that is issued or issuable as at the date of this Agreement and will be issued and outstanding as at the Closing Date.

 

3.4 Tax Matters .

 

(a) All Tax Returns with respect to the Company that are required to be filed before the Closing Date, have been or will be filed, the information provided on such Tax Returns is or will be complete and accurate in all material respects, and all Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns have been or will be paid in full, to the extent that a failure to file such Tax Returns or pay such Taxes, or an inaccuracy in such Tax Returns, could result in the Buyer being liable for such Taxes or could give rise to a Lien on the Company Ordinary Shares.

 

(b) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, threatened action, audit, proceeding, or investigation by any taxing authority with respect to the assessment or collection of Taxes of the Company.

 

(c) The Company’s tax benefits and terms granted under its tax scheme as a “beneficiary plant” are described in Schedule 3.4.(c) attached hereto.

 

3.5 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a) To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, the Company has not violated any Laws, which violation has had or is reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, the Company has not made any illegal payment to officers or employees of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority, or made any payment to customers for the sharing of fees or to customers or suppliers for rebating of charges, or engaged in any other reciprocal practices that violate any Laws, or made any illegal consideration to purchasing agents or other representatives of customers in respect of sales made or to be made by the Company. The Company is not aware of facts that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) could result in the Company being in violation of any Law.

 

 
 

 

3.6 No Breach . The Globisens Shareholders’ execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not violate, conflict with or otherwise result in the breach or violation of any of the terms and conditions of, result in a modification of the effect of or constitute (or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute) a default under (i) the Company’s Articles of Association ; (ii) to its knowledge, any Contract to which the Company or the Company Stockholders are a party or by or to which it or any of their assets are bound or subject; or (iii) to its knowledge, any Permit.

 

3.7 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7 , neither the Company nor, to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, any of its officers, directors or employees is a party or is named as subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality (in the case of officers, directors or employees, such as would affect the Company). There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company pending or which the Company intends to initiate.

 

3.8 Employment Matters . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8, the Company is not a party to any employment agreement, work-for-hire agreement or collective bargaining agreement.

 

3.9 Contracts . All material Contracts binding upon the Company that are set forth on (or required to be set forth on) Schedule 3.9 and on other Schedules hereto have been delivered or made available to the Buyer (or where a Contract is other than in writing, Schedule 3.9 contains a summary of the material terms of such Contract) .

 

3.10 Title to Assets . Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.10 , the Company owns outright and has good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances. On the Closing Date, all of the assets and properties of the Company shall be free and clear of all Encumbrances.

 

3.11 Condition and Sufficiency of Equipment . All of the computers, servers and other equipment used by the Company in the operation of its Business (the “ Equipment ”) are in the reasonable judgment of the Company, in good operating condition and sufficient to enable the Company to conduct its Business as presently conducted.

 

 
 

 

3.12 Third Party Products . Schedule 3.12 sets forth a true and complete list of all products or services of the Company, which relate to the Company’s Business, currently being developed, sold or offered for sale by the Company which have been developed for others by Persons other than the Company (the “ Third Party Products ”).

 

3.13 Customer and Supplier Lists .

 

(a) Attached to Schedule 3.13(a) is a true and correct list of the Key Customers and Key Suppliers as of the date of this Agreement. Such customer list accurately contains the name and address, contract expiration date for each Key Customer. The Company has not licensed, sold or granted any rights to any Person to use any of such lists. The supplier list accurately contains the name and address, contract expiration date for each Key Supplier.

 

(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(b) , to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, there has been no written notice that any material customer or supplier of the Company: (i) intends to terminate its agreements with the Company, or otherwise modify its relationship with the Company, or (ii) that the acquisition of the Company Ordinary Shares by the Buyer will materially and adversely affect the relationships of the Buyer (as successor to the Business) with such customers or suppliers.

 

3.14 Operation of the Business . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14 in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the businesses, the Company has not since June 30, 2014:

 

(a) except for content or Equipment or inventory acquired in the Ordinary Course, made any acquisition of all or any part of the assets, properties, capital stock or business of any other Persons or made any commitments to do any of the foregoing;

 

(b) except in the Ordinary Course, made any sale, assignment, transfer or license of any Products;

 

(c) except in the Ordinary Course, entered into or amended, or agreed to enter into or amend any Contract to which it is a party or to which it or its assets or properties related to the Company’s Business are bound or subject;

 

(d) Except as provided otherwise provided in this Agreement, hired, or agreed to hire, any Person to perform material services in connection with the Company’s Business; entered into or amended, or agreed to enter into or amend, any employment agreement of any employee; made or agreed to make any material payment or commitment to pay severance or termination pay to any of its officers, directors, employees, consultants, agents or other representatives;

 

(e) terminated or agreed to terminate, or failed to renew, or received any written threat (that was not subsequently withdrawn) to terminate or fail to renew, any Contract that is or was material to its assets, properties, business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) relating to the Business;

 

 
 

 

(f) suffered or incurred any damage, destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) materially adversely affecting the assets, properties, business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Business;

 

(g) Except as provided in elsewhere in this Agreement, established or increased any bonus, commission, insurance, retention, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, profit sharing, stock option (including the granting of stock options, performance awards or restricted stock awards) or other employee benefit plan or arrangement, increased any salary or otherwise increased the compensation payable to or to become payable to any Employee;

 

(h) entered into any employment or severance agreement with any current or former employee providing services with respect to the Business;

 

(i) failed to make any payment to any creditor as they have become due and payable;

 

3.15 Financial Statements, Business Plan and Projections . The Company has supplied or will supply the Buyer according to this Agreement with (i) the unaudited financial statements of the Company, consisting of its balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and for the two fiscal years then ended (the “ Annual Financial Statements ”) and the unaudited financial statements for the comparative nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and September 30, 2014 (the “ Interim Financial Statements ”). The Annual Financial Statements have or when delivered, will have (i) been prepared in accordance with US GAAP or International Financial Reporting Accounting Standards (“ IFRAS ”), (ii) reflect all assets, liabilities and results of operations of the Company as at and for the fiscal periods applicable thereto as required in accordance with US GAAP or IFRAS. On or before the Closing Date, the Company shall furnish the Buyer with the Required Financial Statements, as provided elsewhere in this Agreement. The Buyer acknowledges that the Company has furnished to the Buyer the business plan and projections of the Company for the balance of 2014. In addition to the foregoing the Globisens Shareholders shall cause the Company to provide the Buyer with the “ Required Financial Statements ” (herein defined).

 

3.16 Intellectual Property .

 

(a) Schedule 3.16(a) sets forth, with respect to the Company, a complete and accurate list of all “Intellectual Property” (as that term is defined on Annex I to this Agreement) which is owned, licensed, leased or otherwise used by the Company.

 

(b) Schedule 3.16(b) sets forth a complete and accurate list of all material agreements to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound (i) granting or obtaining any right to use or practice any rights under any Intellectual Property or (ii) restricting the rights of the Company to use any Intellectual Property, including license agreements, development agreements, distribution agreements, settlement agreements, consent to use agreements, and covenants not to sue (collectively, the “ License Agreements ”). The License Agreements are valid and binding obligations of all Parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and, to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, there exists no event or condition which will result in a violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice of lapse of time or both) a default by any party under any such License Agreement. The Company has not licensed or sublicensed its rights in any Intellectual Property other than pursuant to the License Agreements.

 

 
 

 

(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16 :

 

(i) The Company owns, or has a valid right to use, free and clear of all Encumbrances, all of the Intellectual Property.

 

(ii) The Intellectual Property owned by the Company, and to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, any Intellectual Property used by the Company, is subsisting, in full force and effect, has not been cancelled, expired, or abandoned, and is valid and enforceable.

 

(iii) There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties threatened, claim, suit, arbitration or other adversarial Legal Proceeding before any court, agency, arbitral tribunal, or registration authority in any jurisdiction (A) involving the Intellectual Property owned by the Company, or, to the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, the Intellectual Property licensed to the Company, (B) alleging that the activities or the conduct of the Company’s Business do, or will, infringe upon, violate or constitute the unauthorized use of the intellectual property rights of any third party or (C) challenging the ownership, use, validity, enforceability or registrability of any Intellectual Property owned by the Company.

 

(iv) To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties the conduct of its Business does not infringe upon (either directly or indirectly such as through contributory infringement or inducement to infringe) any intellectual property rights owned or controlled by any third party. To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, no third party is misappropriating, infringing, or violating any Intellectual Property owned or used by the Company and no such claims, suits, arbitration or other adversarial proceedings which have been brought against any third party by the Company remain unresolved.

 

(v) The Company has taken all necessary measures to protect the confidentiality of its Trade Secrets, including (i) requiring each individual person employed by the Company as of the Closing Date to execute an Employee Confidentiality Agreement, the form of which has been furnished to Buyer. To the knowledge of the Company, no Trade Secrets have been disclosed or authorized to be disclosed to any third party other than pursuant to a non-disclosure agreement. To the knowledge of the Company, no party to any non-disclosure agreement relating to its trade secrets is in breach or default thereof.

 

3.17 Full Disclosure . The Company has made available to Buyer all the information reasonably available to the Company that the Buyer has requested for deciding whether to acquire the Subject Globisens Shares, all such information has been provided to Buyer’s satisfaction. To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, all documents and other papers delivered to the Buyer by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby are true, complete and authentic. To the Knowledge of the Article III Parties, such documents and this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements made, in the context in which made, not false or misleading.

 

 
 

 

3.18 No Broker . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18 hereto, to the Company’s knowledge no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary has acted for or on behalf of the Globisens Shareholders in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or similar fee or other commission in connection therewith based on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Globisens Shareholders or any action taken by the Globisens Shareholders.

 

ARTICLE IV.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MINORITY

GLOBISENS SHAREHOLDERS

 

Each of the Minority Globisens Shareholders severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Buyer; which representations and warranties shall survive the Closing indefinitely:

 

4.1 Due Organization . If it is a corporate entity, it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its operation and it has the corporate power and lawful authority to own its assets and properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

4.2 Ownership of Company Ordinary Shares .

 

(a) According to the Capitalization Table attached hereto as Annex A , it is or until the Closing he or it shall be, the record and beneficial owner of such number of Ordinary Shares as described in the Capitalization Table.

 

(b) All of the Company Ordinary Shares owned by such Minority Globisens Shareholder are owned free and clear of all Encumbrances and may be transferred and sold to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement and the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

4.3 Authority . If a corporate entity, it has the full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation by such Minority Globisens Shareholder of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of such Minority Globisens Shareholder is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions so contemplated.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

The Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Globisens Shareholders and to the Company, as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to another date) and as of the Closing Date and until the end of the Put Option Period, as follows:

 

5.1 Due Organization . The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, and has the corporate power and lawful authority to own its assets and properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.

 

5.2 Ownership . Vert Capital Corp. owns a majority of the outstanding shares of Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Buyer.

 

5.3 Authority Relative to this Agreement and Transaction Documents . The Buyer has the full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreement to which it is a party, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party by the Buyer and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Buyer is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any Transaction Document to which it is a party or to consummate the transactions so contemplated. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Globisens Shareholders and the Company, constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Buyer enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and general equitable principles.

 

5.4 Investment Intent . The Shares to be acquired by the Buyer hereunder will be acquired for investment for the Buyer’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Buyer has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Buyer further represents that the Buyer does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares to be acquired hereunder. Buyer has the financial capability to consummate the transactions hereunder and to pay the Globisens Shareholders the Purchase Price according to the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.5 No Broker . Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18 , no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary has acted for or on behalf of the Buyer in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no broker, finder, agent or similar intermediary is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s or similar fee or other commission in connection therewith based on any agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Buyer or any action taken by the Buyer.

 

 
 

 

5.6 Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 5. 6, there are no outstanding Orders against or involving Buyer applicable to the operations of the Buyer, or the Buyer. Except as set forth on Schedule 5. 6, neither of the Buyer is now, nor have either of them been during the one (1) year prior to the date hereof, a party to or, to Buyer’ Knowledge threatened (in writing) with any Legal Proceeding applicable to the operations of the Buyer’s business. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 , there is no dispute with any Person under contract with Buyer in connection with the operations of the Buyer’s business. In the event of any legal matter disclosed on Schedule 5.6 , none of the legal matters set forth on Schedule 5.6 , individually or together with any other, will result in a Material Adverse Change applicable to the operations of the Buyer’s business or the Company’s Business. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6 , to Buyer’ Knowledge, there is no fact, event or circumstance that may give rise to any legal matter that would be required to be set forth on Schedule 5.6 if currently pending or threatened in writing. There are no legal matters pending or, to Buyer’ Knowledge, threatened in writing that would give rise to any right of indemnification on the part of any past or present director or officer of the Buyer or the heirs, executors or administrators of such director or officer against the Buyer or any successor to the Buyer’s business.

 

5.7 Disclosure of Information; Due Diligence . The Buyer has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs and the terms and conditions of the Shares to be acquired hereunder with the Company’s management and has had an opportunity to review the Company’s facilities. Buyer is knowledgeable with the business of the Compnay and is entering into this Agreement and purchase the Subject Globisens Shares “As Is”, without any further representation or warranty on behalf of Company and Globisens Shareholders other than those specifically set forth in this Agreement.. Buyer have been fully satisfied with the results of its due diligence review of the Company and its assets and found them to its satisfaction and hereby fully and unconditionally waive any claims, contentions or demands against Selling Parties, Company and Bruker in relation thereto.

 

5.8 Restricted Securities . The Buyer understands that the Shares to be acquired hereunder have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the intent and the accuracy of the Buyer’s representations as expressed herein. The Buyer understands that the Shares to be acquired hereunder are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Buyer must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Buyer further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Buyer’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy. The Buyer understands that no public market now exists for the Shares, and that there is no assurance that a public market will ever exist for the Shares.

 

 
 

 

5.9 Accredited Investor 5.10 . The Buyer is an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

5.10 Buyer Shares. At the Closing, the Buyer shall have delivered to the Globisens Shareholders (or the Common Stock Trustee) good and exclusive title to, and all rights in connection with, the Buyer Shares, free and clear of any encumbrances or any restrictions on the right to vote. At the Closing, all Buyer Shares (a) have been duly authorized and validly issued, (b) are fully paid, and (c) have been issued in full compliance with (i) all applicable laws and the incorporation documents of the Buyer; and (ii) any pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Buyer. The Buyer Shares are not subject to any voting agreement, proxies, trusts or other agreement or understandings.

 

5.11 Buyer Shares Registration . Buyer shall ensure that effective immediately following the commencement of the Put Option Period, (i) upon the Globisens Shareholders demand, Buyer shall use its reasonably diligent efforts to cause such Buyer Shares to be registered. The Buyer will not be obligated to effect more than two consummated registrations (other than on Form S-3) under these demand registration right provisions; (ii) Globisnes Shareholders will have the right to require Buyer to file Registration Statements of its Common on Form S-3 (or any equivalent successor form); and (iii) the Globisens Shareholders will be entitled to “piggyback” registration rights on all registration statements of Buyer. All registration expenses (exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions), including the fees and expenses of one counsel to represent the holders of Globisens Shareholders, shall be borne by Buyer. In connection with the foregoing registration, the Buyer and the Globisens Shareholders shall execute and delivery mutual indemnification agreements in form and content that are acceptable to the parties and typical in connection with the registration of securities for selling stockholders.

 

ARTICLE VI.

ADDITIONAL COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

6.1 Expenses of Transaction . Other than with respect to the Globisens Shareholders’ expenses hereunder which shall be borne by the Company and the Primary Company’s Expenses borne by Buyer, the Parties to this Agreement shall each bear their respective direct and indirect expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, due diligence, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement, the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are consummated, including, but not limited to, all fees and expenses of brokers, agents, representatives, counsel and accountants.

 

6.2 Certain Covenants .

 

(a) Non-Compete . Bruker acknowledges that he has entered into a covenant not to compete with the Company’s Business, all as set forth in the Bruker Employment Agreement. No other Minority Shareholder of the Company is actively engaged in the management or operation of the Business of the Company.

 

 
 

 

(b) Customers of the Business . None of the Parties hereto shall, directly or indirectly, persuade or attempt to persuade any customer or supplier or prospective customer or supplier of the Company not to hire or do business with the Company or any successor thereto.

 

(c) Confidential Information . Each of the Parties hereto shall keep secret and retain in strictest confidence, all confidential matters relating to the Company, including, but not limited to, “know how”, trade secrets, customer lists, supplier lists, details of consultant and employment Contracts, pricing policies, operational methods, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, technical processes, designs and design projects, processes, inventions, software, source codes, object codes, systems documentation and research projects and other business affairs related to the Company (collectively “ Confidential Information ”), and other than as a result of commercial relations between a Globisens Shareholder and the Company, shall not disclose them to anyone provided, however, this covenant shall not apply to any information which is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of such Party or others. Each Party hereto may disclose Confidential Information if required to do so in any legally, legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process; provided, that such Restricted Party (i) provides the Company with prompt notice of such required disclosure so that the Company may attempt to obtain a protective order, (ii) cooperates with the Company, at the Company’s expense, in obtaining such protective order, and (iii) only discloses that Confidential Information which it is absolutely required to disclose as advised by counsel. Any Confidential Information required to be disclosed in any securities filings shall be agreed in advance between the applicable Parties involved.

 

(d) Rights and Remedies upon Breach . If a Party breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of this Section 6.2, the other parties shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the others and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Buyer under law or in equity:

 

(i) Equitable Remedies . The right and remedy to obtain an injunction against any actual or threatened breach or violation of the covenants contained in this Section 6.2 and/or the right have the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 6.2 specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach may cause immediate and irreparable injury to the Buyer and that money damages alone may not provide adequate remedy; and

 

(ii) Accounting . The right and remedy to require a Party to account for and pay over to the Company all payments, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits derived or received by such Party as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of any of the conditions and provisions of this Section 6.2

 

(f ) Blue Penciling . If any term or other provision of this Section 6.2 is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Section 6.2 shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to, or the court making such a determination shall, modify this Section 6.2 so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

 
 

 

6.3 Board of Directors of the Company . On the Closing Date and subject thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall consist of five (5) individuals three (3) of whom shall be designated by the Buyer, Bruker and one (1) additional individual who shall be designated by Bruker. In the event of a Buyer Repurchase Failure, the Buyer’s nominated Directors shall immediately discontinue their services to the Company and terminate their position.

 

6.4 Due Diligence Investigation .

 

(a) Between the date of execution of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Buyer shall be given an opportunity to conduct a thorough investigation and analysis of the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition and business prospects of Globisens (the “ Due Diligence Investigation ”). In such connection and in order to facilitate such Due Diligence Investigation, Bruker and other members of Globisens management shall fully cooperate with the Buyer and its representatives, and provide such persons, during business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, with access to the books and records of Globisens, inspection of its facilities and permit Buyer and its representatives to interview personnel and other consultants to Globisens.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in this Agreement, the obligation of the Buyer to consummate the Closing and purchase the Shares as contemplated herein, shall be subject to Buyer’s completion of its Due Diligence Investigation until October 31, 2014 ( the “ Due Diligence Period ) which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer and its representatives, in the exercise of its and their sole discretion. Until the end of the Due Diligence Period , Buyer will conduct a thorough due diligence review of the Company and its assets to verify the accuracy and completeness of all representations and warranties made under Section 3 hereunder. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that upon the end of the Due Diligence Period it shall have verified the accuracy and completeness of all such representations and warranties and its full and complete satisfaction from the findings of its review of the Company. Accordingly, effective immediately following the Closing, Buyer releases, and forever discharges the Company and the Selling Parties, of and from any and all actions, causes of actions claims or demands that may arise in connection with the accuracy or completeness of any representation or warranty made under Section 3 hereunder, except as otherwise specified in said Section 3. Neither Buyer nor any party related directly or indirectly to Buyer, shall make any claim (including for Indemnification) or cause of action against the Company or any Selling Parties or any party related directly or indirectly to any of the Company or to the Selling Parties, in connection with any representation or warranty or any matter specified thereunder or in connection with the results of Buyer’s examination and/or review of the Company.

 

 
 

 

6.5 Further Assurances . Each of the Parties shall execute such documents and other papers and perform such further acts as may reasonably be required or desirable to carry out the provisions hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of the Parties shall use its reasonable efforts to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of the conditions to the Closing.

 

6.6 Examinations and Investigations . The Buyer acknowledges that prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer, through its employees and representatives, will have made such investigations of the Company’s Business and its operation and made examination of the books, records and financial condition of the Company’s Business as the Buyer reasonably considered necessary. Any such examination will have been made to Buyer’s full satisfaction.

 

6.7 Access to Records . Each Party agrees to provide the other party with reasonable access to the books and records of the other party related to the Business after the Closing Date for the purpose of preparing tax returns, defending claims or other reasonable business purposes.

 

6.8 Employment Agreement and Compensation .

 

(a) On the Closing Date of the purchase of the Subject Globisens Shares, the Company shall enter into a two (2) year employment agreement with Bruker, who shall continue to serve as the CEO of the Company, in the form of Exhibit 6.8(a) , annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Bruker Employment Agreement ”).

 

(b) Such Employment Agreement shall provide, inter alia, that Bruker will be entitled to receive; (i) a base salary of USD one hundred and forty thousand dollars ($140,000) per year (the “ Base Salary ”); (ii) a commission equal to Three Percent (3%) of Company sales, paid quarterly (“ Commission ”); and (iii) stock options to purchase a total amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand (150,000) shares of common stock of Buyer (the “ Incentive Stock Option Shares ”) with a two year vesting period, under which fifty Percent (50%) of the Stock Option Shares shall vest at the end of each anniversary year of employment. Immediately after Closing and the prior to the issuance of the Incentive Stock Option Shares Buyer shall cause the Company to adopt an Employees Stock Option Plan, execute option agreement with Bruker and execute any further action and/or document in accordance with Paragraph 102 to the Israeli Tax Ordinance in order to enable Bruker, in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of the Company to receive such Incentive Stock Option Shares which shall be taxed as capital gain.

 

6.9 Buyer IPO . The Buyer shall use its best efforts to consummation the Buyer IPO on the NASDAQ or NYSE: Amex under which it shall raise an amount enabling the Buyer to finance the Transactions contemplated herein and pay the full Purchase Price by not later than March 31, 2015, and shall pay all costs and expenses associated therewith. In such connection, Bruker and the Company shall fully cooperate with Buyer and furnish to the Buyer and its counsel all information reasonably requested by Buyer and its counsel as shall be required in connection with a United States public offering of securities, including such information concerning the Company and its executive officers and management that is to be included in the Registration Statement and related prospectus relating to such Buyer IPO. None of the Globisens Shareholders shall be liable to any representation, warranty or any other information set forth in any registration statement being published by the Buyer in connection with the Buyer IPO process. However, prior to filing any Registration Statement or amendment with the SEC, the Buyer shall submit drafts of such document to the Company for its review and approval and such representation, warranty or any other information as it relates to Globisens and the Buyer Share ownership shall be approved by the CEO of the Company as such.

 

 
 

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.9 Survival . Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all of the representations and warranties of Globisens and Bruker shall terminate as at the Closing Date and shall thereafter be of no further force or effect. The remaining representations of any of the Selling Parties shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the Closing indefinitely. The foregoing shall not apply to any intentional material misrepresentation of which the Selling Party making such representation had knowledge prior to the Closing Date and which constitutes or is tantamount to fraud. Except for the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3, which shall survive indefinitely, all of the representations and warranties of the Buyer shall survive the execution and delivery hereof until immediately following the execution of the Put Option by Selling Parties.. All covenants and agreements respectively made by the Selling Parties and the Buyer in this Agreement to be performed after the Closing Date shall survive the Closing and will remain in full force and effect thereafter until (i) in the case of all covenants and agreements that have specified terms or periods, until the expiration of the terms or periods specified therein; and (ii) in the case of all other covenants and agreements that do not have specified terms or periods, until the fulfillment thereof.

 

6.10 Obligation of Selling Parties to Indemnify . Subject at all times to the provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.6 of this Agreement, from and after the Closing Date, the Selling Parties shall severally and not jointly, indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and assigns (each, a “ Buyer Indemnified Party ”; notwithstanding the aforesaid, it is agreed, that Vert shall not be a Buyer Indemnified Party) from and against any losses, liabilities, damages (including incidental and consequential damages), deficiencies, costs, expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) or diminution of value (collectively, “ Losses ”) sustained or incurred by such Buyer Indemnified Party relating to, caused by or resulting from:

 

(a) to the extent applicable, any breach of any representation or warranty of the Selling Parties contained in this Agreement; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure to satisfy, any material covenant or obligation of the Selling Parties in this Agreement.

 

For the avoidance of any doubt, Selling Party’s obligation to indemnify Buyer Indemnified Party under this Section 7 shall only be made with respect to claims or actions or proceedings made only in Israel, according to Israeli law.

 

 
 

 

6.11 Obligation of Buyer to Indemnify . From and after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Globisens Shareholders and Selling Parties’ directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and assigns (each, a “ Globisens Shareholders Indemnified Party ”) from and against any Losses, liabilities, damages (including incidental and consequential damages), deficiencies, costs, expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) or diminution of value sustained or incurred by such Globisens Shareholders Indemnified Party relating to, caused by or resulting from:

 

(a) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty of the Buyer contained in this Agreement, contained herein or in any certificate, schedule, document, or other writing delivered by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; or

 

(b) any breach of, or failure to satisfy, any material covenant, term, condition or obligation of the Buyer in this Agreement or on any other certificate, document, writing or instrument delivered by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement

 

6.12 Notice of Third Party Claims to Indemnifying Party . If any Party (the “ Indemnitee ”) receives notice of any claim or the commencement of any action or proceeding from a Person not a party to this Agreement with respect to which another Party (or Parties) to this Agreement is obligated to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) pursuant to Section 7.2 or Section 7.3 , the Indemnitee shall promptly give the Indemnifying Party notice thereof. Such notice shall describe the claim in reasonable detail and shall indicate the amount (estimated if necessary) of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnitee. The Indemnifying Party may elect to compromise or defend, at such Indemnifying Party’s own expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel, any such matter involving the asserted Liability of the Indemnitee. The failure to provide such notice will not affect any rights hereunder except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced thereby. If the Indemnifying Party elects to compromise or defend such asserted Liability, it shall within thirty (30) days (or sooner, if the nature of the asserted Liability so requires) notify the Indemnitee of its intent to do so, and the Indemnitee shall cooperate, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, in the compromise of, or defense against, any such asserted Liability. In such case the Indemnitee may participate, at its own expense, in such defense. In the event that the Indemnitee determines in good faith that a conflict of interest exists or that there are defenses, claims or counterclaims available to the Indemnitee that are not available to the Indemnifying Party, then the Indemnitee shall have the option of obtaining its own counsel for such claim at the Indemnifying Party’s cost and expense. If the Indemnifying Party elects not to compromise or defend against the asserted Liability, or fails to notify the Indemnitee of its election as herein provided, the Indemnitee may at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, pay, compromise or defend such asserted Liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnitee may settle or compromise any claim over the objection of the other; provided , however , that consent to settlement or compromise shall not be unreasonably withheld provided , further , that no Indemnitee shall be required to consent to, and neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnitee shall settle or compromise, any claim in any manner that, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnitee or its counsel, will materially adversely affect the Indemnitee other than as a result of money damages or other money payments that are fully paid by the Indemnifying Party. If the Indemnifying Party chooses to defend any claim, the Indemnitee shall make available to the Indemnifying Party any books, records or other documents within its control that are necessary or appropriate for such defense.

 

 
 

 

6.13 Notice of Claims . In the case of a claim for indemnification hereunder that is not a third party claim covered by Section 7.4 hereof, upon determination by an Indemnitee that it is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitee shall deliver notice of such claim to the Indemnifying Party, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of such claim for indemnification (the “ Indemnification Notice ”). Upon the Indemnification Notice having been given to the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days in which to notify the Indemnitee in writing (the “ Dispute Notice ”) that the amount of the claim for indemnification is in dispute, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis of such dispute. In the event that a Dispute Notice is not given to the Indemnitee within the required thirty (30) days, the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to pay the Indemnitee the amount set forth in the Indemnification Notice within sixty (60) days after the date that the Indemnification Notice had been given to the Indemnifying Party. In the event that a Dispute Notice is timely given to an Indemnitee, the Parties hereto shall have thirty (30) days to resolve any such dispute. In the event that such dispute is not resolved by such Parties within such period, the Parties shall have the right to pursue all available remedies to resolve such dispute.

 

7.6. Limitations on Indemnity Obligations . Indemnification under this Article VII shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for the matters listed in Sections 7.2 and 7.3 , except in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentation. There shall be no recovery for claims under Sections 7.2(a) or 7.3(a) (except in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentation) unless and until the aggregate amount of Losses of the Indemnitee that may be claimed thereunder exceeds USD Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars (USD $12,500.00) (the “ Threshold ”), and once such Threshold has been reached, the Indemnifying Parties shall be liable to the Indemnitees only for the amount of Losses in excess of the Threshold. The maximum recovery for claims by the Buyer under Section 7.2(a) or by the Selling Parties under Section 7.3(a) (except, in either case, in the case of fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentation) shall be limited USD Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (USD $500,000) (the “ Indemnity Cap ”).

 

For the avoidance of any doubt, any claim made against Buyer as a result of their breach of their commitment to pay the Globisens Shareholders the Purchase Note, or any part thereof, shall not be limited by the terms of Section 7 whatsoever.

 

ARTICLE VII.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

7.1 Publicity . No publicity release or announcement concerning this Agreement, the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be issued without advance approval of the form and substance thereof by the Selling Parties and the Buyer, except as may otherwise be required by Law (in which case the party making such release or announcement will provide concurrent or, if practicable, prior notice to the other Parties hereto).

 

 
 

 

7.2 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a) by either the Globisens Shareholders (by notice from the Representative) or the Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by the Outside Closing Date;

 

(b) by the Buyer, upon a material breach of any representation or warranty of the Globisens Shareholders set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of the Globisens Shareholders shall have become untrue prior to the Closing Date resulting in a breach of one of the conditions to the Closing;

 

(c) by the Globisens Shareholders, upon a material breach of any representation or warranty of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement, or if any representation or warranty of the Buyer shall have become untrue prior to the Closing Date resulting in a breach of one of the conditions to closing; or

 

(d) by the mutual written consent of the Globisens Shareholders (by notice from the Representative) and the Buyer.

 

If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.2(a) or Section 8.2(d) above or by the GlobisenS Shareholders’ Representative as a result of the Buyer’s failure to make timely payment of the Purchase Price, this Agreement shall become null and void, and none of the Parties hereto shall have any further liability hereunder or in connection with any other Transaction Document. It is also agreed that the Primary Company’s Expenses paid by Buyer to the Company shall be returned to Buyer only upon and following the Closing Date and consummation of the Buyer IPO and the transaction hereunder. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made on (i) delivery thereof, if by hand; (ii) upon receipt, if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested); (iii) on the second Business Day following deposit, if sent by a recognized overnight delivery service; or (iv) upon transmission, if sent by facsimile transmission (in each case with receipt verified by electronic confirmation), in each case as follows:

 

(i) if to the Buyer, to:

  (ii) if to the Globisens Shareholders, to:

   
Logical Choice Corporation   Globisens Ltd.,
c/o Vert Capital Corp.   94 Derekh Em Hamoshavot , Petah Tikva
10951 W. Pico Blvd   4970602, Israel
Suite 204   Attn: Dovi Bruker
Los Angeles, CA 90064   Chief Executive Officer
Telephone: (310) 785-6600   Telephone:
Facsimile No.: (310) 785-66164   Office:
Email: michael@vertcapital.com   Facsimile:
  Email:
     
with a copy to:   with a copy to:
     
Hunter Taubman Weiss LLP   Arad & Co., Law Offices
Attn: Stephen A. Weiss   Lior Kwitner, Esq.
575 Lexington Avenue, Suite 4027   1 Kermenitzki St., Tel-Aviv 67899,
New York, NY 10022   Israel
Telephone: (212) 600-2284   Tel. +972-3-6246888
Cell phone: (917) 797-0015   Fax. +972-3-6246999
Email: sweiss@htwlaw.com   E-Mail: lior@arad-law.com

 

 
 

 

provided , that each party hereto shall promptly notify the other Parties hereto of any change in its contact information, which revised contact information shall thereafter be for purposes of this Section 7.2 until further revised.

 

7.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto) and the Transaction Documents contain the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the purchase of the Company Ordinary Shares and related transactions and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

7.4 Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

7.5 Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes . The Exhibits, Schedules and Annexes to this Agreement are a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

7.6 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

7.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

7.8 Construction and Interpretation . The Parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement has been freely negotiated and shall be deemed to have been drafted by the Parties jointly. Accordingly, no court should construe any provision for or against any party as a result of such party being involved in the drafting of this Agreement.

 

7.9 Assignment . No party may assign or delegate all or any portion of its rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties to this Agreement;.

 

 
 

 

7.10 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

7.11 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to, or the court making such a determination shall, modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the effect that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

7.12 Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Israel. The Parties hereto do hereby consent and submit to the exclusive venue and jurisdiction of the State of Israel, the Courts residing in Tel Aviv- Jaffa as the sole and exclusive forum for such matters of disputes, and further agree that, in the event of any action or suit as to any matters of dispute among the Parties, service of process may be made upon the other party by mailing a copy of the summons and/or complaint to the other party at the address set forth herein.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally; Signature page to follow]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Buyer: LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
Globisens Shareholders:    
     
    /s/ Dovi Bruker
    DOVI BRUKER
     
    /s/ Benjamin Kaufman
    BENJAMIN KAUFMAN
     
    /s/ Alejandro Jose Merikanskas Halpern
    ALEJANDRO JOSE MERIKANSKAS HALPERN
     
    /s/ Arturo Leon Merikanskanskas Halpern
    ARTURO LEON MERIKANSKANSKAS HALPERN
     
    /s/ Judith Anat Herzog
    JUDITH ANAT HERZOG
     
The Company: GLOBISENS LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Dovi Bruker
  Name: Dovi Bruker
  Title: CEO

 

 
 

 

List of Exhibits and Annexes [to be completed until Closing]

 

Exhibit 1.4(b) Trustee Instructions Agreement  
Exhibit 6.8 Form of Employment Agreement  
Annex A Capitalization Table  
Annex I Definitions  

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

List of Exhibits

 

 
 

 

Execution Copy

 

ANNEX A

 

GLOBISENS CAPITALIZATION

 

At Closing with LLC
Name   Title   Stock   %
Dov Bruker   Founder and CEO   8,693   62.54%
Alejandro Merikanskas   Lender   1,005   7.23%
Artoro Merikanskas   Lender   1,005   7.23%
Ben Kaufmann   Lender   2,780   20.00%
Judith Herzog   Investor    417   3.00%
             
Total       13,901   100.00%

 

 
 

 

Annex I

 

Definitions

 

(a) Defined Terms

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under Ordinary control with, such Person. The Stockholder is an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Business Day ” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in Los Angeles, California and Tel Aviv, Israel are open for the general transaction of business.

 

Contract ” means any contract, agreement, license, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, commitment, work order, task order, purchase order, statement of work, understanding or other arrangement, whether, express or implied, written or oral.

 

control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under Ordinary control with”), as applied to any Person, shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or other ownership interest, by contract or otherwise.

 

Dollar”, “USD” or “$ ” means United States dollars.

 

“Encumbrances ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien, claim, option, easement, deed of trust, right-of-way, encroachment, restriction on transfer (such as a right of first refusal or other similar rights, defect of title or charge of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, on any of the assets, properties or securities of the Company, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and the filing of, or agreement to give, any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction.

 

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as are in effect from time to time applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

 

Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, department, official, regulator, quasi-governmental authority, or other instrumentality of the State of Israel.

 

Infras ” shall mean international financial reporting accounting standards as are in effect from time to time applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

Annex I -

 

 
 

 

Intellectual Property ” shall mean all of the following items, along with all income, royalties, damages and payments due or payable at the Closing or thereafter, including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or misappropriations thereof, the right to sue and recover for past infringements or misappropriations thereof and any and all corresponding rights or interests that, now or hereafter, may be secured throughout the world: (i) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures and inventions (whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to practice) and any reissue, continuation, continuation-in-part, division, revision, extension or reexamination thereof; (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations, and combinations, including all goodwill associated therewith; (iii) copyrights, registered or unregistered and copyrightable works; (iv) domain names; (v) mask works; (vi) all registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing; (vii) trade secrets, (viii) computer software and software systems (including data compilations, databases and related documentation); (ix) rights of publicity, persona rights or other rights to use indicia of any Person’s personality; (x) licenses or other agreements to or from third Parties regarding the foregoing; and (xi) all copies and tangible embodiments of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).

 

Key Customers ” mean the 10 largest customers of the Business by Dollar value.

 

Key Suppliers ” mean the 10 largest suppliers of the Business by Dollar value.

 

Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of the Globisens Shareholders or any executive officer or director of the Company, Vert or the Buyer, as applicable, after due inquiry.

 

Laws ” (or “ Law ” where the context requires) shall mean applicable international, multinational, national, foreign, federal, state, municipal, local (or other political subdivision) or administrative law, constitution, statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, requirement, standard, policy, or guidance having the force of law, treaty, judgment, order, injunction, award and decree of any kind of nature whatsoever including any judgment or principle of Ordinary law.

 

Legal Proceeding ” means any action, suit, litigation, investigation or judicial, administrative or arbitration inquiry or proceeding.

 

Liability ” means any liability, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, obligation or responsibility, known or unknown, (whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether secured or unsecured, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due), including any liability for Taxes, other governmental charges or lawsuits brought, whether or not of a kind required by GAAP to be set forth on a financial statement.

 

Licenses ” means all licenses, sublicenses, concessions and other agreements, including all amendments, extensions, renewals, guaranties and other agreements with respect thereto, pursuant to which the Globisens Shareholders or any Affiliate of the Globisens Shareholders have licensed any Purchased Asset, including any Intellectual Property.

 

Material Adverse Change means a material and adverse change in (or effect on) the financial condition, properties, assets, liabilities, rights, obligations, operations or business, of a Person and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Material Contract means each Contract to which the Company is a party which requires the payment during the term thereof in excess of $25,000.

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

Annex I -

 

 
 

 

Order ” means any enforceable award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency, other Governmental or Regulatory Authority or by any arbitrator.

 

Ordinary Course ” means, with respect to any Person, in the ordinary course of that Person’s business consistent with past practice, including as to the quantity, quality and frequency.

 

Permits ” means permits, certificates, licenses, orders, franchises, authorizations and approvals issued or granted by Governmental or Regulatory Authorities.

 

Person ” shall mean any person or entity, whether an individual, trustee, corporation, corporate, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, business association, firm, joint venture, governmental agency or authority or any similar entity.

 

Tax Returns ” shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, claims for refund, forms, estimates, information returns and statements required to be filed in respect of any Taxes to be supplied to a taxing authority in connection with any Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof.

 

Taxes ” (or “ Tax ” where the context requires) means all federal, state, county, local, foreign and other taxes imposed under the laws of the State of Israel (including, without limitation, income, profits, windfall profits, environmental premium, disability, registration, license, alternative or add-on minimum, stamp, value added, goods and services, estimated, excise, sales, use, occupancy, gross receipts, franchise, ad valorem, severance, capital levy, production, transfer, withholding, employment, social security, unemployment compensation, payroll-related and property taxes, import duties and other governmental charges and assessments, including any Liability of the Company or the Globisens Shareholders, and including deficiencies, interest, additions to tax or interest and penalties with respect thereto relating to the assets, business or property of the Company with respect to any period prior to the Closing Date or arising out of the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

Transaction Documents ” shall mean the collective reference to this Agreement, all Exhibits to this Agreement and all other certificates and instruments to be executed and delivered by the Parties on the Closing Date, including, without limitation, the Subject Globisens Shares, the Purchase Note, the Security Agreement, the Pledge and Trust Agreement, and the Employment Agreement.

 

(b) For the purposes of this Agreement, except to the extent that the context otherwise requires:

 

(i) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” (or similar terms) are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

(ii) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

Annex I -

 

 
 

 

(iii) all terms defined in this Agreement have their defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

 

(iv) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

 

(v) if any action is to be taken by any party hereto pursuant to this Agreement on a day that is not a Business Day, such action shall be taken on the next Business Day following such day;

 

(vi) references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns; and

 

(vii) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise.

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

Annex I -

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 1.4(B)

 

TRUSTEE INSTRUCTIONS AGREEMENT

 

Stock Purchase Agreement

Exhibit

 

 
 

 

Exhibit 6.8(A)

 

FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

 

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this Agreement ), is made and entered into effective as of January 31, 2015, to be effective as of September 30, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among: (A) Mark Elliott (“ Elliott ”) , John Cox ( “Cox” ) , Operational Security Systems, Inc., a Georgia corporation ( “OSS” ) and The Verta Group, LLC and Tommy Duffy ( “Duffy” and with Elliot, Cox and OSS, each, individually, a “ Genesis Party ” and, collectively, the “ Genesis Parties ”) ; (B); Boxlight Corporation (formerly, Logical Choice Corporaiton), a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”); (C) Logical Choice Corporation , a Delaware corporation (“ LCC ”); and (D) Vert Capital Corp. , a Delaware corporation (“ Vert ”). The Genesis Parties, the Company, LCC and Vert are sometimes referred to individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, in 2013, LCC was formed by Vert, the owner of 100% of the shares of the common stock of LCC, $0.001 par value per share (the “LCC Common Stock ”), to acquire companies engaged in the production, sale and distribution of products and services primarily used by schools, corporations and governmental agencies for educational and training purposes (the “ Business Strategy ”); and

 

WHEREAS , in October 2013, LCC acquired 100% of the capital stock of Logical Choice Technologies, Inc. , a Georgia corporation (“ LCT ”) in exchange for shares of Series A convertible preferred stock of LCC Vert is currently the owner

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to an exchange agreement (the “ Prior Exchange Agreement ”), as of October 31, 2013, the Genesis Parties transferred to LCC 100% of the membership interests in Genesis Collaboration, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company ( Genesis ) in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of 6% voting convertible preferred stock of LCC, $1.00 stated value per share (the “ LCC Series B Preferred Stock ”), which is subject to mandatory conversion upon occurrence of a Conversion Event into 4% of the Fully-Diluted LCC Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS , Vert and the board of directors of LCC and LCT have determined to discontinue the business operations formerly conducted by LCT, and reorganize their efforts to achieve the Business Strategy through the Company and operating subsidiaries to be acquired by the Company; and

 

WHEREAS , on September 18, 2014, the Company was organized by Vert as a Nevada corporation; and

 

WHEREAS , as at the Effective Date, in exchange for Vert returning to the capital of LCC for cancellation , all but one share of the 25,000,000 shares of LCC Common Stock owned of record and beneficially by Vert, as of the Effective Date LCC has distributed to Vert 100% of the membership interests in Genesis, which Vert contributed to the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

 

- 1 -
 

 

WHEREAS , on the “ Exchange Date ” (herein defined), the Parties intend for the the Genesis Parties to return to the capital of LCC for cancellation, all of the shares of LCC Series B Preferred Stock in exchange for 1,000,000 shares of the Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, containing the rights, privileges and designations set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Company Series B Preferred Stock ”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereto hereby agree as follows :

 

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below:

 

(a) “ Exchange Date ” shall mean that date which shall be simultaneous with the date on which a Going Public Event.

 

(b) “Fully-Diluted Common Stock” means the sum of: (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock (including any shares of Common Stock issued in connection with stock awards granted to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries) at any specified time, plus (ii) all additional shares of Common Stock that would be issuable upon conversion or exercise of all Common Stock Equivalents (including any Common Stock Equivalents granted as stock options to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its subsidiaries) as of the specified time; provided, however, that “Fully Diluted Common Stock” will not mean or include any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents issued or issuable in connection with the IPO, a Reverse Merger transaction or in connection with any one or more Private Financing(s) of securities by the Company issued solely to raise cash; it being expressly understood and agreed that any one or more of such issuances shall dilute all stockholders of the Company (including Vert and the former minority stockholders of LCT who may receive shares of Company Series A Preferred Stock) on an equitable pro-rata basis.

 

(c) Going Public Event means that either:

 

(i) the date on which a Form S-1 registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) shall be declared effective by the SEC (an “ IPO ”); or

 

(ii) the date which shall be simultaneous with the date on which the Company shall enter into an agreement and plan of merger or exchange agreement an inactive or primarily inactive public company (a Reverse Merger ) whose common stock is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the NYSE, the Amex Exchange, or the over the counter markets;

 

provided, however, that in the case of either an IPO or a Reverse Merger, simultaneous with or prior thereto, the Company has or will receive gross proceeds from a private placement in connection with the Reverse Merger or the sale of securities in connection with the IPO of at least $5,000,000.

 

- 2 -
 

 

  2. Agreements with Vert.

 

(a) As at the Effective Date of this Agreement, LCC has distributed to Vert 100% of the membership interests in Genesis, in consideration for which Vert has returned to the treasury of LCC, all but one (1) share of the 25,000,000 shares of LCC Common Stock owned by Vert;

 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Exchange Date, Vert shall transfer to the Company, for no additional consideration, 100% of the membership interests in Genesis, as a result of which Genesis shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

(c) In consideration for (i) its agreement to transfer 100% of the Genesis membership interests to the Company, (ii) its commitment to finance 100% of the costs incurred and to be incurred by the Company in connection with the IPO or any alternate Going Public Event, and (iii) services rendered and to be rendered to the Company, which agreements, commitments and services the Company agrees have a value to the Company of $2,560,000, as at the Effective Date the Compamny has issued, to Vert and its designees an aggregate of 25,600,000 shares of the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Company Common Stock ”).

 

3. Agreements with the Genesis Parties.

 

(a) On the Exchange Date, the Genesis Parties shall to return to the capital of LCC for cancellation, all of the shares of LCC Series B Preferred Stock issued to them under the Prior Exchange Agreement.

 

(b) On the Exchange Date, and in consideration for their return of the LCC Series B Preferred Stock, the Company shall issue to the Genesis Parties, in equal 250,000 amounts to each Genesis Parties, an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of the Company Series B Preferred Stock. In such connection, the Company and Vert hereby covenant and agree that:

 

(i) the Company Series B Preferred Stock is identical in all material respects to the LCC Series B Preferred Stock; and

 

(ii) on the Exchange Date, and immediately after issuance thereof, the Company Series B Preferred Stock shall automatically convert into four (4.0%) percent of the Fully Diluted Common Stock of the Company (or any publicly traded successor in interest or parent of the Company resulting from a Reverse Merger)

 

(c) In connection with the foregoing, each of the Genesis Parties hereby covenant and agree to execute and deliver to the Company such lock-up or similar agreements requested by the underwriter or placement agent of Company securities; provided, that such lock-up agreements shall be governed by the same terms and conditions as were set forth in Section 5.2 of the Prior Exchange Agreement

 

- 3 -
 

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Prior Exchange Agreement . The Parties hereto acknowledge that all of the representations, warranties covenants and agreement contained in the Prior Exchange Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be observed by the Company as though it was a party signatory thereto.

 

(b) Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made on (i) delivery thereof, if by hand; (ii) upon receipt, if sent by mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested); (iii) on the second Business Day following deposit, if sent by a recognized overnight delivery service; or (d) upon transmission, if sent by facsimile transmission (in each case with receipt verified by electronic confirmation), in each case to the same parties and to the same addresses as are set forth in the Prior Exchange Agreement. provided, however , that each party hereto shall promptly notify the other Parties hereto of any change in its contact information, which revised contact information shall thereafter be that Party’s contact information for purposes of this Agreement until further revised.

 

(c) Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibit hereto) contain the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the Exchange and related transactions and supersede all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

(d) Termination . This Agreement supercedes in its entirety the Prior Exchange Agreement which shall be of no further force or effect as of the Exchange Date; provided, however, that in the event that a Going Public Event shall not occur by December 31, 2015, then this Agreement shall terminate, ab initio, and all of the terms and conditions of the Prior Exchange Agreement shall continue to remain in full force and effect.

 

(e) Waivers and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies which any party may otherwise have at law or in equity.

 

(f) Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -
 

 

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more original or facsimile counterparts, and by the different Parties hereto in separate counterparts, by facsimile, portable document format (“ pdf ”), or other form of electronic signature, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(h) Captions . The headings, titles or captions of the Sections and Sections of this Agreement are inserted only to facilitate reference, and they are not intended to define, limit, extend or describe the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof, and they do not constitute a part hereof or affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

(i) Assignment . No party may assign or delegate all or any portion of its rights, obligations or liabilities under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties to this Agreement; provided, however , that the Company may assign any or all of its rights, together with its obligations hereunder, to any of its Affiliates or to any successor to all or a portion of the assets of the Company, provided further, however , that if such Affiliate(s) fails to fully and timely perform any of such obligations, the Company shall fully and promptly perform such obligations as if it were a party thereto.

 

(j) Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit, or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(k) Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect. Upon determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to, or the court making such a determination shall, modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the effect that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

(l) Governing Law; Forum . This Agreement and shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The Parties hereto do hereby consent and submit to the venue and jurisdiction of the State or Federal Courts residing in New York, New York as the sole and exclusive forum for such matters of disputes, and further agree that, in the event of any action or suit as to any matters of dispute among the Parties, service of process may be made upon the other party by mailing a copy of the summons and/or complaint to the other party at the address set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Parties may seek equitable relief, or enforce any final judgment of any such federal or state court residing in New York, New York, in any other jurisdiction in any manner provided by applicable law.

 

[Balance of page intentionally left blank – signature page follow]

 

- 5 -
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

VERT CAPITAL CORP   BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
         
By: /s/ Michael Pope   By: /s/ Mark Elliott
Name: Michael Pope   Name: Mark Elliott
Title: Managing Director   Title: CEO
         
         
LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION   FORMER MEMBERS OF GENESIS COLLABORATON, LLC
         
By: /s/ Michael Pope   /s/ Mark Elliott
Name: Michael Pope   Mark Elliott
Title: President   Genesis Parties Interest: 25%
         
      /s/ John Cox
      John Cox
      Genesis Parties Interest: 25%
         
      Operational Security Systems, Inc.
         
      By: /s/ Tom Coleman
      Its: Corporate Secretary
      Genesis Parties Interest: 25%
         
      The Verta Group, LLC
       
      By: /s/ Pierce L. Lowrey IV
      Its: Member
      Genesis Parties Interest: 16.66%
       
      /s/ Tommy Duffy
      Tommy Duffy
      Genesis Parties Interest: 8.34%

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS OF THE
SERIES B CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK OF
BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

See Exhibit 4.2 to this registration statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus. 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Share Purchase Agreement

 

THIS SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into this 5 th day of November 2014, to be effective as of September 24, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), and the Persons or Entities who are listed on Schedule A hereto and who have executed this Agreement on the signature page hereof (each a “ Purchaser ” and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”).

 

SECTION 1. Acquisition Of Shares.

 

(a) Sale of Shares . On the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, on the date hereof, the Company hereby agrees to sell to each of a Purchasers and each of a Purchasers who have executed this Agreement hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), that are listed next to the name of each Purchaser on Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part hereof (the “ Shares ” or “ Purchased Shares ”). The Shares shall be issued at the offices of the Company on the date set forth above or at such other place and time as the parties may agree.

 

(b)   Valuation of the Company . The Company and the Purchasers mutually agree that as at the date of execution of this Agreement and as at the Effective Date, the Company owns no businesses, assets or properties and has no operating subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company’s Board of Directors and the Purchasers value each share of Common Stock an not more than two cents ($0.02) per share.

 

(c) Purchase Price. The Purchasers hereby agrees to purchase the Shares at a purchase price of two cents ($0.02) per share (the “ Per Share Price ”). Accordingly, each Purchaser hereby agrees to pay to the Company for all Purchased Shares acquired by such Purchaser the amount set forth opposite the name of such Purchaser on Schedule A annexed hereto (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

(d)   Method of Payment of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be payable by delivery of each Purchaser’s 4% promissory note (the “ Purchase Note ”), payable on DEMAND but in no event later than either (i) the effective date of a registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by the SEC in connection with an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company (the “ IPO ”), or (ii) a transaction is consummated pursuant to which the Shares shall be exchanged or substituted for shares of common stock of a publicly traded corporation (an “ RTO ”). A true copy of such Purchase Note is in the form of Exhibit 1 hereto and made a part hereof.

 

(e) Defined Terms . Capitalized terms not defined above are defined in Section 11 of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

SECTION 2. Right Of First Refusal.

 

(a) Right of First Refusal . Subject at all times to the provisions of Section 2(d) below, in the event that a Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge or otherwise transfer to a third party any Purchased Shares, or any interest in Purchased Shares, unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), the Company shall have the Right of First Refusal with respect to all (and not less than all) of such Purchased Shares. If a Purchaser desires to transfer Purchased Shares, such Purchaser shall give a written Transfer Notice to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Purchased Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, the name and address of the proposed Transferee and proof satisfactory to the Company that the proposed sale or transfer will not violate any applicable federal, State or foreign securities laws. The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by a Purchaser and by the proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both parties to the transfer of the Purchased Shares. The Company shall have the right to purchase all, and not less than all, of the Purchased Shares on the terms of the proposal described in the Transfer Notice (subject, however, to any change in such terms permitted under Subsection (b) below) by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date when the Transfer Notice was received by the Company.

 

(b) Transfer of Shares . If the Board does not waive the Right of First Refusal, but the Company fails to exercise its Right of First Refusal within 10 days after receiving the Transfer Notice, a Purchaser may, not later than 30 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Purchased Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided that any such sale is made in compliance with applicable federal, State and foreign securities laws and not in violation of any other contractual restrictions to which a Purchaser is bound. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by a Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance with the procedure described in Section 2(a) above. If the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of the Purchased Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within 60 days after the Company received the Transfer Notice (or within such longer period as may have been specified in the Transfer Notice); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provided that payment for the Purchased Shares was to be made in a form other than cash or cash equivalents paid at the time of transfer, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Purchased Shares with cash or cash equivalents equal to the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)   Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property . Subject at all times to the provisions of Section 2(d) below, in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a Shares split, the declaration of a Shares dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Shares, a spin-off, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed with respect to, any Purchased Shares subject to this Section 2 shall immediately be subject to the Right of First Refusal. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the exchange or distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of the Purchased Shares subject to this Section 2.

 

2
 

 

(d)   Termination of Right of First Refusal . Any other provision of this Section 2 notwithstanding, in the event that (i) the Company shall consummate an IPO or an RTO, or (ii) the Common Stock of the Company shall be merged with or acquired by any company whose shares of common stock are publicly traded on a securities market, this Section 2, and the Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 2 shall immediately terminate and shall no longer be of any force or effect, and no Purchaser shall have any obligation to comply with the procedures prescribed by any of the other provisions of this Section 2.

 

(e)   Permitted Transfers . In addition to the provisions of Section 2(d), this Section 2 shall not apply to (i) a transfer by a Purchaser to any Person or entity in which the Right of First Refusal is waived by the Board, (ii) a transfer by beneficiary designation, will or intestate succession or (iii) a transfer to one or more members of a Purchaser’s Immediate Family or to a trust established by a Purchaser for the benefit of a Purchaser and/or one or more members of a Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided in the case of clause (ii) or (iii), that the Transferee agrees in writing on a form prescribed by the Company to be bound by all provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)   Termination of Rights as Shareholder . If the Company makes available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Shares to be purchased in accordance with this Section 2, then after such time the person from whom such Shares are to be purchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such Shares (other than the right to receive payment of such consideration in accordance with this Agreement). Such Shares shall be deemed to have been purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, whether or not the certificate(s) therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

SECTION 3. Other Restrictions On Transfer.

 

(a) Purchaser Representations . In connection with the issuance and acquisition of Shares under this Agreement, each Purchaser hereby severally (and not jointly and severally) represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

(i)   The Purchaser is acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for his or her account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

(ii)   The Purchaser understands that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom and that the Purchased Shares must be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or a Purchaser obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required. The Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares.

 

3
 

 

(iii) The Purchaser is aware of the adoption of Rule 144 by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including (without limitation) the availability of certain current public information about the issuer, the resale occurring only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been satisfied, the sale occurring through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” and the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

(iv)   The Purchaser will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder, including Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Purchaser agrees that he or she will not dispose of the Purchased Shares unless and until he or she has complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of Purchased Shares and he or she has provided the Company with written assurances, in substance and form satisfactory to the Company, that (A) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or with any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) has been taken and (B) the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Purchased Shares under state securities law.

 

(v)   The Purchaser has been furnished with, and has had access to, such information as he or she considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares, and a Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.

 

(vi)   The Purchaser is aware that his or her investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss. The Purchaser is able, without impairing his or her financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of his or her investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

(b)   Securities Law Restrictions . Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares under this Agreement have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any State, the Company at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of the Purchased Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on Shares certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Company, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any State or any other law.

 

4
 

 

(c)   Market Stand-Off . In connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or any successor-in-interest to the Company of equity securities of the Company or its successor for the account of the Company or such successor, pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 filed under the Securities Act, a Purchaser or a Transferee shall not directly or indirectly sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, offer, grant or sell any option or other contract for the purchase of, purchase any option or other contract for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, or agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Purchased Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its managing underwriter. Such restriction (the “ Market Stand-Off ”) shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company, its successor or such underwriter. In no event, however, shall such period exceed 360 days plus such additional period as may reasonably be requested by the Company or such successor or such underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports or (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including (without limitation) the restrictions set forth in Rule 2711(f)(4) of the Financial Institute Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) and Rule 472(f)(4) of the New York Shares Exchange, as amended, or any similar successor rules . The Market Stand-Off shall in any event terminate eighteen (18) months after the date of the Company’s IPO. In the event of the declaration of a Shares dividend, a spin-off, a Shares split, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to the Market Stand-Off, or into which such Shares thereby become convertible, shall immediately be subject to the Market Stand-Off. In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Purchased Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 3(c). This Section 3(c) shall not apply to Shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

(d)   Rights of the Company . The Company shall not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Purchased Shares that have been sold or transferred in contravention of this Agreement or (ii) treat as the owner of Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4. Successors And Assigns.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and be binding upon each Purchaser and such Purchaser’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person has become a party to this Agreement or has agreed in writing to join herein and to be bound by the terms, conditions and restrictions hereof.

 

5
 

 

SECTION 5. Tax Election.

 

The acquisition of the Purchased Shares may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b). Such election may be filed only within 30 days after the date of purchase. The form for making the Code Section 83(b) election is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I. The Purchaser should consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election. The Purchaser acknowledges that it is his or her sole responsibility, and not the Company’s, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if a Purchaser requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

SECTION 6. Legends.

 

All certificates evidencing Purchased Shares shall bear the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF A WRITTEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THE SHARES (OR THE PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST TO THE SHARES). SUCH AGREEMENT GRANTS TO THE COMPANY CERTAIN RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL UPON AN ATTEMPTED TRANSFER OF THE SHARES AND CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS UPON TERMINATION OF SERVICE WITH THE COMPANY. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.”

 

If required by the authorities of any State in connection with the issuance of the Purchased Shares, the legend or legends required by such State authorities shall also be endorsed on all such certificates.

 

SECTION 7. Notice.

 

Any notice required by the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing. It shall be deemed effective upon (i) personal delivery, (ii) deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid or (iii) deposit with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. Notice shall be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office and to a Purchaser at the address that he or she most recently provided to the Company in accordance with this Section 8.

 

6
 

 

SECTION 8. Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof. It supersedes any other agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) that relate to the subject matter hereof.

 

SECTION 9. Choice Of Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Nevada, as such laws are applied to contracts entered into and performed in such State.

 

SECTION 10. COUNTERPARTS AND FACSIMILE SIGNATURES.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Facsimile or electronic signatures shall have the same meaning and legal effect as ribbon original signatures.

 

SECTION 11. Definitions.

 

(a) “ Agreement ” shall mean this Share Purchase Agreement.

 

(b) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.

 

(c) “ Change in Control ” shall mean (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or (ii) the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company. The foregoing notwithstanding, a merger or consolidation of the Company shall not constitute a “Change in Control” if immediately after such merger or consolidation a majority of the voting power of the capital Shares of the continuing or surviving entity, or any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity, will be owned by the persons who were the Company’s Sharesholders immediately prior to such merger or consolidation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Company’s capital Shares immediately prior to such merger or consolidation.

 

(d) Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(e) Immediate Family ” shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law and shall include adoptive relationships.

 

(f) Parent ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns Shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

7
 

 

(g) Purchased Shares ” shall mean the Shares purchased by a Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(h) Purchase Price ” shall mean the dollar value of the consideration for which the Shares are purchased pursuant to Schedule A to this Agreement.

 

(i) Right of First Refusal ” shall mean the Company’s right of first refusal described in Section 2.

 

(j) Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(k) Share ” shall mean one of the Shares.

 

(l) Shares ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(m) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns Shares possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of Shares in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

(n) Transferee ” shall mean any person to whom a Purchaser has directly or indirectly transferred any Purchased Share.

 

(o) Transfer Notice ” shall mean the notice of a proposed transfer of Purchased Shares described in Section 2.

 

[Reminder of page intentionally left blank]

 

8
 

 

In Witness Whereof , each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

Company Signature Page

 

 
 

 

PURCHASER SIGNATURE PAGE

 

In Witness Whereof , each of the Purchaers has executed this Agreement, individually or in the case of an entity by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Name of Purchaser:
   
  Vert Capital Corp.
     
  By:  
  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: President
   
  Lackamoola LLC
   
  By:  
  Name: Jean Weiss
  Title: Member
     
   
  Elliot Weiss
     
  Westbourne Holdings Ltd.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Gross Children Family Trust II
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

  CAELLM Ventures, LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Huston Barnet, Inc.
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Roma Ventures, LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Forbes Henry, LLC
     
  By:
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 
 

 

Schedule A

 

List of Purchasers, Shares and Purchase Price

 

Name of Purchaser   No. of Shares
Purchased
    Purchase Price
and Note
 
Vert Capital Corp.     16,000,000     $ 320,000  
Lackamoola, LLC     320,000     $ 6,400  
Elliot Weiss     30,000     $ 600  
Westbourne Holdings  Ltd.     2,250,000     $ 45,000  
Gross Children Family Trust II     2,000,000     $ 40,000  
Caellm Ventures, LLC     1,500,000     $ 30,000  
Huston Barnet, Inc.     1,250,000     $ 25,000  
Roma Ventures, LLC     1,000,000     $ 20,000  
Forbes Henry, LLC     1,000,000     $ 20,000  
Total     25,350,000     $ 507,000  

 

 
 

 

4% PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$ ______ Issuance Date: As of September 24, 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , each of the persons and entities who are listed on Schedule A hereto ( each a “ Maker ” and collectively, the “ Maker ”) , does hereby severally and not jointly and severally, unconditionally agrees and promises to pay to the order of LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (“ LCC ”) and/or its successors and assigns (collectively, with LCC, the “ Holder ”), at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia, the principal amount that is set forth above (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”), together with interest payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by this Note, calculated from the Issuance Date to the payment date, at the rate of four (4%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”).

 

1. Purchase Agreement. This Note is given as consideration for the purchase by the Maker of shares of common stock of LCC (the “ Shares ”), pursuant to a share purchase agreement, effective as of the Issuance Date, among the Maker, LCC and other individuals and entities (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Unless otherwise expressly defined in this Note, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Maturity Date; Prepayment Options .

 

(a) The entire Principal Indebtedness of this Note that is attributable to the Maker, together with all interest accrued on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the Interest Rate shall be due and payable by Maker ON DEMAND by the Holder, but in no event later than the date that either (i) a registration statement on Form S- in connection with an initial public offering of Common Stock of the Company (an “ IPO ”) 1declared effective by the SEC, or (ii) a transaction is consummated pursuant to which the Shares shall be exchanged or substituted for shares of common stock of a publicly traded corporation (an “ RTO ”) (either, the Maturity Date ”).

 

(b) The Maker may prepay this Note, in whole or in part, at any time on or before the Maturity Date, without premium or penalty of any kind.

 

3. Method of Payment . The Maker shall pay or prepay the Principal Indebtedness and accrued interest due under this Note either in cash, or if requested by the Maker and approved by the Holder, by delivering back to LLC the Shares for cancellation.

 

4.   Events of Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (“ Event of Default ”) hereunder:

 

(a)   A Maker shall fail to make the payment on this Note or pay any amounts due and owing on this Note when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise;

 

(b)   If, pursuant to or within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other federal or state law relating to insolvency or relief of debtors (a “ Bankruptcy Law ”), a Maker shall (i) commence a voluntary case or proceeding; (ii) consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (iii) consent to the appointment of a trustee, receiver, assignee, liquidator or similar official; (iv) make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (v) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

 
 

 

(c)   If a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against a Maker in an involuntary case, (ii) appoints a trustee, receiver, assignee, liquidator or similar official for Maker for all or substantially all of Maker’s properties, or (iii) orders the liquidation of Maker, and in each case the order or decree is not dismissed within ninety (90) days.

 

5.    Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (unless all Events of Default have been cured or waived by Holder), the entire unpaid Principal Indebtedness of this Note and all interest thereon shall be due and payable, and Holder may exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under applicable law, including without limitation, the right to collect from the applicable Maker all sums due under this Note. Whether or not Holder exercises such option to accelerate the Note, the entire Principal Indebtedness then outstanding and all accrued interest shall bear interest from the date of such Event of Default at a default rate of Ten Percent (10%) (“ Default Interest ”) and the Principal balance shall continue to bear the Default Interest until such time as any and all Event(s) of Default have been cured. Default Interest is payable on demand. Holder’s failure to exercise any right or remedy shall not be a waiver of the right to exercise the same upon any subsequent Event of Default.

 

6.    Cancellation . After all Principal Indebtedness and accrued interest at any time owed on this Note has been paid in full, this Note shall be surrendered to Maker for cancellation and shall not be reissued.

 

7.   Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Note shall be governed by the interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without reference to its conflicts of laws rules or principles. Each of the Maker hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Nevada in connection with any dispute arising under this Note and hereby waives, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any objection, including any objection based on forum non coveniens , to the bringing of any such proceeding in such jurisdictions.

 

8. Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Note shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If there is any provision of this Note or the application thereof to any party or circumstance, which shall be prohibited by, or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the minimal extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Note, or the application of such provisions to other parties or circumstances. If at any time the rate of interest provided for herein shall exceed the maximum permitted by law, the rate of interest provided for herein shall be deemed to be the maximum permitted under applicable law.

 

 
 

 

9.   Expenses . If this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection after default or maturity, or is collected by legal proceedings of any kind, Maker agrees to pay all costs of collection incurred by Holder, including attorneys’ fees.

 

10. Assignment . This Note shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Maker and Holder (or other holder of this Note) and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but shall not be assignable or delegable by Maker without the prior written consent of Holder; provided , further , that nothing in this Note is intended to limit Holder’s ability to either sell or assign his rights under this Note to any party identified by Holder.

 

11. Headings and Pronouns . The headings, titles and subtitles herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof. As used herein, all pronouns shall include the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural thereof wherever the context and facts require such construction.

 

12. Application of Payments . All payments shall be applied first to accrued interest at the Interest Rate (or Default Interest Rate) and then to the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness of this Note.

 

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally; signature page to follow]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note has been executed by the Maker as of the ___ day of November 2014 to be effective as of the Issuance Date set forth above.

 

  Name of Maker
   
   
   
   
  Name:
  Title:

 

 
 

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY ASSET PURCHASE

AND ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Intellectual Property Asset Purchase and Assignment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this __ day of October 2014 by and among HERBERT H. MYERS , a United States citizen (“ IP Asset Owner ”) with an address at 17023 Lark Lane, N.W., Poulsbo, Washington 98370; BOXLIGHT, INC. (formerly, Display Projection Corp.), a Washington corporation (“ IP Asset Licensee ”) with an address at PO Box 2609, Belfair, Washington 98528; BOXLIGHT TECHNOLOGIES LTD., a Taiwan corporation (“ Assignee ”), with an office at 4F., No.1, Lising 6 th Rd., Hsinchu City 300, Taiwan, R.O.C.; and LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (“ LCC ”) with an address at 10951 W. Pico Blvd, Suite 204, Los Angeles, California 90064.

 

WHEREAS, Assignee is the owner of 100% of the share capital of IP Asset Licensee; and

 

WHEREAS, IP Asset Owner and IP Asset Licensee are parties to that certain Trademark License Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2009 (as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Trademark License Agreement ”),

 

WHEREAS, IP Asset Owner is the owner of all right, title and interest in and to the registered trademarks and domain name listed on the attached Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Assets ”); and

 

WHEREAS, LCC and its affiliates have entered into an amended and restated share purchase agreement dated October __, 2014 with Assignee and its shareholders and affiliates, pursuant to which LCC will acquire a majority of the share capital of Assignee and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including the IP Asset Licensee; and

 

WHEREAS, consummation of the share capital of Assignee and its affiliates is conditional upon LCC consummating an initial public offering of its shares of common stock (the “ LCC Common Stock ”) and listing such LCC Common Stock for trading on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange in the United States (the “ LCC IPO ”), with a a valuation of the fully-diluted LCC Common Stock immediately prior to such IPO of not less than $80,000,000; and

 

WHEREAS, subject to consummation of the LCC IPO, LCC and Assignee desire to purchase and the IP Asset Owner desires to sell and assign all right, title and interest in the Assets and associated goodwill in the Assets throughout the world to Assignee and Assignee desires to acquire all of the IP Asset Owner’s right title and interest in, to and under the Assets, together with the goodwill of the business in connection with which the trademarks are used;

 

1
 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto intending to be bound hereby, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.   On the date that the registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) in respect of the LCC IPO and LCC shall consummate the purchase of a majority of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Assignee (the “ Closing Date ”), LCC shall issue to the IP Asset Owner a number of shares of LCC Common Stock (the “ Asset Purchase Price ”) as shall be determined by dividing $250,000 by the initial price per share of shares of LCC Common Stock sold in the IPO (the “ IPO Offering Price ”).

 

2.   On the Closing Date, the IP Asset Owner shall sell, assign, transfer and set over to Assignee, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, all of IP Asset Owner’s right, title and interest in and to the Assets together with the goodwill and the business associated with said Assets and registrations thereof, including any rights under common law, and including, without limitation, all claims, proceeds and causes of action relating to and the right to sue for past, present and future infringements of said Assets, the same to be held and enjoyed by Assignee for its own use and on behalf of its successors, legal representatives and assigns, as fully and entirely as the same would have been held and enjoyed by IP Asset Owner, had this assignment not been made.

 

3. The IP Asset Owner hereby requests the Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks, or the relevant foreign trademark office, to record Assignee, as assignee and owner of any and all of IP Asset Owner’s in the Assets and to issue to Assignee any and all registrations resulting from said applications, or any renewals of said registrations.

 

4. The IP Asset Owner agrees to execute and deliver at a future date, for no additional consideration (other than the Asset Purchase Price, any additional documents that the Assignee reasonably determines are required to reflect the Assignee’s ownership of the Assets anywhere in the world.

 

5. The IP Asset Owner will assist in obtaining or providing any further documents which may be required to confirm chain of title thereto.

 

6. Assignee shall have the sole and absolute right to assign the Assets to any wholly-owned subsidiary or affiliate of Assignee or to any successor-in-interest to the assets, business or securities of Assignee.

 

7. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but together shall constitute a single instrument

 

8. By its execution of this Agreement the IP Asset Licensee does hereby consent to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

9. By their execution of this Agreement, each of the IP Asset Owner and the IP Asset Licensee do hereby acknowledge and agree that on the Closing Date, the Trademark License Agreement shall be terminated ab initio and deemed to have no further force or effect.

 

2
 

 

10. This Agreement and the Note shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the laws of the State of Washington as applied to agreements among residents of the Washington, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Washington.

 

11. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AND EACH PARTY REPRESENTS TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

 

12. THIS AGREEMENT IS THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY ALLEGED ORAL AGREEMENT.

 

13. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures and delivered electronically in pdf format, each of which shall be given the same legal weight as though they were ribbon original signatures.

 

[balance of page intentionally left blank]

 

3
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the IP Asset Owner and duly authorized representatives of each of the IP Asset Licensee, the Assignee and LCC on the __ day of October 2014.

 

  IP ASSET OWNER :
     
  /s/ Herbert H. Myers
  HERBERT H. MYERS
     
  IP ASSET LICENSEE:
   
  BOXLIGHT, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Henry F. Nance
  Name: Henry F. Nance
  Title: President
     
  ASSIGNEE:
   
  BOXLIGHT TECHNOLOGIES LTD.
     
  By: /s/ James M. Elliott
  Name: James M. Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  LCC:
   
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ James M. Elliott
  Name: James M. Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

4
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Purchased Assets

 

Registered Trademarks, domain name and other asset s :

 

BOXLIGHT

 

www.boxlight.com

 

BOXLIGHT

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated and effective as of September 18, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation with an address at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia (the “ Corporation ”), and MARK ELLIOTT an individual (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation wishes to employ and retain the services of the Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto intending to be bound hereby, it is hereinafter agreed as follows:

 

1. Term. The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, for term commencing on Effective Date hereof and, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 5 hereof, continuing for the period commencing on the Effective Date through December 31, 2017 (the “ Initial Term ”); which Initial Term may be renewed annually or extended by mutual agreement of the Corporation and the Executive (such Initial Term, as the same may be so renewed or extended, being hereinafter sometimes called the “ Term of Employment ”). The Executive shall perform the services specified herein, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. This Agreement may be extended only upon the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

2. Duties and Responsibilities.

 

a. General . Executive shall serve as the chief executive officer of the Corporation and Corporation (the “ Chief Executive Officer ”) and subject to the general direction and control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). As the Chief Executive Officer, the Executive shall have responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and each of its direct or indirect existing or future subsidiaries, including Corporation (collectively, the “ LCC Group ”). In addition, the Chief Executive Officer shall have such other duties as are normally associated with and inherent in the executive capacity in which the Chief Executive Officer will be serving. The Chief Executive Officer also agrees to perform his responsibilities, without additional compensation (other than reimbursement of reasonable travel expenses), and provide such additional services as the Board of Directors shall from time to time reasonably specify.

 

b. Time . The Executive shall devote 100% of his professional and business time, attention and energy to the Business (as defined herein) of the LCC Group as necessary and appropriate to further the interests of the LCC Group, other than reasonable time spent performing non-profit and charitable community service. As used herein, the term “ Business ” shall mean and include the development, production and selling of interactive and traditional educational and learning products and services.

 

 
 

 

c. Conflict of Interest . The Executive agree to refrain from any interest, of any kind whatsoever, in any business competitive to the Business, and further acknowledges that he will not engage in any “conflict of interest” or form of activity that produces a conflict of interest with those of the LCC Group unless agreed to in advance and in writing by both Executive and the Corporation.

 

d. Business Opportunities The Executive covenants and agrees that if, during the Term of Employment, the Executive shall access, directly or indirectly, an investment or business opportunity that is directly or indirectly related to the Business of the LCC Group (a “ Business Opportunity ”), the Executive shall submit full details of such Business Opportunity to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and such Business Opportunity shall be the sole property of the Corporation or other member of the LCC Group designated by the Parent.

 

3. Initial Compensation.

 

a. Base Salary . During the Term of Employment the Corporation shall cause the LCC Group to pay to the Executive a salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of One Hundred and Twenty Thousand ($120,000) Dollars.

 

b. Bonuses . During the Term of Employment and following the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, the Board of Directors shall evaluate the performance of the Executive and the LCC Group and, if deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors (with the Executive abstaining from any such vote), the Executive shall be awarded such annual cash bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year (each a “ Bonus ”) as the Board of Directors shall, in the exercise of their sole discretion, determine.

 

c. Incentive Option Grant . The Corporation hereby grants to the Executive, on the Effective Date of this Agreement, options to purchase, subject to Section 3d below (the “ Incentive Option Grant ”), an aggregate of Two Million Eighty Two Thousand Three Hundred (2,082,300) shares of Corporation Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”), at a purchase price of [$0.02] per share (the “ Option Price ”). The number of Option Shares shall be subject to appropriate reduction and the Option Price shall be subject to appropriate increase in the event of a reverse split of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock. Conversely, the number of Option Shares shall be subject to appropriate increase and the Option Price shall be subject to appropriate reduction (but not lower than the par value per share) in the event of a forward split of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock.

 

 
 

 

d. Vesting Option Installments . For so long as the Executive remains in the full-time employ of the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries, the Incentive Option Grant set forth in Section 3c above will vest in quarterly installments over a three year period commencing on December 31, 2014, entitling the Executive to purchase up to 100% of the 2,082,300 Option Shares of Corporation Common Stock over the three year vesting period in accordance with the following quarterly triggers: (a) 173,525 Option Shares shall vest as at the end of each calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014, (b) the Executive shall have the right to purchase up to 173,525 Option Shares as at the end of each such calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014, and (c) to the extent not purchased at the end of any one or more such quarters such vested Option Shares shall accumulate and may be purchased in any one or more subsequent calendar quarters through the quarter ending December 31, 2017, at which point in time the shares will be fully vested. Once the Option Shares have fully vested, except as provided in Section 5c below, they may be exercised and purchased by the Executive at the Option Price within 180 days.

 

e. Payroll Policies . The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll policies of the Corporation or the LCC Group with respect to executive officers, in effect from time to time during the Term of Employment, which at a minimum, shall at least be on a monthly basis.

 

f. Term Renewal . If a Executive Term of Employment shall be extended by mutual agreement of the parties beyond the Initial Term, the Base Salary shall be as mutually agreed between the Executive and the Corporation.

 

g. Unilateral Modification. In addition, the Corporation shall have the right at any time to increase (but not decrease) the Base Salary, all as shall be determined by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in the exercise of their sole discretion.

 

h. Other Consideration . The Corporation acknowledges that all compensation set forth herein shall be in addition to any and all consideration issued to the Executive in the form of shares of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

 

4. Fringe Benefits.

 

a. Benefit Plans . In addition to the other compensation payable to the Executive hereunder, and except as otherwise set forth herein, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all pension, profit sharing, retirement savings plan, 401K or other similar benefit, medical, disability and other employee benefit plans and programs generally provided by the Corporation to its senior staff from time to time hereafter (other than those provided pursuant to separately negotiated individual employment agreements or arrangements), subject to, and to the extent the Executive are eligible for the respective terms of such benefit plans and programs.

 

b. Expenses . During the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Executive, upon submission of appropriate documentation by him, for all out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, hotel accommodations, and the like incurred by him in the interest of the Business.

 

 
 

 

c. Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks annual paid vacations per calendar year in accordance with Corporation policies.

 

d. Insurance . During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any group insurance plan, including health insurance, term life insurance, and disability insurance policies (collectively, “ Corporation Plans ”) from time to time maintained by the Corporation; provided that such insurance can be obtained on economically reasonable terms. The Corporation agrees to pay or reimburse the full amount of Executive premiums for disability, accident, death and dismemberment and/or life insurance coverage in the Corporation Plans. Should the Corporation not have an applicable Corporation Plan, the Executive shall be reimbursed for any economically reasonable health and welfare insurance premiums paid by the Executive.

 

5. Termination.

 

a. Death . If a Executive shall die prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have no further obligation hereunder, other than to the Executive or his estate except to pay to the Executive’s estate the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of his death, plus any accrued but unpaid Bonus for fiscal year(s) preceding the Executive’s death. Such payment shall be made promptly after the date of death to the Executive’s estate, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which death occurred.

 

b. Disability . If prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be prevented, during a continuous period of ninety (90) days (the “ Disability Period ”), from performing his duties by reason of “disability,” the Corporation may terminate this Agreement, in which event the Executive shall receive: (i) his Base Salary accrued to the date upon which any determination of disability shall have been made as hereinafter provided, and continuing until the date on which disability income payments commence under the Parent Company’s long term disability plan (or the beginning of Social Security disability income, if sooner), which Base Salary payment may be reduced by the amount of any disability income payments the Executive may receive in connection with such occurrence of disability during the Disability Period under any policy or plan carried or maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation and under which the Executive is a beneficiary or participant, and (ii) any Bonus that would have been payable at the time of such termination for disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) . The Executive shall continue to have the right to receive the greater of his Current Benefits, or benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans, but only in accordance with the terms of such plan or policy as they apply to persons whose employment has been terminated as a result of an employee’s permanent disability. Such payments shall be made to the Executive in accordance with its normal payroll policies and schedule, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which the Disability Period arose.

 

 
 

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have become disabled when the Board of Directors of the Corporation (excluding the Executive or any of his affiliates), upon the diagnosis of a reputable, licensed physician of the Corporation’s choice, in consultation with the Executive’s primary physician, shall have determined that the Executive shall have become unable to perform his duties under this Agreement, whether due to physical or mental incapacity or to infirmity caused by chronic alcoholism or drug use (excluding infrequent and temporary absences due to ordinary illness); provided that such incapacity shall have continued uninterrupted for a period of not less than ninety (90) days.

 

c. Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have the right to discharge the Executive “for Cause,” as defined below, then this Agreement shall terminate effective upon such discharge, and upon such termination, neither the Corporation nor any other member of the Corporation shall have any further obligation to the Executive or his estate, except that the Corporation will cause the Corporation to pay to the Executive, within thirty (30) days of such termination, or in the event of his subsequent death, his estate, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary, as provided in Section 3 hereof, accrued to the date of termination. In addition, the Executive shall not, after the date of termination, be entitled to receive any further Current Benefits, or other benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, neither the Corporation nor any member of the Corporation shall be obligated to pay, and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive, any Bonus. In addition, all Stock Options that have not been exercised by the Executive shall be submit to immediate cancellation.

 

For the purposes hereof, the term “ Cause ” shall mean and be limited to a discharge resulting from any one of the following:

 

(i) the Executive’s conviction of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude,

 

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties to the Corporation as specified herein, or

 

(iii) the Executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful polices or directives established by the Board of Directors;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) above, the Board of Directors shall have first given written notice thereof to the Executive on each occasion describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach, failure or refusal, and such breach or willful failure or refusal to follow written lawful policies or directives shall remain uncured for a period of twenty (20) days following receipt of each such notice.

 

 
 

 

d. Termination Without Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in this Agreement, the Corporation by action of its Board of Directors, may terminate the employment of the Executive at any time without cause (a “ Non-Cause Termination ”); provided that the Corporation shall pay to the Executive severance pay equal to twelve (12) months of the Base Salary then in effect (the “ Severance Payment ”), payable in equal monthly installments over the twelve month period following such Non-Cause Termination. In the event of any Non-Cause Termination, the remaining unvested Stock Options granted to the Executive shall immediately vest.

 

e. Other Reasons for Termination .

 

The Executive may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Term of Employment either (A) upon thirty (30) days written notice with Good Reason (“ Termination With Good Reason” ), or (B) for any or no reason by providing three (3) months’ advance written notice is given by the Executive to the Corporation.

 

As used herein, the term “ Termination for Good Reason ” shall mean: (a) a material reduction in the scope of the Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect as of the Effective Date, which reduction is not remedied by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after notification to the Corporation containing a reasonably detailed description of such reduction; (b) the Corporation’s breach of any material obligation owed to the Executive under this Agreement, including any Base Salary or Bonus payment obligations; provided that the Executive has given the Corporation notice thereof describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach or failure, and the Corporation has failed to cure such breach or failure within a period of forty-five (45) days following receipt of such notice.

 

In the event of a Termination Without Cause initiated by the Executive, the Corporation shall pay to the Executive, or in the event of his death, to his estate, the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of termination. In the event of a Termination With Good Reason initiated by the Executive, the Corporation shall additionally pay to the Executive one full year’s Base Salary. The amounts set forth in this Section 5(e) shall be paid in full within thirty (30) days of the date of termination of employment.

 

 
 

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive

 

a. Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Corporation she may receive certain information, knowledge and data concerning the Business of the Corporation and its affiliates or pertaining to any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, organization, entity or other person which the Corporation may do business with during the Term of Employment, which is not in the public domain, including but not limited to trade secrets, employee records, names and lists of suppliers and customers, programs, statistics, processes, techniques, pricing, marketing, software and designs, or any other matters, and all other confidential information of the Corporation and its affiliates acquired in connection with the Executive’s employment (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Confidential Information ”), which the Corporation and its affiliates desire to protect. The Executive understands that such Confidential Information is confidential, and she agrees not to reveal or disclose or otherwise make accessible such Confidential Information to anyone outside of the Corporation or any affiliate and their respective officers, employees, directors, consultants or agents, so long as the confidential or secret nature of such Confidential Information shall continue, whether or not he is employed by the Corporation, except as may be required by law, regulation or court order.

 

b. Return of Information . At such time as the Executive shall cease to be employed by the Corporation or the Corporation for whatever reason or at any other time the Corporation may reasonably request, she shall promptly deliver and surrender to the Corporation all papers, memoranda, notes, records, reports, sketches, specifications, designs and other documents, writings (and all copies thereof), and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment hereunder and relating to the Confidential Information referred to in this Section 6 or otherwise to the Business, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Corporation.

 

c. Non-Competition Agreement . The Executive acknowledges that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 6(c) are essential to protect the business, goodwill, trade secrets and confidential information of the Corporation and are appropriate in scope and the Business is conducted throughout the world. Executive covenants and agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement, or (b) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation for Cause, or (c) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation without good reason, or (d) immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason or (e) provided, that the Executive receives his Severance Payment, six (6) months following the Corporation’s termination of the Executive’s without cause (each, a “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in any related business activity in the Territory that competes with the Business; (ii) render any services to any person for use in competing with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States; or (iii) have an interest in any person engaged in any business that competes with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, including as a partner, member, officer, director, manager, principal, agent, trustee or consultant or any other relationship or capacity; provided, however, that each Restricted Party may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Person which are publicly traded if such Restricted Party (A) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (B) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person; or (iv) interfere with business relationships (whether formed heretofore or hereafter) between Buyer or any of its Affiliates and customers, suppliers or prospects of the Business.

 

 
 

 

d . Agreement Not to Solicit . For so long as the Executive shall be employed with the Corporation and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive agrees that she will not, either directly or indirectly, through any person, firm, association, corporation, partnership, agency or other business entity or person with which he is now or may hereafter become associated, (i) cause or induce any present or future employee of the Corporation to leave the employ of the Corporation or any affiliate to accept employment with the Executive or with such person, firm, association or corporation, agency or other business entity or (ii) solicit any person or entity which is a customer of the Corporation for the purpose of directly or indirectly furnishing services competitive with the Corporation.

 

e. Scope . It is expressly agreed that if any restrictions set forth in this Section 6 are found by any court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable because they are too broad in any respect, then and in each such case, the remaining restrictions herein contained shall, nevertheless, remain effective, and this Agreement, or any portion thereof, shall be considered to be amended so as to be considered reasonable and enforceable by such court, and the court shall specifically have the right to restrict the business or geographical scope of such restrictions to any portion of the business or geographic areas described above to the extent the court deems such restriction to be necessary to cause the covenants to be enforceable, and in such event, the covenants shall be enforced to the extent so permitted.

 

f. Specific Performance . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of Section 6 of this Agreement may be inadequate, and agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in case of any such breach or attempted breach, and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or any other equitable relief.

 

7 . Indemnification. Throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to maintain officers and directors liability insurance with one or more recognized insurance carriers and to cover the Executive under all of such policies and to provide indemnity to the Executive, in his capacity described in this Agreement, to the fullest extent provided under Georgia Law as provided herein. In addition, throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive and his Affiliates and, if applicable, the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants, agents and representatives of any affiliate of the Executive and the heirs, successors and assigns of the Executive or his affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) to the fullest extent permitted under Georgia law, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, expenses, including without limitation the payment by the Corporation of all legal fees, court costs and filing fees, as incurred by the Executive (collectively, “ Claims ”), based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of (i) any act of omission or commission by the Corporation or its board of directors, (ii) the failure of the Corporation to perform or observe fully any covenant, agreement or provision to be performed or observed by the Corporation to any third party, or (iii) any third-party Claim arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Business of the Corporation..

 

 
 

 

8. Severability . In case of any term, phrase, clause, Section, section, restriction, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be deemed, and it is hereby agreed that the same are meant to be several, and shall not defeat or impair the remaining provisions hereof.

 

9 . Waiver . The waiver by the Corporation of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Executive shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

 

10. Assignment; Binding Affect . This Agreement may not be assigned under any circumstances by either party. Neither the Executive nor his estate shall have any right to commute, encumber or dispose any rights to receive payments hereunder, it being agreed that such payment and the right thereto are nonassignable and nontransferable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 9 this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Executive’s heirs and personal representatives, and the successors and assigns of the Corporation.

 

11 . Amendments . This Agreement may not be changed, amended, terminated or superseded orally, but only by an agreement in writing, nor may any of the provisions hereof be waived orally, but only by an instrument in writing, in any such case signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, amendment, termination, waiver, modification, extension or discharge is sought.

 

12. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Governing Law . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby. Only an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto may amend this Agreement.

 

13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought by the parties and heard and determined only in a Federal or state court located in the City of Atlanta and State of Georgia and the parties hereto consent to jurisdiction before and waive any objections to the venue of such Federal and Georgia courts. The parties hereto agree to accept service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding in any manner permitted for a notice hereunder.

 

 
 

 

14. Attorneys’ Fees. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 above, in the event that any suit or other legal proceeding is brought for the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the other party or parties upon final judgment on the merits reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees for any appeal and costs incurred in bringing such suit or proceeding.

 

15. Headings . All descriptive headings of the several Sections or Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and same instrument. Facsimile and PDF signatures hereto shall have the same validity as original signatures hereto.

 

17. Representations and Warranties . (a) Executive represents and warrants to Corporation that (i) Executive is under no contractual or other restriction or obligation which is inconsistent with his execution of this Agreement or performance of his duties hereunder, (ii) Executive has no physical or mental disability that would hinder his performance of his duties under this Agreement, and (iii) she has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his choosing in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

18. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified mail, by personal delivery or by overnight courier to the Executive at his residence (as set forth in Corporation’s corporate records) or to the Corporation at its principal office and shall be effective upon receipt, if by personal delivery, three (3) business days after mailing, if sent by certified mail or one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  Corporation:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Executive:
     
  By: /s/ James Mark Elliot
    JAMES MARK ELLIOT

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS   1
“Acquired Share(s)”   1
“Board of Directors”   1
“Business Day”   1
“Call Price”   1
“Cause”   1
“Code”   1
“Committee”   1
“Common Stock”   1
“Company”   1
“Competitor”   1
“Confidential Information”   1
“Disability”   1
“Disloyal Act”   2
“Disposition”   2
“Effective Date of Termination”   2
“Exercise Agreement”   2
“Exercise Price”   2
“Family Group”   2
“Fair Value”   2
“Holding Period”   3
“Incentive Shares”   3
“Incentive Stock Option” or “Qualified Stock Option”   3
“ISO-FMV”   3
“Non-Employee Director”   3
“Non-Qualified Stock Option”   4
“Offer”   4
“Option”   4
“Over 10% Owner”   4
“Parent”   4
“Participant”   4
“Plan”   4
“Prime Rate”   4
“Proposed Purchase Price”   4
“Proposed Purchaser”   4
“Public Offering”   4
“Resignation For Good Reason”   4
“Restricted Stock Award”   5
“Restricted Stock Award Agreement”   5
“Stock Appreciation Right”   5
“Stock Appreciation Right Agreement”   5
“Stock Incentive”   5
“Stock Incentive Agreement”   5
“Stock Option Agreement” or “Stock Option Certificate”   5
“Subsidiary”   5
“Tax Date”   5
“Termination of Employment”   5
“Trade Secret(s)”   5
“Transaction”   6
“Transfer Notice”   6
“Transferee”   6
“Withholding Election”   6

 

i
 

 

Section 2. Stock Incentive Plan   6
Section 2.1. Plan Purpose.   6
Section 2.2. Stock Subject to the Plan.   6
Section 2.3. Plan Administration.   7
Section 2.4. Composition of Committee after Initial Public Offering.   7
Section 2.5. Eligibility and Limits.   7
     
Section 3. Terms and Conditions of All Stock Incentives   7
Section 3.1. Number of Shares.   7
Section 3.2. Stock Incentive Agreement.   7
Section 3.3. Date of Grant.   7
Section 3.4. Accelerated Vesting upon Consummation of a Transaction.   7
Section 3.5. Redemption of Stock Incentives.   8
Section 3.6. Certain Termination Events.   8
     
Section 4. Terms and Conditions of Options   9
Section 4.1. Type of Option.   9
Section 4.2. Exercise Price.   9
Section 4.3. Term of Option.   9
Section 4.4. Payment of Exercise Price.   9
Section 4.5. Vesting.   9
Section 4.6. Nontransferability of Options.   9
Section 4.7. Substitution of Previously Issued Options.   10
     
Section 5. Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights   10
Section 5.1. Award.   10
Section 5.2. Payment under Stock Appreciation Right.   10
Section 5.3. Exercise.   10
Section 5.4. Nontransferability of Stock Appreciation Rights.   11
Section 5.5. Effect of Termination of Employment.   11
     
Section 6. Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Awards   11
Section 6.1. Award.   11
Section 6.2. Payment under Restricted Stock Award.   11
     
Section 7. Restrictions on Acquired Shares   11
Section 7.1. Restrictions on Transfer of Acquired Shares.   11
Section 7.2. Right of First Refusal.   12
Section 7.3. Right to Purchase Upon Termination of Employment.   13
Section 7.4. Determination of Call Price.   13
Section 7.5. Mandatory Sale.   14
Section 7.6. Disloyal Acts.   14
Section 7.7. Pledging of Shares.   14
Section 7.8. Delivery of Certificate.   14
Section 7.9. Lockup Agreement in Public Offering.   15
Section 7.10. Termination of Restrictions.   15
Section 7.11. Removal of Legends.   15
     
Section 8. General Provisions   15
Section 8.1. Withholding.   15
Section 8.2. Changes in Capitalization; Merger; Liquidation.   15
Section 8.3. Investment Representations.   16
Section 8.4. Compliance with Code.   17
Section 8.5. Set-Off.   17
Section 8.6. Right to Terminate Employment.   17
Section 8.7. Restrictions on Delivery and Sale of Shares.   17
Section 8.8. Shareholders Agreement.   17
Section 8.9. Plan Termination and Amendment.   17
Section 8.10. Effective Date of Plan.   17

 

i i
 

 

Logical Choice CORPORATION
2014 Stock Incentive Plan

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms are used throughout the Plan, Stock Incentive Agreements, and Exercise Agreements with the meaning thereafter ascribed:

 

“Acquired Share(s)” means any and all outstanding shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Incentives awarded under the Plan. For purposes of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 7.1 hereof, “Acquired Shares” excludes shares which have been sold and transferred: (a) in a Public Offering, (b) in a Transaction, (c) after compliance with the right of first refusal in Section 7.2 hereof, and (d) after a Public Offering, in a transaction effected pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

“Business Day” means a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

“Call Price” means the purchase price, determined in accordance with Section 7.4 hereof, to be paid by the Company for each Acquired Share repurchased by the Company in accordance with Section 7.3 hereof.

 

“Cause” means conduct amounting to: (a) fraud or dishonesty against the Company, (b)  willful misconduct, insubordination, or repeated refusal or inability to follow the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board of Directors, (c) or knowing violation of law in the course of performance of duties or services of a Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company, (d) repeated absences from work without a reasonable excuse, (e)  intoxication with alcohol or drugs while on the Company’s premises or during regular business hours, (f)  a conviction or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving dishonesty, (g) a breach or violation of the terms of any employment or other agreement to which Participant and the Company are party, (h) substandard or ineffective performance of the duties of employment as determined by the Committee, or (i) a Disloyal Act.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code, as amended from time to time.

 

“Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan or, in the absence of appointment of such committee, the Board of Directors.

 

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, or any successor securities thereto.

 

“Company” means Logical Choice Corporation , a Nevada corporation.

 

“Competitor” means a business which involves providing consulting, development, discovery, licensing, marketing and/or distribution of software which provides linking or communications between imaging software and database software.

 

“Confidential Information” means information, other than Trade Secrets, that is of value to its owner and is treated as confidential, including, but not limited to, future business plans, licensing strategies, advertising campaigns, information regarding executives or employees, and the terms and conditions of the Plan and any Option Agreement.

 

“Disability” means: (a) the inability to perform the duties of employment due to physical or emotional incapacity or illness, where such inability is expected to be of long-continued and indefinite duration, or  (b) a Participant shall be entitled to: (i) disability retirement benefits under the federal Social Security Act, or (ii) recover benefits under any long-term disability plan or policy maintained by the Company. In the event of a dispute, the determination of Disability shall be made by the Committee and shall be supported by advice of a physician competent in the area to which such Disability relates.

 

1
 

 

“Disloyal Act” means: (a) improper or unauthorized disclosure of Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, or (b) Performing Services (as such term is defined below), without the written consent or acquiescence of the Committee. As used in the preceding sentence, “Performing Services” means that the Participant performs services for a Competitor that are substantially the same as the services Participant performs or performed for the Company: (i) during the time the Participant is employed by, or is engaged to perform services for, the Company, its Parent, or a Subsidiary, or (ii) during the one (1) year period which commences on the Effective Date of Termination. The Committee shall not be deemed to have acquiesced in a Disloyal Act, even if the Committee has actual knowledge of the Disloyal Act, unless: (A) the activities which constitute a Disloyal Act are listed on an exhibit to any employment agreement between the Company and such Participant, (B) the Participant gave written notice of the Participant’s intention to perform such Disloyal Act to the Board of Directors not less than thirty (30) Business Days prior to the performance of such Disloyal Act and the Committee did not object, or (C) the Participant was directed in writing by an officer or a managerial employee of the Company to perform such Disloyal Act and the Participant delivered a copy of such written direction to the Committee within ten (10) days of the Committee’s request for such a copy.

 

“Disposition” means any conveyance, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, or hypothecation of Common Stock, whether outright or as security, inter vivos or testamentary, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary.

 

“Effective Date of Termination” means the effective date of Termination of Employment as determined by the Committee. In making its determination, the Committee shall consider the date stated in any notice of termination given by the Company, and if no notice of termination is given by the Company, the date on which a Participant last performs the duties or services of the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company as determined by the Committee. In the absence of manifest error, the Committee’s determination is final, binding, and nonappealable.

 

“Exercise Agreement” means an agreement entered into by and between a Participant and the Company which sets forth the terms and conditions with respect to the Participant’s exercise of an Option and the issuance of Shares thereupon.

 

“Exercise Price” means the consideration which must be paid by a Participant or a Transferee to purchase one share of Common Stock upon exercise of an Option.

 

“Family Group” means, with respect to any Participant, such Participant’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), and any trust solely for the benefit of such Participant and/or such Participant’s spouse and/or their respective ancestors and/or descendants.

 

“Fair Value” means the value of one share of Common Stock determined as set forth below, as of the business day which immediately precedes the date for which Fair Value is determined.

 

(a) If the Common Stock is not: (i) listed on any securities exchange, (ii) quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System, or (iii) quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, “Fair Value” means an amount determined by the Committee in good faith. In making the determination of the Fair Value pursuant to this subparagraph (a), the Committee shall assume: (A) that the value of the Company is equal to the amount which would be paid in cash for the Company, as a going concern, by an unaffiliated third party buyer, and may take into account such additional factors as may be relevant to such valuation, including, without limitation, the absence of a trading market for the Common Stock, the minority status of the shares of Common Stock, and such other facts and circumstances as may be material, in the judgment of the Committee, and (B) that the Fair Value of one share of Common Stock is equal to: (I) the value of the Company, divided by (II) the sum of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, plus all Incentive Shares, plus all shares of Common Stock issuable upon: (x) the exercise of all outstanding options not issued under the Plan, warrants, and rights to purchase Common Stock, and (y) the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities. The Fair Value established by the Committee shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Company and all affected Participants.

 

2
 

 

(b) If the Common Stock is: (x) listed on a securities exchange, (y) quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System, or (z) quoted in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, “Fair Value” means the average Daily Price (as such term is defined below) over a twenty (20) Business Day period consisting of the day as of which Fair Value is being determined and the nineteen (19) consecutive Business Days prior to such date. For the purposes of computing Fair Value, the “Daily Price” for each of the twenty (20) consecutive Business Days shall be determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on a securities exchange, the “Daily Price” is the closing price of the Common Stock on the securities exchange having the greatest trading volume over the preceding thirty (30) calendar day period, or , if there have been no sales on a particular Business Day, the average of the last reported bid and asked quotations on such exchange at the close of business for such Business Day.

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System, the “Daily Price” is the average of the representative bid and asked prices of the Common Stock quoted in the NASDAQ National Market System as of 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.

 

(iii) If the Common Stock is quoted on the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, the “Daily Price” is the average of the highest bid and asked prices of the Common Stock on the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau.

 

“Holding Period” means a one (1) year period which commences on the Effective Date of Termination, except that, if the Company is or becomes a party to an agreement with a third party which prohibits the Company from exercising the right of first refusal in Section 7.2 hereof or the Company’s right to purchase Acquired Shares upon Termination of Employment in Section 7.3 hereof, or, if the exercise of such rights would cause the Company to breach any financial or other covenant in any agreement to which the Company is a party, Holding Period means the period which commences on the Effective Date of Termination and ends on the first anniversary of the date that the Company is no longer subject to, or obtains a waiver of, such prohibition or covenant.

 

“Incentive Shares” means all shares of Common Stock subject to issuance upon exercise or payment of all outstanding Stock Incentives.

 

“Incentive Stock Option” or “Qualified Stock Option” means an incentive stock option, as defined in Code Section 422, which is awarded under the Plan.

 

“ISO-FMV” means the Fair Value of one (1) share of Common Stock, determined without consideration of factors such as the absence of a trading market, the minority status of the shares of Common Stock, or any other factor, except a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board of Directors who:

 

(a) is not currently an officer or otherwise employed by the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary;

 

(b) does not receive compensation directly or indirectly from the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary, for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a director, except for compensation in an amount for which disclosure would not be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933;

 

3
 

 

(c) does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933; and

 

(d) is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933.

 

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means a stock option awarded under the Plan which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

“Offer” means a bona fide written offer made by a Proposed Purchaser to a Participant or Transferee to purchase Acquired Shares owned by such Participant or Transferee in an arm’s length transaction.

 

“Option” means a Non-Qualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option.

 

“Over 10% Owner” means an individual who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns Common Stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of the Company, or one of its Parents or Subsidiaries, determined by applying the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d).

 

“Parent” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if (with respect to Incentive Stock Options, at the time of granting of the Option), each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

“Participant” means an individual who receives a Stock Incentive.

 

“Plan” means the Logical Choice Technologies, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

“Prime Rate” means the prime rate as published in the “Money Rates” column of the Wall Street Journal, and if more than one rate is published, the average of such rates, and if there is a range of such rates, the average of such rates.

 

“Proposed Purchase Price” means the price per Acquired Share offered in an Offer by a Proposed Purchaser.

 

“Proposed Purchaser” means an unrelated third party who is not a Competitor who makes a bona fide arm’s length written offer to a Participant or a Transferee to purchase Acquired Shares owned by such Participant or Transferee.

 

“Public Offering” means the offering for sale by the Company of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any comparable law then in effect, which results in gross proceeds to the Company in excess of five million dollars ($5,000,000.00). The effective date of any such Public Offering shall be the first day on which the securities covered thereby may lawfully be offered and sold pursuant to such registration statement.

 

“Resignation For Good Reason” means any voluntary resignation of employment by a Participant, because of: (a) a material reduction in the Participant’s total compensation package, (b) the Participant’s involuntary relocation by the Company to a location which is outside the boundaries established by the Internal Revenue Service for determining whether expenses incurred in commuting to and from a place of employment are tax deductible, or (c) a material change in the responsibilities of employment which is not based upon substandard or ineffective job performance. In order to qualify as a Resignation for Good Reason, the Participant must tender written notice of resignation within thirty (30) days of the first to occur of the events described in clause (a), (b), or (c). Any resignation after such thirty (30) day period shall not, without the consent of the Committee, be a Resignation For Good Reason. The Committee shall, in good faith, make the final determination as to whether a resignation is a Resignation for Good Reason, and such determination, in the absence of manifest error, shall be final, binding, and nonappealable.

 

4
 

 

“Restricted Stock Award” means restricted stock awarded pursuant to the Plan.

 

“Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing an award of a Restricted Stock Award.

 

“Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right awarded pursuant to the Plan.

 

“Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing an award of a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

“Stock Incentive” means an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-Qualified Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right .

 

“Stock Incentive Agreement” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing an award of a Stock Incentive, including a Stock Option Agreement, a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, or a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

“Stock Option Agreement” or “Stock Option Certificate” means an agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the grant of an Option.

 

“Subsidiary” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if (with respect to Incentive Stock Options, at the time of the granting of the Option) each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.

 

“Tax Date” means the date on which the amount of any tax required to be withheld is determined.

 

“Termination of Employment” means the termination of the employer-employee relationship between a Participant and the Company (and its Parents and Subsidiaries), regardless of the fact that severance or similar payments are made to the Participant, for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, or retirement. The Committee shall, in its absolute discretion, determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Termination of Employment, including, without limitation, the question of whether a leave of absence constitutes a Termination of Employment, or whether a Termination of Employment is for Cause.

 

“Trade Secret(s)” means information, without regard to form, which derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known and not being readily ascertainable to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use and which is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy or confidentiality. Trade Secrets may include either technical or non-technical data, including without limitation: (a) any useful process, machine, chemical formula, composition of matter, or other device which: (i) is new or which the Participant has a reasonable basis to believe may be new, (ii) is being used or studied by the Company and is not described in a patent or in any literature already published and distributed externally by the Company, and (iii) is not readily ascertainable from inspection of a product of the Company; (b) any engineering, technical, or product specifications including those of features used in any current product of the Company, or to be used, or the use of which is contemplated, in a future product of the Company; (c) any application, operating system, communication system, or other computer software (whether in source or object code) and all flow charts, algorithms, coding sheets, routines, subroutines, compilers, assemblers, design concepts, test data, documentation, or manuals related thereto, whether or not copyrighted, patented or patentable, related to or used in the business of the company; and (d) information concerning the customers, suppliers, products, pricing strategies of the Company, personnel assignments, and policies of the Company, or matters concerning the financial affairs and management of the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or affiliate of the Company.

 

5
 

 

“Transaction” means any: (a) dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (b) merger, consolidation, combination, reorganization, or like transaction in which the Company is not the survivor, or any share exchange in which the Company is not the parent; (c) sale or transfer (other than as security for the Company’s obligations) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (d) sale or transfer of ninety percent (90%) or more of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock by the holders thereof in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, except that a distribution of shares of Common Stock by a holder that is (A) an entity to: (x) the employees, officers, and/or directors of such holder, (y) the shareholders, partners, other equity security holders, or beneficiaries of such holder, or (z) to any Parent or Subsidiary, or (B) an individual to members of such holder’s Family Group, for no consideration, shall not be deemed a “transfer” for purposes of this clause.

 

“Transfer Notice” means a written notice of an Offer which states the number of Acquired Shares subject to such Offer, the Proposed Purchase Price, and terms of payment offered by a Proposed Purchaser in such Offer.

 

“Transferee” means the estate, or the executor or administrator of the estate, of a deceased Participant, or the personal representative of a Participant suffering a Disability, or any subsequent transferee of the Transferee.

 

“Withholding Election” means a Participant’s election: (a) with respect to Common Stock issued pursuant to any Stock Incentive, to have the number of shares of Common Stock so issued reduced in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof by the smallest number of whole shares of Common Stock which, when multiplied by the Fair Value of such shares of Common Stock, determined as of the Tax Date, is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local tax withholding obligations arising from the issuance of such shares of Common Stock, or (b) with respect to the vesting of any Restricted Stock Award, to tender, in accordance with Section 8.1 hereof, the smallest number of whole shares of Common Stock back to the Company which, when multiplied by the Fair Value determined as of the Tax Date, is sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local, tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting of such Restricted Stock Award.

 

Section 2. Stock Incentive Plan

 

Section 2.1. Plan Purpose. The Plan is intended to provide an opportunity for directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company to acquire Common Stock, or to receive compensation which is based upon appreciation in the value of Common Stock.  The Plan provides for the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, and Stock Appreciation Rights to aid the Company in retaining and obtaining key personnel of outstanding ability. The Company expects the grant of Stock Incentives to benefit the Company by motivating such key personnel to help the Company succeed.

 

Section 2.2 Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof, Fifteen Million (15,000,000) shares of Common Stock (the “Total Reserved Shares”) are hereby reserved exclusively for issuance pursuant to Stock Incentives granted under the Plan. At no time shall the Company have outstanding Incentive Shares and Acquired Shares in excess of the Total Reserved Shares, minus the number of Acquired Shares redeemed by the Company pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.3 hereof. Acquired Shares redeemed by the Company may be either (a) authorized and unissued Common Stock or (b) Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, as shall be determined by the Committee. If an Option or Stock Appreciation Right expires or terminates for any reason without being exercised in full, or if Acquired Shares issued under a Restricted Stock Award are transferred back to the Company pursuant to the restrictions thereon, other than pursuant to the Company’s call right pursuant to Section 7.3 or the Company’s right of first refusal pursuant to Section 7.2, such Shares shall again be available for purposes of the Plan. Acquired Shares purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof and Section 7.3 hereof shall not be available for the purposes of the Plan.

 

6
 

 

Section 2.3 Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  The Committee shall have full and plenary power and authority in its discretion to determine the directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company to whom Stock Incentives shall be granted and the terms and provisions of all Stock Incentives, subject to the provisions of the Plan.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and plenary power and authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Agreements, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan.  The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated).  The Committee’s decisions, in the absence of manifest error, shall be final and binding on all Participants. No member of the Committee shall be liable for damages for any action taken as a member of the Committee.

 

Section 2.4 Composition of Committee after Initial Public Offering. Following the first registration of an equity security under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee shall consist of at a minimum two (2) or more Non-Employee Directors.

 

Section 2.5 Eligibility and Limits. Stock Incentives may be granted only to directors, officers, key employees, and consultants of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary the Company; provided, however , that an Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an employee of any such entity.  In the case of Incentive Stock Options, the aggregate Fair Value (determined as of the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of Incentive Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options become exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year under all plans of the Company, its Parents, and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).

 

Section 3. Terms and Conditions of All Stock Incentives

 

Every Stock Incentive granted under the Plan shall conform to the following provisions of the Plan and may contain such other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee determines are advisable and in the interest of the Company:

 

Section 3.1. Number of Shares. The number of Incentive Shares subject to a Stock Incentive shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 of the Plan. The number of Incentive Shares shall be set forth in the Stock Incentive Agreement, and shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8.2 hereof.

 

Section 3.2. Stock Incentive Agreement. Each Stock Incentive shall be evidenced by a Stock Incentive Agreement executed by the Company and the Participant, which shall be in such form and contain such terms and conditions as the Committee in its discretion may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, from time to time determine.

 

Section 3.3. Date of Grant. The date a Stock Incentive is granted shall be the date on which the Committee has approved the terms and conditions of the Stock Incentive Agreement, has determined the recipient of the Stock Incentive, the number of Incentive Shares subject to the Stock Incentive, and has taken all such other action necessary to complete the grant of the Stock Incentive. Such date shall be set forth in the Stock Incentive Agreement.

 

Section 3.4. Accelerated Vesting upon Consummation of a Transaction. Unless otherwise set forth in a Stock Incentive Agreement: (a) each unexpired Option which is vested or would vest within twelve (12) months after the date of consummation of a Transaction shall become exercisable upon the consummation of a Transaction with respect to all of the Incentive Shares subject to such Option, without regard to the date of grant of the Option, and notwithstanding that such Option would be unvested or otherwise unexercisable with respect to some or all of such Incentive Shares, (b) each unexpired Stock Appreciation Right which is vested or would vest within twelve (12) months after the date of consummation of a Transaction shall become payable upon the consummation of a Transaction as to all of the Incentive Shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right, without regard to the date of award of the Stock Appreciation Right, and (c) each unexpired Restricted Stock Award which has not been previously forfeited which is vested or would vest within twelve (12) months after the date of consummation of a Transaction shall be vested as to all of the Acquired Shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award upon the consummation of a Transaction, without regard to the date of award of the Restricted Stock Award. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, at any time prior to the consummation of a Transaction, the Committee may impose conditions on the exercise, redemption, or substitution of any outstanding Stock Incentive, including, without limitation, a condition of the continued employment of the affected Participant with the Company, or any successor to the Company, after the closing of a Transaction, in order to receive payment of any consideration payable in a Transaction in respect of Incentive Shares, which, in the absence of an acceleration pursuant to this Section 3.4, would be unvested Incentive Shares, provided , however , that if the Committee imposes an employment condition after the closing of a Transaction, such condition shall be deemed satisfied if a Termination of Employment results from (x) the death or Disability of a Participant or (y) a Resignation for Good Reason.

 

7
 

 

Section 3.5. Redemption of Stock Incentives. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any Stock Incentive Agreement, the Company shall have the absolute right to redeem any or all outstanding Stock Incentives from any or all Participants in connection with a Transaction for an amount which, with respect to each Participant, represents the Committee’s best estimate of the amount and type of consideration a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of vested Incentive Shares held by such Participant would receive in the Transaction after deduction of the Exercise Price and all legal, accounting, and other expenses incurred in the Transaction, and satisfaction of excluded liabilities and indebtedness not assumed in the Transaction (the “Redemption Price”), and subject to such other terms and conditions set by the Committee. If the Company calls any or all of the outstanding Stock Incentives for redemption, the affected Participants shall be under a mandatory obligation to sell their Stock Incentives to the Company at the Redemption Price and upon such other terms as may be established by the Committee. In the event a Participant fails to deliver a Stock Incentive for redemption to the Company in accordance with this Section 3.5, the Company may terminate and cancel any Stock Incentive upon delivery of the Redemption Price to such Participant, whereupon all rights of such Participant under the Stock Incentive shall be extinguished.

 

Section 3.6. Certain Termination Events. Unless otherwise set forth in a Stock Incentive Agreement, an outstanding Stock Incentive shall terminate upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

(a) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date on which the Participant holding a Stock Incentive commits a Disloyal Act;

 

(b) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Award Date set forth in the Stock Incentive Agreement;

 

(c) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of closing of a Transaction;

 

(d) If the Stock Incentive is not an Incentive Stock Option, 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date of Termination of the Participant holding the Stock Incentive, provided however , if Termination of Employment results from death or Disability of such Participant, the Stock Incentive shall not terminate until 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time ninety (90) days after the Effective Date of Termination, or in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right only upon the consummation of a Transaction in accordance with Section 5.5;

 

(e) If the Stock Incentive is an Incentive Stock Option, 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the ninetieth (90th) day after a Termination of Employment of the Participant holding the Stock Incentive.

 

(f) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date the Stock Incentive is redeemed pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Plan; or

 

(g) 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date a substituted stock option is issued pursuant to Section 4.7 of the Plan in replacement of any Option issued under the Plan.

 

8
 

 

Section 4. Terms and Conditions of Options

 

Every Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement which conforms to the following provisions of the Plan, and which may contain such other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee determines are advisable and in the interest of the Company under the circumstances.

 

Section 4.1. Type of Option. At the time any Option is granted, the Committee shall determine whether the Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, and the Option shall be clearly identified as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  At the time any Incentive Stock Option is exercised, the Company shall be entitled to place a legend on the certificates representing the Acquired Shares purchased pursuant to the Option to clearly identify them as Acquired Shares purchased upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option may only be granted within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted or approved by the Company’s shareholders.

 

Section 4.2. Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of each Option granted under the Plan shall be set forth in the Stock Option Agreement evidencing such Option. The Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof; provided however, that the Exercise Price of any Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Participant who is not an Over 10% Owner shall not be less than the ISO-FMV on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted; and provided further, that the Exercise Price of any Incentive Stock Option that is awarded to a Participant who is an Over 10% Owner shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the ISO-FMV on the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

Section 4.3. Term of Option. The term of any Option shall be as set forth in the applicable Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term of any Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who is not an Over 10% Owner shall not exceed ten (10) years after the date the Option is granted, and provided further, that the term of any Incentive Stock Option granted to an Over 10% Owner shall not exceed five (5) years after the date the Option is granted.

 

Section 4.4. Payment of Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of any Option shall be paid in cash, or, after a Public Offering, or other exercise with the consent of the Committee, by a cashless exercise through a brokerage transaction or such other means as the Committee determines. The Committee, prior to a Public Offering, may, but shall not be obligated to, accept payment of the Exercise Price by a promissory note of the Participant which is secured by the Acquired Shares issued upon exercise of the Option. No Acquired Shares shall be issued or delivered upon exercise of an Option until full payment of the Exercise Price has been made by the Participant.  The holder of an Option, as such, shall have none of the rights of a shareholder until Acquired Shares are issued upon exercise of the Option.

 

Section 4.5. Vesting. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon the occurrence of such event or events, and in such amounts, as the Committee shall specify in the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Committee, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

Section 4.6. Nontransferability of Options. Except as provided in Section 4.7 below, an Option shall not be transferable, or assignable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant, or in the event of the Disability of the Participant, by the Participant’s Transferee.

 

9
 

 

Section 4.7. Substitution of Previously Issued Options.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, any Option granted in substitution for an option previously issued by another entity, which substitution occurs in connection with a transaction to which Code Section 424(a) is applicable, may provide for an Exercise Price computed in accordance with such Code Section and the regulations thereunder, and may contain such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe to cause such substitute Option to contain as nearly as possible the same terms and conditions (including the applicable vesting and termination provisions) as those contained in the previously issued option being replaced thereby.

 

(b) The Company shall have the absolute right in connection with any Transaction in which the Company will not be the surviving entity (including a sale of assets) to negotiate for the substitution of all or part of the outstanding Options for options issued by the surviving entity, or its parent or a subsidiary of such surviving entity, provided the number of shares subject to such substituted option, the number of shares “vested” or otherwise immediately exercisable thereunder, the exercise price of such substituted option, and all other terms and conditions of such substituted option are such that the Participant is in substantially the same economic position after receiving the substitute option as such Participant was in immediately prior to such substitution (after taking into account the effect of Section 3.4 of the Plan). The Company shall use best efforts to cause any such substituted option to be issued at the closing of the Transaction.

 

Section 5. Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights

 

Every Stock Appreciation Right awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement that conforms to the following provisions of the Plan and which may contain such other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee determines are advisable and in the interest of the Company:

 

Section 5.1. Award. A Stock Appreciation Right may be awarded in connection with all or any portion of a previously or contemporaneously granted Option or not in connection with an Option.  A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive upon exercise or payment the excess of: (a) the Fair Value of a specified number of Incentive Shares at the time of exercise, minus (b) a specified price which shall be not less than the Option’s Exercise Price for that number of Incentive Shares, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with a previously or contemporaneously granted Option, or, in the case of any other Stock Appreciation Right, not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Value of the specified number of Incentive Shares at the time the Stock Appreciation Right was awarded. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with the grant of an Option may only be exercised to the extent that the related Option has not been exercised. The exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall result in a pro rata surrender of any related Option to the extent the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised.

 

Section 5.2. Payment under Stock Appreciation Right. Upon exercise or payment of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Company shall pay to the Participant the appreciation in cash, or by issuance of Acquired Shares (at the aggregate Fair Value on the date of payment or exercise), as provided in the Stock Incentive Agreement or, in the absence of such provision, as the Committee may determine.

 

Section 5.3. Exercise. Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be payable at such time or times, or upon the occurrence of such event or events, and in such amounts, as the Committee shall specify in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement; provided, however, that subsequent to the award of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee, at any time before complete termination of such Stock Appreciation Right, may accelerate the time or times at which such Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part.

 

10
 

 

Section 5.4. Nontransferability of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right shall not be transferable or assignable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be payable during the Participant’s lifetime only to the Participant, or in the event of the Disability of the Participant, to the legal representative of the Participant.

 

Section 5.5. Effect of Termination of Employment. Stock Appreciation Rights, and all rights thereunder, terminate upon Termination of Employment, except that, if Termination of Employment is the result of death or Disability, no additional Incentive Shares shall become vested, however, the Stock Appreciation Right shall not terminate and shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be exercisable by the Transferee upon the consummation of a Transaction upon compliance with the terms of this Plan and the terms of the Stock Appreciation Right Certificate.

 

Section 6. Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Awards

 

Every Restricted Stock Award awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that conforms to the following provisions of the Plan and which may contain such other terms and conditions which are not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee determines are advisable and in the interest of the Company.

 

Section 6.1. Award. Shares awarded pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions for such periods of time as determined by the Committee.  The Committee shall have the power to permit, in its discretion, an acceleration of the expiration of the applicable restriction periods with respect to any part or all of the Acquired Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

 

Section 6.2. Payment under Restricted Stock Award. As a condition precedent to the award of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee may require a cash payment from the Participant in an amount no greater than the aggregate Fair Value of the Acquired Shares awarded pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award, determined as of the date of award of the Restricted Stock Award. The Committee may accept payment by the Participant of any amount required to be paid pursuant to this Section 6.2 by a promissory note of the Participant (the “Participant Note”). The Participant Note shall bear interest at the applicable federal rate in effect on the effective date of the Restricted Stock Award, such interest shall be payable or accrue on the terms established by the Committee in its sole discretion. The term of any Participant Note shall not exceed ten (10) years, and shall be as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such Participant Note shall become immediately due and payable upon consummation of a Transaction. The principal balance and interest accrued under any such Participant Note shall be payable as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Participant Note shall be secured by all Acquired Shares held by Participant pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award, and any and all earnings thereon, and shall, in addition, have a general right of recourse against the Participant for payment under Participant Note as to no less than fifty percent (50%) of the principal balance of any such Participant Note, and any accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

 

Section 7. Restrictions on Acquired Shares

 

Section 7.1. Restrictions on Transfer of Acquired Shares. All Acquired Shares shall be subject to the following restrictions:

 

(a) Except for transfers made in compliance with Section 7.1(b) hereof, or as otherwise required or permitted hereunder, no Acquired Shares and no interest in Acquired Shares may be conveyed, pledged, assigned, transferred, hypothecated, encumbered, or otherwise disposed of by a Participant or Transferee.

 

11
 

 

(b) Except as provided for in connection with any pledge pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof, a Participant may transfer the Acquired Shares:

 

(i) to a Transferee upon Participant’s death or Disability; provided, that all such Acquired Shares, after transfer to a Transferee, shall remain subject to all the restrictions set forth in this Section 7 and to all applicable rights in favor of the Company set forth elsewhere in the Plan. Execution of a counterpart of these restrictions by such Transferee shall be a condition precedent to the issuance of any certificate evidencing the Acquired Shares registered in the name of any such Transferee;

 

(ii) during the Holding Period, only: (A) in a Transaction, (B) in a Public Offering (subject to any limitations imposed by the managing underwriters in an underwritten Public Offering), or (C) in connection with the exercise of the Company’s right to repurchase Acquired Shares after a Termination of Employment; or (D) if approved by the President of the Company, to any member of the Participant’s Family Group, provided that all such Acquired Shares, after transfer to such member of the Participant’s Family Group and any subsequent transferee of such member of the Participant’s Family Group, shall remain subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 7 and subject to all applicable rights in favor of the Company set forth elsewhere in the Plan, and the execution of a counterpart of these restrictions by such member of the Participant’s Family Group shall be a condition precedent to the issuance of any certificate evidencing the Acquired Shares registered in the name of any such member of the Participant’s Family; and

 

(iii) after the expiration of the Holding Period, only: (A) in a Transaction, (B) in a Public Offering (subject to any limitations imposed by the managing underwriters in an underwritten Public Offering), (C) to any member of the Participant’s Family Group, provided that all such Acquired Shares, after transfer to any member of the Participant’s Family Group, and of any subsequent transferee of such member of the Participant’s Family Group, shall remain subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 7 and to all applicable rights in favor of the Company set forth elsewhere in the Plan. Approval of the transfer by the President of the Company and execution of a counterpart of these restrictions by such member of the Participant’s Family Group, shall be conditions precedent to the issuance of any certificate evidencing the Acquired Shares registered in the name of any such member of the Participant’s Family Group, or (D) if the Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, shall have complied with the right of first refusal described in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

Section 7.2. Right of First Refusal. If, after the expiration of the Holding Period, a Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, shall receive an Offer from a Proposed Purchaser, which Offer such Participant or Transferee intends to accept, such Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, as a condition precedent to any sale of Acquired Shares to such Proposed Purchaser, shall provide a Transfer Notice with respect to such Offer to the Company. A copy of the Offer shall be attached to the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall constitute an irrevocable offer by the Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, to sell the Acquired Shares which are subject to such Offer to the Company at the Proposed Purchase Price and upon the terms of payment and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice, which irrevocable offer shall be open for thirty (30) days from the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice to notify such Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, in writing, of its election to purchase all of the Acquired Shares which are subject to the Offer at the Proposed Purchase Price and upon the same terms of payment and conditions as are contained in the Offer.  Failure by the Company to give such written notice within such thirty (30) day period shall constitute a rejection of the irrevocable offer by the Company.  If the Company rejects the irrevocable offer, or fails to accept the irrevocable offer timely, or, if after timely accepting the irrevocable offer, the Company fails to consummate the purchase of the Acquired Shares which are subject to the Offer timely, then such Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, shall be free to sell such Acquired Shares to the Proposed Purchaser at the Proposed Purchase Price and upon the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Offer; provided, however, if such Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, does not consummate such sale to the Proposed Purchaser within thirty (30) days after rejection by the Company of the irrevocable offer, such Acquired Shares shall once again become subject to the provisions of this Section 7.2, and any subsequent disposition of such Acquired Shares shall be made only after compliance with the terms of this Section 7.2. If the Company accepts the irrevocable offer set forth in the Transfer Notice, the Company’s consummation of the purchase of the Acquired Shares shall be held at the Company’s offices no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Company gives written notice of its acceptance of the irrevocable offer set forth in the Transfer Notice. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no Participant may accept an offer from any Competitor, and any attempted transfer of Acquired Shares to such Competitor shall be void and of no force or effect. Compliance with this Section 7.2 shall not be required for any transfer of Acquired Shares in: (i) a Public Offering, (ii) effected after a Public Offering under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, (iii) to the Company upon exercise of its rights to redeem or repurchase Acquired Shares after a Termination of Employment, or (iv) in a Transaction.

 

12
 

 

Section 7.3. Right to Purchase Upon Termination of Employment.

 

(a) During the Holding Period, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to purchase from a Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, all or any portion of any Acquired Shares owned by such Participant or Transferee.  The purchase price of any Acquired Shares purchased by the Company in accordance with this Section 7.3 shall be the Call Price.  If the Company elects to exercise its right to repurchase any Acquired Shares pursuant to this Section, it shall do so by giving written notice thereof to such Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, which notice shall specify the number of Acquired Shares held by such Participant or Transferee as to which the Company is exercising its repurchase right.  The Company’s repurchase, and the sale by Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, of such Acquired Shares shall be consummated at a closing to be held at the Company’s offices no later than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Company gives written notice of its exercise of such repurchase right.  At the closing, the Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, shall deliver all certificates representing the Acquired Shares to be purchased, properly endorsed for transfer, and the Company shall pay the Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, the aggregate purchase price for the Acquired Shares as follows: (i) ten percent (10%) of the total purchase price in cash, and (ii) ninety percent (90%) of the total purchase price by delivery of a promissory note of the Company, payable to the order of the Participant or Transferee, as the case may be, and bearing interest at the Prime Rate in effect on the Business Day ended immediately prior to date of the closing, with accrued and unpaid interest being due on each principal installment payment date. The principal amount of such note shall be payable in: (A) eight (8) equal quarterly installments if the original principal amount of the note is equal to, or less than, twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), or (B) if the original principal amount of the note is greater than twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), the original principal amount of such note shall be payable in equal quarterly installments, over a term equal to two (2) years plus one (1) year for each additional twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), or part thereof, that the original principal amount of the note exceeds twenty five thousand dollars ($25,000), provided, however, the entire unpaid principal amount of such note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, shall become due and payable in cash immediately upon the closing of a Transaction or a Public Offering. Payment of quarterly installments shall commence on the first three (3) month anniversary of the closing date. The promissory note shall be secured by a pledge of the Acquired Shares purchased from the Participant, and such Acquired Shares shall be released from the pledge quarterly upon the payment of each principal payment due under the note, such that the number of Acquired Shares pledged shall never be more than the quotient of the then outstanding principal amount of the note divided by the purchase price per Acquired Share paid to the Participant.

 

(b) All Acquired Shares not purchased by the Company prior to the expiration of the Holding Period shall, upon request of the Committee, be deposited into a voting trust which shall be in such form and contain such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, provided that the term of the voting trust shall terminate upon the closing of a Public Offering. The voting trustee shall vote the Acquired Shares held by the voting trust as directed by the Board of Directors on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.

 

Section 7.4. Determination of Call Price.

 

(a) The Call Price for Acquired Shares issued upon exercise of Stock Options shall be determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Termination of Employment of a Participant is: (A) for Cause, or (B) the resignation of such Participant (excluding a Resignation for Good Reason), the Call Price shall be the lesser of (x) Fair Value or (y) the Exercise Price paid by such Participant multiplied by the number of Acquired Shares being purchased by the Company;

 

13
 

 

(ii) If the Termination of Employment of a Participant is (A) a Resignation For Good Reason or (B) not for Cause, the Call Price shall be Fair Value.

 

(b) The Call Price for Acquired Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award or a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement or Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

 

Section 7.5 Mandatory Sale. If the Board of Directors and/or the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock approve a Transaction with a third party, each Participant shall, upon request of the Board of Directors, consent to, raise no objection to, and support the Transaction. If the Transaction is structured as a sale of Common Stock by the holders thereof, each Participant holding Acquired Shares shall sell all such Acquired Shares to such buyer on the terms and conditions approved by the Board of Directors or the holders or a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The right of first refusal provided in Section 7.2 hereof shall be inapplicable to a sale effected under this Section 7.5.

 

Section 7.6 Disloyal Acts. The Company shall have the following rights with respect to any Participant who commits a Disloyal Act:

 

(a) If a Disloyal Act is committed by a Participant that is a holder of Acquired Shares, all Acquired Shares held by such Participant shall be canceled upon the books and records of the Company, and the Company shall deliver to the Participant an unsecured sixty (60) month promissory note bearing interest at the Prime Rate in effect on the Business Day which immediately precedes the date such note is issued, in a principal amount equal to the product of the lesser of Fair Value or the Exercise Price paid by such Participant multiplied by the number of Acquired Shares being canceled. The cancellation of such Acquired Shares shall be effective as of the date on which the Company delivers the promissory note to the Participant in accordance with this Subsection (a).

 

(b) If a Disloyal Act is committed by a Participant that is a holder of a note issued by the Company pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof, the outstanding balance of such note shall be reduced to an amount equal to the product of the lesser of Fair Value or the Exercise Price, multiplied by the number of Acquired Shares purchased from such Participant pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof, minus the amount of cash paid at the closing of the sale pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof, and minus the amount all principal payments made under the such note between the date of such note and the date on which this adjustment to the principal balance of the note is made, but in no event shall the note be reduced below zero.

 

Section 7.7 Pledging of Shares. The Company may, as a condition precedent to the issuance of any Acquired Shares pursuant to any Stock Incentive, require a Participant to pledge any such Acquired Shares for the benefit of certain Company lenders if all other Company shareholders have pledged their shares of Common Stock, or will pledge their shares of Common Stock, on the same terms and conditions as the other Company shareholders.

 

Section 7.8 Delivery of Certificate. At any closing of a purchase by the Company of Acquired Shares pursuant to Section 7.2 or 7.3 hereof, a certificate representing the Acquired Shares purchased by the Company, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, shall be delivered by the Participant to the Company, and upon receipt of the certificate, the Company shall pay the consideration for the Acquired Shares; provided that, if the certificate representing the Acquired Shares purchased by the Company is not delivered, duly endorsed, to the Company at the closing, the Company may, in addition to all other remedies it may have, tender to the Participant, at the address set forth in the stock transfer records of the Company, the purchase price for such Acquired Shares as is herein specified, and cancel such Acquired Shares on its books and records, whereupon all of the Participant’s right, title, and interest in and to such Acquired Shares shall terminate. The Company shall have the right to set off against, and to deduct from, any sums payable by it in connection with the purchase of Acquired Shares, the principal amount of, and all accrued but unpaid interest on, any indebtedness of the Participant owing to the Company on the date of the closing.

 

14
 

 

Section 7.9 Lockup Agreement in Public Offering. Each holder of Acquired Shares shall execute any form of “lockup agreement” required by any managing underwriter(s) in connection with any Public Offering, provided that no holder of Acquired Shares shall be required to sign such a lockup agreement unless all holders of Acquired Shares are also required to execute such agreements.

 

Section 7.10 Termination of Restrictions. The restrictions on transfer of Acquired Shares contained in this Section 7 shall continue in effect until the twentieth (20th) anniversary of the date of this Plan. Any certificate issued by the Company which represents any Acquired Shares shall contain the following legend:

 

transfer is restricted

 

the securities evidenced by this certificate are subject to a right of first refusal and other restrictions on transfer set forth in THE Logical Choice Technologies, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, a copy of which is available from the company.

 

The securities evidenced by this certificate have not been registered under the securities act of 1933, as amended, and may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or hypothecated unless (1) there is an effective registration under such act covering such securities, (2) the transfer is made in compliance with rule 144 promulgated under such act, or (3) the COMPANY receives an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the company, stating that such sale, transfer, assignment or hypothecation is exempt from the registration requirements of such act.

 

Section 7.11 Removal of Legends. Any legend endorsed on a certificate pursuant to Section 7.10, and any stop transfer instructions with respect to the Acquired Shares, shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without such legend to the holder thereof, if such Acquired Shares are (a) registered under the Securities Act and a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act is available or (b) the holder of Acquired Shares delivers an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Company to the effect that such legend is no longer required under the Securities Act.

 

Section 8. General Provisions

 

Section 8.1. Withholding. Whenever the Company issues Acquired Shares under the Plan, or upon the vesting (partial or complete) of any Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy all federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, if any, prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for Acquired Shares or the vesting of such Restricted Stock Award. A Participant may pay such withholding taxes in cash, or the Participant may make a Withholding Election, provided the Committee consents to such Withholding Election. In the event the Committee does not consent to such a Withholding Election, the Participant shall pay such withholding taxes in cash. A Participant may make a Withholding Election only if both of the following conditions are met:

 

(a) The Withholding Election must be made on or prior to the Tax Date by executing and delivering to the Company a properly completed notice of Withholding Election as prescribed by the Committee; and

 

(b) Any Withholding Election made will be irrevocable; however, the Committee may in its sole discretion disapprove and give no effect to the Withholding Election.

 

Section 8.2. Changes in Capitalization; Merger; Liquidation.

 

(a) The Total Reserved Shares under the Plan, and the number of Incentive Shares and the Exercise Price of each outstanding Stock Incentive shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares including without limitations a split-up, a stock split or a reverse stock split of Common Stock or the payment of a stock dividend in shares of Common Stock to holders of outstanding securities.

 

15
 

 

(b) If the Company shall be the surviving corporation in any merger or consolidation, recapitalization, or reclassification of shares of Common Stock, or similar reorganization, an appropriate adjustment shall be made to each outstanding Stock Incentive such that the Participant shall be entitled to purchase or receive, as the case may be, the number and class of securities which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Incentive Shares subject to such Stock Incentive at the time of such transaction would have been entitled to receive as a result of such transaction, and, if necessary, a corresponding adjustment shall be made in the Exercise Price of each outstanding Stock Incentive, provided however, that if the Company’s Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Transaction is not exchanged for a new security, no adjustments shall be made to outstanding Stock Incentives pursuant to this Section 8.2 as a result of the merger or reorganization.

 

(c) In the event of any other changes in capitalization of the Company, the Committee shall make such additional adjustments in the number and class of Incentive Shares subject to outstanding Stock Incentives, and with respect to which future Stock Incentives may be granted as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall deem equitable or appropriate. Any adjustment pursuant to this Section may provide, in the Committee’s discretion, for the elimination of any fractional Incentive Shares that might otherwise become subject to any Stock Incentive without payment therefor.

 

(d) Except for the adjustments in Sections (a) and (b) of this Section 8.2, the holder of a Stock Incentive shall have no rights by reason of any: subdivision or combination of shares of stock of any class, payment of any stock or cash dividend, or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock, or by reason of any Transaction or distribution to the Company’s shareholders of assets or stock of another corporation. The existence of the Plan and any Stock Incentives granted pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, reclassification, reorganization, or other change in its capital or business structure, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities having preferences or priorities as to the Common Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or any part of its business or assets, or any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

Section 8.3. Investment Representations. As a condition precedent to the issuance of any Acquired Shares pursuant to any Stock Incentive, the Participant receiving such Acquired Shares shall represent and agree as follows:

 

(a) The Acquired Shares are being acquired by Participant for Participant’s own account, without the participation of any other person, with the intent of holding the Acquired Shares for investment, and without the intent of participating, directly or indirectly, in a distribution of the Acquired Shares, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(b) Participant is not acquiring the Acquired Shares based upon any representation, oral or written, by any person with respect to the future value of, or income from, the Acquired Shares, but rather upon an independent examination and judgment as to the prospects of the Company.

 

(c) Participant understands and agrees that the Acquired Shares will be issued and sold to Participant without registration under the Securities Act and any state law relating to the registration of securities for sale, and will be issued and sold in reliance on the exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, provided by Sections 3(b) and/or 4(2) thereof and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d) The Acquired Shares cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by Participant other than pursuant to: (A) an effective registration under the Securities Act of 1933 or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933; (B) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the applicable securities laws of other jurisdictions; and (C) compliance with all terms and conditions of the Plan and the corresponding Stock Incentive. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the above laws, the Plan, and any Stock Incentive.

 

16
 

 

(e) The Company will be under no obligation to register the Acquired Shares, or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Acquired Shares, without registration or filing, and the information or conditions necessary to permit routine sales of securities of the Company under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933 are not now available, and no assurance has been given that it or they will become available. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 available with respect to the Acquired Shares.

 

(f) The agreements, representations, warranties, and covenants made by Participant herein extend to and apply to all Acquired Shares issued to Participant pursuant to any Stock Incentive. Acceptance by Participant of a certificate representing Acquired Shares shall constitute a confirmation by Participant that all such agreements, representations, warranties, and covenants made herein shall be true and correct at that time.

 

Section 8.4. Compliance with Code. All Incentive Stock Options to be granted hereunder are intended to comply with Code Section 422, and all provisions of the Plan and all Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder shall be construed in such manner as to effectuate that intent.

 

Section 8.5. Set-Off. The Company shall have the right to set-off against any payment made by the Company to a Participant in connection with any Stock Incentive, Acquired Shares, or Incentive Shares, the amount of any indebtedness, including accrued but unpaid interest, then owed by such Participant to the Company, or reasonably believed to be owed by Participant to the Company.

 

Section 8.6. Right to Terminate Employment. Nothing in the Plan or in any Stock Incentive shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue as an employee of the Company, or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries, or affect the right of the Company, or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries, to terminate the Participant’s employment at any time.

 

Section 8.7. Restrictions on Delivery and Sale of Shares. Each Stock Incentive is subject to the condition that, if at any time the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares covered by such Stock Incentive upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the granting of such Stock Incentive or the purchase of delivery of shares thereunder, the delivery of any or all Acquired Shares pursuant to such Stock Incentive may be withheld unless and until such listing, registration or qualification shall have been effected. 

 

Section 8.8. Shareholders Agreement. Holders of Acquired Shares may be required to execute a Joinder Agreement to the Logical Choice of Georgia Inc., Employee Shareholders’ Agreement dated April 16, 1999.

 

Section 8.9. Plan Termination and Amendment. The Plan may be terminated, modified, or amended by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, however, that no such termination, modification, or amendment without the consent of the holder of a Stock Incentive shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant under such Stock Incentive.

 

Section 8.10. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors and is ratified by the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of voting capital stock of the Company entitled to vote.

 

17
 

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS , this Plan has been executed by the duly authorized officers of the Company as of the Effective Date.

 

  Logical Choice Corporation
     
  By:  
  Name: James Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Attest:  
   
   
Secretary  
   
   
[Corporate Seal]  

 

Effective Date Plan adopted by the Board: September 19, 2014
   
Effective Date Plan adopted by the Shareholders: September 19, 2014

 

 
 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated and effective as of September 18, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation with an address at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia (the “ Corporation ”), and SHERI LOFGREN an individual (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation wishes to employ and retain the services of the Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto intending to be bound hereby, it is hereinafter agreed as follows:

 

1. Term. The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, for term commencing on Effective Date hereof and, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 5 hereof, continuing for the period commencing on the Effective Date through December 31, 2017 (the “ Initial Term ”); which Initial Term may be renewed annually or extended by mutual agreement of the Corporation and the Executive (such Initial Term, as the same may be so renewed or extended, being hereinafter sometimes called the “ Term of Employment ”). The Executive shall perform the services specified herein, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. This Agreement may be extended only upon the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

2. Duties and Responsibilities.

 

a. General . Executive shall serve as the chief financial officer of the Corporation and Corporation (the “ Chief Financial Officer ”) and subject to the general direction and control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). As the Chief Financial Officer, the Executive shall have responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and each of its direct or indirect existing or future subsidiaries, including Corporation (collectively, the “ LCC Group ”). In addition, the Chief Financial Officer shall have such other duties as are normally associated with and inherent in the executive capacity in which the Chief Financial Officer will be serving. The Chief Financial Officer also agrees to perform her responsibilities, without additional compensation (other than reimbursement of reasonable travel expenses), and provide such additional services as the Board of Directors shall from time to time reasonably specify.

 

 
 

 

b. Time . The Executive shall devote 100% of her professional and business time, attention and energy to the Business (as defined herein) of the LCC Group as necessary and appropriate to further the interests of the LCC Group, other than reasonable time spent performing non-profit and charitable community service. As used herein, the term “ Business ” shall mean and include the development, production and selling of interactive and traditional educational and learning products and services.

 

c. Conflict of Interest . The Executive agree to refrain from any interest, of any kind whatsoever, in any business competitive to the Business, and further acknowledges that she will not engage in any “conflict of interest” or form of activity that produces a conflict of interest with those of the LCC Group unless agreed to in advance and in writing by both Executive and the Corporation.

 

d. Business Opportunities The Executive covenants and agrees that if, during the Term of Employment, the Executive shall access, directly or indirectly, an investment or business opportunity that is directly or indirectly related to the Business of the LCC Group (a “ Business Opportunity ”), the Executive shall submit full details of such Business Opportunity to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and such Business Opportunity shall be the sole property of the Corporation or other member of the LCC Group designated by the Parent.

 

3. Initial Compensation.

 

a. Base Salary . During the Term of Employment the Corporation shall cause the LCC Group to pay to the Executive a salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of One Hundred and Twenty Thousand ($120,000) Dollars.

 

b. Bonuses . During the Term of Employment and following the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, the Board of Directors shall evaluate the performance of the Executive and the LCC Group and, if deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors (with the Executive abstaining from any such vote), the Executive shall be awarded such annual cash bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year (each a “ Bonus ”) as the Board of Directors shall, in the exercise of their sole discretion, determine.

 

c. Incentive Option Grant . The Corporation hereby grants to the Executive, on the Effective Date of this Agreement, options to purchase, subject to Section 3d below (the “ Incentive Option Grant ”), an aggregate of One Million Eight Hundred Twenty Eight Thousand Five Hundred Fifty (1,828,550) shares of Corporation Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”), at a purchase price of $0.02 per share (the “ Option Price ”). The number of Option Shares shall be subject to appropriate reduction and the Option Price shall be subject to appropriate increase in the event of a reverse split of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock. Conversely, the number of Option Shares shall be subject to appropriate increase and the Option Price shall be subject to appropriate reduction (but not lower than the par value per share) in the event of a forward split of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock.

 

 
 

 

d. Vesting Option Installments . For so long as the Executive remains in the full-time employ of the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries, the Incentive Option Grant set forth in Section 3c above will vest in quarterly installments over a three year period commencing on December 31, 2014, entitling the Executive to purchase up to 100% of the 1,828,550 Option Shares of Corporation Common Stock over the three year vesting period in accordance with the following quarterly triggers: (a) 152,380 Option Shares shall vest as at the end of each calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014, (b) the Executive shall have the right to purchase up to 152,380 Option Shares as at the end of each such calendar quarter, commencing December 31, 2014, and (c) to the extent not purchased at the end of any one or more such quarters such vested Option Shares shall accumulate and may be purchased in any one or more subsequent calendar quarters through the quarter ending December 31, 2017, at which point in time the shares will be fully vested. Once the Option Shares have fully vested, except as provided in Section 5c below, they must be exercised and purchased by the Executive at the Option Price within 180 days.

 

e. Payroll Policies . The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll policies of the Corporation or the LCC Group with respect to executive officers, in effect from time to time during the Term of Employment, which at a minimum, shall at least be on a monthly basis.

 

f. Term Renewal . If an Executive Term of Employment shall be extended by mutual agreement of the parties beyond the Initial Term, the Base Salary shall be as mutually agreed between the Executive and the Corporation.

 

g. Unilateral Modification. In addition, the Corporation shall have the right at any time to increase (but not decrease) the Base Salary, all as shall be determined by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in the exercise of their sole discretion.

 

h. Other Consideration . The Corporation acknowledges that all compensation set forth herein shall be in addition to any and all consideration issued to the Executive in the form of shares of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

 

4. Fringe Benefits.

 

a. Benefit Plans . In addition to the other compensation payable to the Executive hereunder, and except as otherwise set forth herein, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all pension, profit sharing, retirement savings plan, 401K or other similar benefit, medical, disability and other employee benefit plans and programs generally provided by the Corporation to its senior staff from time to time hereafter (other than those provided pursuant to separately negotiated individual employment agreements or arrangements), subject to, and to the extent the Executive are eligible for the respective terms of such benefit plans and programs.

 

 
 

 

b. Expenses . During the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Executive, upon submission of appropriate documentation by him, for all out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, hotel accommodations, and the like incurred by him in the interest of the Business.

 

c. Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks annual paid vacations per calendar year in accordance with Corporation policies.

 

d. Insurance . During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any group insurance plan, including health insurance, term life insurance, and disability insurance policies (collectively, “ Corporation Plans ”) from time to time maintained by the Corporation; provided that such insurance can be obtained on economically reasonable terms. The Corporation agrees to pay or reimburse the full amount of Executive premiums for disability, accident, death and dismemberment and/or life insurance coverage in the Corporation Plans. Should the Corporation not have an applicable Corporation Plan, the Executive shall be reimbursed for any economically reasonable health and welfare insurance premiums paid by the Executive.

 

5. Termination; Change of Control .

 

a. Death . If a Executive shall die prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have no further obligation hereunder, other than to the Executive or his estate except to pay to the Executive’s estate the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of his death, plus any accrued but unpaid Bonus for fiscal year(s) preceding the Executive’s death. Such payment shall be made promptly after the date of death to the Executive’s estate, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which death occurred.

 

b. Disability . If prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be prevented, during a continuous period of ninety (90) days (the “ Disability Period ”), from performing his duties by reason of “disability,” the Corporation may terminate this Agreement, in which event the Executive shall receive: (i) his Base Salary accrued to the date upon which any determination of disability shall have been made as hereinafter provided, and continuing until the date on which disability income payments commence under the Parent Company’s long term disability plan (or the beginning of Social Security disability income, if sooner), which Base Salary payment may be reduced by the amount of any disability income payments the Executive may receive in connection with such occurrence of disability during the Disability Period under any policy or plan carried or maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation and under which the Executive is a beneficiary or participant, and (ii) any Bonus that would have been payable at the time of such termination for disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) . The Executive shall continue to have the right to receive the greater of her Current Benefits, or benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans, but only in accordance with the terms of such plan or policy as they apply to persons whose employment has been terminated as a result of an employee’s permanent disability. Such payments shall be made to the Executive in accordance with its normal payroll policies and schedule, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which the Disability Period arose.

 

 
 

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have become disabled when the Board of Directors of the Corporation (excluding the Executive or any of his affiliates), upon the diagnosis of a reputable, licensed physician of the Corporation’s choice, in consultation with the Executive’s primary physician, shall have determined that the Executive shall have become unable to perform his duties under this Agreement, whether due to physical or mental incapacity or to infirmity caused by chronic alcoholism or drug use (excluding infrequent and temporary absences due to ordinary illness); provided that such incapacity shall have continued uninterrupted for a period of not less than ninety (90) days.

 

c. Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have the right to discharge the Executive “for Cause,” as defined below, then this Agreement shall terminate effective upon such discharge, and upon such termination, neither the Corporation nor any other member of the Corporation shall have any further obligation to the Executive or his estate, except that the Corporation will cause the Corporation to pay to the Executive, within thirty (30) days of such termination, or in the event of his subsequent death, his estate, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary, as provided in Section 3 hereof, accrued to the date of termination. In addition, the Executive shall not, after the date of termination, be entitled to receive any further Current Benefits, or other benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, neither the Corporation nor any member of the Corporation shall be obligated to pay, and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive, any Bonus. In addition, all Stock Options that have not been exercised by the Executive shall be submit to immediate cancellation.

 

For the purposes hereof, the term “ Cause ” shall mean and be limited to a discharge resulting from any one of the following:

 

(i) the Executive’s conviction of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude,

 

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties to the Corporation as specified herein, or

 

(iii) the Executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful polices or directives established by the Board of Directors;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) above, the Board of Directors shall have first given written notice thereof to the Executive on each occasion describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach, failure or refusal, and such breach or willful failure or refusal to follow written lawful policies or directives shall remain uncured for a period of twenty (20) days following receipt of each such notice.

 

 
 

 

d. Termination Without Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in this Agreement, the Corporation by action of its Board of Directors, may terminate the employment of the Executive at any time without cause (a “ Non-Cause Termination ”); provided that the Corporation shall pay to the Executive severance pay equal to twelve (12) months of the Base Salary then in effect (the “ Severance Payment ”), payable in equal monthly installments over the twelve month period following such Non-Cause Termination. In the event of any Non-Cause Termination, the remaining unvested Stock Options granted to the Executive shall immediately vest.

 

e. Other Reasons for Termination .

 

The Executive may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Term of Employment either (A) upon thirty (30) days written notice with Good Reason (” Termination With Good Reason” ), or (B) for any or no reason by providing three (3) months’ advance written notice is given by the Executive to the Corporation.

 

As used herein, the term ” Termination With Good Reason ” shall mean: (a) a material reduction in the scope of the Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect as of the Effective Date, which reduction is not remedied by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after notification to the Corporation containing a reasonably detailed description of such reduction; (b) the Corporation’s breach of any material obligation owed to the Executive under this Agreement, including any Base Salary or Bonus payment obligations; provided that the Executive has given the Corporation notice thereof describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach or failure, and the Corporation has failed to cure such breach or failure within a period of forty-five ( 45) days following receipt of such notice.

 

In the event of a Termination For Good Reason initiated by the Executive, the Corporation shall additionally pay to the Executive one full year’s Base Salary. The amounts set forth in this Section 5(e) shall be payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments over the twelve month period following such Termination For Good Reason.

 

 
 

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive

 

a. . Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Corporation she may receive certain information, knowledge and data concerning the Business of the Corporation and its affiliates or pertaining to any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, organization, entity or other person which the Corporation may do business with during the Term of Employment, which is not in the public domain, including but not limited to trade secrets, employee records, names and lists of suppliers and customers, programs, statistics, processes, techniques, pricing, marketing, software and designs, or any other matters, and all other confidential information of the Corporation and its affiliates acquired in connection with the Executive’s employment (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Confidential Information ”), which the Corporation and its affiliates desire to protect. The Executive understands that such Confidential Information is confidential, and she agrees not to reveal or disclose or otherwise make accessible such Confidential Information to anyone outside of the Corporation or any affiliate and their respective officers, employees, directors, consultants or agents, so long as the confidential or secret nature of such Confidential Information shall continue, whether or not he is employed by the Corporation, except as may be required by law, regulation or court order.

 

b. Return of Information . At such time as the Executive shall cease to be employed by the Corporation or the Corporation for whatever reason or at any other time the Corporation may reasonably request, she shall promptly deliver and surrender to the Corporation all papers, memoranda, notes, records, reports, sketches, specifications, designs and other documents, writings (and all copies thereof), and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment hereunder and relating to the Confidential Information referred to in this Section 6 or otherwise to the Business, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Corporation.

 

c. Non-Competition Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 6(c) are essential to protect the business, goodwill, trade secrets and confidential information of the Corporation and are appropriate in scope and the Business is conducted throughout the world. Executive covenants and agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement, or (b) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation for Cause, or (c) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation without good reason, or (d) immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason or (e) provided, that the Executive receives his Severance Payment, six (6) months following the Corporation’s termination of the Executive’s without cause (each, a “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in any related business activity in the Territory that competes with the Business; (ii) render any services to any person for use in competing with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States; or (iii) have an interest in any person engaged in any business that competes with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, including as a partner, member, officer, director, manager, principal, agent, trustee or consultant or any other relationship or capacity; provided, however, that each Restricted Party may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Person which are publicly traded if such Restricted Party (A) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (B) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person; or (iv) interfere with business relationships (whether formed heretofore or hereafter) between Buyer or any of its Affiliates and customers, suppliers or prospects of the Business.

 

 
 

 

d . Agreement Not to Solicit . For so long as the Executive shall be employed with the Corporation and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive agrees that she will not, either directly or indirectly, through any person, firm, association, corporation, partnership, agency or other business entity or person with which he is now or may hereafter become associated, (i) cause or induce any present or future employee of the Corporation to leave the employ of the Corporation or any affiliate to accept employment with the Executive or with such person, firm, association or corporation, agency or other business entity or (ii) solicit any person or entity which is a customer of the Corporation for the purpose of directly or indirectly furnishing services competitive with the Corporation.

 

e. Scope . It is expressly agreed that if any restrictions set forth in this Section 6 are found by any court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable because they are too broad in any respect, then and in each such case, the remaining restrictions herein contained shall, nevertheless, remain effective, and this Agreement, or any portion thereof, shall be considered to be amended so as to be considered reasonable and enforceable by such court, and the court shall specifically have the right to restrict the business or geographical scope of such restrictions to any portion of the business or geographic areas described above to the extent the court deems such restriction to be necessary to cause the covenants to be enforceable, and in such event, the covenants shall be enforced to the extent so permitted.

 

f. Specific Performance . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of Section 6 of this Agreement may be inadequate, and agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in case of any such breach or attempted breach, and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or any other equitable relief.

 

7 . Indemnification. Throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to maintain officers and directors liability insurance with one or more recognized insurance carriers and to cover the Executive under all of such policies and to provide indemnity to the Executive, in his capacity described in this Agreement, to the fullest extent provided under Georgia Law as provided herein. In addition, throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive and his Affiliates and, if applicable, the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants, agents and representatives of any affiliate of the Executive and the heirs, successors and assigns of the Executive or his affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) to the fullest extent permitted under Georgia law, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, expenses, including without limitation the payment by the Corporation of all legal fees, court costs and filing fees, as incurred by the Executive (collectively, “ Claims ”), based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of (i) any act of omission or commission by the Corporation or its board of directors, (ii) the failure of the Corporation to perform or observe fully any covenant, agreement or provision to be performed or observed by the Corporation to any third party, or (iii) any third-party Claim arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Business of the Corporation.

 

 
 

 

8. Severability . In case of any term, phrase, clause, Section, section, restriction, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be deemed, and it is hereby agreed that the same are meant to be several, and shall not defeat or impair the remaining provisions hereof.

 

9 . Waiver . The waiver by the Corporation of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Executive shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

 

10. Assignment; Binding Affect . This Agreement may not be assigned under any circumstances by either party. Neither the Executive nor his estate shall have any right to commute, encumber or dispose any rights to receive payments hereunder, it being agreed that such payment and the right thereto are nonassignable and nontransferable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 9 this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Executive’s heirs and personal representatives, and the successors and assigns of the Corporation.

 

11 . Amendments . This Agreement may not be changed, amended, terminated or superseded orally, but only by an agreement in writing, nor may any of the provisions hereof be waived orally, but only by an instrument in writing, in any such case signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, amendment, termination, waiver, modification, extension or discharge is sought.

 

12. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Governing Law . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby. Only an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto may amend this Agreement.

 

13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought by the parties and heard and determined only in a Federal or state court located in the City of Atlanta and State of Georgia and the parties hereto consent to jurisdiction before and waive any objections to the venue of such Federal and Georgia courts. The parties hereto agree to accept service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding in any manner permitted for a notice hereunder.

 

 
 

 

14. Attorneys’ Fees. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 above, in the event that any suit or other legal proceeding is brought for the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the other party or parties upon final judgment on the merits reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees for any appeal and costs incurred in bringing such suit or proceeding.

 

15. Headings . All descriptive headings of the several Sections or Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and same instrument. Facsimile and PDF signatures hereto shall have the same validity as original signatures hereto.

 

17. Representations and Warranties . (a) Executive represents and warrants to Corporation that (i) Executive is under no contractual or other restriction or obligation which is inconsistent with his execution of this Agreement or performance of his duties hereunder, (ii) Executive has no physical or mental disability that would hinder his performance of his duties under this Agreement, and (iii) she has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his choosing in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

18. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified mail, by personal delivery or by overnight courier to the Executive at his residence (as set forth in Corporation’s corporate records) or to the Corporation at its principal office and shall be effective upon receipt, if by personal delivery, three (3) business days after mailing, if sent by certified mail or one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  Corporation:
   
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  Executive:  

 

  By: /s/ James Mark Elliot
    JAMES MARK ELLIOT

 

 
 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated and effective as of December 31, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between BOXLIGHT CORPORATION (F/K/A LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION), a Nevada corporation with an address at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, Georgia (the “ Corporation ”), and HENRY NANCE an individual (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Executive ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , the Corporation wishes to employ and retain the services of the Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto intending to be bound hereby, it is hereinafter agreed as follows:

 

1. Term. The Corporation hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment, for term commencing on Effective Date hereof and, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 5 hereof, continuing for the period commencing on the Effective Date through December 31, 2017 (the “ Initial Term ”); which Initial Term may be renewed annually or extended by mutual agreement of the Corporation and the Executive (such Initial Term, as the same may be so renewed or extended, being hereinafter sometimes called the “ Term of Employment ”). The Executive shall perform the services specified herein, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. This Agreement may be extended only upon the written consent of the parties hereto.

 

2. Duties and Responsibilities.

 

a. General . Executive shall serve as the president and chief operating officer of the Corporation (the “ Chief Operating Officer ”) and subject to the general direction and control of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”). As the Chief Operating Officer, the Executive shall have responsibility for the day-to-day operations of the Corporation and each of its direct or indirect existing or future subsidiaries, including the Corporation (collectively, the “ Boxlight Group ”). In addition, the Chief Operating Officer shall have such other duties as are normally associated with and inherent in the executive capacity in which the Chief Operating Officer will be serving. The Chief Operating Officer also agrees to perform his responsibilities, without additional compensation (other than reimbursement of reasonable travel expenses), and provide such additional services as the Board of Directors shall from time to time reasonably specify.

 

 
 

 

b. Time . The Executive shall devote 100% of his professional and business time, attention and energy to the Business (as defined herein) of the Boxlight Group as necessary and appropriate to further the interests of the Boxlight Group, other than reasonable time spent performing non-profit and charitable community service. As used herein, the term “ Business ” shall mean and include the development, production and selling of interactive and traditional educational and learning products and services.

 

c. Conflict of Interest . The Executive agree to refrain from any interest, of any kind whatsoever, in any business competitive to the Business, and further acknowledges that he will not engage in any “conflict of interest” or form of activity that produces a conflict of interest with those of the Boxlight Group unless agreed to in advance and in writing by both Executive and the Corporation.

 

d. Business Opportunities The Executive covenants and agrees that if, during the Term of Employment, the Executive shall access, directly or indirectly, an investment or business opportunity that is directly or indirectly related to the Business of the Boxlight Group (a “ Business Opportunity ”), the Executive shall submit full details of such Business Opportunity to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, and such Business Opportunity shall be the sole property of the Corporation or other member of the Boxlight Group designated by the Parent.

 

3. Initial Compensation.

 

a. Base Salary . Commencing on the IPO effective date the Corporation shall cause the Boxlight Group to pay to the Executive a salary (the “ Base Salary ”) at an annual rate of One Hundred and Twenty Thousand ($120,000) Dollars.

 

b. Bonuses . During the Term of Employment and following the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall evaluate the performance of the Executive and the Boxlight Group and, if deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors (with the Executive abstaining from any such vote), the Executive shall be awarded such annual cash bonus for the immediately preceding fiscal year (each a “ Bonus ”) as the Board of Directors shall, in the exercise of their sole discretion, determine.

 

c. Incentive Option Grant . Subject to Section 3d below, the Corporation hereby grants to the Executive, a number of options (the “ Incentive Option Grant ”) to purchase such number of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”) as shall be equal to the difference between (i) three (3%) of the “Fully-Diluted Common Stock of the Corporation directly prior to the IPO effective date, less (ii) the sum of all shares of Corporation Common Stock plus all options to purchase shares of Corporation Common Stock issued or issuable to the Executive and/or his spouse in connection with his and/or her employment and activities on behalf of Everest Display, Inc., a Taiwan corporation, and its subsidiaries.

 

 
 

 

d. Vesting Option Installments . For so long as the Executive remains in the full-time employ of the Corporation and/or its subsidiaries, the Incentive Option Grant set forth in Section 3c above will vest in quarterly installments over a three year period commencing on the first quarter ending subsequent to the IPO effective date, entitling the Executive to purchase up to 100% of the Option Shares of Corporation Common Stock over the three year vesting period in accordance with the following quarterly triggers: (a) 1/12 Option Shares shall vest as of the end of each calendar quarter, commencing on the first quarter ending subsequent to the IPO effective date, (b) the Executive shall have the right to purchase up to 1/12 Option Shares as of the end of each such calendar quarter, commencing on the first quarter ending subsequent to the IPO effective date, and (c) to the extent not purchased at the end of any one or more such quarters such vested Option Shares shall accumulate and may be purchased in any one or more subsequent calendar quarters through the quarter ending 3 years after the first quarter vesting period, at which point in time the shares will be fully vested. Once the Option Shares have fully vested, except as provided in Section 5c below, they must be exercised and purchased by the Executive at the Option Price within 180 days.

 

e. Payroll Policies . The Base Salary shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll policies of the Corporation or the Boxlight Group with respect to executive officers, in effect from time to time during the Term of Employment, which at a minimum, shall at least be on a monthly basis.

 

f. Term Renewal . If an Executive Term of Employment shall be extended by mutual agreement of the parties beyond the Initial Term, the Base Salary shall be as mutually agreed between the Executive and the Corporation.

 

g. Unilateral Modification . In addition, the Corporation shall have the right at any time to increase (but not decrease) the Base Salary, all as shall be determined by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation in the exercise of their sole discretion.

 

h. Other Consideration . The Corporation acknowledges that all compensation set forth herein shall be in addition to any and all consideration issued to the Executive in the form of shares of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with the Exchange Agreement.

 

4. Fringe Benefits.

 

a. Benefit Plans . In addition to the other compensation payable to the Executive hereunder, and except as otherwise set forth herein, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in all pension, profit sharing, retirement savings plan, 401K or other similar benefit, medical, disability and other employee benefit plans and programs generally provided by the Corporation to its senior staff from time to time hereafter (other than those provided pursuant to separately negotiated individual employment agreements or arrangements), subject to, and to the extent the Executive are eligible for the respective terms of such benefit plans and programs.

 

b. Expenses . During the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Executive, upon submission of appropriate documentation by him, for all out-of-pocket expenses for entertainment, travel, meals, hotel accommodations, and the like incurred by him in the interest of the Business.

 

 
 

 

c. Vacation . The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks annual paid vacations per calendar year in accordance with Corporation policies.

 

d. Insurance . During the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in any group insurance plan, including health insurance, term life insurance, and disability insurance policies (collectively, “ Corporation Plans ”) from time to time maintained by the Corporation; provided that such insurance can be obtained on economically reasonable terms. The Corporation agrees to pay or reimburse the full amount of Executive premiums for disability, accident, death and dismemberment and/or life insurance coverage in the Corporation Plans. Should the Corporation not have an applicable Corporation Plan, the Executive shall be reimbursed for any economically reasonable health and welfare insurance premiums paid by the Executive.

 

5. Termination.

 

a. Death . If an Executive shall die prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have no further obligation hereunder, other than to the Executive or his estate except to pay to the Executive’s estate the amount of the Executive’s Base Salary accrued to the date of his death, plus any accrued but unpaid Bonus for fiscal year(s) preceding the Executive’s death. Such payment shall be made promptly after the date of death to the Executive’s estate, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which death occurred.

 

b. Disability . If prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Executive shall be prevented, during a continuous period of ninety (90) days (the “ Disability Period ”), from performing his duties by reason of “disability,” the Corporation may terminate this Agreement, in which event the Executive shall receive: (i) his Base Salary accrued to the date upon which any determination of disability shall have been made as hereinafter provided, and continuing until the date on which disability income payments commence under the Parent Company’s long term disability plan (or the beginning of Social Security disability income, if sooner), which Base Salary payment may be reduced by the amount of any disability income payments the Executive may receive in connection with such occurrence of disability during the Disability Period under any policy or plan carried or maintained by or on behalf of the Corporation and under which the Executive is a beneficiary or participant, and (ii) any Bonus that would have been payable at the time of such termination for disability pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii) . The Executive shall continue to have the right to receive the greater of her Current Benefits, or benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans, but only in accordance with the terms of such plan or policy as they apply to persons whose employment has been terminated as a result of an employee’s permanent disability. Such payments shall be made to the Executive in accordance with its normal payroll policies and schedule, except for payment of the current fiscal year Bonus which shall be made at the end of the fiscal year in which the Disability Period arose.

 

 
 

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the Executive shall be deemed to have become disabled when the Board of Directors of the Corporation (excluding the Executive or any of his affiliates), upon the diagnosis of a reputable, licensed physician of the Corporation’s choice, in consultation with the Executive’s primary physician, shall have determined that the Executive shall have become unable to perform his duties under this Agreement, whether due to physical or mental incapacity or to infirmity caused by chronic alcoholism or drug use (excluding infrequent and temporary absences due to ordinary illness); provided that such incapacity shall have continued uninterrupted for a period of not less than ninety (90) days.

 

c. Cause . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior to the expiration of the Term of Employment, the Corporation shall have the right to discharge the Executive “for Cause,” as defined below, then this Agreement shall terminate effective upon such discharge, and upon such termination, neither the Corporation nor any other member of the Corporation shall have any further obligation to the Executive or his estate, except that the Corporation will cause the Corporation to pay to the Executive, within thirty (30) days of such termination, or in the event of his subsequent death, his estate, an amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary, as provided in Section 3 hereof, accrued to the date of termination. In addition, the Executive shall not, after the date of termination, be entitled to receive any further Current Benefits, or other benefits, if any, under any Corporation Plans. In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment for Cause, neither the Corporation nor any member of the Corporation shall be obligated to pay, and the Executive shall not be entitled to receive, any Bonus. In addition, all Stock Options that have not been exercised by the Executive shall be submit to immediate cancellation.

 

For the purposes hereof, the term “ Cause ” shall mean and be limited to a discharge resulting from any one of the following:

 

(i) the Executive’s conviction of a felony or any other crime involving moral turpitude,

 

(ii) a breach by the Executive of his fiduciary duties to the Corporation as specified herein, or

 

(iii) the Executive’s failure or refusal to follow the lawful polices or directives established by the Board of Directors;

 

provided that in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) above, the Board of Directors shall have first given written notice thereof to the Executive on each occasion describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach, failure or refusal, and such breach or willful failure or refusal to follow written lawful policies or directives shall remain uncured for a period of twenty (20) days following receipt of each such notice.

 

 
 

 

d. Termination Without Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, express or implied, contained in this Agreement, the Corporation by action of its Board of Directors, may terminate the employment of the Executive at any time without cause (a “ Non-Cause Termination ”); provided that the Corporation shall pay to the Executive severance pay equal to twelve (12) months of the Base Salary then in effect (the “ Severance Payment ”), payable in equal monthly installments over the twelve month period following such Non-Cause Termination. In the event of any Non-Cause Termination, the remaining unvested Stock Options granted to the Executive shall immediately vest.

 

e. Other Reasons for Termination .

 

The Executive may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Term of Employment either (A) upon thirty (30) days written notice with Good Reason (“ Termination With Good Reason” ), or (B) for any or no reason by providing three (3) months’ advance written notice is given by the Executive to the Corporation.

 

As used herein, the term “ Termination for Good Reason ” shall mean: (a) a material reduction in the scope of the Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities in effect as of the Effective Date, which reduction is not remedied by the Corporation within twenty (20) days after notification to the Corporation containing a reasonably detailed description of such reduction; (b) the Corporation’s breach of any material obligation owed to the Executive under this Agreement, including any Base Salary or Bonus payment obligations; provided that the Executive has given the Corporation notice thereof describing in reasonable detail the alleged breach or failure, and the Corporation has failed to cure such breach or failure within a period of forty-five ( 45) days following receipt of such notice.

 

In the event of a Termination For Good Reason initiated by the Executive, the Corporation shall additionally pay to the Executive one full year’s Base Salary. The amounts set forth in this Section 5(e) shall be payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments over the twelve month period following such Termination For Good Reason.

 

 
 

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive

 

a. . Confidential Information . The Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment with the Corporation she may receive certain information, knowledge and data concerning the Business of the Corporation and its affiliates or pertaining to any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, joint venture, business, organization, entity or other person which the Corporation may do business with during the Term of Employment, which is not in the public domain, including but not limited to trade secrets, employee records, names and lists of suppliers and customers, programs, statistics, processes, techniques, pricing, marketing, software and designs, or any other matters, and all other confidential information of the Corporation and its affiliates acquired in connection with the Executive’s employment (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Confidential Information ”), which the Corporation and its affiliates desire to protect. The Executive understands that such Confidential Information is confidential, and she agrees not to reveal or disclose or otherwise make accessible such Confidential Information to anyone outside of the Corporation or any affiliate and their respective officers, employees, directors, consultants or agents, so long as the confidential or secret nature of such Confidential Information shall continue, whether or not he is employed by the Corporation, except as may be required by law, regulation or court order.

 

b. Return of Information . At such time as the Executive shall cease to be employed by the Corporation or the Corporation for whatever reason or at any other time the Corporation may reasonably request, she shall promptly deliver and surrender to the Corporation all papers, memoranda, notes, records, reports, sketches, specifications, designs and other documents, writings (and all copies thereof), and other property produced by him or coming into his possession by or through his employment hereunder and relating to the Confidential Information referred to in this Section 6 or otherwise to the Business, and the Executive agrees that all such materials will at all times remain the property of the Corporation.

 

c. Non-Competition Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the agreements and covenants contained in this Section 6(c) are essential to protect the business, goodwill, trade secrets and confidential information of the Corporation and are appropriate in scope and the Business is conducted throughout the world. Executive covenants and agrees that during the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of: (a) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the expiration of the Term of this Agreement, or (b) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Corporation for Cause, or (c) the second (2 nd ) anniversary following the termination of Executive’s employment with the Corporation without good reason, or (d) immediately following the Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason or (e) provided, that the Executive receives his Severance Payment, six (6) months following the Corporation’s termination of the Executive’s without cause (each, a “ Restricted Period ”), the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in any related business activity in the Territory that competes with the Business; (ii) render any services to any person for use in competing with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States; or (iii) have an interest in any person engaged in any business that competes with the Corporation in connection with the Business in the United States, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, including as a partner, member, officer, director, manager, principal, agent, trustee or consultant or any other relationship or capacity; provided, however, that each Restricted Party may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any Person which are publicly traded if such Restricted Party (A) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (B) does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such Person; or (iv) interfere with business relationships (whether formed heretofore or hereafter) between Buyer or any of its Affiliates and customers, suppliers or prospects of the Business.

 

 
 

 

d . Agreement Not to Solicit . For so long as the Executive shall be employed with the Corporation and for a period of two (2) years following the termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive agrees that she will not, either directly or indirectly, through any person, firm, association, corporation, partnership, agency or other business entity or person with which he is now or may hereafter become associated, (i) cause or induce any present or future employee of the Corporation to leave the employ of the Corporation or any affiliate to accept employment with the Executive or with such person, firm, association or corporation, agency or other business entity or (ii) solicit any person or entity which is a customer of the Corporation for the purpose of directly or indirectly furnishing services competitive with the Corporation.

 

e. Scope . It is expressly agreed that if any restrictions set forth in this Section 6 are found by any court having jurisdiction to be unreasonable because they are too broad in any respect, then and in each such case, the remaining restrictions herein contained shall, nevertheless, remain effective, and this Agreement, or any portion thereof, shall be considered to be amended so as to be considered reasonable and enforceable by such court, and the court shall specifically have the right to restrict the business or geographical scope of such restrictions to any portion of the business or geographic areas described above to the extent the court deems such restriction to be necessary to cause the covenants to be enforceable, and in such event, the covenants shall be enforced to the extent so permitted.

 

f. Specific Performance . The Executive acknowledges that a remedy at law for any breach or attempted breach of Section 6 of this Agreement may be inadequate, and agrees that the Corporation shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive and other equitable relief in case of any such breach or attempted breach, and further agrees to waive any requirement for the securing or posting of any bond in connection with the obtaining of any such injunctive or any other equitable relief.

 

7 . Indemnification. Throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to maintain officers and directors liability insurance with one or more recognized insurance carriers and to cover the Executive under all of such policies and to provide indemnity to the Executive, in his capacity described in this Agreement, to the fullest extent provided under Georgia Law as provided herein. In addition, throughout the Term of Employment, the Corporation hereby agrees to agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive and his Affiliates and, if applicable, the directors, officers, shareholders, employees, attorneys, accountants, agents and representatives of any affiliate of the Executive and the heirs, successors and assigns of the Executive or his affiliates (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) to the fullest extent permitted under Georgia law, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, expenses, including without limitation the payment by the Corporation of all legal fees, court costs and filing fees, as incurred by the Executive (collectively, “ Claims ”), based upon, arising out of or otherwise in respect of (i) any act of omission or commission by the Corporation or its board of directors, (ii) the failure of the Corporation to perform or observe fully any covenant, agreement or provision to be performed or observed by the Corporation to any third party, or (iii) any third-party Claim arising out of or in connection with the operation of the Business of the Corporation.

 

 
 

 

8. Severability . In case of any term, phrase, clause, Section, section, restriction, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall be deemed, and it is hereby agreed that the same are meant to be several, and shall not defeat or impair the remaining provisions hereof.

 

9 . Waiver . The waiver by the Corporation of a breach of any provision of this Agreement by the Executive shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of this Agreement by the Executive.

 

10. Assignment; Binding Affect . This Agreement may not be assigned under any circumstances by either party. Neither the Executive nor his estate shall have any right to commute, encumber or dispose any rights to receive payments hereunder, it being agreed that such payment and the right thereto are nonassignable and nontransferable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 9 this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, the Executive’s heirs and personal representatives, and the successors and assigns of the Corporation.

 

11 . Amendments . This Agreement may not be changed, amended, terminated or superseded orally, but only by an agreement in writing, nor may any of the provisions hereof be waived orally, but only by an instrument in writing, in any such case signed by the party against whom enforcement of any change, amendment, termination, waiver, modification, extension or discharge is sought.

 

12. Entire Agreement; Amendment; Governing Law . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby. Only an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto may amend this Agreement.

 

13. Governing Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia. All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought by the parties and heard and determined only in a Federal or state court located in the City of Atlanta and State of Georgia and the parties hereto consent to jurisdiction before and waive any objections to the venue of such Federal and Georgia courts. The parties hereto agree to accept service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding in any manner permitted for a notice hereunder.

 

 
 

 

14. Attorneys’ Fees. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7 above, in the event that any suit or other legal proceeding is brought for the enforcement of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that the prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover from the other party or parties upon final judgment on the merits reasonable attorneys’ fees, including attorneys’ fees for any appeal and costs incurred in bringing such suit or proceeding.

 

15. Headings . All descriptive headings of the several Sections or Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

 

16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and same instrument. Facsimile and PDF signatures hereto shall have the same validity as original signatures hereto.

 

17. Representations and Warranties . (a) Executive represents and warrants to Corporation that (i) Executive is under no contractual or other restriction or obligation which is inconsistent with his execution of this Agreement or performance of his duties hereunder, (ii) Executive has no physical or mental disability that would hinder his performance of his duties under this Agreement, and (iii) she has had the opportunity to consult with an attorney of his choosing in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.

 

18. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by certified mail, by personal delivery or by overnight courier to the Executive at his residence (as set forth in Corporation’s corporate records) or to the Corporation at its principal office and shall be effective upon receipt, if by personal delivery, three (3) business days after mailing, if sent by certified mail or one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  Corporation:
     
  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Executive:
     
  By: /s/ Henry Nance
    HENRY NANCE

 

 
 

 

 

VERT CAPITAL CORP.

 

Lender,

 

and

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION

 

Borrower,

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 30 th day of September (the “ Execution Date ”) by and among VERT CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Lender ”) and LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”) .

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A. The Borrower wishes to obtain from the Lender, advances which shall be up to a maximum of $500,000 (the “ Line of Credit ”) for the purpose of providing the borrower with funds necessary to complete the IPO process.

 

B. Borrower has agreed to secure performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Note (hereinafter defined) by granting to the Lender a first lien and security interest in and to all of the assets and properties of the Borrower, all pursuant to the Security Agreement (hereinafter defined.

 

C. In full reliance on the representations made by Borrower in this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents (as defined in Article I of this Agreement), Lender is willing to extend such financing to Borrower upon the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Line of Credit Documents.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, Borrower and Lender mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advances ” shall mean one or more amounts funded by the Lender to the Borrower (including the Prior Advances”) as part of the Line of Credit under this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean: (a) with respect to a corporation, (1) any officer or director thereof and any Person which is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 20% of any class of shares or other equity security, or (2) any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such corporation; and (b) with respect to a partnership, venture or limited liability company, any (1) general partner or member, (2) general partner of a general partner or member, (3) partnership with a common general partner or member, or (4) co-venturer thereof, and if any general partner, member or co-venturer is a corporation, any Person which is an Affiliate of such corporation. For purposes hereof, “controls” (which includes the correlative meanings of “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means effective power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person.

 

Business ” shall mean the business of business of developing and selling education, business and government products and services.

 

2
 

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the week other than Saturday, Sunday or other day that is recognized as a holiday in the State of Georgia.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean the individual and collective reference to the various dates of funding of each of the Line of Credit during the Funding Period, and shall include the Execution Date.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all items of personal property defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the events listed in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States, any state, province or political subdivision thereof, any other foreign country, any multi-national organization or body and any entity exercising executive, judicial, legislative, police, taxing, regulatory or administrative authority or power of any nature.

 

Hazardous Substances ” shall mean any explosives, PCBs, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, foam insulation, hydrocarbon contaminants, underground or above ground tanks, pollutants, waste, contaminants, hazardous, dangerous, radioactive or corrosive or deleterious or toxic substances or materials or hazardous or special waste or any other such substance or material as defined or regulated pursuant to any environmental laws.

 

Lien ” shall mean any lien, mortgage, security interest, collateral assignment, pledge, assignment, charge, title retention agreement, or encumbrance of any kind, and any other right of or arrangement with any creditor (whether based on common law, constitutional provision, statute or contract) to have its claim satisfied out of any property or assets, or their proceeds, before the claims of general creditors of the owner of the property or assets.

 

Line of Credit ” shall mean the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under the terms of this Agreement in the maximum principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

Line of Credit Documents ” shall mean the following documents executed in conjunction with and supporting this Agreement: (i) the Note and (ii) the Security Agreement. All of the Line of Credit Documents are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Material Adverse Event ” means any circumstance or event that, individually or collectively with other circumstances or events, may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or Business of the Borrower, as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the IPO effective date, the date all sums evidenced by the Note shall be due and payable out of the proceeds of the IPO.

 

Note ” shall mean reference to the promissory Note issued by the Borrower to the Lender to evidence the Line of Credit and in the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean those encumbrances, security interests, legal notations, charges, liens and interests permitted by the Lender, as described in Schedule A .

 

3
 

 

Person ” shall mean and includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or any other entity or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean the security agreement to be entered into by the Borrower, as debtor, with the Lender, as secured party, all in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Tax ” shall mean all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, withholdings, duties, charges or fees of any nature whatsoever including without limitation any customs, franchise, transfer, sales, use, business, occupation, excise, personal property, real property, stamp, gross income, fuel, leasing, occupational, value added, turnover, excess profits, excise, gross receipts, gross profits, registration, license, corporation, capital gains, export, custom, import, net income, taxes (or any other amount corresponding to any of the foregoing) now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any national, foreign, regional or local taxing or fiscal authority or agency, together with any penalties, additions to tax, fines or interest thereon, and any assessments in respect of any of the foregoing, and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LINE OF CREDIT

 

2.1 Line of Credit . Following the Execution Date, the Lender shall make periodic Advances to the Borrower as part of the Line of Credit up to a maximum amount of Advances not to exceed the sum of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($500,000), representing the total principal amount of the Line of Credit (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”). The entire Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (a) the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default hereunder, or (b) the Maturity Date (as the same may be extended as herein provided).

 

2.2 Interest . Interest shall be payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). Interest at the Interest Rate shall be accrued monthly on the last Business Day of each month, commencing November 30, 2014, with the final payment of interest due and payable, together with the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness on the Maturity Date.

 

2.3 Default Interest Rate . During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate per annum equal to twenty-two (22%) percent (the “ Default Interest Rate ”).

 

2.4 Disbursement of Funds; Use of Proceeds . The Advances representing the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be funded to the Borrower in accordance with a funding schedule submitted by the Borrower to the lender and approved by the Lender (the “ Funding Schedule ”). The proceeds of funding under the Line of Credit shall be used by the Borrower solely for working capital and to repay all or a portion of Borrower’s accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

2.5 Security . The Line of Credit and the Note evidencing such Line of Credit shall be secured by the Security Agreement executed and acknowledged by Borrower, as debtor, and shall constitute a first priority lien and security interest granted to the Lender against all of the Borrower’s assets and properties, and subject only to the Permitted Liens.

 

4
 

 

2.6 Prepayment . Borrower may prepay, in whole or in part, the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, without the prior written consent of each of the Lender and without payment of any premium or penalty.

 

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE BORROWER

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Disbursement at Closing . Prior to the disbursement of any of the proceeds of the Line of Credit to or for the account of Borrower at closing of the Line of Credit, and as a condition precedent to such disbursement, all of the conditions set forth below must be satisfied as determined by Lender, in Lender’ sole discretion.

 

(a) Authority . Borrower shall deliver to Lender an officers certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, attaching: (1) a copy of its organizational documents, together with any and all amendments thereto, (2) a current shareholder’s register, (3) a certified resolution authorizing it to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (4) such other documents as Lender may reasonably request. The resolutions referred to above shall designate and authorize the individual or individuals executing the Line of Credit Documents in behalf of Borrower to execute and deliver the same.

 

(b) Line of Credit Documents . The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender, a counterpart of all Line of Credit Documents in favor of the Lender, with all security filings (completed as advised by Lender’s counsel and evidence satisfactory to Lender that such filings are not subject to any prior filings other than filings in respect of Permitted Liens.

 

(c) UCC Financing Statements . Borrower authorizes the Lender or its legal counsel to file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in all appropriate jurisdictions and amendments thereto describing the Collateral and containing any other information required by the applicable Uniform Commercial Code to perfect Lender’s security interest granted in the Line of Credit.

 

(d) Miscellaneous Items . Borrower shall deliver to Lender such other items, documents and evidences pertaining to the Line of Credit as may reasonably be requested by Lender.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedules to the Merger Agreement, the Borrower does hereby represent and warrant to Lender that the representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement are true as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to another date), as set forth in the Merger Agreement and subject to the qualifications thereof set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

 

For so long as any principal amount and accrued interest in respect of the Line of Credit remains outstanding, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender as follows:

 

5
 

 

5.1 Use of Proceeds . Unless otherwise consented to by Lender, Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Line of Credit only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5.2 Insurance . Borrower shall provide and maintain, at all times, not less than $1,000,000 of business insurance coverage.

 

5.3 Information . Borrower shall furnish to Lender with reasonable promptness such data and information, financial and otherwise, concerning Borrower as from time to time may reasonably be requested by Lender for purposes of administering compliance with the Line of Credit Documents.

 

5.4 Notice . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following:

 

(a) The existence or occurrence of any event, which with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or a default under any of the Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Any events or changes in the financial condition of Borrower occurring since the date of the last financial statement of Borrower delivered to Lender, which individually or cumulatively when viewed in light of prior financial statements, may result in a Material Adverse Event in the financial condition of Borrower; and

 

(c) Any claim, action or proceeding materially affecting title to the Collateral given by Borrower to Lender under any of the Line of Credit Documents.

 

5.5 Distributions . Borrower shall make no distributions of cash or properties or pay any dividends in cash or properties to its members without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

5.6 Secured Indebtedness . Except for Permitted Liens and purchase money Indebtedness (not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate) incurred to purchase or lease equipment for the Business and secured only by Liens on the specific item of equipment purchased or leased, the Borrower shall incur no Indebtedness secured by liens or security interests on their assets without the Lender’s prior written consent.

 

5.7 Compliance with Laws . Borrower shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, except where non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Event.

 

5.8 Transfer . Without the prior written approval of Lender, Borrower shall not authorize or permit a change in the ownership or control of Borrower (including any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or conveyance (collectively, “ Transfer ”) of all or part of the securities of Borrower), or any Transfer of any material assets of Borrower, including its Intellectual Property.

 

5.9 Acquisitions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, Borrower shall not acquire or invest in any securities issued by any Person or participate in any partnership or joint venture or the acquisition of any business assets or unincorporated business operations.

 

5.10 Contract Changes . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates shall amend or modify any material contract or agreement to which the Borrower is a party.

 

6
 

 

5.11 Dispositions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, the Borrower will not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in any one transaction, any asset having a fair market value in excess of $10,000 or assets having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $25,000, except for sales of inventories made in the ordinary course of business.

 

5.12 Additional Negative Covenants . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, do any of the following:

 

(a) (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Business and affairs of any of Borrower; (ii) effect any merger or consolidation transaction; (iii) sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by Borrower of all or substantially all the assets of Borrower; or (iv) consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b) Admit any additional members to the Borrower or sell, transfer or assign any membership interests or other equity interests in the Borrower; or

 

(c) make any disbursement or payment to the Majority Stockholder, except as expressly set forth in the documents executed in connection with the Merger Agreement.

 

5.13 Monthly Reports . Borrower shall deliver to the Lender not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, reports containing information with respect to the immediately preceding calendar month (“ Monthly Reports ”), which information shall include (a) monthly cash flow and P&L statements, (b) monthly balance sheets, and (c) such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

6.1 Events of Default Not Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents without the requirement of notice from Lender to Borrower:

 

(a) Nonpayment . The failure of Borrower to pay when due any principal or interest at the Interest Rate on the Line of Credit or other charge with respect to the Principal Indebtedness, or the amount of any fee or payment required of Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents; provided, that Borrower shall have a five (5) business day period after which such payment is due in order to cure such breach.

 

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower: (1) the filing by it of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties; (2) an assignment by it for the benefit of creditors or an admission by any of them, in writing, of an inability to pay their respective debts as they become due; or (3) the entry of a judgment of insolvency against it by any state, provincial or federal court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents is or proves to have been incorrect when made and such inaccuracy causes a Material Adverse Event.

 

7
 

 

6.2 Events of Default Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents following written notice from Lender to Borrower and Guarantors as described below:

 

(a) Default of Covenants . The occurrence and continuance of a material default by Borrower under any material term, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement, any of the Line of Credit Documents or the Restated Operating Agreement, which default shall not be cured within thirty (30) days following notice of default.

 

(b) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Receivership . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors: (1) the filing against any of them of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (2) the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or (3) the attachment or execution by levy against any substantial portion of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

 

(c) Governmental Action . If any action is taken or any power is exercised by any municipality or government, or by any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the financial performance, condition or prospects of Borrower or the Guarantors, including without limitation any action or power which may result in the expropriation of any material portion of the Property or personal property of Borrower or the Guarantors or in the lapse, revocation or restriction of any license, permit franchise or approval held or enjoyed by it.

 

(d) Title to Assets . If the title to any assets of any of Borrower or the security interests and charges created by any of the Line of Credit Documents are materially jeopardized or impaired.

 

(e) Line of Credit Documents . If the Line of Credit Documents ceases for any reason to be enforceable in full force and effect in accordance with its terms at any time, with or without the Lender being notified thereof.

 

6.3 Notice . If any Event of Default shall occur (whether or not any required notice has been given or an applicable grace period has elapsed), Lender shall not be obligated to make any further advances or disbursements until such Event of Default is remedied. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement, or the Line of Credit Documents, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall give written notice of such occurrence to Borrower as follows:

 

(a) Monetary Default . In the event of a monetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period.

 

(b) Nonmonetary Default . In the event of a nonmonetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period. However, if the nonmonetary default cannot reasonably be corrected within the applicable cure period, Borrower shall have an additional thirty (30) days to remedy such nonmonetary default if Borrower notifies Lender of the manner in which the nonmonetary default shall be cured, and if appropriate corrective action is instituted within the initial specified cure period and is diligently pursued thereafter. In the event that correction of the default requires action by a Governmental Authority which cannot reasonably be obtained within an additional twenty (20) days, and Borrower has complied with the conditions of the previous sentence, such twenty (20) day cure period shall be extended to some other reasonable amount of time, so long as the Borrower’ Business is not impaired and continues in the ordinary course until the default is cured.

 

8
 

 

6.4 Election of Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and continue after any required notice and lapse of any applicable grace period, all obligations of Lender under this Agreement and under the Line of Credit Documents shall cease and terminate, and at the election of Majority Lender, the Lender may: (i) declare the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Line of Credit Document immediately due and payable; (ii) exercise any remedy provided for in the Line of Credit Documents; (iii) exercise Lender’s rights with respect to any other Collateral given as security for the repayment of the Line of Credit; or (iv) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5(b) below, exercise any other right or remedy available to Lender pursuant to any Line of Credit Document, or as provided at law or in equity.

 

6.5 No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy conferred upon or reserved to Lender under this Agreement shall be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or failure to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 Non-Waiver . No disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit shall constitute a waiver of any covenant or condition to be performed by Borrower. In the event Borrower are unable to satisfy any such covenant or condition, Lender shall not be precluded from thereafter declaring such failure to be an Event of Default.

 

7.2 Amendments . Neither this Agreement nor any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally and may only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing, signed by each of the Lender and the Borrower.

 

7.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7.4 Waivers . The failure by Lender or Borrower at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by the other of any of the undertakings, agreements or covenants contained in this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Borrower or Lender hereunder to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any waiver by Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement shall not waive or affect any other Event of Default hereunder, whether such Event of Default is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements or covenants of Borrower and Lender under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged specifying such waiver.

 

9
 

 

7.5 Survival . This Agreement shall survive the disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit, and each and every one of the obligations and undertakings of Borrower, Guarantors and Lender contained herein shall be continuing obligations and undertakings and shall not cease and terminate until all amounts which may accrue pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents shall have been fully paid and all obligations and undertakings of Borrower and Guarantors shall have been fully discharged.

 

7.6 Assignment and Notices .

 

(a) Neither Borrower nor any of the Guarantors may assign, in whole or in part, any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents or any other agreement or commitment (in addition to this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents) in existence between Lender on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, without the prior written consent of the Lender The Lender may assign this Agreement or any of the other Line of Credit Documents. .

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in any Line of Credit Document, whenever Lender or Borrower desire to give or serve any notice, demand, request or other communication with respect to this Agreement or any other Line of Credit Document, each such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective only if the notice is delivered by personal service, by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile, addressed in the same manner as provided in this Merger Agreement. Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed to have been given when delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile (confirmed orally by telephone, with a copy sent by overnight courier) shall be presumed to have been received on the date transmitted. Any party may change its address by giving notice to the other party of its new address in the manner provided above.

 

7.7 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, voidable or unenforceable, such void, voidable or unenforceable term or provision shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement.

 

7.8 Actions . Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in and defend any action or proceeding which might affect Lender’ security or Lender’s rights, duties or liabilities relating to the Line of Credit, the Collateral, any of the assets of Borrower or this Agreement.

 

7.9 No Partnership . Nothing contained in this Agreement, or in any Line of Credit Document shall be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between Borrower and Lender. There shall be no sharing of losses, costs and expenses between Borrower and Lender, and Lender shall have no right of control or supervision except as Lender may exercise Lender’s rights and remedies provided hereunder and in the Line of Credit Documents.

 

7.10 Interpretation . Whenever the context shall require, the plural shall include the singular, the whole shall include any part thereof, and any gender shall include both other genders. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit, expand or otherwise affect the construction of any provisions hereof.

 

7.11 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters relating hereto shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

7.12 Conflicts . The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to be superseded by the provisions of the Line of Credit Documents executed in conjunction with this Agreement but shall be construed as supplemental thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions hereof and the Line of Credit Documents, it is intended that this Agreement shall control.

 

10
 

 

7.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute only one instrument.

 

7.14 Attorney Fees . Borrower and Lender agree that should either of them default in any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents, the defaulting party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees and costs, incurred by the non-defaulting party to protect its rights hereunder, regardless of whether an action is commenced or prosecuted to judgment.

 

7.15 Jurisdiction . Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other of the Line of Credit Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Line of Credit Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Line of Credit Documents, then the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

7.16 Currency . All references to monetary amounts in this Agreement, and in the other Line of Credit Documents, shall be deemed to refer to U.S. dollars, lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

7.17 Jury Waiver . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT AND TO ANY OF THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, ANY COLLATERAL SECURING THE OBLIGATIONS, OR ANY TRANSACTION ARISING THEREFROM OR CONNECTED THERETO. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH REPRESENT TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

 

7.18 Final Expression . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING OF LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE LINE OF CREDIT AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY ALLEGED ORAL AGREEMENT.

 

7.19 Facsimile Signatures. . This Agreement and all Line of Credit Documents may be executed by facsimile signatures and delivered electronically in pdf format, each of which shall be given the same legal weight as though they were ribbon original signatures.

 

[Signatures appear on the following pages.]

 

11
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Line of Credit Agreement this 30th day of September, 2014.

 

  LENDER:
   
  VERT CAPITAL CORP.
     
  By: /s/ Michael Pope
  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: President
     
  BORROWER:
   
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
    Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer

 

12
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

PERMITTED LIENS

 

Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:

 

(a) Liens directly securing the Obligations to the Lender evidenced by the Note and the other Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Liens which secure purchase money Indebtedness and capital lease obligations with respect to the purchase or lease of additional equipment and which encumber only the assets acquired with such purchase money Indebtedness or the assets subject to such capital lease;

 

(c) Pledges, deposits or Liens arising or made to secure payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits or to participate in any fund in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other social security programs;

 

(d) Easements, rights-of-way, encumbrances and other restrictions on the use or value of real property or any other property or asset which do not materially impair the use thereof;

 

(e) Liens for Taxes and Liens imposed by operation of law (including, without limitation, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers and landlords, and similar Liens) provided that (i) except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule, the amount secured is not overdue by more than ninety (90) days and no Lien has been filed, or (ii) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made, levy and execution thereon have been (and continue to be) stayed, or payment is fully covered by insurance (subject to the customary deductible); and

 

(f) Rights of offset or statutory banker’s Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of commercial banks, provided that any such Lien shall only extend to deposits and property in possession of such commercial bank.

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT B to Line of Credit Agreement

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$500,000   September 30, 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation ( referred to herein as “ Borrower ”) with a business address at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, GA 30043, hereby unconditionally agrees and promises to pay to the order of VERT CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Lender” and/or its successors and assigns (collectively, with the Lender, the “ Holder ”), at, or such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate, the principal sum of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($500,000) DOLLARS or such lesser amount as may be advanced and outstanding under the Line of Credit Agreement (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”), together with interest on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by this Note at the Interest Rate defined in the Line of Credit Agreement, dated September 30, 2014 between the Borrower and the Lender (the “ Line of Credit Agreement ”).

 

Unless otherwise expressly defined in this Note, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as assigned to them in the Line of Credit Agreement.

 

(a) Principal Indebtedness of the Loan . The entire Principal Indebtedness advanced under the Line of Credit Agreement (the “ Loan ”) shall be due and payable on the IPO effective date.

 

(b) Interest . Interest shall be payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate of six (10%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). Interest at the Interest Rate shall be accrued monthly on the last Business Day of each month, commencing October 31, 2014, with the final payment of interest due and payable, together with the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness on the Maturity Date.

 

(c) Default Interest Rate . During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate per annum equal to twelve (22%) percent (the “ Default Interest Rate ”).

 

(d) All payments shall be applied first to interest and then to principal. The Borrower may not prepay any amounts contemplated under this Note in full or in part prior to the Maturity Date, except as otherwise provided in the Line of Credit Agreement.

 

(e) This Note is intended to be governed by the laws of the State of Nevada.

 

(f) It is agreed that time is of the essence in the performance of this Note. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default under this Note that is not cured within the applicable cure period, if any, set forth in the Line of Credit Agreement, the Holder shall have the right and option to declare, without notice, all the remaining indebtedness of unpaid principal and interest evidenced by this Note immediately due and payable.

 

 
 

 

(g) Borrower shall pay all of Holder’s reasonable fees and costs incurred in the preparation of this Note and any related documents. If this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, by suit or otherwise, or to enforce its collection, the Borrower shall pay all reasonable costs of collection including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

(h) The Borrower hereby waive diligence, presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, and any other notice of any kind. No delay or omission on the part of the Holder in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other remedy under this Note. A waiver on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right or remedy on a future occasion.

 

(i) All agreements between the Holder and the Borrower are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration of maturity of the indebtedness evidenced hereby or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid to the Holder for the use, forbearance, loaning or detention of the indebtedness evidenced hereby exceed the maximum permissible under applicable law.

 

(j) Borrower acknowledge that Holder’s willingness to make the loan represented by this Note is based on the facts represented to Holder by Borrower as set forth in the Merger Agreement referred to in the Line of Credit Agreement.

 

HOLDER AND BORROWER IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING HEREAFTER INSTITUTED BY OR AGAINST HOLDER OR BORROWER IN RESPECT OF THIS NOTE OR ARISING OUT OF ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT EVIDENCING, GOVERNING OR SECURING THIS NOTE. BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE IS PART OF A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note has been executed by Borrower as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, INC.
  a Nevada corporation
     
  By:  
  Name: James Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

2
 

 

EXHIBIT C to Line of Credit Agreement

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement” ) is made as of September 30, 2014 by and between LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION , a Nevada corporation (the “ Debtor ”) and VERT CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Secured Party ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. Secured Party and the Debtor have entered into a Line of Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2014 (the “ Line of Credit Agreement ”);

 

B. Secured Party has agreed to provide Debtor with a $500,000 line of credit (the “ Loan ”);

 

C. The Loan is evidenced by that certain promissory note of Debtor maturing on the Maturity Date, as defined in the Line of Credit Agreement (the “ Note ”).

 

D. The parties intend that Debtor’s obligations to repay and otherwise perform its obligations under the Note be secured by all of the Collateral (as defined below) of Debtor.

 

E. Unless otherwise expressly defined in this Agreement, all capitalized terms when used herein, shall have the same meanings are they are defined in the Line of Credit Agreement.

 

F. The Recitals shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Agreement as though more fully set forth at length in the body of this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Security Interest . To secure the full and timely performance of all of Debtor’s obligations and liabilities to Secured Party pursuant to Line of Credit Agreement, the Note and the related Loan Documents (collectively, the “ Obligations ”), Debtor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably pledges, grants and hypothecates to Secured Party a continuing security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in and to all of the property described on Exhibit A ” to this Agreement (the “ Collateral ”).

 

1
 

 

2. Priority of Security Interest . Secured Party and Debtor each acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a) the Security Interest granted by the Debtor in the Collateral owned by the Debtor pursuant to this Agreement represents a first priority lien and Security Interest in such Collateral; and

 

(b) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default under the Line of Credit Agreement, or any related Loan Documents thereunder or hereunder, the Secured Party may exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral owned by the Debtor or the Security Interest granted by the Debtor hereunder, all as provided in this Agreement.

 

3. Representations and Covenants .

 

(a) Other Liens . Debtor owns all right, title and interest in the Collateral (or has appropriate rights to use in the case of property subject to leases, licenses or similar arrangements in which any one or more Debtor is the licensee or lessee) and, except for liens in favor of the Secured Party or other Permitted Liens as defined in the Line of Credit Agreement, Debtor will not permit the Collateral to be subject to any adverse lien, security interest or encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens), and Debtor will defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein. Except as disclosed to Secured Party, no financing statements covering any Collateral or any proceeds thereof are on file in any public office.

 

(b) This Agreement creates in favor of the Secured Party a valid security interest in the Collateral, subject only to the Permitted Liens (as defined in the Line of Credit Agreement) securing the payment and performance of the Obligations. Upon making the filings described in the immediately following paragraph, all security interests created hereunder in any Collateral which may be perfected by filing Uniform Commercial Code (“ UCC ”) financing statements shall have been duly perfected. Except for the filing of the UCC financing statements referred to in the immediately following paragraph, the execution and delivery of deposit account control agreements satisfying the requirements of Section 9-104(a)(2) of the UCC with respect to each deposit account of the Debtor, no action is necessary to create, perfect or protect the security interests created hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except for the filing of said financing statements, no consent of any third parties and no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, (ii) the creation or perfection of the Security Interests created hereunder in the Collateral or (iii) the enforcement of the rights of the Secured Party hereunder.

 

(c) Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to file one or more financing statements under the UCC, with respect to the Security Interests, with the proper filing and recording agencies in any jurisdiction deemed proper by it.

 

2
 

 

(d) Further Documentation . At any time and from time to time, at the sole expense of Debtor, Debtor will promptly and duly execute and deliver such further instruments and documents and take such further action as Secured Party may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted. The undersigned Debtor hereby authorizes Secured Party to file with the appropriate filing office, now or hereafter from time to time, financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto, naming the undersigned as Debtor and covering all of the Collateral of each of the Debtor, including but not limited to any specific listing, identification or type of all or any portion of the assets of the undersigned. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees, by evidence of its signature below, that this authorization is sufficient to satisfy the requirements of Revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

(e) Indemnification . Debtor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Secured Party against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and expenses): (i) with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in paying any and all excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or are determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral; (ii) with respect to, or resulting from, any delay in complying with any law, rule, regulation or order of any governmental authority applicable to any of the Collateral or (iii) in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that this indemnification shall not extend to any damages caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party.

 

(f) Change of Jurisdiction of Organization; Relocation of Business or Collateral . Debtor shall not change its jurisdiction of organization, relocate its chief executive office, principal place of business or its records or allow the relocation of any Collateral (unless such relocation is in the ordinary course of business) without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Secured Party.

 

(e) Limitations on Modifications of Accounts, Etc . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default (as defined in the Line of Credit Agreement), Debtor shall not, without Secured Party’s prior written consent, grant any extension of the time of payment of any of the accounts, chattel paper, instruments or amounts due under any contract or document, compromise, compound or settle the same for less than the full amount thereof, release, wholly or partly, any person liable for the payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon other than trade discounts and rebates granted in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business.

 

(f) Insurance . Debtor shall maintain insurance policies insuring the Collateral against loss or damage from such risks and in such amounts and forms and with such companies as are customarily maintained by businesses similar to Debtor.

 

(g) Authority . Debtor has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to execute this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder, and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Debtor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Debtor, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution, delivery and performance by Debtor of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not (i) require any authorization, consent or approval by any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, (ii) violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation or of any order, writ, injunction or decree presently in effect, having applicability to Debtor or the articles of incorporation or by-laws of Debtor, or (iii) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument to which Debtor is a party or by which it or its properties may be bound or affected.

 

3
 

 

(h) Defense of Intellectual Property . Debtor shall (i) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material copyrights, patents, trademarks and trade secrets, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of its copyrights, patents, trademarks and trade secrets and promptly advise Secured Party in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any copyrights, patents, trademarks or trade secrets material to Debtor’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Secured Party.

 

(i) Maintenance of Records . Debtor will keep and maintain at its own cost and expense satisfactory and complete records of the Collateral and may not relocate such books of account and records or tangible Collateral unless it delivers to the Secured Party at least 30 days prior to such relocation (i) written notice of such relocation and the new location thereof (which must be within the United States) and (ii) evidence that appropriate financing statements under the UCC and other necessary documents have been filed and recorded and other steps have been taken to create in favor of the Secured Party a valid, perfected and continuing perfected first priority lien in the Collateral.

 

(j) Inspection Rights . Secured Party will have full access during normal business hours, and upon reasonable prior notice, to all of the books, correspondence and other records of Debtor relating to the Collateral, and Secured Party or their representatives may examine such records and make photocopies or otherwise take extracts from such records, subject to Debtor’s reasonable confidentiality requirements. Debtor agrees to render to Secured Party, at Debtor’s expense, such clerical and other assistance as may be reasonably requested with regard to the exercise of its rights pursuant to this paragraph.

 

(k) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Debtor shall comply in all material respects with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to any part of the Collateral or to the operation of Debtor’s business; provided , however , that Debtor may contest any such law, rule, regulation or order in any reasonable manner which does not, in the reasonable opinion of Debtor, adversely affect Secured Party’s rights or the priority of its liens on the Collateral.

 

(l) Payment of Obligations . Debtor shall pay before delinquency all obligations associated with the Collateral, including license fees, taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Collateral or with respect to any of its income or profits derived from the Collateral; as well as all claims of any kind (including, without limitation, claims for labor, materials and supplies) against or with respect to the Collateral, except that no such charge need be paid if (i) the validity or amount of such charge is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) such proceedings do not involve any material danger of the sale, forfeiture or loss of any of the Collateral or any interest in the Collateral and (iii) such charge is adequately reserved against on Debtor’s books in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The obligation of Debtor to repay the Loan evidenced by the Note, together with all interest accrued thereon, is absolute and unconditional, and there exists no right of set off or recoupment, counterclaim or defense of any nature whatsoever to payment of the Loan.

 

4
 

 

(m) Limitations on Liens on Collateral . Except for the Permitted Liens, Debtor shall not create, incur or permit to exist, shall defend the Collateral against and shall take such other action as is necessary to remove, any lien or claim on or to the Collateral, and shall defend the right, title and interest of Secured Party in and to any of the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons. Any prior security interest and lien granted by Debtor to Secured Party in connection with the Collateral shall remain in full force and effect, and Secured Party shall continue to have a first-priority, perfected security interest in and lien upon the collateral described therein

 

(n) Limitations on Dispositions of Collateral . Debtor shall not sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of a material portion of the Collateral, or offer or contract to do so without the written consent of Secured Party; provided , however , that Debtor will be allowed to (1) sell its inventories in the ordinary course of business and (2) sell and grant non-exclusive licenses to its products, intellectual property and related documentation in the ordinary course of business.

 

(o) Good Standing . Commencing on a date which shall be not more than thirty (30) days from the date of this Agreement, the Debtor shall be and at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its valid existence and good standing and any rights and franchises material to its business.

 

(p) Inventory . Except in the ordinary course of business, Debtor may not consign any of its inventory or sell any of its inventory on bill and hold, sale or return, sale on approval, or other conditional terms of sale without the consent of the Secured Party which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(q) Offices . Debtor may not relocate its chief executive office to a new location without providing 30 days prior written notification thereof to the Secured Party and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Debtor provides any financing statements or fixture filings necessary to perfect and continue the perfection of the Security Interests granted and evidenced by this Agreement.

 

(r) Certificates . At any time and from time to time that any Collateral consists of instruments, certificated securities or other items that require or permit possession by the secured party to perfect the security interest created hereby, Debtor shall deliver such Collateral to the Agent.

 

(s) Tangible Chattel . Debtor shall cause all tangible chattel paper constituting Collateral to be delivered to the Secured Party, or, if such delivery is not possible, then to cause such tangible chattel paper to contain a legend noting that it is subject to the security interest created by this Agreement. To the extent that any Collateral consists of electronic chattel paper, Debtor shall cause the underlying chattel paper to be “marked” within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the UCC (or successor section thereto).

 

5
 

 

(t) Letter-of-Credit . To the extent that any Collateral consists of letter-of-credit rights, Debtor shall cause the issuer of each underlying letter of credit to consent to an assignment of the proceeds thereof to the Secured Party

 

(u) Third Party . To the extent that any Collateral is in the possession of any third party, Debtor shall join with the Secured Party in notifying such third party of the Secured Party’ security interest in such Collateral and shall use its best efforts to obtain an acknowledgement and agreement from such third party with respect to the Collateral, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Secured Party.

 

(v) Tort Claims . If any Debtor shall at any time hold or acquire a commercial tort claim, Debtor shall promptly notify the Secured Party in a writing signed by Debtor of the particulars thereof and grant to the Secured Party in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent

 

(w) Further Identification of Collateral . Debtor has full right, title and interest in and to all identified Collateral listed on Exhibit “A” . Debtor shall furnish to Secured Party from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the Collateral and such other reports in connection with the Collateral as Secured Party may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

 

4. Secured Party’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact .

 

(a) Powers . Debtor and Secured Party hereby appoints the officers or agents of Secured Party (each an “ Agent ”) to act on behalf of Secured Party, with full power of substitution, as its attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place of Debtor and in the name of Debtor or in its own name, so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any instrument which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Secured Party, in its discretion, will have the right, without notice to, or the consent of, Debtor, to do any of the following on Debtor’s behalf:

 

(i) to pay or discharge any obligations in connection with the Collateral, including license fees and taxes or liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(ii) to direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all amounts due or to become due thereunder directly to Secured Party or as Secured Party directs;

 

(iii) to ask for or demand, collect and receive payment of and receipt for any payments due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral;

 

6
 

 

(iv) to commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce any right in respect of any Collateral;

 

(v) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against Debtor with respect to any Collateral;

 

(vi) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described in subsection (v) above and, to give such discharges or releases in connection therewith as Secured Party may deem appropriate;

 

(vii) to assign any license or patent right included in the Collateral of a Debtor (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such license or patent right pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions and in such manner as Secured Party in their sole discretion determine; and

 

(viii) to sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral and to take, at Secured Party’s option and Debtor’s expense, any actions which Secured Party deem necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and Secured Party’s liens on the Collateral and to carry out the intent of this Agreement, in each case to the same extent as if Secured Party were the absolute owners of the Collateral for all purposes.

 

(ix) to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise and all rights of Debtor to receive the dividends and interest which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain, shall cease. Upon such notice, Agent shall have the right to receive, for the benefit of the Secured Party, any interest, cash dividends or other payments on the Collateral and, at the option of Agent, to exercise in such Agent’s discretion all voting rights pertaining thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to exercise all rights with respect to the Collateral as it were the sole and absolute owner thereof, including, without limitation, to vote and/or to exchange, at its sole discretion, any or all of the Collateral in connection with a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization or other readjustment concerning or involving the Collateral or any Debtor or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries .

 

(x) to operate the Business of Debtor using the Collateral and shall have the right to assign, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of and deliver all or any part of the Collateral, at public or private sale or otherwise, either with or without special conditions or stipulations, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, in such parcel or parcels and at such time or times and at such place or places, and upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may deem commercially reasonable, all without (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) advertisement or demand upon or notice to any Debtor or right of redemption of a Debtor, which are hereby expressly waived. Upon each such sale, lease, assignment or other transfer of Collateral, the Secured Party, may, unless prohibited by applicable law which cannot be waived, purchase all or any part of the Collateral being sold, free from and discharged of all trusts, claims, right of redemption and equities of any Debtor, which are hereby waived and released .

 

7
 

 

(xi) to notify any account Debtor and any obligors under instruments or accounts to make payments directly to the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Party, and to enforce the Debtor’ rights against such account Debtor and obligors .

 

Debtor hereby ratifies whatever actions Secured Party lawfully does or causes to be done in accordance with this Section 3. This power of attorney will be a power coupled with an interest and will be irrevocable.

 

(b) No Duty on Secured Party’s Part . The powers conferred on Secured Party by this Section 3 are solely to protect Secured Party’s interest in the Collateral and do not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Secured Party will be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither Secured Party nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents will, in the absence of willful misconduct or gross negligence, be responsible to Debtor for any act or failure to act pursuant to this Section 3.

 

(c) Application of Proceeds . The proceeds of any sale, lease or other disposition of the Collateral hereunder or from payments made on account of any insurance policy insuring any portion of the Collateral shall be applied first, to the expenses of retaking, holding, storing, processing and preparing for sale, selling, and the like (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees and other costs incurred in connection therewith) of the Collateral, to the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Agent in enforcing the Secured Party’ rights hereunder and in connection with collecting, storing and disposing of the Collateral, and then to satisfaction of the Obligations pro rata among the Secured Party (based on then-outstanding principal amounts of Note at the time of any such determination), and to the payment of any other amounts required by applicable law, after which the Secured Party shall pay to Debtor any surplus proceeds. If, upon the sale, license or other disposition of the Collateral, the proceeds thereof are insufficient to pay all amounts to which the Secured Party are legally entitled, the Debtor will be liable for the deficiency, together with interest thereon, at the Default Rate set forth in the Line of Credit Agreement or the lesser amount permitted by applicable law (the “ Default Rate ”), and the reasonable fees of any attorneys employed by the Secured Party to collect such deficiency. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor waives all claims, damages and demands against the Secured Party arising out of the repossession, removal, retention or sale of the Collateral, unless due solely to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Secured Party as determined by a final judgment (not subject to further appeal) of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

5. Duty To Hold In Trust

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Debtor shall, upon receipt of any revenue, income, dividend, interest or other sums subject to the Security Interests, whether payable pursuant to the Promissory Note or otherwise, or of any check, draft, note, trade acceptance or other instrument evidencing an obligation to pay any such sum, hold the same in trust for the Secured Party and shall forthwith endorse and transfer any such sums or instruments, or both, to the Secured Party, pro-rata in proportion to their respective then-currently outstanding principal amount of Promissory Note for application to the satisfaction of the Obligations.

 

8
 

 

6. Expenses Incurred by Secured Party . Debtor shall pay all of Secured Party’s reasonable fees and costs incurred in the preparation of this Agreement and any related documents. If Debtor fail to perform or comply with any of its agreements or covenants contained in this Agreement, and Secured Party perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement or covenant in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, then the reasonable expenses of Secured Party incurred in connection with such performance or compliance will be jointly and severally payable by Debtor to Secured Party on demand and will constitute Obligations secured by this Agreement.

 

7. Remedies . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Secured Party may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a Secured Party under the Georgia Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time (the “Code” ). Without limiting the foregoing, in such circumstances, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law) to or upon Debtor or any other person (all of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), Secured Party may collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon any or all of the Collateral and/or may sell, lease, assign, give an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of and deliver any or all of the Collateral (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as Secured Party may deem advisable, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. Secured Party will have the right upon any such public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase all or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in Debtor, which right or equity is hereby waived or released. Secured Party will apply the net proceeds of any such collection, recovery, receipt, appropriation, realization or sale, after deducting all reasonable expenses incurred therein or in connection with the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of Secured Party under this Agreement (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as Secured Party may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by Secured Party of any other amount required by any provision of law, need Secured Party account for the surplus, if any, to Debtor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Debtor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against Secured Party arising out of the exercise by Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral is required by law, such notice will be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least ten (10) days before such sale or other disposition. Debtor will remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay the Obligations and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by Secured Party to collect such deficiency.

 

8. Limitation on Duties Regarding Preservation of Collateral . The sole duty of Secured Party with respect to the custody, safekeeping and preservation of the Collateral, under the appropriate Code section or otherwise, will be to deal with it in the same manner as Secured Party deals with similar property for its own account. Neither Secured Party nor any of its employees, affiliates or agents will be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or will be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of Debtor or otherwise.

 

9
 

 

9. Powers Coupled with an Interest . All authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement with respect the Collateral are irrevocable and powers coupled with an interest.

 

10. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . Secured Party will not by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof) of delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Event of Default under the Note or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by Secured Party of any right or remedy under this Agreement on any one occasion will not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy that Secured Party would otherwise have on any subsequent occasion. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

11. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may only be amended by prior written consent of Debtor and Secured Party. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 11(a) will be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b) Transfer; Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Debtor and Secured Party, and their respective successors or assigns. Debtor may not assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement.

 

(c) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without regard to the laws that might be applicable under conflicts of laws principles.

 

(d) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile), each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one instrument.

 

(e) Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

(f) Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be delivered (i) in person, (ii) by electronic mail, (iii) by way of recognized national overnight delivery service or (iv) by way of first class mail postage prepaid to the following addresses (or to such other address as may be designated in a properly delivered notice): To Secured Party at 10951 W. Pico Blvd. STE 204 Los Angeles, CA 90064 and to the Debtor at 1045 Progress Circle, Lawrenceville, GA 30043. All notices shall be deemed given when received.

 

10
 

 

(g) Term . This Agreement shall terminate on the date on which all payments under the Promissory Note have been indefeasibly satisfied in full and all other Obligations have been satisfied in full or discharged (through cash payment or conversion); provided, however, that all indemnities of the Promissory Note contained in this Agreement shall survive and remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement.

 

(h) Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision(s) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(i) Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the other documents evidencing, securing, or relating to the Loan constitute the entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, representations and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

 

Signature pages follow

 

11
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Debtor and Secured Party have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

  SECURED PARTY:
   
  VERT CAPITAL CORP.
     
  By:  
  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: President
     
  DEBTOR:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: James Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

12
 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

DESCRIPTION OF COLLATERAL

 

Collateral” means the collateral in which the Secured Party are granted a security interest by this Agreement and which shall include the following personal property of the Debtor, whether presently owned or existing or hereafter acquired or coming into existence, wherever situated, and all additions and accessions thereto and all substitutions and replacements thereof, and all proceeds, products and accounts thereof, including, without limitation, all proceeds from the sale or transfer of the Collateral and of insurance covering the same and of any tort claims in connection therewith:

 

(i) All accounts receivable and other rights to receive payments from customers;

 

(ii) all goods and equipment, including, without limitation, all machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions and improvements to any of the foregoing;

 

(iii) all inventory, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, all documents of title representing any of the foregoing, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Debtor’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above;

 

(iv) all contract rights (including license rights and option rights) and general intangibles (including payment intangibles);

 

(v) all intellectual property rights, accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights and all other forms of obligations owing to Debtor and arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or other intellectual property rights or the rendering of services by Debtor, whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Debtor;

 

(vi) all documents, cash, deposit accounts, securities, securities entitlements, securities accounts, investment property, financial assets, letters of credit, certificates of deposit, supporting obligations, instruments and chattel paper and Debtor’s books relating to the foregoing;

 

(vii) all of Debtor’s books, records and data relating to any of the foregoing in any form whatsoever and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions therefore, additions and accessions thereto and proceeds thereof;

 

(viii) all rights, remedies, powers and/or privileges of Debtor with respect to any of the foregoing; and

 

A- 1
 

 

(ix) any and all proceeds and products of the foregoing, including, all money, accounts, general intangibles, deposit accounts, documents, instruments, letter-of-credit rights, investment property, chattel paper, goods, insurance proceeds and any other tangible or intangible property received upon the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing; provided that, to the extent that the provisions of any contract, license or agreement expressly prohibit (which prohibition is enforceable under applicable law) the assignment thereof and the grant of a security interest therein, Debtor’ rights in such contract, license or agreement shall be excluded from the foregoing assignment and grant for so long as such prohibition continues, it being understood that upon request of Secured Party, Debtor shall in good faith use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain consent for the creation of a security interest in favor of Secured Party in Debtor’ rights under such contract, license or agreement.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the “Collateral” shall include all investment property and general intangibles respecting ownership and/or other equity interests in each subsidiary of Debtor, including, without limitation, any shares of capital stock and/or other equity interests listed on Schedule A hereto (as the same may be modified from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof) of any other shares of capital stock and/or other equity interests of any other direct or indirect subsidiary of any Debtor obtained in the future, and, in each case, all certificates representing such shares and/or equity interests and, in each case, all rights, options, warrants, stock, other securities and/or equity interests that may hereafter be received, receivable or distributed in respect of, or exchanged for, any of the foregoing and all rights arising under or in connection with the foregoing, including, but not limited to, all dividends, interest and cash.

 

A- 2
 

 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 26th day of March 2015 to a SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the Purchase Agreement ), dated as of January 31, 2015 by and among: K LASER TECHNOLOGY, INC. , a Taiwan corporation, (“ K Laser ”) , the other Persons who are listed as Majority Shareholders on Exhibit A-1 to the Purchase Agreement ; 寶萊特科技股份有限公司 BOXLIGHT DISPLAY, INC .), a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan (the Purchaser ”); BOXLIGHT CORPORATION (formerly, LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION ), a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Nevada, United States (the Parent ”); and VERT CAPITAL CORP., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, United States (“ Vert ”) .

 

Reference is also made to an OPTION AGREEMENT (“ Option Agreement ”) , dated as of January 31, 2015 by and among: K Laser; the other Persons who are listed as the shareholders of EVEREST DISPLAY, INC., a corporation organized under the laws of Taiwan (“ EDI ”) on Exhibit A (“ Majority Shareholders ”); the Participating Minority Shareholders (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); Parent and Vert. K Laser, the other Persons who are listed as Majority Shareholders and the Participating Minority Shareholders (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Option Holders.”

 

1. Pursuant to of the Purchase Agreement and for the purposes of ARTICLES V, of the Purchase Agreement, K Laser has been appointed as the Shareholders’ Representative (the “ Shareholders’ Representative ”) by the Selling Parties (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)). In addition, the Option Agreement acknowledges that K Laser had been appointed as Shareholders Representative.

 

2. Section 1.5 of the Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety and is replaced by the following Section 1.5:

 

1.5 Closing . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the closing of the sale and purchase of the Subject Shares and related transactions under the Option Agreement referred to herein (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m., Taiwan time, immediately after the consummation of a “ Liquidity Event ” defined herein and after satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all conditions to the Closing set forth herein (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or, to the extent permitted hereunder, waiver of all such conditions), unless this Agreement has been terminated pursuant to its terms or unless another time or date is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto. The Closing shall be held at the offices of White & Case, attorneys at law, and United States counsel to the Everest Group and the Majority Shareholders in Palo Alto, California, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, and the actual date of the Closing is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date. ” Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Liquidity Event and the Closing do not occur prior to 30 June 2015, the Shareholders’ Representative shall have the option to terminate this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to between the Shareholders’ Representative, the Purchaser and the Parent.

 

 
 

 

3 . Section 1.4 of the Option Agreement is deleted in its entirety and is replaced by the following Section 1.4:

 

1.4 Closings . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, exercise of the Option and the closing of the issuance and sale and the purchase of the Option Shares and related transactions under this Option Agreement (the “ Closing ”) will take place at 10:00 a.m., Taiwan time, on a date which shall be simultaneous with the Closing Date of the transactions contemplated by the Share Purchase Agreement. The Closing shall be held at the offices of White & Case, attorneys at law, and United States counsel to the Everest Group and the Option Holders in Palo Alto, California, unless another place is agreed to in writing by the parties hereto, and the actual date of the Closing is hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Date. ” Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Closing of the exercise of the Option be earlier than or later than the Closing Date under the Share Purchase Agreement, and, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company and the “ Shareholders Representative ” (as defined in the Share Purchase Agreement), in no event shall such Closing of the exercise of the Option be later than the June 30, 2015 “ Outside Closing Date ” under the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

4. All references to the Liquidity Event and the Closing and the Outside Closing Date in both the Purchase Agreement and the Option Agreement shall mean June 30, 2015.

 

5. Except as amended by this Agreement all of the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement and the Option Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein by this reference as though more fully set forth herein at length.

 

**********************

Signature page follow

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Parent: BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
  (formerly, Logical Choice Corporation)
     
  By:

/s/ Mark Elliott

  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: CEO
     

Purchaser:

寶萊特科技股份有限公司

  (BOXLIGHT DISPLAY, INC.)
     
  By:

/s/ Mark Elliott

  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chairman
Vert:    
 

VERT CAPITAL CORP.

     
  By:

/s/ Michael Pope

  Name: Michael Pope
  Title: Managing Director
     

Majority Shareholders:

K LASER TECHNOLOGY INC.

in its capacity as Majority Shareholder and for the purpose of ARTICLES I, II, V, X, VI, VIII and X, as Shareholders’ Representative

     
  By: /s/ Alex Kuo
  Name: Alex Kuo
  Title: Chairman

 

 
 

 

   

AMENDMENT TO STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 31st day of March 2015 to a STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), dated as of 31, October 2014, by and among (i) DOVI BRUKER, an individual (“ Bruker ” or the “ Majority Globisens Shareholder ”) and the other individuals who have executed this Agreement on the signature page hereof (each a “ Minority Globisens Shareholder ” and collectively, the “ Minority Globisens Shareholders ”); (ii) GLOBISENS LTD., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Israel (“ Globisens ” or the “ Company ”); and (iii) BOXLIGHT CORPORATION (formerly, LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (“ LCC ” or the “ Buyer ”).

 

1. Section 1.5(a) of the Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety and is replaced by the following Section 1.5(a):

 

1.5 Closing .

 

(a) Time and Place of the Closing; Buyer IPO . The closing of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on a date (the “ Closing Date ”) shall be immediately following the Buyer’s consummation of its initial public offering on The NASDAQ Stock Market or the NYSE:American Stock Exchange of Buyer Common Stock (the “ Buyer IPO ”) pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) that is declared effective by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”). The Closing shall take place at the offices of the counsel to the Buyer or remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures as the Buyer and the Globisens Shareholders mutually agreed upon, in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Closing Date shall occur on or before June 30, 2015 (the “ Outside Closing Date ”), unless such Outside Closing Date shall be extended by mutual written agreement of Representative and the Buyer.

 

2. All references in the Purchase Agreement to the Outside Closing Date shall mean June 30, 2015.

 

3. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified that Buyer irrevocably assumes any and all liabilities, obligations and all actions to be taken by Boxlight Corporation (formerly, Logical Choice Corporation), according to the Purchase Agreement as if Buyer executed the Purchase Agreement as of October 31, 2014.

 

4. Except as amended by this Agreement all of the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein by this reference as though more fully set forth herein at length.

 

**********************

 

Signature page follow

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

Buyer: BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
  (formerly, Logical Choice Corporation)
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
Globisens Shareholders:    
     
    /s/ Dovi Bruker
     DOVI BRUKER
     
    /s/ Benjamin Kaufman
     BENJAMIN KAUFMAN
     
    /s/ Alejandro Jose Merikanskas Halpern
     ALEJANDRO JOSE MERIKANSKAS HALPERN
     
    /s/ Arturo Leon Merikanskanskas Halpern
    ARTURO LEON MERIKANSKANSKAS HALPERN
     
    /s/ Judith Anat Herzog
    JUDITH ANAT HERZOG
     
The Company: GLOBISENS LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Dovi Bruker
  Name: Dovi Bruker
  Title: CEO

 

 
 

 

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION - DELAWARE

 

Lender,

 

and

 

LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION - NEVADA

 

Borrower,

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 30 th day of September (the “ Execution Date ”) by and among LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION., a Delaware corporation (the “ Lender ”) and LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”)

 

R   E   C   I   T   A   L   S :

 

A. The Borrower wishes to obtain from the Lender, advances which shall be up to a maximum of $500,000 (the “ Line of Credit ”) for the purpose of providing the borrower with funds necessary to complete the IPO process.

 

B. Borrower has agreed to secure performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Note (hereinafter defined) by granting to the Lender a first lien and security interest in and to all of the assets and properties of the Borrower, all pursuant to the Security Agreement (hereinafter defined.

 

C. In full reliance on the representations made by Borrower in this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents (as defined in Article I of this Agreement), Lender is willing to extend such financing to Borrower upon the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Line of Credit Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, Borrower and Lender mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advances ” shall mean one or more amounts funded by the Lender to the Borrower (including the Prior Advances”) as part of the Line of Credit under this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean: (a) with respect to a corporation, (1) any officer or director thereof and any Person which is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 20% of any class of shares or other equity security, or (2) any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such corporation; and (b) with respect to a partnership, venture or limited liability company, any (1) general partner or member, (2) general partner of a general partner or member, (3) partnership with a common general partner or member, or (4) co-venturer thereof, and if any general partner, member or co-venturer is a corporation, any Person which is an Affiliate of such corporation. For purposes hereof, “controls” (which includes the correlative meanings of “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means effective power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person.

 

Business ” shall mean the business of business of developing and selling education, business and government products and services.

 

 
 

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the week other than Saturday, Sunday or other day that is recognized as a holiday in the State of Georgia.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean the individual and collective reference to the various dates of funding of each of the Line of Credit during the Funding Period, and shall include the Execution Date.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all items of personal property defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the events listed in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States, any state, province or political subdivision thereof, any other foreign country, any multi-national organization or body and any entity exercising executive, judicial, legislative, police, taxing, regulatory or administrative authority or power of any nature.

 

Hazardous Substances ” shall mean any explosives, PCBs, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, foam insulation, hydrocarbon contaminants, underground or above ground tanks, pollutants, waste, contaminants, hazardous, dangerous, radioactive or corrosive or deleterious or toxic substances or materials or hazardous or special waste or any other such substance or material as defined or regulated pursuant to any environmental laws.

 

Lien ” shall mean any lien, mortgage, security interest, collateral assignment, pledge, assignment, charge, title retention agreement, or encumbrance of any kind, and any other right of or arrangement with any creditor (whether based on common law, constitutional provision, statute or contract) to have its claim satisfied out of any property or assets, or their proceeds, before the claims of general creditors of the owner of the property or assets.

 

Line of Credit ” shall mean the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under the terms of this Agreement in the maximum principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

Line of Credit Documents ” shall mean the following documents executed in conjunction with and supporting this Agreement: (i) the Note and (ii) the Security Agreement. All of the Line of Credit Documents are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Material Adverse Event ” means any circumstance or event that, individually or collectively with other circumstances or events, may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or Business of the Borrower, as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the line of credit is due on demand with a term of three years.

 

Note ” shall mean reference to the promissory Note issued by the Borrower to the Lender to evidence the Line of Credit and in the form of Exhibit B annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean those encumbrances, security interests, legal notations, charges, liens and interests permitted by the Lender, as described in Schedule A .

 

2
 

 

Person ” shall mean and includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or any other entity or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Security Agreement ” shall mean the security agreement to be entered into by the Borrower, as debtor, with the Lender, as secured party, all in the form of Exhibit C annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Tax ” shall mean all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, withholdings, duties, charges or fees of any nature whatsoever including without limitation any customs, franchise, transfer, sales, use, business, occupation, excise, personal property, real property, stamp, gross income, fuel, leasing, occupational, value added, turnover, excess profits, excise, gross receipts, gross profits, registration, license, corporation, capital gains, export, custom, import, net income, taxes (or any other amount corresponding to any of the foregoing) now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any national, foreign, regional or local taxing or fiscal authority or agency, together with any penalties, additions to tax, fines or interest thereon, and any assessments in respect of any of the foregoing, and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LINE OF CREDIT

 

2.1 Line of Credit . Following the Execution Date, the Lender shall make periodic Advances to the Borrower as part of the Line of Credit up to a maximum amount of Advances not to exceed the sum of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($500,000), representing the total principal amount of the Line of Credit (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”). The entire Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be due and payable on demand with a term of three years.

 

2.2 Interest . Interest shall be payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). Interest at the Interest Rate shall be accrued monthly on the last Business Day of each month, commencing November 30, 2014, with the final payment of interest due and payable, together with the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness on the Maturity Date.

 

2.3 Default Interest Rate . During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate per annum equal to twenty-two (22%) percent (the “ Default Interest Rate ”).

 

2.4 Disbursement of Funds; Use of Proceeds . The Advances representing the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be funded to the Borrower in accordance with a funding schedule submitted by the Borrower to the lender and approved by the Lender (the “ Funding Schedule ”). The proceeds of funding under the Line of Credit shall be used by the Borrower solely for working capital and to repay all or a portion of Borrower’s accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

2.5 Security . The Line of Credit and the Note evidencing such Line of Credit shall be secured by the Security Agreement executed and acknowledged by Borrower, as debtor, and shall constitute a second priority lien and security interest granted to the Lender against all of the Borrower’s assets and properties, subordinate to the Line of Credit agreement dated September 30, 2014 between Vert Capital and Logical Choice Corporation – Nevada.

 

3
 

 

2.6 Prepayment . Borrower may prepay, in whole or in part, the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, without the prior written consent of each of the Lender and without payment of any premium or penalty.

 

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE BORROWER

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Disbursement at Closing . Prior to the disbursement of any of the proceeds of the Line of Credit to or for the account of Borrower at closing of the Line of Credit, and as a condition precedent to such disbursement, all of the conditions set forth below must be satisfied as determined by Lender, in Lender’ sole discretion.

 

(a) Authority . Borrower shall deliver to Lender an officers certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, attaching: (1) a copy of its organizational documents, together with any and all amendments thereto, (2) a current shareholder’s register, (3) a certified resolution authorizing it to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (4) such other documents as Lender may reasonably request. The resolutions referred to above shall designate and authorize the individual or individuals executing the Line of Credit Documents in behalf of Borrower to execute and deliver the same.

 

(b) Line of Credit Documents . The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender, a counterpart of all Line of Credit Documents in favor of the Lender, with all security filings (completed as advised by Lender’s counsel and evidence satisfactory to Lender that such filings are not subject to any prior filings other than filings in respect of Permitted Liens.

 

(c) UCC Financing Statements . Borrower authorizes the Lender or its legal counsel to file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in all appropriate jurisdictions and amendments thereto describing the Collateral and containing any other information required by the applicable Uniform Commercial Code to perfect Lender’s security interest granted in the Line of Credit.

 

(d) Miscellaneous Items . Borrower shall deliver to Lender such other items, documents and evidences pertaining to the Line of Credit as may reasonably be requested by Lender.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Except as set forth on the Disclosure Schedules to the Merger Agreement, the Borrower does hereby represent and warrant to Lender that the representations and warranties set forth in the Merger Agreement are true as of the date hereof (except as to any representation or warranty which specifically relates to another date), as set forth in the Merger Agreement and subject to the qualifications thereof set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

 

For so long as any principal amount and accrued interest in respect of the Line of Credit remains outstanding, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender as follows:

 

5.1 Use of Proceeds . Unless otherwise consented to by Lender, Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Line of Credit only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

5.2 Insurance . Borrower shall provide and maintain, at all times, not less than $1,000,000 of business insurance coverage.

 

5.3 Information . Borrower shall furnish to Lender with reasonable promptness such data and information, financial and otherwise, concerning Borrower as from time to time may reasonably be requested by Lender for purposes of administering compliance with the Line of Credit Documents.

 

5.4 Notice. Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following:

 

(a) The existence or occurrence of any event, which with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or a default under any of the Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Any events or changes in the financial condition of Borrower occurring since the date of the last financial statement of Borrower delivered to Lender, which individually or cumulatively when viewed in light of prior financial statements, may result in a Material Adverse Event in the financial condition of Borrower; and

 

(c) Any claim, action or proceeding materially affecting title to the Collateral given by Borrower to Lender under any of the Line of Credit Documents.

 

5.5 Distributions . Borrower shall make no distributions of cash or properties or pay any dividends in cash or properties to its members without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

5.6 Secured Indebtedness . Except for Permitted Liens and purchase money Indebtedness (not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate) incurred to purchase or lease equipment for the Business and secured only by Liens on the specific item of equipment purchased or leased, the Borrower shall incur no Indebtedness secured by liens or security interests on their assets without the Lender’s prior written consent.

 

5.7 Compliance with Laws . Borrower shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, except where non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Event.

 

5.8 Transfer . Without the prior written approval of Lender, Borrower shall not authorize or permit a change in the ownership or control of Borrower (including any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or conveyance (collectively, “ Transfer ”) of all or part of the securities of Borrower), or any Transfer of any material assets of Borrower, including its Intellectual Property.

 

5.9 Acquisitions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, Borrower shall not acquire or invest in any securities issued by any Person or participate in any partnership or joint venture or the acquisition of any business assets or unincorporated business operations.

 

5.10 Contract Changes . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates shall amend or modify any material contract or agreement to which the Borrower is a party.

 

5
 

 

5.11 Dispositions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, the Borrower will not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in any one transaction, any asset having a fair market value in excess of $10,000 or assets having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $25,000, except for sales of inventories made in the ordinary course of business.

 

5.12 Additional Negative Covenants . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, do any of the following:

 

(a) (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Business and affairs of any of Borrower; (ii) effect any merger or consolidation transaction; (iii) sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by Borrower of all or substantially all the assets of Borrower; or (iv) consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b) Admit any additional members to the Borrower or sell, transfer or assign any membership interests or other equity interests in the Borrower; or

 

(c) make any disbursement or payment to the Majority Stockholder, except as expressly set forth in the documents executed in connection with the Merger Agreement.

 

5.13 Monthly Reports . Borrower shall deliver to the Lender not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, reports containing information with respect to the immediately preceding calendar month (“ Monthly Reports ”), which information shall include (a) monthly cash flow and P&L statements, (b) monthly balance sheets, and (c) such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

ARTICLE VI
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

6.1 Events of Default Not Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents without the requirement of notice from Lender to Borrower:

 

(a) Nonpayment . The failure of Borrower to pay when due any principal or interest at the Interest Rate on the Line of Credit or other charge with respect to the Principal Indebtedness, or the amount of any fee or payment required of Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents; provided, that Borrower shall have a five (5) business day period after which such payment is due in order to cure such breach.

 

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower: (1) the filing by it of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties; (2) an assignment by it for the benefit of creditors or an admission by any of them, in writing, of an inability to pay their respective debts as they become due; or (3) the entry of a judgment of insolvency against it by any state, provincial or federal court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents is or proves to have been incorrect when made and such inaccuracy causes a Material Adverse Event.

 

6
 

 

6.2 Events of Default Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents following written notice from Lender to Borrower and Guarantors as described below:

 

(a) Default of Covenants . The occurrence and continuance of a material default by Borrower under any material term, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement, any of the Line of Credit Documents or the Restated Operating Agreement, which default shall not be cured within thirty (30) days following notice of default.

 

(b) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Receivership . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors: (1) the filing against any of them of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (2) the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or (3) the attachment or execution by levy against any substantial portion of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

 

(c) Governmental Action . If any action is taken or any power is exercised by any municipality or government, or by any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the financial performance, condition or prospects of Borrower or the Guarantors, including without limitation any action or power which may result in the expropriation of any material portion of the Property or personal property of Borrower or the Guarantors or in the lapse, revocation or restriction of any license, permit franchise or approval held or enjoyed by it.

 

(d) Title to Assets . If the title to any assets of any of Borrower or the security interests and charges created by any of the Line of Credit Documents are materially jeopardized or impaired.

 

(e) Line of Credit Documents . If the Line of Credit Documents ceases for any reason to be enforceable in full force and effect in accordance with its terms at any time, with or without the Lender being notified thereof.

 

6.3 Notice . If any Event of Default shall occur (whether or not any required notice has been given or an applicable grace period has elapsed), Lender shall not be obligated to make any further advances or disbursements until such Event of Default is remedied. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement, or the Line of Credit Documents, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall give written notice of such occurrence to Borrower as follows:

 

(a) Monetary Default . In the event of a monetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period.

 

7
 

 

(b) Nonmonetary Default . In the event of a nonmonetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period. However, if the nonmonetary default cannot reasonably be corrected within the applicable cure period, Borrower shall have an additional thirty (30) days to remedy such nonmonetary default if Borrower notifies Lender of the manner in which the nonmonetary default shall be cured, and if appropriate corrective action is instituted within the initial specified cure period and is diligently pursued thereafter. In the event that correction of the default requires action by a Governmental Authority which cannot reasonably be obtained within an additional twenty (20) days, and Borrower has complied with the conditions of the previous sentence, such twenty (20) day cure period shall be extended to some other reasonable amount of time, so long as the Borrower’ Business is not impaired and continues in the ordinary course until the default is cured.

 

6.4 Election of Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and continue after any required notice and lapse of any applicable grace period, all obligations of Lender under this Agreement and under the Line of Credit Documents shall cease and terminate, and at the election of Majority Lender, the Lender may: (i) declare the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Line of Credit Document immediately due and payable; (ii) exercise any remedy provided for in the Line of Credit Documents; (iii) exercise Lender’s rights with respect to any other Collateral given as security for the repayment of the Line of Credit; or (iv) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5(b) below, exercise any other right or remedy available to Lender pursuant to any Line of Credit Document, or as provided at law or in equity.

 

6.5 No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy conferred upon or reserved to Lender under this Agreement shall be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or failure to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 Non-Waiver . No disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit shall constitute a waiver of any covenant or condition to be performed by Borrower. In the event Borrower are unable to satisfy any such covenant or condition, Lender shall not be precluded from thereafter declaring such failure to be an Event of Default.

 

7.2 Amendments . Neither this Agreement nor any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally and may only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing, signed by each of the Lender and the Borrower.

 

7.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7.4 Waivers . The failure by Lender or Borrower at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by the other of any of the undertakings, agreements or covenants contained in this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Borrower or Lender hereunder to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any waiver by Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement shall not waive or affect any other Event of Default hereunder, whether such Event of Default is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements or covenants of Borrower and Lender under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged specifying such waiver.

 

8
 

 

7.5 Survival . This Agreement shall survive the disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit, and each and every one of the obligations and undertakings of Borrower, Guarantors and Lender contained herein shall be continuing obligations and undertakings and shall not cease and terminate until all amounts which may accrue pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents shall have been fully paid and all obligations and undertakings of Borrower and Guarantors shall have been fully discharged.

 

7.6 Assignment and Notices .

 

(a) Neither Borrower nor any of the Guarantors may assign, in whole or in part, any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents or any other agreement or commitment (in addition to this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents) in existence between Lender on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, without the prior written consent of the Lender The Lender may assign this Agreement or any of the other Line of Credit Documents. .

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in any Line of Credit Document, whenever Lender or Borrower desire to give or serve any notice, demand, request or other communication with respect to this Agreement or any other Line of Credit Document, each such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective only if the notice is delivered by personal service, by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile, addressed in the same manner as provided in this Merger Agreement. Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed to have been given when delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile (confirmed orally by telephone, with a copy sent by overnight courier) shall be presumed to have been received on the date transmitted. Any party may change its address by giving notice to the other party of its new address in the manner provided above.

 

Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, voidable or unenforceable, such void, voidable or unenforceable term or provision shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement.

 

7.8 Actions . Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in and defend any action or proceeding which might affect Lender’ security or Lender’s rights, duties or liabilities relating to the Line of Credit, the Collateral, any of the assets of Borrower or this Agreement.

 

7.9 No Partnership . Nothing contained in this Agreement, or in any Line of Credit Document shall be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between Borrower and Lender. There shall be no sharing of losses, costs and expenses between Borrower and Lender, and Lender shall have no right of control or supervision except as Lender may exercise Lender’s rights and remedies provided hereunder and in the Line of Credit Documents.

 

7.10 Interpretation . Whenever the context shall require, the plural shall include the singular, the whole shall include any part thereof, and any gender shall include both other genders. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit, expand or otherwise affect the construction of any provisions hereof.

 

7.11 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters relating hereto shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

9
 

 

7.12 Conflicts . The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to be superseded by the provisions of the Line of Credit Documents executed in conjunction with this Agreement but shall be construed as supplemental thereto. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions hereof and the Line of Credit Documents, it is intended that this Agreement shall control.

 

7.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute only one instrument.

 

7.15 Attorney Fees . Borrower and Lender agree that should either of them default in any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents, the defaulting party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees and costs, incurred by the non-defaulting party to protect its rights hereunder, regardless of whether an action is commenced or prosecuted to judgment.

 

7.16 Jurisdiction . Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other of the Line of Credit Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Line of Credit Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Line of Credit Documents, then the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

7.18 Currency . All references to monetary amounts in this Agreement, and in the other Line of Credit Documents, shall be deemed to refer to U.S. dollars, lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

7.19 Jury Waiver . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT AND TO ANY OF THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, ANY COLLATERAL SECURING THE OBLIGATIONS, OR ANY TRANSACTION ARISING THEREFROM OR CONNECTED THERETO. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH REPRESENT TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

  

7.20 Final Expression . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING OF LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE LINE OF CREDIT AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY ALLEGED ORAL AGREEMENT.

 

7.21 Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement and all Line of Credit Documents may be executed by facsimile signatures and delivered electronically in pdf format, each of which shall be given the same legal weight as though they were ribbon original signatures.

 

[ Signatures appear on the following pages .]

 

10
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Line of Credit Agreement this 30th day of September, 2014.

 

  LENDER:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION-
   
   
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Office
   
  BORROWER:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
    Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer

 

11
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

PERMITTED LIENS

 

Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:

 

(a) Liens directly securing the Obligations to the Lender evidenced by the Note and the other Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Liens which secure purchase money Indebtedness and capital lease obligations with respect to the purchase or lease of additional equipment and which encumber only the assets acquired with such purchase money Indebtedness or the assets subject to such capital lease;

 

(c) Pledges, deposits or Liens arising or made to secure payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits or to participate in any fund in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other social security programs;

 

(d) Easements, rights-of-way, encumbrances and other restrictions on the use or value of real property or any other property or asset which do not materially impair the use thereof;

 

(e) Liens for Taxes and Liens imposed by operation of law (including, without limitation, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers and landlords, and similar Liens) provided that (i) except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule, the amount secured is not overdue by more than ninety (90) days and no Lien has been filed, or (ii) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made, levy and execution thereon have been (and continue to be) stayed, or payment is fully covered by insurance (subject to the customary deductible); and

 

(f) Rights of offset or statutory banker’s Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of commercial banks, provided that any such Lien shall only extend to deposits and property in possession of such commercial bank.

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

 

 

NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY SECURITIES THAT MAY BE ISSUED UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR LAWS OF ANY FOREIGN JURISDICTION. THIS NOTE AND SUCH SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE. NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, OFFERED, PLEDGED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF EITHER (I) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (II) THE COMPANY RECEIVING AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY STATING THAT SUCH SALE, ASSIGNMENT, OFFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY AND ISSUABLE HEREUNDER MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, ENCUMBERED OR IN ANY MANNER DISPOSED OF, EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS HEREOF AND THE SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS. THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY WILL UPON WRITTEN REQUEST FURNISH A COPY OF THE SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHOUT CHARGE.

 

Logical Choice Corporation

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$50,000.00 January 16, 2015

 

Subject to the terms contained herein, Logical Choice Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “Company”), for value received, promises to pay to the order of Mark Elliott (the “Investor”), the amount stated above (the “Principal Amount”) plus interest thereon calculated from the date hereof until paid in full at the annual rate of ten percent (10%), compounded monthly. The parties shall calculate the interest based on a 365-day year. The Company shall pay the unpaid Principal Amount and interest accrued hereunder in lawful money of the United States in full on demand on or after the earlier of an Event of Default or the Maturity Date, unless it has been previously converted pursuant to Section 2 hereof, in which case all outstanding principal and accrued interest under this Note will be satisfied in full by virtue of such conversion. Upon an Event of Default, the interest rate will increase to the annual rate of fifteen percent (15%), compounded monthly.

 

The following is a statement of the rights of the Investor and the conditions to which this Note is subject, and to which the Investor, by the acceptance of this Note, agrees:

 

1. Definitions . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the corresponding meanings:

 

1.1. “Conversion Price” means the lesser of (i) $1.00 per share, (ii) a discount of 20% to the stock price if the Company is publicly traded, or (iii) if applicable, such other amount negotiated by the Company. In the event of a voluntary conversion pursuant to Section 2.1, (i) if the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date hereof, and before payment or conversion in full, is increased by a distribution payable in shares of Common Stock or by a subdivision or split-up of shares of Common Stock, then, on the date such payment is made or such change is effective, the Conversion Price then in effect will be proportionately decreased; and (ii) if the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the date hereof, and before payment or conversion in full, is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock then, on the effective date of such combination, the Conversion Price will be proportionately increased.

 

 
 

 

1.2. “Conversion Securities” means a voluntary conversion is made pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

1.3. “Maturity Date” means April 30, 2015.

 

2. Conversion .

 

2.1. Voluntary Conversion . Before this Note is paid in full or converted, the Investor may convert all but not less than all the outstanding principal and interest due under the Note into Conversion Securities at the Conversion Price. The Company shall issue to the Investor his respective pro rata number of shares of Conversion Securities based on the outstanding principal and interest under their respective Note at the time of the conversion.

 

2.2. No Fractional Shares . The Company shall not issue any fractional shares on conversion of this Note. If on any conversion of this Note a fraction of a share results, the Company shall pay the Investor the cash value of that fractional share, calculated on the basis of the Conversion Price.

 

2.3. No Rights as Shareholder . This Note does not by itself entitle the Investor to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company. In the absence of conversion of this Note, no provisions of this Note and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Investor will cause such Investor to be a shareholder of the Company or for any purpose solely by virtue hereof.

 

3. No Collateral . The obligations under this Note are unsecured.

 

4. Events of Default . The term “Event of Default” includes any of the following:

 

4.1. The failure of the Company to pay when due any amounts due hereunder that remain unpaid 30 days after the Company receives written notice thereof;

 

4.2. The Company’s breach of a representation or obligation, which breach remains uncured 30 days after written notice thereof; or

 

 
 

 

4.3. The Company will have entered against it by a court having jurisdiction thereof a decree or order for relief in respect to the Company in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official will have been appointed for the Company or for any substantial part of the Company’s property, or the winding up or liquidation of the Company’s affairs will have been ordered; or the Company will have commenced a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or consent to the entry of an order for such relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or any such involuntary case will have commenced, and not been dismissed within 60 days, or the Company will have consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official for the Company or for any substantial part of the Company’s property, or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

5. General Provisions .

 

5.1. Amendments and Waivers . Any amendment to this Note must be in writing and identified as an amendment to this Note. Any amendment to this Note requires the consent of the Company. Any waiver of a right by the Company requires the written consent of the Company, and any waiver of a right by the Investor requires the written consent of the Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this section is binding on all parties hereto to which the subject matter of the amendment or waiver applies, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto.

 

5.2. Severability . If any provision of this Note is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Note will not be affected or impaired.

 

5.3. Headings . The descriptive headings of the articles, sections, and subsections of this Note are for convenience of reference only. They do not constitute a part of this Note and do not affect this Note’s construction or interpretation.

 

5.4. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Georgia govern all matters arising out of or relating to this Note, including, without limitation, its interpretation, construction, performance, and enforcement, without giving effect to such State’s conflicts of law principles or rules of construction concerning the drafter hereof.

 

 
 

 

The parties are signing and delivering this Note as of the date stated in the caption of this Note.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: CFO

 

[Signature Page to Convertible Promissory Note]

 

 
 

 

The foregoing Note is hereby confirmed and accepted by the Investor as of January 16, 2015.

 

  INVESTOR:
   
  MARK ELLIOTT
   
  /s/ Mark Elliott

 

 
 

 

 

SY SILVERSTEIN

 

Lender,

 

and

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Borrower,

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 3 rd day of April, 2015 (the “ Execution Date ”) by and among SY SILVERSTEIN, an individual (the “ Lender ”) and BOXLIGHT CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (the “ Borrower ”)

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A. The Borrower wishes to obtain from the Lender, advances which shall be up to a maximum of $300,000 (the “ Line of Credit ”) for the purpose of providing the borrower with funds necessary to complete the IPO process.

 

B. In full reliance on the representations made by Borrower in this Agreement, Lender is willing to extend such financing to Borrower upon the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, Borrower and Lender mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advances ” shall mean one or more amounts funded by the Lender to the Borrower.

 

Business ” shall mean the business of developing and selling education, business and government products and services.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the week other than Saturday, Sunday or other day that is recognized as a holiday in the State of Georgia.

 

Closing Date ” shall mean the individual and collective reference to the various dates of funding of the Line of Credit and shall include the Execution Date.

 

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the events listed in Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States, any state, province or political subdivision thereof, any other foreign country, any multi-national organization or body and any entity exercising executive, judicial, legislative, police, taxing, regulatory or administrative authority or power of any nature.

 

Line of Credit ” shall mean the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under the terms of this Agreement in the maximum principal amount of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000).

 

“Loan Document Fee” shall mean the amount of $10,000 due and payable on the Maturity Date to the Lender.

 

 
 

 

Material Adverse Event ” means any circumstance or event that, individually or collectively with other circumstances or events, may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or Business of the Borrower, as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean the IPO effective date, the date all sums evidenced by the Note shall be repaid in full.

 

Tax ” shall mean all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, withholdings, duties, charges or fees of any nature whatsoever including without limitation any customs, franchise, transfer, sales, use, business, occupation, excise, personal property, real property, stamp, gross income, fuel, leasing, occupational, value added, turnover, excess profits, excise, gross receipts, gross profits, registration, license, corporation, capital gains, export, custom, import, net income, taxes (or any other amount corresponding to any of the foregoing) now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any national, foreign, regional or local taxing or fiscal authority or agency, together with any penalties, additions to tax, fines or interest thereon, and any assessments in respect of any of the foregoing, and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LINE OF CREDIT

 

2.1 Line of Credit . Following the Execution Date, the Lender shall make periodic Advances to the Borrower as part of the Line of Credit up to a maximum amount of Advances not to exceed the sum of THREE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($300,000), representing the total principal amount of the Line of Credit (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”). The entire Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

2.2 Loan Document Fee. A loan document fee in the amount of $10,000 shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

2.3 Interest . Interest shall be payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate of twelve (12%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). Interest at the Interest Rate shall be accrued monthly on the last Business Day of each month, commencing April 30, 2015, with the final payment of interest due and payable, together with the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness and Loan Document Fee on the Maturity Date.

 

2.4 Disbursement of Funds; Use of Proceeds . The Advances representing the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be funded to the Borrower at the Lender’s discretion. The proceeds of funding under the Line of Credit shall be used by the Borrower solely for purposes of funding the IPO of Boxlight Corproration.

 

2.5 Prepayment . Borrower may prepay, in whole or in part, the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, without the prior written consent of the Lender and without payment of any premium or penalty.

 

2
 

 

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE BORROWER

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Disbursement at Closing . Prior to the disbursement of any of the proceeds of the Line of Credit to or for the account of Borrower at closing of the Line of Credit, and as a condition precedent to such disbursement, all of the conditions set forth below must be satisfied as determined by Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(a) Line of Credit Document . The Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender, a counterpart of the Line of Credit Document.

 

(b) Miscellaneous Items . Borrower shall deliver to Lender such other items, documents and evidences pertaining to the Line of Credit as may reasonably be requested by Lender.

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

For so long as any principal amount and accrued interest in respect of the Line of Credit remains outstanding, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender as follows:

 

4.1 Use of Proceeds . Unless otherwise consented to by Lender, Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Line of Credit only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.2 Insurance . Borrower shall provide and maintain, at all times, not less than $1,000,000 of business insurance coverage.

 

4.3 Information . Borrower shall furnish to Lender with reasonable promptness such data and information, financial and otherwise, concerning Borrower as from time to time may reasonably be requested by Lender for purposes of administering compliance with this Agreement.

 

4.4 Compliance with Laws. Borrower shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, except where non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Event.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

4.5 Events of Default Not Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement without the requirement of notice from Lender to Borrower:

 

(a) Nonpayment . The failure of Borrower to pay when due any principal or interest at the Interest Rate on the Line of Credit or other charge with respect to the Principal Indebtedness, or the amount of any fee or payment required of Borrower under this Agreement; provided, that Borrower shall have a five (5) business day period after which such payment is due in order to cure such breach.

 

(b) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement is or proves to have been incorrect when made and such inaccuracy causes a Material Adverse Event.

 

4.6 Events of Default Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement following written notice from Lender to Borrower as described below:

 

3
 

 

(a) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Receivership . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower: (1) the filing against the Borrower of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (2) the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any of the Borrower’s properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or (3) the attachment or execution by levy against any substantial portion of the Borrower’s properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

 

(b) Governmental Action . If any action is taken or any power is exercised by any municipality or government, or by any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the financial performance, condition or prospects of Borrower, including without limitation any action or power which may result in the expropriation of any material portion of the Property of Borrower or in the lapse, revocation or restriction of any license, permit franchise or approval held or enjoyed by it.

 

(c) Line of Credit Document . If the Line of Credit Document ceases for any reason to be enforceable in full force and effect in accordance with its terms at any time, with or without the Lender being notified thereof.

 

4.7 Notice . If any Event of Default shall occur (whether or not any required notice has been given or an applicable grace period has elapsed), Lender shall not be obligated to make any further advances or disbursements until such Event of Default is remedied. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall give written notice of such occurrence to Borrower.

 

4.8 Election of Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and continue after any required notice and lapse of any applicable grace period, all obligations of Lender under this Agreement shall cease and terminate, and at the election of the Lender, the Lender may: (i) declare the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Line of Credit Document immediately due and payable; (ii) exercise any remedy provided for in the Line of Credit Document; or (iii) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5(b) below, exercise any other right or remedy available to Lender pursuant to any Line of Credit Document, or as provided at law or in equity.

 

4.9 No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy conferred upon or reserved to Lender under this Agreement shall be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Document, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or failure to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Non-Waiver . No disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit shall constitute a waiver of any covenant or condition to be performed by Borrower. In the event Borrower is unable to satisfy any such covenant or condition, Lender shall not be precluded from thereafter declaring such failure to be an Event of Default.

 

4
 

 

5.2 Amendments . Neither this Agreement nor any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally and may only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing, signed by each of the Lender and the Borrower.

 

5.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

 

5.4 Waivers . The failure by Lender or Borrower at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by any of the undertakings, agreements or covenants contained in this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Borrower or Lender hereunder to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any waiver by Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement shall not waive or affect any other Event of Default hereunder, whether such Event of Default is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements or covenants of Borrower and Lender under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged specifying such waiver.

 

5.5 Survival . This Agreement shall survive the disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit, and each and every one of the obligations and undertakings of Borrower and Lender contained herein shall be continuing obligations and undertakings and shall not cease and terminate until all amounts which may accrue pursuant to this Agreement shall have been fully paid and all obligations and undertakings of Borrower shall have been fully discharged.

 

5.6 Assignment and Notices .

 

(a) The Borrower may not assign, in whole or in part, any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement or any other agreement or commitment in existence between Lender on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, without the prior written consent of the Lender. The Lender may assign this Agreement.

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Line of Credit Document, whenever Lender or Borrower desire to give or serve any notice, demand, request or other communication with respect to this Agreement, each such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective only if the notice is delivered by personal service, by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile. Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed to have been given when delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile (confirmed orally by telephone, with a copy sent by overnight courier) shall be presumed to have been received on the date transmitted. Any party may change its address by giving notice to the other party of its new address in the manner provided above.

 

5.7 Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, voidable or unenforceable, such void, voidable or unenforceable term or provision shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement.

 

5.8 Actions . Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in and defend any action or proceeding which might affect Lender’s rights, duties or liabilities relating to the Line of Credit.

 

5.9 No Partnership . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between Borrower and Lender. There shall be no sharing of losses, costs and expenses between Borrower and Lender, and Lender shall have no right of control or supervision except as Lender may exercise Lender’s rights and remedies provided hereunder and in the Line of Credit Document.

 

5
 

 

5.10 Interpretation . Whenever the context shall require, the plural shall include the singular, and the whole shall include any part thereof. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit, expand or otherwise affect the construction of any provisions hereof.

 

5.11 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters relating hereto shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to principles or conflicts of laws.

 

5.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute only one instrument.

 

5.13 Attorney Fees . Borrower and Lender agree that should either of them default in any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, the defaulting party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees and costs, incurred by the non-defaulting party to protect its rights hereunder, regardless of whether an action is commenced or prosecuted to judgment.

 

5.14 Jurisdiction . Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Georgia. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Georgia for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of the Line of Credit Document), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Line of Credit Document, then the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

5.15 Currency . All references to monetary amounts in this Agreement, shall be deemed to refer to U.S. dollars, lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

5.16 Jury Waiver . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT AND TO THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, ANY TRANSACTION ARISING THEREFROM OR CONNECTED THERETO. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH REPRESENT TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

 

6
 

 

5.17 Final Expression . THIS AGREEMENT IS THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING OF LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE LINE OF CREDIT AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY ALLEGED ORAL AGREEMENT.

 

5.18 Facsimile Signatures. This Line of Credit Document may be executed by facsimile signatures and delivered electronically in pdf format, each of which shall be given the same legal weight as though they were ribbon original signatures.

 

[ Signatures appear on the following pages .]

 

7
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Line of Credit Agreement this 3 rd day of April, 2015.

 

  LENDER:
     
  SY SILVERSTEIN
     
  By: /s/ Sy Silverstein
  Name: Sy Silverstein
     
  BORROWER:
     
  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
    Mark Elliott, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

8
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

PERMITTED LIENS

 

Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:

 

(a) Liens directly securing the Obligations to the Lender evidenced by the Note and the other Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Liens which secure purchase money Indebtedness and capital lease obligations with respect to the purchase or lease of additional equipment and which encumber only the assets acquired with such purchase money Indebtedness or the assets subject to such capital lease;

 

(c) Pledges, deposits or Liens arising or made to secure payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits or to participate in any fund in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other social security programs;

 

(d) Easements, rights-of-way, encumbrances and other restrictions on the use or value of real property or any other property or asset which do not materially impair the use thereof;

 

(e) Liens for Taxes and Liens imposed by operation of law (including, without limitation, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers and landlords, and similar Liens) provided that (i) except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule, the amount secured is not overdue by more than ninety (90) days and no Lien has been filed, or (ii) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made, levy and execution thereon have been (and continue to be) stayed, or payment is fully covered by insurance (subject to the customary deductible); and

 

(f) Rights of offset or statutory banker’s Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of commercial banks, provided that any such Lien shall only extend to deposits and property in possession of such commercial bank.

 

 
 

 

 

BOXLIGHT CORPORATION

 

Lender,

 

and

 

gENESIS COLLABORATION

 

Borrower,

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

 
 

 

LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into effective as of the 15 th day of January (the “ Execution Date ”) by and among Boxlight Corporation, a Nevada corporation (the “ Lender ”) and Genesis Collaboration, a Georgia limited liability company (the “ Borrower ”)

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A. The Borrower wishes to obtain from the Lender, advances which shall be up to a maximum of $500,000 (the “ Line of Credit ”) for the purpose of providing the borrower with funds necessary for working capital.

 

B. Borrower has agreed to secure performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Note (hereinafter defined) by granting to the Lender a first lien and security interest in and to all of the assets and properties of the Borrower.

 

C. In full reliance on the representations made by Borrower in this Agreement, Lender is willing to extend such financing to Borrower upon the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, Borrower and Lender mutually agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, certain terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Advances ” shall mean one or more amounts funded by the Lender to the Borrower (including the Prior Advances”) as part of the Line of Credit under this Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” shall mean: (a) with respect to a corporation, (1) any officer or director thereof and any Person which is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of more than 20% of any class of shares or other equity security, or (2) any Person which, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such corporation; and (b) with respect to a partnership, venture or limited liability company, any (1) general partner or member, (2) general partner of a general partner or member, (3) partnership with a common general partner or member, or (4) co-venturer thereof, and if any general partner, member or co-venturer is a corporation, any Person which is an Affiliate of such corporation. For purposes hereof, “controls” (which includes the correlative meanings of “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means effective power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person.

 

Business ” shall mean the business of business of developing and selling education, business and government products and services.

 

Business Day ” shall mean any day of the week other than Saturday, Sunday or other day that is recognized as a holiday in the State of Georgia.

 

 
 

 

Closing Date ” shall mean the individual and collective reference to the various dates of funding of each of the Line of Credit during the Funding Period, and shall include the Execution Date.

 

Collateral ” shall mean all items of personal property of the Borrower.

 

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuance of any of the events listed in Sections 5.1 or 5.2 of this Agreement.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean the government of the United States, any state, province or political subdivision thereof, any other foreign country, any multi-national organization or body and any entity exercising executive, judicial, legislative, police, taxing, regulatory or administrative authority or power of any nature.

 

Hazardous Substances ” shall mean any explosives, PCBs, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde, foam insulation, hydrocarbon contaminants, underground or above ground tanks, pollutants, waste, contaminants, hazardous, dangerous, radioactive or corrosive or deleterious or toxic substances or materials or hazardous or special waste or any other such substance or material as defined or regulated pursuant to any environmental laws.

 

Lien ” shall mean any lien, mortgage, security interest, collateral assignment, pledge, assignment, charge, title retention agreement, or encumbrance of any kind, and any other right of or arrangement with any creditor (whether based on common law, constitutional provision, statute or contract) to have its claim satisfied out of any property or assets, or their proceeds, before the claims of general creditors of the owner of the property or assets.

 

Line of Credit ” shall mean the financing provided by Lender to Borrower under the terms of this Agreement in the maximum principal amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

Material Adverse Event ” means any circumstance or event that, individually or collectively with other circumstances or events, may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or Business of the Borrower, as now conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

 

Maturity Date ” shall mean due on demand with a term of three years.

 

Permitted Liens ” shall mean those encumbrances, security interests, legal notations, charges, liens and interests permitted by the Lender, as described in Schedule A .

 

Person ” shall mean and includes an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or any other entity or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Tax ” shall mean all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, withholdings, duties, charges or fees of any nature whatsoever including without limitation any customs, franchise, transfer, sales, use, business, occupation, excise, personal property, real property, stamp, gross income, fuel, leasing, occupational, value added, turnover, excess profits, excise, gross receipts, gross profits, registration, license, corporation, capital gains, export, custom, import, net income, taxes (or any other amount corresponding to any of the foregoing) now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any national, foreign, regional or local taxing or fiscal authority or agency, together with any penalties, additions to tax, fines or interest thereon, and any assessments in respect of any of the foregoing, and Tax and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

2
 

 

ARTICLE II
AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LINE OF CREDIT

 

2.1 Line of Credit . Following the Execution Date, the Lender shall make periodic Advances to the Borrower as part of the Line of Credit up to a maximum amount of Advances not to exceed the sum of FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND ($500,000), representing the total principal amount of the Line of Credit (the “ Principal Indebtedness ”). The entire Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be due and payable on demand with a term of three years.

 

2.2 Interest . Interest shall be payable on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum (the “ Interest Rate ”). Interest at the Interest Rate shall be accrued monthly on the last Business Day of each month, commencing November 30, 2014, with the final payment of interest due and payable, together with the then outstanding Principal Indebtedness on the Maturity Date.

 

2.3 Default Interest Rate . During any period in which an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, interest shall accrue on the outstanding Principal Indebtedness at the rate per annum equal to twenty-two (22%) percent (the “ Default Interest Rate ”).

 

2.4 Disbursement of Funds; Use of Proceeds . The Advances representing the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit shall be funded to the Borrower in accordance with a funding schedule submitted by the Borrower to the lender and approved by the Lender (the “ Funding Schedule ”). The proceeds of funding under the Line of Credit shall be used by the Borrower solely for working capital and to repay all or a portion of Borrower’s accounts payable and accrued expenses.

 

2.5 Prepayment . Borrower may prepay, in whole or in part, the Principal Indebtedness of the Line of Credit, at any time prior to the Maturity Date, without the prior written consent of each of the Lender and without payment of any premium or penalty.

 

ARTICLE III
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS OF THE BORROWER

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Disbursement at Closing . Prior to the disbursement of any of the proceeds of the Line of Credit to or for the account of Borrower at closing of the Line of Credit, and as a condition precedent to such disbursement, all of the conditions set forth below must be satisfied as determined by Lender, in Lender’ sole discretion.

 

(a) Miscellaneous Items . Borrower shall deliver to Lender such other items, documents and evidences pertaining to the Line of Credit as may reasonably be requested by Lender.

 

ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

 

For so long as any principal amount and accrued interest in respect of the Line of Credit remains outstanding, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lender as follows:

 

4.1 Use of Proceeds . Unless otherwise consented to by Lender, Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Line of Credit only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

3
 

 

4.2 Insurance . Borrower shall provide and maintain, at all times, not less than $1,000,000 of business insurance coverage.

 

4.3 Information . Borrower shall furnish to Lender with reasonable promptness such data and information, financial and otherwise, concerning Borrower as from time to time may reasonably be requested by Lender for purposes of administering compliance with this Agreement.

 

5.5 Notice . Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing of any of the following:

 

(a) The existence or occurrence of any event, which with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or a default under any of the Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Any events or changes in the financial condition of Borrower occurring since the date of the last financial statement of Borrower delivered to Lender, which individually or cumulatively when viewed in light of prior financial statements, may result in a Material Adverse Event in the financial condition of Borrower; and

 

(c) Any claim, action or proceeding materially affecting title to the Collateral given by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement.

 

5.6 Distributions . Borrower shall make no distributions of cash or properties or pay any dividends in cash or properties to its members without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

4.7 Secured Indebtedness . Except for Permitted Liens and purchase money Indebtedness (not to exceed $25,000 in the aggregate) incurred to purchase or lease equipment for the Business and secured only by Liens on the specific item of equipment purchased or leased, the Borrower shall incur no Indebtedness secured by liens or security interests on their assets without the Lender’s prior written consent.

 

4.8 Compliance with Laws . Borrower shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, except where non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Adverse Event.

 

4.9 Transfer . Without the prior written approval of Lender, Borrower shall not authorize or permit a change in the ownership or control of Borrower (including any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or conveyance (collectively, “ Transfer ”) of all or part of the securities of Borrower), or any Transfer of any material assets of Borrower, including its Intellectual Property.

 

4.10 Acquisitions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, Borrower shall not acquire or invest in any securities issued by any Person or participate in any partnership or joint venture or the acquisition of any business assets or unincorporated business operations.

 

4.11 Contract Changes . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates shall amend or modify any material contract or agreement to which the Borrower is a party.

 

4.12 Dispositions . Without the prior written approval of the Lender, the Borrower will not convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in any one transaction, any asset having a fair market value in excess of $10,000 or assets having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $25,000, except for sales of inventories made in the ordinary course of business.

 

4
 

 

4.13 Additional Negative Covenants . Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender, do any of the following:

 

(a) (i) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Business and affairs of any of Borrower; (ii) effect any merger or consolidation transaction; (iii) sell, lease, transfer, license or otherwise dispose, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by Borrower of all or substantially all the assets of Borrower; or (iv) consent to any of the foregoing;

 

(b) Admit any additional members to the Borrower or sell, transfer or assign any membership interests or other equity interests in the Borrower.

 

4.14 Monthly Reports . Borrower shall deliver to the Lender not later than 30 days after the end of each calendar month, reports containing information with respect to the immediately preceding calendar month (“ Monthly Reports ”), which information shall include (a) monthly cash flow and P&L statements, (b) monthly balance sheets, and (c) such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Lender.

 

ARTICLE V
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

 

5.1 Events of Default Not Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement without the requirement of notice from Lender to Borrower:

 

(a) Nonpayment . The failure of Borrower to pay when due any principal or interest at the Interest Rate on the Line of Credit or other charge with respect to the Principal Indebtedness, or the amount of any fee or payment required of Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Line of Credit Documents; provided, that Borrower shall have a five (5) business day period after which such payment is due in order to cure such breach.

 

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower: (1) the filing by it of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties; (2) an assignment by it for the benefit of creditors or an admission by any of them, in writing, of an inability to pay their respective debts as they become due; or (3) the entry of a judgment of insolvency against it by any state, provincial or federal court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c) Misrepresentation . Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement is or proves to have been incorrect when made and such inaccuracy causes a Material Adverse Event.

 

5.2 Events of Default Requiring Notice . The occurrence and continuation of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement following written notice from Lender to Borrower and Guarantors as described below:

 

(a) Default of Covenants . The occurrence and continuance of a material default by Borrower under any material term, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement, which default shall not be cured within thirty (30) days following notice of default.

 

5
 

 

(b) Involuntary Bankruptcy or Receivership . The occurrence and continuance of any of the following with respect to the Borrower or any of the Guarantors: (1) the filing against any of them of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or for a receiver or trustee for any of their respective properties which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (2) the appointment of a receiver or trustee of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or (3) the attachment or execution by levy against any substantial portion of any of their respective properties which is not discharged within sixty (60) days.

 

(c) Governmental Action . If any action is taken or any power is exercised by any municipality or government, or by any department, agency or instrumentality thereof, which is reasonably likely to adversely affect the financial performance, condition or prospects of Borrower or the Guarantors, including without limitation any action or power which may result in the expropriation of any material portion of the Property or personal property of Borrower or the Guarantors or in the lapse, revocation or restriction of any license, permit franchise or approval held or enjoyed by it.

 

(d) Title to Assets . If the title to any assets of any of Borrower or the security interests and charges created by this Agreement are materially jeopardized or impaired.

 

5.3 Notice . If any Event of Default shall occur (whether or not any required notice has been given or an applicable grace period has elapsed), Lender shall not be obligated to make any further advances or disbursements until such Event of Default is remedied. Unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of this Agreement, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Lender shall give written notice of such occurrence to Borrower as follows:

 

(a) Monetary Default . In the event of a monetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period.

 

(b) Nonmonetary Default . In the event of a nonmonetary default for which Borrower is given a cure period, Lender shall give Borrower written notice of the Event of Default and Borrower shall be given an opportunity to cure the default within the applicable cure period. However, if the nonmonetary default cannot reasonably be corrected within the applicable cure period, Borrower shall have an additional thirty (30) days to remedy such nonmonetary default if Borrower notifies Lender of the manner in which the nonmonetary default shall be cured, and if appropriate corrective action is instituted within the initial specified cure period and is diligently pursued thereafter. In the event that correction of the default requires action by a Governmental Authority which cannot reasonably be obtained within an additional twenty (20) days, and Borrower has complied with the conditions of the previous sentence, such twenty (20) day cure period shall be extended to some other reasonable amount of time, so long as the Borrower’ Business is not impaired and continues in the ordinary course until the default is cured.

 

5.4 Election of Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and continue after any required notice and lapse of any applicable grace period, all obligations of Lender under this Agreement shall cease and terminate, and at the election of Majority Lender, the Lender may: (i) declare the outstanding Principal Indebtedness evidenced by the Note and secured by the Line of Credit Document immediately due and payable; (ii) exercise any remedy provided for in the Line of Credit Documents; (iii) exercise Lender’s rights with respect to any other Collateral given as security for the repayment of the Line of Credit; or (iv) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5(b) below, exercise any other right or remedy available to Lender pursuant to any Line of Credit Document, or as provided at law or in equity.

 

6
 

 

5.5 No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy conferred upon or reserved to Lender under this Agreement shall be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or failure to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1 Non-Waiver . No disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit shall constitute a waiver of any covenant or condition to be performed by Borrower. In the event Borrower are unable to satisfy any such covenant or condition, Lender shall not be precluded from thereafter declaring such failure to be an Event of Default.

 

6.2 Amendments . Neither this Agreement nor any provisions hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally and may only be modified or amended by an instrument in writing, signed by each of the Lender and the Borrower.

 

6.3 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Borrower, Lender and their respective successors and assigns.

 

6.4 Waivers . The failure by Lender or Borrower at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by the other of any of the undertakings, agreements or covenants contained in this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Borrower or Lender hereunder to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any waiver by Lender of any Event of Default under this Agreement shall not waive or affect any other Event of Default hereunder, whether such Event of Default is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements or covenants of Borrower and Lender under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged specifying such waiver.

 

6.5 Survival . This Agreement shall survive the disbursement of the proceeds of the Line of Credit, and each and every one of the obligations and undertakings of Borrower, Guarantors and Lender contained herein shall be continuing obligations and undertakings and shall not cease and terminate until all amounts which may accrue pursuant to this Agreement shall have been fully paid and all obligations and undertakings of Borrower and Guarantors shall have been fully discharged.

 

6.6 Assignment and Notices .

 

(a) Neither Borrower nor any of the Guarantors may assign, in whole or in part, any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement, the Line of Credit Documents or any other agreement or commitment (in addition to this Agreement and the Line of Credit Documents) in existence between Lender on one hand, and Borrower, on the other hand, without the prior written consent of the Lender The Lender may assign this Agreement.

 

7
 

 

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whenever Lender or Borrower desire to give or serve any notice, demand, request or other communication with respect to this Agreement or any other Line of Credit Document, each such notice shall be in writing and shall be effective only if the notice is delivered by personal service, by nationally-recognized overnight courier or by facsimile/ Any notice delivered personally or by courier shall be deemed to have been given when delivered. Any notice sent by facsimile (confirmed orally by telephone, with a copy sent by overnight courier) shall be presumed to have been received on the date transmitted. Any party may change its address by giving notice to the other party of its new address in the manner provided above.

 

Severability . If any term or provision of this Agreement shall, to any extent, be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, voidable or unenforceable, such void, voidable or unenforceable term or provision shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement.

 

6.8 Actions . Lender shall have the right, but not the obligation, to commence, appear in and defend any action or proceeding which might affect Lender’ security or Lender’s rights, duties or liabilities relating to the Line of Credit, the Collateral, any of the assets of Borrower or this Agreement.

 

6.9 No Partnership . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a joint venture or partnership between Borrower and Lender. There shall be no sharing of losses, costs and expenses between Borrower and Lender, and Lender shall have no right of control or supervision except as Lender may exercise Lender’s rights and remedies provided hereunder and in the Line of Credit Documents.

 

6.10 Interpretation . Whenever the context shall require, the plural shall include the singular, the whole shall include any part thereof, and any gender shall include both other genders. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit, expand or otherwise affect the construction of any provisions hereof.

 

6.11 Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters relating hereto shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

6.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute only one instrument.

 

6.13 Attorney Fees . Borrower and Lender agree that should either of them default in any of the covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement, the defaulting party shall pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney fees and costs, incurred by the non-defaulting party to protect its rights hereunder, regardless of whether an action is commenced or prosecuted to judgment.

 

6.14 Jurisdiction . Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, State of New York for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

8
 

 

6.15 Currency . All references to monetary amounts in this Agreement, and in the other Line of Credit Documents, shall be deemed to refer to U.S. dollars, lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

6.16 Jury Waiver . BORROWER AND LENDER HEREBY JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INSTRUMENT AND TO ANY OF THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER, ANY COLLATERAL SECURING THE OBLIGATIONS, OR ANY TRANSACTION ARISING THEREFROM OR CONNECTED THERETO. BORROWER AND LENDER EACH REPRESENT TO THE OTHER THAT THIS WAIVER IS KNOWINGLY, WILLINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY GIVEN.

 

6.17 Final Expression . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE LINE OF CREDIT DOCUMENTS ARE THE FINAL EXPRESSION OF THE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING OF LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE LINE OF CREDIT AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF ANY ALLEGED ORAL AGREEMENT.

 

6.18 Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signatures and delivered electronically in pdf format, each of which shall be given the same legal weight as though they were ribbon original signatures.

 

[ Signatures appear on the following pages .]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Line of Credit Agreement this 15 th day of January, 2015.

 

  LENDER:
     
  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Mark Elliott
  Name: Mark Elliott
  Title: Chief Executive Office
     
  BORROWER:
     
  GENESIS COLLABORATION
     
  By: /s/ Steve Puett
    Steve Puett, President

 

9
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

PERMITTED LIENS

 

Permitted Liens ” means any of the following:

 

(a) Liens directly securing the Obligations to the Lender evidenced by the Note and the other Line of Credit Documents;

 

(b) Liens which secure purchase money Indebtedness and capital lease obligations with respect to the purchase or lease of additional equipment and which encumber only the assets acquired with such purchase money Indebtedness or the assets subject to such capital lease;

 

(c) Pledges, deposits or Liens arising or made to secure payment of workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits or to participate in any fund in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, pensions or other social security programs;

 

(d) Easements, rights-of-way, encumbrances and other restrictions on the use or value of real property or any other property or asset which do not materially impair the use thereof;

 

(e) Liens for Taxes and Liens imposed by operation of law (including, without limitation, Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers and landlords, and similar Liens) provided that (i) except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule, the amount secured is not overdue by more than ninety (90) days and no Lien has been filed, or (ii) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by lawful proceedings diligently conducted, reserve or other provision required by GAAP has been made, levy and execution thereon have been (and continue to be) stayed, or payment is fully covered by insurance (subject to the customary deductible); and

 

(f) Rights of offset or statutory banker’s Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in favor of commercial banks, provided that any such Lien shall only extend to deposits and property in possession of such commercial bank.

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, GA 30043

 

April 1, 2015

 

Dr. Rudy Crew

7373 Springridge Road

Dainridge Island, WA 98110

 

Dear Dr. Crew:

 

This letter will serve to outline our mutual agreement and understanding with regard to your becoming a member of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of Boxlight Corporation , a Nevada corporation (“ Boxlight ”). It is understood that you will become a member of the Board of Boxlight effective as of the date of this letter agreement.

 

As you know, Boxlight has previously filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC and is planning on shortly filing Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement in response to a letter of comments we just received from the staff of the SEC. In connection therewith you agree to:

 

  include in Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement and all subsequent amendments thereto (collectively, the “ Registration Statement ”), the listing of your name as a director of Boxlight;
     
  furnish to Boxlight and its securities counsel, your resume for at least the past five years for inclusion in the Registration Statement; and
     
  submit to a background check if requested by Boxlight or its underwriter and complete and submit to Boxlight’s counsel an officers and directors questionnaire.

 

This letter will confirm that upon completion of the proposed initial public offering, Boxlight will obtain and maintain not less than $10.0 million of officers and directors liability insurance coverage.

 

In consideration for your agreement to serve on the Board, Boxlight hereby agrees to sell to you 40,000 shares of the common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Boxlight (the “ Boxlight Common Stock ”) or such other number of shares of Boxlight Common Stock as shall be equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the “Fully-Diluted Common Stock” of Boxlight, as hereinafter defined (the “ Subject Shares ”). The purchase price for the Subject Shares will be $0.001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

In addition to the Subject Shares, you shall be entitled to receive a director’s fee of $50,000 per annum, payable by Boxlight on a quarterly basis, commencing after the completion of the contemplated initial public offering.

 

 
 

 

The purchase and sale of the Subject Shares will be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

  The closing of your purchase of the Subject Shares will take place on a date which shall be not later than two (2) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of Boxlight Common Stock (the “ Closing Date ”). Prior to the Closing Date, we will provide you with the exact number of the Subject Shares and the proposed effective date of such registration statement.
     
  In the event and to the extent that Boxlight files in the future a registration statement registering for resale shares of its Common Stock then owned by other officers or directors, we will (if you so request) include your Subject Shares in such resale registration statement.
     
  However, unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of Boxlight (with you obtaining) you agree not to sell (i) any of the Subject Shares for at least six months from the Closing Date, (ii) more than 50% of the Subject Shares during the six month period commencing six months and ending twelve months from the Closing Date and (iii) more than 50% of the remaining balance of the Subject Shares during any six month period following one year from the Closing Date.

 

As used herein, the term “ Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” shall mean (a) all shares of Common Stock of Boxlight currently issued and outstanding and (b) issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of convertible notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including, without limitation, those securities issuable pursuant to signed definitive acquisition agreements in connection with the acquisitions of Everest Display, Inc. and subsidiaries, Globisens Ltd. and Genesis Collaboration, LLC (the “Existing Acquisitions”), as described in the Registration Statement; and in each case, immediately prior to giving effect to any sale of Common Stock either (i) in connection with any acquisition other than the Existing Acquisitions, (ii) for cash, in a private placement of securities, or (ii) to the public in connection with an initial public offering of Boxlight securities.

 

This letter agreed supersedes and renders null and void all prior agreements, written and oral, between us with respect to the subject matters hereof.

 

If the above is acceptable, please so indicate by executing and returning a copy of this letter agreement in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,  
     
BOXLIGHT CORPORATION  
     
By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren  
  Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer  
     
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
     
/s/ Dr. Rudy Crew  
DR. RUDY CREW  

 

2
 

  

 

 

 

1045 Progress Circle

Lawrenceville, GA 30043

 

April 1, 2015

 

Mr. Robin Richards

[address]

 

Dear Mr. Richards:

 

This letter will serve to outline our mutual agreement and understanding with regard to your becoming a member of the board of directors (the “ Board ”) of Boxlight Corporation , a Nevada corporation (“ Boxlight ”). It is understood that you will become a member of the Board of Boxlight effective as of the date of this letter agreement.

 

As you know, Boxlight has previously filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the SEC and is planning on shortly filing Amendment No. 2 to the registration statement in response to a letter of comments we just received from the staff of the SEC. In connection therewith you agree to:

 

  include in Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement and all subsequent amendments thereto (collectively, the “ Registration Statement ”), the listing of your name as a director of Boxlight;
     
  furnish to Boxlight and its securities counsel, your resume for at least the past five years for inclusion in the Registration Statement; and
     
  submit to a background check if requested by Boxlight or its underwriter and complete and submit to Boxlight’s counsel an officers and directors questionnaire.

 

This letter will confirm that upon completion of the proposed initial public offering, Boxlight will obtain and maintain not less than $10.0 million of officers and directors liability insurance coverage.

 

In consideration for your agreement to serve on the Board, Boxlight hereby agrees to sell to you 100,000 shares of the common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Boxlight (the “ Boxlight Common Stock ”) or such other number of shares of Boxlight Common Stock as shall be equal to one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) of the “Fully-Diluted Common Stock” of Boxlight, as hereinafter defined (the “ Subject Shares ”). The purchase price for the Subject Shares will be $0.001 per share (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

The purchase and sale of the Subject Shares will be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

  The closing of your purchase of the Subject Shares will take place on a date which shall be not later than two (2) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement in connection with the initial public offering of Boxlight Common Stock (the “ Closing Date ”). Prior to the Closing Date, we will provide you with the exact number of the Subject Shares and the proposed effective date of such registration statement.

 

 
 

 

  You agree to pay the Purchase Price for your Subject Shares in full in cash on the Closing Date.
     
  In the event and to the extent that Boxlight files in the future a registration statement registering for resale shares of its Common Stock then owned by other officers or directors, we will (if you so request) include your Subject Shares in such resale registration statement.
     
  However, unless otherwise approved by the board of directors of Boxlight (with you obtaining) you agree not to sell (i) any of the Subject Shares for at least six months from the Closing Date, (ii) more than 50% of the Subject Shares during the six month period commencing six months and ending twelve months from the Closing Date and (iii) more than 50% of the remaining balance of the Subject Shares during any six month period following one year from the Closing Date.

 

As used herein, the term “ Fully-Diluted Common Stock ” shall mean (a) all shares of Common Stock of Boxlight currently issued and outstanding and (b) issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of convertible notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including, without limitation, those securities issuable pursuant to signed definitive acquisition agreements in connection with the acquisitions of Everest Display, Inc. and subsidiaries, Globisens Ltd. and Genesis Collaboration, LLC (the “ Existing Acquisitions ”), as described in the Registration Statement; and in each case, immediately prior to giving effect to any sale of Common Stock either (i) in connection with any acquisition other than the Existing Acquisitions, (ii) for cash, in a private placement of securities, or (ii) to the public in connection with an initial public offering of Boxlight securities.

 

This letter agreed supersedes and renders null and void all prior agreements, written and oral, between us with respect to the subject matters hereof.

 

If the above is acceptable, please so indicate by executing and returning a copy of this letter agreement in the space provided below.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
BOXLIGHT CORPORATION  
   
By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren  
  Sheri Lofgren, Chief Financial Officer  
   
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
   
/s/ Robin Richards  
ROBIN RICHARDS  

 

2
 

 

 

AMENDMENT TO CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

THIS AMENDMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into this 1st day of May, 2015 to a CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE (the “ Promissory Note ”), dated as of January 16, 2015, by and among (i) MARK ELLIOTT, an individual (“ Investor ); and (ii) BOXLIGHT CORPORATION (formerly, LOGICAL CHOICE CORPORATION, a Nevada corporation (“ Company ”).

 

1. Section 1, paragraph 1.3 of the Promissory Note is deleted in its entirety and is replaced by the following:

 

1.3 “Maturity Date” means September 30, 2015.

 

2. Except as amended by this Agreement all of the terms and conditions of the Convertible Promissory Note shall remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein by this reference as though more fully set forth herein at length.

 

**********************

 

Signature page follow

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

  BOXLIGHT CORPORATION
  (formerly, Logical Choice Corporation)
     
  By: /s/ Sheri Lofgren
  Name: Sheri Lofgren
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
     
  INVESTOR
     
    /s/ Mark Elliott
    MARK ELLIOTT

 

 
 

MARK ELLIOTT

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 20, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Boxlight Corporation (f/k/a Logical Choice Corporation) as of December 31, 2014 and for the period from September 18, 2014 (inception) to December 31, 2014, our report dated April 20, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Everest Display Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended and our report dated March 27, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Genesis Collaboration, LLC as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” appearing therein.

 

/s/ GBH CPAs, PC  
GBH CPAs, PC  
www.gbhcpas.com  
Houston, Texas  
   
June 8, 2015  

 

 
 

 

 

 

  

 

June 5, 2015

 

Consent of independent public accounting firm

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and related prospectus of our report dated February 25, 2015 relating to the financial statements of Globisens Ltd as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts”.

 

 
Aboulafia Chekroun & Co  
Certified Public Accountants